ORDER OF ARRANGEMENT OF ANNUAL REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Secretary of the Interior Governor of Alaska Governor of Hawaii Governor of Virgin Islands j ir'PAR\ | OCT 1948 fc at ■ '«* I CONTENTS Pag* Letter of transmittal _ v Preface to the Report of the Secretary of Interior to the President _ vi Solicitor _ 1 Division of Investigations _ 5 War Minerals Relief _ 9 Petroleum Administrative Board _ 11 Bureau of Reclamation _ 21 General Land Office _ 60 Office of Indian Affairs _ 78 Indian population and tables _ 121 National Park Service _ 164 Geological Survey _ 217 Office of Education _ 254 Federal Board for Vocational Education _ 288 General Education Board _ 302 Bureau of Mines _ 305 Division of Subsistence Homesteads _ 341 Soil Erosion Service _ 353 St. Elizabeths Hospital _ 364 Howard University _ 380 Freedmen’s Hospital _ 405 Columbia Institution for the Deaf _ 410 The Alaska Railroad _ 413 The Perry’s Victory Memorial Commission _ 416 The Report on the Economic Status of Negroes _ : _ 418 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL The Secretary of the Interior, Washington, November SO, 1984. Sir: I have the honor to transmit my annual report for the Depart¬ ment of the Interior for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934. Very respectfully, Harold L. Ickes, Secretary . The President, The White House. THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR TO THE PRESIDENT FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1934 As in my first annual report, I will not attempt to interpret or give a resume of the detailed reports of the various divisions, offices, and bureaus of the Department of the Interior contained herein. Since my previous annual report there have been important changes in the organization of this Department. Among these was the transfer to this Department of the administration of the affairs of Puerto Rico. This was done by Executive order, the island having formerly been within the jurisdiction of the War Department. This transfer was subsequent to the period covered by this report, and since it was effected there has been organized in the Department the Division of Territories and Island Possessions. In this new Division are now grouped Alaska, Hawaii, the Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico. The reports of the governors of the first three named will appear in separate form. Passage of the Taylor Grazing Act by the Congress necessitated setting up a new office in the Department, the Division of Grazing Control. This office did not operate for a sufficient length of time during the period here covered to justify inclusion of its early activities in this report. As the President designated the Department of the Interior as the Federal agency responsible for certain administrative duties under the petroleum code, and as the Secretary of the Interior is the administrator under that code, the annual report of the Petroleum Administrative Board appears in this report. Detailed reports of the many activities of this Department have been materially cut down in volume in this report for reasons of economy. Full particulars of the activities of any part of the Depart¬ ment are available in the files of the Department. VI THE SOLICITOR (Nathan R. Margold) During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934, for the first time, all of the more than 60 attorneys in the Department of the Interior, both in Washington and in the field, have been under the administrative jurisdiction of the Solicitor. Centralization of responsibility and control has not resulted in loss of identity or any important change in the function of the legal sections attached to the several bureaus of the Department. It has seemed a requirement of organizational efficiency that so much of the business of each bureau as requires legal competency should be handled, in first instance, at least, by a legal staff assigned to that bureau and intimately and continuously associated with its work. The central office of the Solicitor has continued to serve as the legal unit of the Office of the Secretary and as an agency for legal review of matters considered initially in the several bureaus of the Depart¬ ment. The rendering of formal legal opinions for the Department is a growing and particularly important function of the Solicitor. The enactment of new legislation and the expansion of the activities of the Department have increased the number, the difficulty, and the importance of questions of law which must be decided for the guidance of departmental action. Among the 84 matters which have required formal opinion during the year are the following: The creation of grazing districts by Executive order; State taxation of Federal Subsistence Homesteads Corporation and its property; The conduct of soil-erosion projects on privately owned land; The pardoning power of the Governor of Alaska; Wages and hours of labor on Public Works projects in national parks; and The extent of the police power of the Park Service with respect to private lands in national parks. The more important opinions will appear in the forthcoming volume 54 of the Decisions of the Department. More than 500 appeals from decisions of the General Land Office and related motions have been disposed of during the year. While many of the contentions of homesteaders, lessees, and other persons claiming under the land laws are covered by earlier departmental decisions, an effort has been made in the adjudication of each appeal 1 2 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 19 3 4 to make clear the rationale of decision. Useful direction is thus furnished for future administrative action and individual claimants are better satisfied. A significant innovation and one which has produced gratifying results, has been the establishment of a legislative section within the Office of the Solicitor. Two specialists have devoted full time to legislative work with assistance from other attorneys in whose particular fields legislative problems have arisen. In 884 instances report has been made upon bills introduced in Congress. More than 50 appearances have been made before Congressional committees. The preparation and successful promotion of the Taylor grazing bill and the Wheeler-Howard Indian bill have been major achievements. The development and regulation of grazing districts on the public domain, as provided for in the Taylor bill, will be of great benefit to the livestock industry and through that industry to the entire Nation. The Wheeler-Howard bill is an important first step toward building upon a sound economic and political basis Indian communities which themselves will provide a means for the justification of further eman¬ cipation from the status of wardship. The members of Congress have already come to appreciate the service of our experts and to rely upon this staff for accurate and pertinent information both factual and legal. Building upon the groundwork laid during the last session of Congress the legislative section of this office can and will be of increas¬ ing usefulness during future sessions. While the legal officers of the Department, both in Washington and in the field, have cooperated with the Department of Justice in the prosecution and defense of suits filed outside of the District of Columbia, the responsibility of the Solicitor for the representation of the Department before the courts has been limited to some 20 suits in the District of Columbia, wherein officers of the Department have been parties litigant in their official capacity. Individual cases have involved large money claims or large property interests, and occasional issues of general significance have been adjudicated. Without further particular reference and in brief statistical resume, the year's work of this office, exclusive of matters disposed of by the legal sections attached to particular bureaus, is summarized in the following table: Public-land matters Indian matters Miscella¬ neous matters Appeals Motions Pending July 1, 1933. . . 410 16 22 13 Received during year _ _ _ _ 462 58 8,885 12, 147 Total _ _ _ _ _ 872 74 8, 907 12, 160 Disposed of during year _ _ _ 473 66 8, 737 11, 083 Pending June 30, 1934 _ _ 1 | 399 8 170 i 1, 077 1 The number of miscellaneous matters pending on June 30, 1934, was large because about 750 oil- and gas-permit applications were held suspended pending consideration of a change of policy. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 3 “Miscellaneous matters” include the following: Formal opinions by the Solicitor _ 84 Reports on legislation _ 884 Contracts for the erection of buildings, road construction and repairs, supplies, etc _ 2,286 Cases prepared for submission to the board of equitable adjudication - 682 Oil and gas matters: Leases _ 37 Prospecting permits: Granted _ 907 Reinstated _ 9 Assignments _ : _ 153 Extensions of time _ 1,443 Canceled _ 231 Coal matters: Prospecting permits _ 58 Licenses _ 26 Leases _ 31 Potash matters: Prospecting permits _ 14 Sodium matters: Prospecting permits _ 19 Sulphur matters: Prospecting permits _ 22 Outside of the central office, the development of reclamation projects and Indian irrigation projects under Public Works allotments has involved the acquiring of land, rights-of-way and miscellaneous licenses for new projects, contracting for construction, organizing water users and obligating them under appropriate repayment contracts. Moreover, it has been necessary to take cognizance of the water laws of the several Western States and the interrelation of Federal and State law in the planning and development of local and interstate projects. The detail of contracting for expenditures on projects and for repayment by water users has been particularly important because of the large sums involved. The legal safeguarding of the interests of the Government in transactions involving hundreds of millions of dollars has been a responsibility of this office. In one of the six reclamation districts alone 1,133 contracts involving $24,944,966.68 have been executed. The administration of estates of deceased Indians is an important legal service performed paitly in the field and partly in Washington. The courts have no jurisdiction over Indian estates, except among the Five Civilized Tribes and the Osages in Oklahoma. Substantive problems of marriage and adoption according to Indian customs are being made a subject of revised regulation; the procedure for filing and allowing claims against Indian estates is being improved; causes of delay in the administration of estates are being removed wherever possible and a proper basis for the allowance of fees to private attorneys is being determined. No effort is being spared to make the Federal system of administration of Indian estates a model of efficiency for its intended purposes. 4 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The organization and conduct of subsistence homestead enterprises authorized under section 208 of the National Industrial Recovery Act has presented important and difficult legal problems. The brief, general provisions of section 208 have required frequent interpreta¬ tion. The conduct of the enterprise under Federal statutes and administrative practice with reference to the acquisition of property, the letting of contracts and the conduct of operations generally, adopted in the light of traditional functions of the Government, has not been simple. In fact, it is difficult to imagine a more thorough test of the adapt ability of the machinery of Government under existing law than the subsistence-homestead venture has presented. Moreover, the conduct of these federally sponsored and controlled projects in the several States has involved significant problems of Federal and State jurisdiction. DIVISION OF INVESTIGA TIONS (Louis R. Glavis, Director) The appropriation for the General Land Office for the fiscal year 1934 was $400,000. Of this sum $60,000 was to be used for prevention and suppression of forest and other fires on the public lands, and for no other purpose, leaving the net sum of $340,000 for the prosecution of routine work, but due to the President’s limitation of cash with¬ drawals only $300,000 was available for this service. The average number of active field investigators, exclusive of 4 special agents in charge, was 72; average number of clerks employed in divisional offices, 20; total force employed, including special agents in charge, 96, exclusive of the Washington office. Due to the activities of field investigators, $70,794.28 was collected and turned into the Treasury and 216,757 acres were restored to the public domain, representing fraudulent entries, etc., canceled on proceedings based on their reports. Investigations. — On July 1, 1933, there were pending field investiga¬ tion 11,552 cases. During the year 11,150 additional cases were received; 14,226 cases investigated, reported and closed, leaving 8,476 pending investigation, which is a material reduction in the number of routine cases. Of the reports submitted, 3,133 were adverse and 10,195 favorable, and in addition reports submitted showing 898 cases closed without field investigation. On the recommendation of this Department civil suits were brought by the Department of Justice. Twenty-three cases were tried, of which 18 were won and 5 lost. As a result of the suits $47,147.12 were recovered and 560 acres restored to the public domain. Of¬ fences against the public land laws were responsible for seven indict¬ ments. Of the criminal cases tried 6 resulted in conviction and prison sentence was imposed in 4 cases. Fines were paid in the sum of $3,800. Attorneys and agents. — The number admitted to practice before the Department for the year ending June 30, 1934, was 25. The appropriation for Protecting public lands, timber, etc., 1934, included $60,000 for prevention and suppression of forest and other fires on public lands, to be available for this and no other purpose. No expense was incurred under this appropriation. There were also investigated and closed in this Division the follow¬ ing cases: Homestead entries, 1; coal trespass, 1; fire trespass, 2; timber trespass, 7 ; official conduct, 2; unlawful inclosure, 19; criminal, 17; conspiracy, 19; miscellaneous, 37. 5 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The Division investigated and closed 1 miscellaneous case for the Office of Education, and 1 official conduct and 2 miscellaneous cases for the Geological Survey. The cases investigated and closed for the Office of Indian Affairs were: Official conduct, 30; criminal, 11; miscellaneous, 56. The cases investigated and closed for the National Park Service included: Official conduct, 3; miscellaneous, 2. The cases investigated and closed for the Bureau of Reclamation involved: Appraisal of lands, 1 ; official conduct, 4; miscellaneous, 5. There were also investigated and closed 13 miscellaneous cases. FEDERAL EMERGENCY ADMINISTRATION OF PUBLIC WORKS Organization. — The investigational work for the Public Works Administration was assigned to the Director of Investigations for the purpose of having the benefit of the services of an enlarged trained personnel without the expense of setting up an entirely new additional office force. Personnel. — The number of employees, including Washington office, was: 9 special agents in charge; 1 acting special agent in charge; 130 special agents and 74 other employees. Nature of cases. — The cases investigated, relating to the expenditure of Public Works funds, consisted of collusive or fraudulent bidding, involving contractors and subcontractors; wage rates and disputes; labor and materials; code violations; underpayment of wages to employees ; repayment to contractors of wages of employees ; contracts relating to housing projects; and misconduct of officers and employees of the Public Works Administration, National Reemployment Service and other governmental agencies, allotted Public Works Administration funds. The investigations concerned the expenditure of large sums of money and the disclosure of facts resulted in a sub¬ stantial saving to the Government. Investigations. — During the year 3,536 cases were investigated and reported. Of this number, 2,389 cases were reported adversely and 1,747 cases were reported favorably. Court action. — On recommendation of the administrator, 119 cases were criminal prosecutions, resulting in 34 cases receiving court action; 17 cases resulted in indictments; and prison sentences were imposed in 3 cases. CIVIL WORKS ADMINISTRATION Organization. — Both for efficiency and economy, under the imme¬ diate supervision of the Public Works Administrator, and because Public Works Administration funds were allotted^to the Federal SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 7 Relief Administrator for civil relief, the investigations of irregularities in expenditure of such funds were conducted temporarily by the Director of Investigations. Investigations. — The cases investigated embraced a total of 417, of which 234 cases were favorably reported and 183 were adversely reported. There were 38 cases pending with the United States Attorney for prosecution; 12 indictments were secured; 9 cases re¬ sulted in court action; 3 cases involved prison sentences and in 1 case sentence was suspended. A number of important investigations relating to other emergency bureaus, were, by request, made by the Division of Investigations, OIL ENFORCEMENT Organization. — The Secretary of the Interior, in his capacity of Oil Administrator, by virtue of authority of Executive orders of July 11 and 14, 1933, designated the Director of Investigations to conduct all investigations in the enforcement of the provisions of the regulations under 9c of the National Recovery Act, and the provisions of the Code of Fair Competition for the Petroleum Industry. “Hot-oil” cases. — The establishment of two offices of the Depart¬ ment in the vicinity of oil flush pools in Texas and Oklahoma, with a personnel of 1 acting special agent in charge, 36 special agents, and 4 clerks, was designed to prevent the transportation of oil produced in excess of proration orders of the States. A large number of cases was investigated; 320 cases are now pending; 59 cases are also pending in office of United States Commissioner awaiting action; 3 cases are before the United States Supreme Court for decision; 17 cases were dismissed by court order; 5 cases were reviewed by the Supreme Court of the State of Texas and 1 case resulted in conviction. Tax evasions. — The Director of Investigations, under the imme¬ diate supervision of the Secretary of the Interior, by means of a marine unit, consisting of eight employees, operates a number of picket boats to investigate incoming tanker cargoes of petroleum and petro¬ leum products to determine their origin. The information obtained forms an important aid in the enforcement of the regulations under 9c of the National Industrial Recovery Act, as well as being of valuable assistance to the States and the United States in the collec¬ tion of taxes due and collectible on the petroleum products in transit to their actual destinations. Reports received from tax officials of several States indicate their appreciation of the cooperation given by this Department. Oil code. — The personnel of the Division of Investigations for the enforcement of the oil code consisted of 10 special agents in charge, 7 acting special agents in charge, 97 special agents, and 55 other 8 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 employees, inclusive of the personnel at Washington. The cases investigated include a total of 7,263, of which 5,686 cases were reported on and closed. Of the total number of cases investigated, 252 were recommended for prosecution by the Secretary of the Interior; 133 cases of this number were authorized for prosecution by the Attorney General; and 21 cases are involved in court actions. WAR MINERALS RELIEF COMMISSION (Roscoe Fertich, Commissioner) The War Minerals Relief Act, section 5 of the act of March 2, 1919 (40 Stat. 1292), as amended February 13, 1929 (45 Stat. 1166), authorized claimants to petition the Supreme Court of the District of Columbia for review of the decisions of the Secretary of the Interior upon questions of law, but provided that “the decision of the Secretary of the Interior on all questions of fact shall be conclusive and not subject to review by any court.” The Secretary of the Interior, acting under a decree of the Supreme Court of the District of Columbia in each instance, made 25 awards, 3 disallowances, 1 additional award under amendment, and 1 award on rehearing of a former denial, during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1934. These awards were certified to the General Accounting Office and were paid through the Treasury Deficiency Appropriations bill (Public No. 412, 73d Cong., 2d sess.) in the amount of $589,231.13. Record, of cases filed under the act as amended Feb. 13, 1929 Total cases filed _ 348 Total cases dismissed by court on hearing _ 4 Total cases dismissed for duplication of petitions _ 10 - 14 Decisions by Secretary of Interior: To Mar. 4, 1933 _ 107 Mar. 4 to June 30, 1934 _ 4 July 1, 1933, to June 30, 1934 _ 28 - 139 Oases pending: In Supreme Court of District of Columbia _ 154 In United States Court of Appeals, District of Co¬ lumbia _ _ 1 - 155 Decrees by Supreme Court of District of Columbia, pend¬ ing in War Minerals Relief Commission on June 30, 1934 _ 40 COURT DECISIONS During the present fiscal year the Supreme Court of the United States sustained the opinion of the Secretary of the Interior that separate operations by a single claimant should be considered as one under the War Minerals Relief Act. The United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia, in the Cuyuna Mining & Investment Co. case, sustained an opinion by the Supreme Court of the District of Columbia which held the 9 10 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 benefits accruing under the War Minerals Relief Act were gratuities and not legal claims against the Government. The motion for review of this decision is now pending in the Supreme Court of the United States. The decision by the Supreme Court of the United States will have a direct bearing upon a great many of the pending cases. The United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia sustained the opinion of the Secretary of the Interior that expenses incident to incorporation, stock sales and commissions, and discount on securities were not, as matter of law, allowable items under the act. Time limit for motion for review of this decision by the Supreme Court of the United States has not expired. PETROLEUM ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD (Nathan R. Margold, Chairman) SUMMARY By Executive Order No. 6204 the President designated the Secretary of the Interior to administer section 9 (c) of the National Industrial Recovery Act and to enforce Executive Order No. 6199 prohibiting the shipment in or affecting interstate commerce of oil produced in violation of State law. By Executive Order No. 6260-A the President further expanded the powers of the Secretary of the Interior with respect to the petroleum industry by designating him Administrator of the Code of Fair Competition for the Petroleum Industry. He further empowered the Department of the Interior to act as Federal agency as provided for in the code. Section 2, subsection (b) of title I of the National Industrial Recovery Act empowers the President to create agencies necessary to carry out the policy of the act. The Petroleum Administrative Board is an agency created by the Adminis¬ trator on behalf of the President to make effective provisions of the act so far as it applies to the petroleum industry. Its duties may be briefly summarized as assisting, advising and representing the Admin¬ istrator with respect to matters incident to the administration of the Petroleum Code and to the enforcement of the regulations issued by the Secretary of the Interior under section 9 (c) of the act and the President’s orders authorized thereby. Throughout the life of the code representatives of the petroleum industry have constantly urged upon the Administrator various actions designed to obtain for the industry benefits intended to be conferred upon it by the National Industrial Recovery Act. Changes in the code have been proposed in order to make it a more effective instru¬ ment in the stabilization of the industry. Agreements have been submitted pursuant to title I, section 4, subsection (a) of the act. Studies have been commenced both by the industry and by the Board with a view to ascertaining the effect of the code and the act upon various units within the industry and with the further purpose of obtaining a picture of the economic processes of producing, refining, and distributing petroleum and its products, so that a basis may be laid for such further action as may seem advisable. In dealing with any and all of these problems the Board has served a dual function. First, as a court of review to which complainants against particular rules or proposals may present their case, and secondly, as an advisory body charged with the duty of presenting to •2 ll 87859-34- 12 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 the Administrator recommendations upon each specific proposal, based upon impartial technical and legal considerations. Since the code includes within itself a broad sweep of the industrial and business processes surrounding the production and marketing of crude petroleum, it was inevitable that in the drafting there were some omissions of the essential provisions, inconsistent and conflicting provisions, and provisions which required modification and relaxation. In the first year of the code, as the industry gained experience in its operation, it has been found necessary from time to time, after due investigation and hearing, to modify and to amend provisions of the code. With a few possible exceptions, depending upon future course of events, this process is now over. By this process of amendment, modification, interpretation, and regulation the code has taken on a well-rounded form, and with but slight changes hereafter should govern the industry for the duration of the National Industrial Re¬ covery Act. The Board has been requested to consider many plans directed toward stabilization of the petroleum industry. These plans generally aim at the attainment of a normal price level for petroleum and its products either nationally or in local areas. Their purpose has been to supplement the code so that the industry may be more readily able to bear the burdens imposed upon it by the act. Pro¬ posals have been many and varied, and have ranged from outright price fixing by governmental fiat to local agreements providing for the shutting off of supplies from violators either of the code or of local price agreements. Section 6, subsection (a) of article III of the code, as modified on September 13, 1933, provides for the establishment of minimum prices based on cost recovery. Early in September 1933, the Planning and Coordination Committee submitted to the Adminis¬ trator a comprehensive schedule of minimum prices for petroleum and its products from the well to the filling station. The board, in a report to the Administrator, pointed out that this schedule present¬ ed numerous technical and legal difficulties, and that the evidence used in supporting it was insufficient to justify the price levels pro¬ posed. The Board further recommended that due notice be given and a public hearing be held at which protestants against the pro¬ posed schedule might make their objections known. On November 20, the Planning and Coordination Committee requested the post¬ ponement of the effective date of the schedules until some later date so that due consideration might be paid to alternative proposals submitted by certain interests within the industry opposed to the schedules in principle, and to certain of its items in detail. By an order dated January 31, 1934, the price-fixing program was indefi¬ nitely canceled. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 13 On December 7, 1933, the Planning and Coordination Committee •submitted on behalf of itself and of various companies among the industry two complementary agreements, the National Purchasing Agreement and the National Marketing Agreement. They were designed to stabilize refinery, wholesale, and retail prices of gasoline, and assure protection to the small semi-integrated or nonintegrated refiners, and to the various types of distributors. When these agreements were submitted to the Administrator they were released to the trade journals, trade associations, and to the press. Copies were sent to all parties who had recorded an opinion upon the price-fixing order for which the agreements were designed as a substitute. In accordance with the provisions of the National Industrial Recovery Act that “Nothing * * * shall deprive such persons of the right to be heard ”, hearings, conferences, and discussions were held on behalf of and with each protestant and commentor who desired to be heard. After a thorough investigation of the agreements and the protests made regarding them, the Board prepared a memorandum setting forth certain conditions which it believed necessary to protect the interests of independent refiners and distributors, and to enable the agreements to comply with the requirements of the act that the order should not tend toward monopoly or operate to discriminate against small enterprise. These conditions were designed mainly toward strengthening the provisions concerning the elimination of lease and agency, lease and license agreements, and exclusive dealing contracts, toward providing for flexible administration of the provisions relating to margins and modification of the resale price-maintenance provisions, and to make possible the allowance of differentials to marketers who required such preferential treatment in order to remain in business. The industry embodied the conditions to the Marketing Agreement within the redraft of the agreement and resubmitted it to the refiners for signature. Meanwhile, in March the agreements were submitted to the Department of Justice for analysis and approval. On June 27 the Attorney General notified the Administrator that the Department of Justice did not approve the agreements because they disagreed with the theory of notice and hearing under which they were promulgated. Meanwhile, conditions in the petroleum industry have changed in many wTays for the worse. In many areas the price structure is more chaotic than it has been for several years. Many companies, no longer willing to guarantee margins for retailers under such conditions, have withdrawn from participation in the agreements. Conse¬ quently, in all probability the agreements are now, after the delay, a dead letter. 14 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Because of peculiar competitive conditions on the Pacific coast, disastrous price wars have raged throughout that territory. In an attempt to rationalize the industry by coping with the problem of over-capacity, the California industry proposed a cartel which assured all refiners an adequate supply of crude, a fair share of the gasoline market based upon their historical and current record of sales, and provided adequate margins and stabilized prices for the retail trade. The Department of Justice, as a condition of the approval by the court of the agreement, insisted upon conditions which the industry found itself unable to assume. Immediately negotiations by the industry were begun to draft a new agreement which would be satisfactory to the Department of Justice, spurred on by a complete collapse of the price structure on the Pacific coast, involving a loss of millions of dollars, and ascribed by the industry to the failure of the cartel. As in other cases, this action was given wide publicity by the trade journals and newspapers and through trade associations. All refiners in the territory involved were contacted and all but one signed a new marketing agreement, which was submitted to the Administrator for approval. When the agreement was submitted to the Administrator and the Department of Justice for consideration, notice was given by wide¬ spread publicity in the trade journals and newspapers throughout the Pacific coast and through trade associations. Such complaints and protests as were filed were duly considered. The Department of Justice, after a prolonged consideration, was willing to permit the agreement to become operative under the consent decree, provided the participants entered into a supplemental agreement, agreeing to abide by the provisions of the code and not to engage in monopolistic practices. The supplemental agreement was duly prepared and signed, and the Pacific Coast Petroleum Agency Agreement became effective June 23, 1934. Under it an agency has been set up to take over distress supplies from small refiners. Prices have been stabilized, refiners have been afforded adequate crude supplies and a fair share of the market calculated from their past sales records and their current perform¬ ance. Under the provisions of the agreement there is no price differential between the major and the affiliated companies and independent companies are selling their gasoline at the same price as the major and affiliated companies’ third-grade gasoline. The agreement provides for a representative of the Administrator, at present an attorney for this Board, to assist the executive com¬ mittee of the refiners and the agency in the determination of prob¬ lems arising under the agreement. At the suggestion of the Depart¬ ment of Justice, there is also to be organized a public committee of three to hear such complaints as may arise in connection with its SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 15 operation. It is believed that the market in California will be stabilized through the operation of this agreement, and that adequate administrative safeguards have been provided to prevent discrimina¬ tion against any small enterprise. Following upon the virtual failure of the national-purchasing agreement and the national-marketing agreement, proposals were made for the purchase by individual buyers of distress gasoline to meet temporarily the problems of excess crude production, and to bring about some adjustment between the wholesale price of gaso¬ line and the price of erude petroleum. The disproportion existing between these prices has proven to be one of the major elements of instability in the marketing structure, and has been caused in large part by the presence upon the market of gasoline manufactured by small refiners located in and around the East Texas field from illegally produced crude petroleum. This gasoline has operated as a depressing factor upon an already abnormal market. Certain companies within the industry desired to purchase such gasoline in order to permit of its orderly liquidation, but did not wish to do so until they could be assured first that no gasoline would be produced in the future from illegally produced crude oil, and secondly, that such gasoline as was purchased would be cleared from the taint of illegality in the interests of conservation and stabilization. The Administrator on June 23, 1934, approved a form of contract to be used by such buyers, drafted after conferences between the Planning and Coordination Committee and the Petroleum Administrative Board. It is expected that this form, when generally used, will afford at least partial relief to what is at present a very distressing situation. For a number of years the Petroleum Economics Division of the Bureau of Mines has assembled, analyzed, and published statistics on crude-oil production and stocks, as well as the production stocks and indicated demand for motor fuel and other petroleum products. The new reports which have been inaugurated under the administra¬ tion of the Petroleum Code are a weekly report of crude petroleum stocks held by companies holding 100,000 barrels or more, a monthly report showing the interregional movements of crude petroleum, as well as the distribution of shipments by pipe lines, tankers, tank cars, and trucks, and a new natural-gasoline report showing inter¬ state movements and classes of utilization. The weekly crude-oil stocks report and the monthly report on interregional movements of crude petroleum are published separately by the Petroleum Ad¬ ministrative Board. The basis of the Petroleum Code is article III, providing means for the control of production. Section 3 of this article provides that the production of crude oil must be balanced by consumer 16 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 demand for petroleum products. Under the terms of the code and President’s Executive Order No. 6260-A, the Petroleum Administra¬ tive Board, as Federal agency, estimates at intervals the required production of crude oil and allocates it equitably among the several States, due account being taken of expected withdrawals from stor¬ age and of anticipated imports. The required production so esti¬ mated has been allocated equitably to the several States, and upon approval by the Administrator, has been certified to the several States as the net reasonable market demand for crude petroleum therefrom. The subdivision into pool, lease, and/or well quotas is made within the State. In the States of Texas, Oklahoma, and Kansas, each of which is provided by State law with a regulatory commission, the approved allocations have been certified with the Texas Railroad Commission, the Oklahoma Corporation Commission, and the Kansas Corporation Commission, as the net reasonable market demand for the crude petroleum in those States. These estimates have afforded the basis upon which allocations have later been made to individual operators of the production which they are permitted to utilize pur¬ suant to law. The State of Montana, by an act of its legislature, approved on December 29, 1933, an oil-conservation board to be established to have general control, regulation, and supervision of the production, transportation, and storage of crude petroleum within that State. Similar legislation is expected to be enacted in the State of Louisiana. In the making of production allocations, a continuous effort has been made to provide a proper balance in refining operations and as nearly a uniform rate of operation throughout the seasons as possible. The allocation among the several States has been based principally upon the customary and established channels of trade for the move¬ ment of crude petroleum and petroleum products between producing and consuming regions. Special studies also have been made rela¬ tive to the demand for crude petroleum from newly developed producing areas. In general, the effect on crude-oil production of operations under the Petroleum Code during the 10 months ended with June 30, 1934, has been a more equitable distribution of output among the several States than was possible of achievement under conditions which existed prior to the effective date of the Petroleum Code. The statistical position of the refining branch of the industry was essentially unbalanced, and it became evident that a lack of normal relationship between refinery gasoline prices and field prices for crude petroleum was rendering impossible the profitable operation of pe¬ troleum refineries, particularly the nonintegrated and semi-inte- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 17 grated refineries which buy all or a major portion of their crude petroleum supplies at the posted field prices. The Board, therefore, recommended to the Administrator certain provisions designed to control the operations of refineries, both with respect to stocks on hand and production of gasoline. An amend¬ ment to the code was thereupon submitted to the industry, a public hearing was held, and after conferences subsequent thereto, an amended article IV was submitted to the Petroleum Administrator, which amended article received the unaminous endorsement of all affected parties within the industry. This amended article, approved on April 24, 1934, and actually effective June 1, 1934, provides for a joint governmental and industrial organization to determine the proper inventories of gasoline for each district and the production of gasoline in each district necessary to meet the demand therefor. The provision relating to orderly development of new pools is in its implications one of the most far-reaching provisions in the code, since it establishes a basis upon which any petroleum product may be properly conserved and the wastage incident to development in recent years eliminated. Plans for the orderly development of new petroleum pools, sub¬ mitted in compliance with section 7 of article III of the Code of Fair Competition for the Petroleum Industry, totaled 336 as of June 30, 1934. Of this number, 239, or approximately 71 percent, have been approved by the Petroleum Administrator. Of the 336 plans sub¬ mitted, 18 were determined to be not new pools as defined by the new- pool regulations. In approving the development plans, the problem of well spacing was given careful consideration. Wider well spacing than has hitherto been customary was one of the principal objectives, as a most effective means of obtaining the most efficient utilization of reservoir energy and of combating overproduction. The Petroleum Administrator on December 20, 1933, authorized a study of the economic recovery cost of crude petroleum covering the 3 calendar years 1931, 1932, and 1933. The Administrator’s order directed operators producing in excess of 5,000 barrels per annum in the eastern and Rocky Mountain areas, and 10,000 barrels per annum in all other States, to furnish the Petroleum Adminis¬ trative Board the necessary data from which summaries could be made showing costs and other related information by States and pools within each State. Final analyses are now being made, and the report on the costs of production will be made public shortly. The marketing division of the Board has worked constantly with the marketing subcommittee of the planning and coordination committee in an endeavor both to make article V, dealing with market¬ ing, comprehensible and to adjust such of those provisions as appear 18 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 to be working undue hardship. Its activities in this regard are set forth in detail below. The marketing division has also aided in the collection of certain statistical data essential to obtain a proper picture of the costs of marketing, and has cooperated in the consideration of the various stabilization plans which have been proposed. A major problem was presented to the Board early in its existence in the necessity under rule 19 of taking some action with reference to lease and agency, lease and license agreements, and other forms of exclusive dealing contracts. Agreements of this character provide the refiner or distributor of gasoline with a controlled outlet whereby he can maintain an assured portion of the market. In consequence, they tend to discriminate against the products of independent mar¬ keters and possibly are in contravention of the fundamental provisions of the National Industrial Recovery Act. The national marketing agreement, referred to elsewhere in this report, provided for the eventual liquidation of all such agreements. With the failure of the national marketing agreement, the Board conducted an independent study of this matter, and requested the Planning and Coordination Committee to forward a recommendation for a modification of the code substantially similar to that contained in the national marketing agreement. Action upon this recom¬ mendation is expected shortly. Overproduction of crude oil, excessive refining capacity, and ex¬ cessive production at refineries has produced surplus and distress stocks of gasoline which have had a serious, depressing effect upon the market. The overexpansion of retail outlets by reducing the gallon- age per station increases unit costs and leads to price cutting to obtain individual volumes. With less gasoline consumed today than in 1929, but with perhaps twice as many stations, and with surplus stocks, the stabilization of markets to preserve small enterprises and to permit the paying of code wages and maintenance of code hours has proved essential. The conflict between the distributors selling at the regular price and those selling with a cut-price policy has been the most frequent immediate causes for price wars. Because of the complexities of the factors involved and the clash of policy, it has not been possible to determine a “right solution” for such conflicts. Therefore, the Petroleum Administrative Board has encouraged negotiations and discussions between all the parties involved in a price war on an experi¬ mental basis in an attempt to work out a technic for stabilizing markets. There is no question but that some action must be taken to curb overexpansion of retail outlets. It is estimated that there are now ap¬ proximately 350,000 service stations in the country. This number is far in excess of the number required to serve the consuming public. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 19 This total has been reached in recent years, and represents a large increase, due partly to the marketing policies of the large refiners and partly to the pressure for outlets for production from new pools. The increase in stations has greatly diluted the gallonage through¬ out for each outlet with a twofold result: Overhead costs have greatly increased, and an oversensitive market structure has been created since the slightest decrease in volume in individual outlets induces market breaks, which creates vicious price wars. It is obvious that any program directed toward the solution of the evils with which the industry is faced must include an equitable solution of this problem. It was early recognized that the success of the administration of the code depended upon vigorous enforcement of the production allocations and of the provisions regulating marketing practices. The program for enforcement involves complex and fundamental questions in constitutional law, combined with problems of proof of the interstate character of the petroleum industry. Members of the staff of the Board, trained in the legal problems involved, were desig¬ nated as special assistants to the Attorney General, to cooperate with the United States attorneys in litigation involving the Petroleum Code and the regulations promulgated under section 9 (c) of the National Industrial Recovery Act. Representatives of the Board were usually in charge of the cases and prepared the briefs and argued the cases. In June, in accordance with the general policy established by the Department of Justice, the responsibility for litigation was under¬ taken by that Department. Hereafter, cases will be conducted by the United States attorneys. The legal staff of the Board stands ready to assist local United States attorneys upon call in preparing and prosecuting cases. The first attempt to enjoin the enforcement of regulations pro¬ mulgated under section 9 (c) was defeated in the Supreme Court of the District of Columbia in Southport Petroleum Co. v. Ickes. In Panama Refining Co. v. Ryan an injunction was obtained from Judge Bryant in the eastern district of Texas, against the enforcement of the regulations promulgated under section 9 (c) of the National In¬ dustrial Recovery Act. In Amazon Petroleum Co. v. Ryan a three- judge Federal court found that the orders of the Texas Railroad Commission limiting the production of oil in the exercise of its statu¬ tory power to prevent waste were not void on the theory that they were dictated by the Federal Oil Administrator. The court held it had no jurisdiction over Federal questions involved and those aspects of the case were assigned to the Federal district judge, Judge Bryant, who promptly issued an injunction against the enforcement of the production provisions of the code and the regulations under 9 (c). Upon appeal of the Panama and Amazon cases to the circuit court of appeals, Judge Bryant was reversed by a unanimous court, which held 20 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 the regulations under section 9 (c) valid and found it not necessary to pass upon the constitutionality of the production sections of the code in that case. The cases have been appealed to the United States Supreme Court. Altogether, 22 cases have been instituted to enforce the oil-adminis¬ tration program ; 6 of them have dealt with the control of production, 4 also involving the validity of regulations issued under section 9 (c) of the Recovery Act. Three cases involve labor provisions of the node; 14 involve various rules of the marketing section of the code. BUREAU OF RECLAMATION (Elwood Mead, Commissioner) Until settlement reached the borders of the arid region, public land in the humid section was the door of opportunity for the restless and enterprising. But when the wave of settlement reached the arid zone pioneers had to deal with new conditions and were confronted with new problems. Homes and civilization were limited not by land but by water. To make that water available required a new type of engineering knowledge and experience, while to make homes permanent and secure, codes of water laws had to be formulated and put into operation. Irrigable land became therefore the new frontier and is so today. Private and district enterprises were able to build the simple chan¬ nels which carry water to the valleys bordering streams, but when it became necessary to divert and control rivers and when storage of floods became a fundamental requirement, some agency with greater resources and with a continuity of policy which would reach beyond the limits of a single State was essential. Out of this need the recla¬ mation fund and the Bureau of Reclamation were established. Recently the opinion has prevailed in some sections that further construction of irrigation works is uneconomic and injurious. It arose out of an exaggerated conception of the area irrigated under Federal works, which is less than 1 percent of the total farmed area in the United States. Critics of irrigation have not realized how necessary the works being built are to the prosperity of the cities and towns and the industries located in that region. They do not under¬ stand the plight of valleys menaced with water shortages. If they did they would join the West in energetically urging the building of storage reservoirs. It required the great drought to show to the Nation the service which the reservoirs already completed is rendering and the need for early completion of those under way. Already, early in midsummer, range stockmen are buying alfalfa as it is cut on the irrigated fields to save their flocks and herds from starvation. What the country where this is happening would be like if the lands that are now green and productive were not being irrigated can be understood only by those who have seen it. Although it is only June the bed of the Rio Grande is dry. If the city of El Paso and the irrigated country around had to depend on the unregulated flow of that river this would be a year of calamity to 165,000 people. Fortunately the Elephant Butte Dam and Reservoir 21 22 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 were built by the Reclamation Bureau and the stored water is sup¬ plying the needs of those people. It not only enables that project to help feed the people in the surrounding country but saves the city of El Paso from an enforced exodus. Twice in the last 5 years the stor¬ age at American Falls on the Snake River has saved crops worth the cost of the reservoir, and this year the stored water will be worth the value of the farms and fields which it supplies with moisture. The Federal reclamation projects in the valleys of the North Platte, Klamath, Pecos, Cheyenne, Yellowstone, and Big Horn rivers will be called upon to supply the local needs for both human and live¬ stock consumption. They will save towns and counties from de¬ population and save livestock, which will be sorely needed next year. The reservoirs that are furnishing water this year to the Yakima, Okanogan, Orland, and Boise projects have enabled fruits and vege¬ tables to be grown that are being shipped to widely separated areas in the arid region and to the Central States which have no crops this year. The Echo Reservoir in Utah, built against the protests of those who see in irrigation nothing but a contribution to the surplus, is saving the vegetable canning industry of Utah and will do much to feed the surrounding country this winter. The beet sugar industry of the arid region is one of the most valuable features of its agricul¬ ture. Millions of dollars are invested in factories. Many thousands of workers are employed. The beets required to supply these fac¬ tories are being grown by water stored in the reservoirs on the North Platte, the Belle Fourche, Minidoka, Strawberry Valley, Shoshone, and Milk River projects. The Salt River and Newlands projects are the financial mainstays of the States of Arizona and Nevada. Both States need more irrigation to furnish winter feed for range livestock and to meet the local food requirements of their cities and towns. It is no exaggeration to say that no greater contribution could be made to the stability of both States than to complete the reservoirs being constructed on the Colorado, Humboldt, and Truckee Rivers. The importance of continuing the program of construction now under way is most strikingly shown by the situation on the Colorado River on which Boulder Dam is being built. If it had been com¬ pleted 2 years ago the irrigated Southwest would not have known there was a drought. Because it is not completed and because water could not be stored this season 70,000 people in the Imperial Valley are faced with appalling disaster. They lack water for irrigation, for watering livestock, and for domestic purposes. It is too early to fix the limit of loss but it will be equivalent to a good part of the cost of the dam. If Boulder Dam were not assured there would be a panic in the Southwest. The drought is creating a demand for irrigated areas that has been absent for the past 10 years. It gives a new significance and impor- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 23 tance to the irrigated farms now available and to the few localities where additions can be made to the irrigated area. Furthermore, where farmers are transferred from submarginal dry- areas to farms under irrigation, for every acre of irrigated land that they cultivate two or more acres of dry land will go out of production and the net result will be the elimination of areas that are now adding to the troublesome agricultural surplus, especially wheat, and increase in the production of crops needed locally. The time has come for an appraisal of the relation of irrigated agri¬ culture to the civilization and future well-being of the western third of the country. Each irrigated area brings tangible money benefits to many others besides those who live on the lands irrigated . Cities are created and sustained. Phoenix, Ariz., is as much a creation of irri¬ gation as are the citrus groves and alfalfa fields that surround it. These irrigated oases lessen the risk and increase the income of the stockmen of the range country for miles around. They create taxable valuations and incomes that help support city, county, State, and Federal Governments. Irrigation communities are a market for manufacturers and merchants in remote industrial centers. No true economic balance sheet of any project can be made without including these indirect benefits which should be considered but have been overlooked in the past. An economic survey of a few typical reclamation projects is recom¬ mended. Such a survey should be taken to determine the economic condition of the irrigators who have entered into contracts with the United States to repay construction costs. It should aim to appraise the agricultural opportunities and possibilities of the project and the extent to which they are being utilized. It should collect data as to the extent to which contract payments are being made, and when not being made, the reasons therefor. Consideration should be given as to whether the plan of repayment is fair to the irrigators and also to the agriculture outside of these projects and if there are objections they should be stated and modifications proposed. This survey and appraisal of existing projects will help to inform the whole country regarding the achievements or defeats of our reclamation policy and as to what, if any, modification should be made in the present reclama¬ tion law. It should include a study of the relations of irrigation and power as a part of the reclamation policy. The past 15 years have shown the importance of power development as an adjunct to irrigation enter¬ prises, but to the present time no definite policy has been inaugurated regarding the ownership of these power plants, the plan of operation, and the disposition of their profits. The Bureau believes they should be built and operated as permanent Government works and that the profits after the works have been paid for, should go into the reclama- 24 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 tion revolving fund to be used in building additional projects. If this plan is to be followed legislation is needed. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES DURING FISCAL YEAR With $103,535,000 allotted by the Public Works Administration for continuation of work on existing projects and starting work on new projects, construction activities took on a new impetus and the Bureau had more to do than at any time in its history. It was neces¬ sary to increase the Denver office working force from 250 to 700 to handle this extensive program and make necessary studies and in¬ vestigations, design the various structures, and prepare plans and specifications for bidding. In addition our engineers did all the design and specification work for the Tennessee Valley Authority in connec¬ tion with the Norris and Joe Wheeler Dams, and also the Caballo Dam on the Rio Grande for the International Boundary Commission. On the Vale project in eastern Oregon, with $1,000,000 available, a contract was let in February 1933 to Hinman Brothers, Denver, Colo., for $496,286.10 to build the Agency Valley Dam and Reservoir on North Fork of Malheur River near Beulah. The dam is a mois¬ tened and rolled embankment of clay, sand, and gravel, with a maxi¬ mum height of 90 feet. The reservoir will supply needed additional storage for the project lands. The first work undertaken on the $22,700,000 Casper- Alcova project, on the North Platte River near Casper, Wyo., was the diver¬ sion and outlet tunnel at the site of the Alcova diversion dam. The Lawlor-Woodward Co. of Seattle, Wash., has the contract at a price of $269,905 and on June 30 the work was 60 percent completed. In March of this year contracts were let for building the first 3K miles of the Casper Canal extending northeasterly from the Alcova Dam site. The contractors and contract prices are as follows: Utah Construction Co., Ogden, Utah, schedule 1, $225,990; J. A. Terteling & Sons, Spokane, Wash., schedule 2, $89,865; Edward Peterson, Omaha, Nebr., schedule 3, $293,465. A service road on the west side of the North Platte River, 3 miles in length, was built from a point on the county road 36 miles northeast of Parco to the Seminoe dam site. Government forces constructed a 66-mile transmission line from Cas¬ per to the Alcova and Seminoe Dam sites and two substations. An allotment of $5,000,000 was made available for continuing construction on the Owyhee project in Oregon-Idaho, and in Novem¬ ber 1933, J. A. Terteling & Sons, Spokane, Wash., received a contract for building 30 miles of the North Canal and also the Mitchell Butte lateral, all in the Mitchell Butte division, at a price of $492,075.75. Structures were let under a separate contract to Barnard-Curtiss Co. of Minneapolis, Minn., for $154,290. The Morrison-Knudsen Co., Boise, Idaho, was awarded a contract for $162,518.50 for con- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 25 structing a 10-foot 6-inch diameter plate-steel siphon across Snivly Creek and a 9-foot diameter siphon across the Owyhee River on the North Canal. The first of the four Salt Lake Basin projects in Utah, financed with P.W.A. funds, to be undertaken was the Hyrum project near Logan. In January 1934 J. A. Terteling & Sons of Spokane, Wash., obtained a contract for building the Hyrum Dam and Reservoir on Little Bear River at a price of $337,211. The reservoir will have a gross capacity of 18,000 acre-feet and net capacity of 14,000 acre-feet above the outlet for project canals. The dam is an earth-fill struc¬ ture with a maximum height of 90 feet. The first work on the $63,000,000 Columbia Basin project in Wash¬ ington, for which $15,000,000 was made available, was excavation of 2,040,000 cubic yards of overburden at the Grand Coulee Dam site. David H. Ryan, of San Diego, Calif., was awarded the contract in December 1933 for $534,500 and completed it in June. The Western Construction Co., of Seattle, Wash., began work in March on concrete piers for the Columbia River bridge, the contract price being $180,- 177.40. On May 17 bids were opened for building the United States Construction Railroad from Odair on the Northern Pacific to the dam site, a distance of about 30 miles. Contract was awarded July 18 to David H. Ryan, of San Diego, Calif., with a bid of $235,570. The Crick & Kuney Co., of Spokane, was awarded a contract on June 4 for grading and structures for highway and construction railroad in the coulee at their bid of $220,676.50. Bids were opened on June 18 for construction of the Grand Coulee Dam and power plant. The low bid of $29,339,301.50 was submitted by Silas Mason Co., New York City; Walsh Construction Co., Davenport, Iowa; and Atkinson-Kier Co., San Francisco, Calif., acting jointly. Contract was awarded July 13. Street grading in the Government camp site was started and at the end of the year preparations were being made to advertise for construction of water and sewer systems and residences. An allotment of $600,000 was made for the Sun River project in Montana to build additional laterals and drains. The first contract was awarded in January 1934 for earthwork and structures for open drains in the Greenfields division to the Morrison-Knudsen Co., of Boise, Idaho, for $72,105. At the end of the year plans and specifica¬ tions were ready for the Mill Coulee and lateral extensions Construction of open drains on the Yuma project in Arizona and laterals on the Milk River project in Montana was continued. On the Elephant Butte division of the Rio Grande project, New Mexico- Texas, construction of drains and laterals was in progress. With an allotment of $100,000 reconstruction of canals and structures was carried on in the Stanfield irrigation district in Oregon. Similar work 26 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 was also in progress in the Bitter Root irrigation district near Hamilton, Mont. During the year just closed the Bureau in its construction activities built 89 miles of canals and drains; 37 tunnels with a total length of 6,926 feet; 1,029 canal structures, 70 bridges, and 265 culverts; and laid 2,723,165 feet, or 516 miles, of pipe. There were excavated 7,958,165 cubic yards of earth and rock, making the total to date 326,962,284 cubic yards. The Bureau used 2,666,972 barrels of cement and placed 2,403,346 cubic yards of concrete. STATISTICAL DATA The area irrigated in 1933 with water from Government works was 2,828,787 acres, an increase of 59,182 acres over that for 1932. The area cropped was 2,797,815 acres, an increase of 22,535 acres. The total value of crops was $84,191,733, an increase of $34,033,352 compared with 1932, and of $10,231,356 compared with 1931. This increase in crop values was due largely to increased prices received for crops. During the period 1906, when water was first available, to and including 1933, the cumulative value of crops grown on land irrigated from Government works amounted to $1,970,239,991. Construction payments in cash and credits from power and other sources received during the fiscal year 1934 were $481,192.26, a decrease of $406,268.42 compared with the previous year. Payments for operation and maintenance were $1,122,473.99, a decrease of $15,929.20 compared with the previous year. Total payments amounted to $1,603,666.25 compared with $2,025,863.87 in 1932, a decrease of $422,197.62. Income to the reclamation fund from all sources during the fiscal year was $4,424,- 862.69, or $263,392.88 less than for the previous year. The operation expense for the year was $1,108,950.07, a decrease from the previous year of $18,444.33. Excess of operation and maintenance receipts over expense for the period amounted to $13,523.92 compared with an excess of receipts over expense of $11,008.79 for the previous year. Construction work was carried on with funds provided under the National Industrial Recovery Act. A total of $103,535,000 was allotted to the Bureau. Operation and maintenance of the irrigation, drainage, and power systems was carried with direct appropriations from the reclamation fund, money advanced by the water users, organizations, and revenues from power operations. The act of March 27, 1934, extended the provisions of previous acts granting temporary relief to water users on irrigation projects, and SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 27 construction charges coming due for the year 1934 were not required to be paid. This explains the reason for decreased payments as given under this heading. ADJUSTMENT CONTRACTS On June 12, 1934, December 27, 1933, and January 11, 1934, respec¬ tively, adjustment contracts under the act of Congress of May 25, 1926 (44 Stat. 636), were made with the Grandview irrigation district, Yakima project; the Langell Valley irrigation district, Klamath project; and the Horsefly irrigation district, Klamath project. During the fiscal year adjustment arrangements under the morator¬ ium acts were made on all of the projects where construction charge installments would otherwise have been collectible. SETTLEMENT ACTIVITIES In line with the policy of the Administration to limit the further development of productive areas, only one acreage of consequence was opened to entry during the past fiscal year. On the Kittitas division of the Yakima project, Wash., 25 farm units were thrown open on May 1, 1934, involving a total irrigable area of 1,843 acres. Owing to the prevailing drought conditions the demand for irrigated farms showed a marked increase and 87 formal filings were made for the small number of units included in the Kittitas opening. Of the 78 who appeared before the examining board 62 were residents of the State of Washington, the remaining applicants coming from nearby States. By July 5 all units, with the exception of three on which appeals were pending, had been awarded. On the projects for the construction of which the Public Works Administration has allotted funds, irrigation development which would bring into cultivation appreciable additional areas is not in¬ cluded in the authorization. VERDE PROJECT , ARIZONA An allotment of $4,000,000 was made by the Public Works Ad¬ ministration for this project, of which $500,000 was for making investigations and estimates of cost of a project comprising an area of land of about 85,000 acres, the feasibility of which depends upon the quantity of water that can be depended upon for irrigation. Studies have been under way to determine this important matter as well as investigations to determine feasible dam sites for the storage of water on the Verde River. All of this work was still in progress at the close of the fiscal year and a conclusion had not been reached as to the feasibility of the project. 87859—34 - 3 28 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 ECONOMIC AND ENGINEERING OPERATIONS SALT RIVER PROJECT, ARIZONA Agricultural conditions showed some improvement over last year. Crop returns showed a gain of $3,000,000 (approximately 30 percent) over the very low figure of 1931-32, which still left the crop receipts less than half the 1929 figure. The increases were in the major acreage crops, such as alfalfa, cotton, and grain, which were $4,000,000 greater than in 1931-32, but a drop of $1,000,000, mainly in lettuce, reduced the net gain to approximately $3,000,000. It is anticipated there will be a further improvement during 1934. Restricted water supply, unfortunately, will prevent many farmers from taking ad¬ vantage of the apparently favorable outlook for lettuce and other cash crops, which will be comparatively free from competition of large nearby areas whose crops cannot be depended on because of the drought. The rapidly decreasing water stored in the four project reservoirs, owing to the entire failure of the winter and spring run-off and continued absence of rain, has necessitated drastic restriction in water apportionment and maximum operation of all pumps for utilizing underground water. Unless increased by summer rains, the stored water at the end of the irrigation year, September 30, 1934, will be reduced to around 100,000 acre-feet. The year 1933-34 is among the driest of record in 46 years. In addition to the restricted irrigation supply the low head in the reservoirs on June 30 was at a point where the project hydroelectric plants were barely able to handle peak loads. This condition exists in spite of the reduction in power load caused by the almost complete cessation of mining operations which consumed a large part of the system output of electric energy. YUMA PROJECT, ARIZONA-CALIFORNIA Economic conditions on the project improved during the year, to which the several relief acts passed by Congress, extending construc¬ tion repayments, and a rigid curtailment of operation and mainte¬ nance expenses were the principal contributing factors. The Yuma County Water Users’ Association has paid in full all operation and maintenance charges due the Government during 1934 and advanced a substantial payment on the charges due in 1935. The project has only one bank, making few, if any, farm loans, so that water users must rely mainly on Government loan agencies for financial assistance. The Cotton Finance Corporation has made loans for financing both the 1933 and 1934 cotton crops. Other cotton growers were aided through the Crop Production Credit Corporation. The Farm Bureau Marketing Association, a cooperative handling mainly alfalfa hay SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 29 and seed, completed a successful year by retiring all indebtedness with ban’< credit established for financing 1934 operations. Yuma Mesa. — There was no new development on the Mesa unit, and although prices for citrus products were the same, returns were less during 1933 than for the preceding year because of materially reduced yields. Prevailing prices were $0.01 and $0.0125 per pound. The Yuma Mesa Citrus Growers’ Association marketed the crops. The only construction work in progress was confined to extensions to the drainage system and the rebuilding of about 1.100 feet of levee which was lost in the 1921 flood. BOULDER CANYON PROJECT , ARIZONA-NEVADA Construction in Black Canyon was in progress on practically all the major features of Boulder Dam, power plant, and appurtenant works. The contractor, Six Companies, Inc., continued to prosecute the work in an efficient and rapid manner. The peak of employment occurred on June 30, when 5,218 employees were listed on the pay rolls of the Bureau of Reclamation and project contractors. The average number of men employed in construction was highest in May, when 4,648 were working for the Government and contractors, and the gross pay roll was $743,581.77. The Public Works Administration made an allotment of $38,000,000 for continuing construction on this project. Excavations in the river channel for the dam foundation were completed and the first concrete placed in the dam on June 6, 1933. Seven months after starting, a million yards had been placed; three and a half months later half of the concrete for the structure had been poured ; and at the end of the fiscal year the volume of concrete in the dam amounted to 2,135,030 cubic yards, raising the structure to a height of 435 feet above bedrock. The record concrete pour for 1 day occurred on March 20, when 8,904 cubic yards were deposited in the dam, and another 1,558 cubic yards placed in other structures. Cooling was started on August 8 and was completed to elevation 745 on June 30, 1934. Grouting of contraction joints was commenced on May 24 and finished to elevation 625. The slot was poured to elevation 745. The channels, weirs, and piers of the spillways were practically completed, and lining of the inclined tunnels was in progress at the end of the year. The four drum gates were installed for the Arizona spillways and their erection was progressing for the Nevada structure. Concrete was poured in all intake towers, the four lower gates were installed, and erection was started in May for the upper gates in the Nevada downstream tower. At the end of the fiscal year the lowest tower was 130 feet above its base and the highest, 172 feet. 30 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Excavations were practically completed for all of the 92 tunnels and 13 shafts that were driven for project construction. The two 37-foot diameter penstock-header tunnels and the 18-foot inclined penstocks were lined with concrete, and lining was nearly finished for the horizontal penstocks. The canyon wall valvehouses, construction adits, and connecting roads were excavated. The outlet pipes of 8K-feet diameter were installed in the Arizona tunnels and were placed in position ready for erection in the Nevada tunnels. The first concrete was poured for the powerhouse wings in January, and at the end of the fiscal year concreting was in progress for the entire lengths of both wings. Six Companies, Inc., has made arrangements to haul the plate steel pipe from the fabrication plant of the Babcock & Wilcox Co. to the 150-ton Government cableway. The Babcock & Wilcox Co. gradually increased production of fabricated pipe until in June, 1,582 tons of pipe were completed or at an average rate of 52.7 tons per day. The penstock header and penstock tunnels were rapidly being made ready for pipe installation, and the first of the 30-foot sections are expected to be shipped to the tunnels in July 1934. A great amount of interest was displayed in construction activities, the visitors checked at the reservation gate numbering 191,788 for the year. A monthly peak of 30,371 occurred in March and a week¬ end peak of 5,461 on March 24-25. The Boulder Dam Hotel was completed in Boulder City in December, and several hotels were available in Las Vegas, but on many week-ends the two towns were hard pressed to accommodate their guests. The bureau of power and light of the city of Los Angeles commenced construction of the world’s largest transmission line, to carry Boulder Dam power to Los Angeles, at line voltage of 275,000. Items of interest are its length of 270 miles, the steel towers 109 and 144 feet in height, and the 1,626 miles of hollow core copper tube, 1.4 inches in outside diameter. ALL-AMERICAN CANAL , ARIZONA -CALIFORNIA The construction of the All-American Canal was authorized by the Boulder Canyon Project Act of December 21, 1928. An allotment of $6,000,000 for this project was made by the Public Works Adminis¬ tration in November 1933, but because of legal requirements con¬ nected with the execution of a repayment contract, the funds were not available until March 20, 1934. Work was promptly started and drawings and specifications prepared and bids received June 7. Con¬ tract for earthwork covering schedules 1 to 6, inclusive, was awarded to W. E. Callahan Construction Co., St. Louis, Mo., and Gunther & Shirley, Dallas, Tex., the amount of their bid being $4,859,587. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 31 Schedule 7 covering rock excavation was awarded to Griffith & Co., Los Angeles, at a bid of $226,800. These contracts cover 30.6 miles of earthwork on the All-American Canal from a point opposite Laguna Dam through the sand hills area to the site of the proposed bifurcation works for the Coachella Canal. The capacity of this portion of the canal varies from 15,155 to 10,155 cubic feet per second. The contract dated December 1, 1932 with the Imperial Irrigation District for construction of the All-American Canal was contested by the Coachella County Water District which desired a separate con¬ tract with the United States instead of having to become part of the Imperial Irrigation District. The Imperial District contract was validated by the court on July 3, 1933. An appeal was carried to the Supreme Court, but was dismissed in February 1934, by the Coachella Valley County Water District after this district had settled its con¬ troversy with the Imperial Irrigation District. A contract for con¬ struction of capacity for its use in the All-American Canal was nego¬ tiated with the Coachella District and submitted to the Department for approval. A contract was also negotiated and approved as to form by the Department on May 16, 1934 with the city of San Diego for provision of capacity in the All-American Canal for use by the city. ORLAND PROJECT , CALIFORNIA A slight improvement was noticeable in the economic condition of the project owing to the general advance over prices received for farm products the preceding year. Crop yields, with the exception of oranges, were uniformly satisfactory. Because of the unprecedented cold temperatures of December 1932, there was practically no pro¬ duction of citrus fruits in 1933. At the end of the fiscal year, however, the prospects for a good crop had materially brightened. Actual collections of reclamation charges were, on account of the deferment of the payment of construction charges under the act of April 1, 1932, rather light, aggregating $32,330.77 as against $53,359.46 during the fiscal year 1933. Loans obtained from the Federal Farm Loan Bank of Berkeley, Calif., were of a very decided assistance to the water users in enabling them to pay their operation and maintenance charges. The crop value of $29.33 an acre for 1933, showed an increase of $5.50 over that of the preceding year. Reduction in available funds prevented the carrying forward of the concrete lining program on laterals subject to excessive loss of water and high main¬ tenance cost. GRAND VALLEY PROJECT , COLORADO During the 1933 season 470 farms were irrigated with an average crop value per acre of $21.75 as compared with $16.26 for the previous season. Charges for water were reduced, by means of drastic econo- 32 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 mies and of lower material and labor costs, from $3.50 for 4 acre-feet in 1932 to $1.30. The beet sugar factory at Grand Junction, which had been idle for several years, operated during the season of 1933-34. The Colorado Potato & Bean Growers Associations operated success¬ fully during the year and handled a large part of these crops for project farmers. Crop financing was largely taken care of by Federal agencies and numerous land loans were made in the vicinity of the project by the Federal Land Bank. Exclusive of a slight amount of work to complete the Grand Valley power plant no construction work was done on the project during the fiscal year. In June 1934, prepara¬ tions were being made to undertake a limited amount of work on drainage extensions from operation and maintenance funds. UNCOMPAHGRE PROJECT , COLORADO During the 1933 irrigation season 1,589 farms were irrigated, 776 being farmed by owners and 813 by tenants. The average crop value of $22.03 per acre was approximately double that of 1932. The beet sugar factory at Delta, Colo., handled all beets raised on the project. The Colorado Potato Growers Association, the principal marketing organization, handled potatoes and onions chiefly. A number of poultry and hog associations, as well as cooperative oil and service stations, continued to do business as successfully as could be expected under existing economic conditions. The Uncompahgre Valley Water Users’ Association assumed control of the operation and mainte¬ nance of the project on January 1, 1932. No construction work was in progress. Recent legislation granting a moratorium for the con¬ struction charges has postponed the starting of the drainage program. The Public Works Administration allotted to the project $2,725,000, of which $2,400,000 was allocated to the building of the Taylor Park Dam and additional concrete lining in the Gunnison Tunnel and $325,000 to the rehabilitation of existing structures on the project. Taylor Park Reservoir will provide a necessary supplemental water supply for the project. BOISE PROJECT, IDAHO Low prices for farm products prevailed in 1933. The prospects for 1934 have Improved, but with some reduction in yields because of a short water supply. Cooperative buying and selling organizations are active and still growing in the dairy, poultry, and fruit business and numerous other lines. No construction is in progress, although a small amount of drainage in the Black Canyon and Boise-Kuna dis¬ tricts is contemplated. An early beginning on repairs to the Arrow- rock Dam is also planned. Operation and maintenance of the reserved works (2 storage dams, 2 diversion dams, 2 power plants, and 1 pumping plant) is being continued by Government forces, while the SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 33 maintenance of the canal system and distribution of water have been turned over to the water users. Needs for the future consist mainly of a supplemental supply of water for the Arrowrock division, the year of 1934 being a season of 60 percent supply. Public interest centers around the scheme to divert water to the Boise River from the Salmon River watershed. KING HILL PROJECT, IDAHO The operation of the King Hill project has been continued by officials of the King Hill Irrigation District. The cropped area for the season of 1933 was approximately 7,300 acres, with an average value per acre of $16.85, an increase of more than $6 from the season of 1932. The project is making a slow recovery from the financial depression with prospects for increased revenues for 1934, resulting from better prices for farm products. MINIDOKA PROJECT, IDAHO There were 1,528 farms irrigated on the gravity division last year, and 862 on the south side pumping division. The total crop value the past year averaged $29.40 compared with $14.50 in 1932. As a result there has been a general improvement in financial conditions on the project. The snowfall on the Snake River drainage area during the winter of 1933-34 was extremely fight, so that both Jackson Lake and American Falls Reservoirs failed to fill this year. By the end of June, about 70 percent of the project’s total stored supply had been exhausted. At Jackson Lake clearing of timber around the reservoir was prosecuted by several Civilian Conservation Corps camps. The enlargement program of the south side pumping division was continued throughout the year and additional pumps were installed. About 3 miles of drains also were built on the pumping division. On the Gooding division, some 89 small lateral structures were built by contract, and 3 main canal checks and 1 flume across the canal were constructed by Government forces. Future needs of the project include provision for an additional water supply. It appears advisable to complete the enlargement of canals and to increase pumping capacity on the south side pumping division. A form of contract between the United States and the Idaho Power Co., providing a means of conserving winter water for storage at American Falls Reservoir, was under consideration. BITTER ROOT PROJECT, MONTANA The United States in 1930 assisted this project in refinancing its bonded and warrant indebtedness and in making some necessary improvements on the canal system. The work was continued during 34 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 the past fiscal year under the supervision of the Bureau of Reclamation and $90,000 was advanced to the project for this purpose. There is a balance of $30,000 to be advanced early in the next fiscal year, which will complete the total of $250,000 authorized by Congress for the rehabilitation of the project. The area under cultivation remains approximately 15,000 acres, with an average crop value of $15.70 for the season of 1933 and prospects for a greater improvement in 1934. HUNTLEY PROJECT , MONTANA During the 1933 irrigation season 651 farms were irrigated, 310 operated by owners and 341 by tenants. The average crop value per acre was $30.14. Sugar beets remained the principal cash crop with an average yield of 14.86 tons per acre. Practically all the lambs and wool grown on the project are marketed through the Wool Growers Association. During the early part of 1933 improve¬ ments were made in the pumping plant from the main to the higtiline canal which resulted in an increased discharge of about 6 cubic feet per second. The construction of a reservoir at Anita would mate¬ rially reduce the cost of water delivery to the Fly Creek division as well as improve the service. A low rock and brusn dam in the Yellowstone River below the main canal headgates has been necessary for several years in order to operate the canal at full capacity during July and August. Design of a permanent reinforced concrete structure to replace the present temporary structure has been made and construction work will be started in the near future. MILK RIVER PROJECT , MONTANA The season of 1933 was unusually hot and dry, but crop yields were much above the average and the upward trend of prices increased the average value of crops from $12.80 in 1932 to $19.60. Sugar beet acreage had increased to more than 10,000 acres which, for the first time in the history of the Chinook factory, provided for a full capacity campaign. Some additional property sales were completed as a result of which dry land farmers took land under the canals. Plans were formulated for the establishment of a subsistence home¬ stead colony on the Malta division to comprise an area of about 2,500 acres of land. There was an improvement in the payment of opera¬ tion charges during the year and sufficient funds were available for the continued operation of all canal systems, with some curtailment necessary on the Glasgow division in order to balance costs and funds available. An allotment of $65,000 was made for continuing construction work on the project, comprising principally the replace¬ ment of wood structures and improvements on the St. Mary Canal. An allotment of $2,000,000 was made for the construction of a storage SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 35 dam and reservoir on Milk River. Investigations have been made and a feasible dam site selected. At the close of the year a repayment contract was being negotiated. SUN RIVER PROJECT , MONTANA Conditions on the project have continued to improve with a further reduction in the wheat acreage and an increase in crops better adapted to irrigated farming, particularly an area of about 4,000 acres of seed peas. Interest in sugar-beet culture with prospects of a gradual increase in acreage is being shown. Many inquiries have been received asking for information about farms that may be available for entry or for sale from farmers living on adjacent dry-land areas. Opportunities will be very limited until lateral extension work now under way has been completed. An allotment of $600,000 was made in 1933 which is being used for further extensions to the drainage system and the extension of the lateral system to bring under irriga¬ tion lands located in the easterly end of the Greenfields division and the Mill Coulee division. Contract for the construction of drains was awarded to Morrison-Knudsen Co., of Boise, Idaho, and for canals and structures to Lease & Leigland, of Great Falls, Mont. The canal systems have been operated by the officials on the Fort Shaw and Greenfields irrigation districts. LOWER YELLOWSTONE PROJECT , MONTANA-NORTH DAKOTA Conditions on the project continued to improve during 1933, with an average crop production of $30.40 per acre, which was $9 more than in 1932. The irrigated area of 33,900 acres had also increased about 8 percent. Notwithstanding improved conditions the farmers have found it difficult to meet their financial obligations and every effort is being made to reduce operation and maintenance costs. The canal system is under the supervision of the joint board representing the irrigation districts in the two States. The existing moratorium has relieved the farmers from the payment of construction charges. Owing to depressed agricultural conditions very little settlement work has been carried on. The irrigation districts have succeeded in getting buyers for all of the farms taken over for nonpayment of taxes which have been sold on contract for deed wdth small down payments. Drought conditions have caused a demand for farms to rent, greatly in excess of the supply of those having suitable buildings. NORTH PLATTE PROJECT, NEBRASKA-WYOMING The run-off of the North Platte River at Pathfinder for 1933 was below normal and, although the irrigation supply was ample, the balance remaining in storage was only 105,000 acre-feet. The present water-year has been the driest of record in nearly 40 years, the run-off 36 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 being less than 30 percent of normal, which is 1,400,000 acre-feet. About one-half of the available supply had been used previous to June 30, 1934, and while crops were generally in satisfactory condition on that date rain will be necessary during the balance of the season to insure beet and late potato yields and to prevent extensive damage to alfalfa fields. The economic condition of the project has shown substantial improvement during recent months. Irrigation district organizations have made drastic reductions in wages and other expenditures. The area reported cropped in 1933 was 182,500 acres with an average value per acre of $26.08. Winter feeding of cattle was on a normal scale for 1933-34 but spring sales were unprofitable. About 130,000 head of sheep were fed and showed a reasonable profit. Cooperative marketing of turkeys was continued on an increasing scale and a cooperative dairy products association continued in opera¬ tion. Construction during the fiscal year 1934 comprised completion of a new transmission line on the north side of the river between the Lingle plant to the city of Mitchell via the towns of Torrington and Morrill. The reserved works of the project, comprising Pathfinder and Guernsey Reservoirs, Whalen Diversion Dam, and the power system, were operated and maintained by the Bureau. The project canal, lateral, and drainage systems were operated and maintained by the project irrigation districts. Wholesale rates for electrical energy have been reduced approximately 15 percent, the base rate being $1.50 per kilowatt per month, demand charge and an energy charge ranging from $0,015 to $0.0055 per kilowatt-hour, based on quantity used. HUMBOLDT PROJECT, NEVADA An allotment of $2,000,000 was made by the Public Works Admin¬ istration for the construction of a storage reservoir on the Lower Humboldt River to provide a supplemental water supply for the irri¬ gable lands in the vicinity of Lovelock. Surveys and investigations were promptly started, as well as negotiations with the landowners on the required repayment contract. At the close of the year the contract had been prepared and approved by the electors of the district, plans and specifications covering the construction of the Rye Patch Dam were completed, and the work was ready to be advertised as soon as all legal matters had been adjusted. NEWLANDS PROJECT, NEVADA The project experienced a serious water shortage in 1933 with even more serious conditions prevailing in 1934. It was necessary to resort to pumping from Lahontan Reservoir and drainage ditches in order to supply some of the water required for irrigation. Four thousand acre-feet of water in Donner Lake were purchased at a price SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 37 of $2.50 per acre-foot. Negotiations were finally completed in 1934 for pumping 36,000 acre-feet of water from Lake Tahoe, which will be divided between the irrigation interests on the Truckee Meadows and the Newlands project. There was a slight increase in crop values but owing to continued low prices of farm products, the value of crops for 1933 reached only $12.23. Federal assistance has been extended to the project by the Civil Works Administration and also the Federal Emergency Relief Administration. Every effort has been made to reduce operation and maintenance expenses and the charges have been fixed by the district at $1 per acre with the privilege of paying in three installments. The Truckee-Carson irrigation district has continued the operation of the project. No construction work is in progress but an application has been filed with the Public Works Administration for an allotment of $500,000 to cover numerous project betterments, enlargement of the Truckee Canal, and increased capacity of Lahontan Reservoir. TRUCKEE STORAGE PROJECT, NEVADA This project was granted $1,500,000 for the construction of a storage reservoir on the headwaters of the Truckee River for the purpose of supplementing the water supply of the Truckee Meadows adjacent to the city of Reno. Preliminary investigations have heretofore been conducted and a feasible dam and reservoir site located on the Little Truckee River. In view of the complicated water situation existing on this river system and the necessity of reaching an agreement as to the extent and priority of existing rights, considerable time has been required to reach a satisfactory adjustment of these matters. At the close of the fiscal year good progress had been made and a repayment contract drafted and submitted to the Washoe County water conservation district, which will assume the obligation of repaying the cost of this storage reservoir. CARLSBAD PROJECT, NEW MEXICO There were 438 farms cultivated during the year by owners and managers and 159 by tenants. The total acreage irrigated was 24,624 acres. Crop yields for 1933 averaged $47.49 per acre or an increase over 1932 of $27.90 per acre, which was due to increased yields and better prices for products. Financial conditions were much improved. The land bank deposits were $540,000 on June 30, 1934. Prices of farm lands range from $100 to $250 per acre. The Federal land bank loaned about $650,000 on this project. Loans for crop production were confined to Federal agencies. Industrial development, which was confined to the potash and oil industries east of Carlsbad, has been substantial. The water supply 38 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 for the project was adequate except for alfalfa during the latter part of the fiscal year. Drought conditions prevailed in the Carlsbad area in the spring and early summer of 1934. Storage water was entirely gone at the close of the fiscal year, with the normal run-off lower than at any time in the history of the project. No construction work was in progress but the irrigation district has submitted an application for funds to construct the Alamogordo Reservoir. RIO GRANDE PROJECT , NEW MEXICO -TEX AS There was a marked improvement in conditions on the project' with an increase in the number of farms and the area under irrigation. The average crop value was $45 per acre, an increase of approximately $19 over the average value for 1932. Cotton still remains the important cash crop on the project. The Cotton Growers Association, a strong organization with a large membership, provides crop financing through intermediate credit banks as well as cooperative marketing. The city of El Paso forms an important market for the sale of dairy products, livestock, vegetables, and truck, most of which are mar¬ keted through cooperative agencies. Construction work during the fiscal year has been limited to extensions to the drainage system in the Elephant Butte district. Further extensions will be required to relieve scattered areas of water-logged land throughout the project. An allotment of $500,000 has been made for continuing construction of subsurface drains and extensions to the lateral system. BAKER PROJECT , OREGON The financial interest of the United States in the Baker project is limited to the construction of a storage reservoir on the Powder River at a cost of $276,588, for which the irrigation district has contracted to make repayments under the provisions of the Reclamation Act. The work was completed in June 1932. The storage reservoir and canal system is operated by the irrigation district. The area under cultivation for 1933 was approximately 6,300 acres, with an average crop value of $11.34 per acre. STANFIELD PROJECT , OREGON The project is located in Umatilla County, eastern Oregon. It was originally constructed in 1905 by the Furnish Ditch Co. for the irrigation of approximately 10,000 acres in the vicinity of Stanfield, Oreg. The main canal diverts water from the Umatilla River. The water supply in part is obtained from the McKay Reservoir under contract for 15,000 acre-feet with the Bureau of Reclamation. An allotment of $100,000 has been made by the Public Works Adminis¬ tration for refinancing and rehabilitating this project, and a repay- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 39 ment contract with the Stanfield irrigation district was executed Feb¬ ruary 12, 1934. A contract for the construction of three siphons and a tunnel on the Furnish Canal and a drain with structures was awarded to J. A. Terteling & Son of Spokane, Wash., in April 1934 at the bid price of $49,593 under Specifications No. 568. Work is in progress on the Shaw and Hard siphons and tunnel. The drainage ditch has been completed and the entire contract was 20 percent completed on June 30. UMATILLA PROJECT , OREGON The operation of the east and west divisions of the Umatilla project has been continued under the respective irrigation district organiza¬ tions, the combined irrigated area of the two projects being approxi¬ mately 11,000 acres which in 1933 produced crops with an average value of approximately $16 per acre. The farmers have experienced some difficulty owing to low prices of farm products and also to the fact that large areas of alfalfa were winter-killed, and as a result many of the farmers on the project have been on relief rolls. The prospects for the season of 1934 are very much brighter as a result of the increase in the value of crops. VALE PROJECT , OREGON The canal system on this project has been completed to deliver water to about one-half of the 30,000 acres of irrigable land. Good progress has been made in the settlement of this area and there are now more than 160 settlers engaged in clearing the land and planting crops. Yields have been -good but prices received for commodities have been low. Alfalfa is the principal crop on the project and is either sold in the stack or fed on the farm. With few exceptions farms are operated by the owners. An allotment of $1,000,000 was made to the Vale project for con¬ structing the Agency Valley Reservoir, for which contract was awarded in January to the Hinman Bros. Construction Co. of Denver, Colo. A second contract was awarded for the construction of about 4}{ miles of highway to replace the present road which will be submerged. The allotment was of sufficient size to permit an extension of the main canal, estimated to cost about $150,000. Specifications for this work have been prepared and invitation for bids is to be issued early in the ensuing fiscal year. KLAMATH PROJECT , OREGON-CALIFORNIA The main division of the project contains 525 farms, of which 483 were farmed during the calendar year 1933. The average value of crops was $32.25 per acre, which is an increase of 100 percent over the previous year. On the Tule Lake division there were 334 farms, of 40 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 which 290 were operated by owners and 44 by tenants. Crop values on this division were $30 per acre. This division has been opened to entry during the past few years, and the new settlers have had con¬ siderable difficulty in getting started on their farms because of the unusually low prices received for farm products. The Langell Valley, Horsefly, and Shasta View districts have had but little success in carry¬ ing on settlement activities. A supplemental contract has been signed by the Horsefly district which reduces its indebtedness to the United States by about $30,000. The Langell Valley irrigation dis¬ trict has been trying for some time to obtain legislation authorizing the reclassification of the irrigable area and a reduction of its obliga¬ tion to the United States. They have already obtained a revision of their repayment contract which provides a more favorable schedule of payments. Most of the farm products are sold through cooper¬ ative associations and with the prospect of increased prices in 1934 there is a more optimistic feeling on the project. Construction work was limited to some minor extensions of the drainage system on the Tule Lake division and the Klamath irrigation district. OWYHEE PROJECT, 0REG0N-IDAH0 In August 1933 the Public Works Administration made an allot¬ ment of $5,000,000 for continuing construction work on the Owyhee project and at the close of the year the work was 68 percent completed. During the fiscal year 1934 contracts were awarded which will com¬ plete the North Canal from the outlet of tunnel no. 1 to the inlet of the Malheur River siphon, a distance of 39 miles, and the Mitchell Butte lateral, 11 % miles in length. Satisfactory progress was made on all of the construction contracts. It is now expected that delivery of water to a portion of the new project lands can be made in the spring of 1935. BELLE FOURCHE PROJECT, SOUTH DAKOTA Production and general morale on the project continued to improve during the fiscal year, largely as a result of a prompt recovery of the sheep industry, with increased prices for fat lambs and wool. The 1933 crops reached a value of $15.27 per acre, or an increase of about 20 percent over the previous year. The yields from sugar beets were disappointing owing principally to unfavorable spring weather and thin stands, making the average production on the project just under 9 tons per acre. The commissioners of the Federal Land Bank of Omaha commenced approval of loans on the project in 1933 and more than $100,000 had been advanced at the close of the fiscal year. During 1933 there was not much change in settlement conditions, but the drought of 1934 has brought about a marked increase in the movement of settlers from marginal lands through the assistance of SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 41 the South Dakota Rural Rehabilitation Corporation. No construc¬ tion work was in progress during the fiscal year. HYRUM PROJECT , UTAH This project will furnish a supplemental water supply to about 12,000 acres of land along the Little Bear River in the vicinity of Hyrum, Wellsville, and Mendon, which area now has an inadequate water supply. The land is all in private ownership and with a few exceptions the holdings are small. The principal industries include dairying and the production of sugar beets and vegetables. The community is well organized for the sale of farm products and their utilization through canneries, creameries, and beet-sugar factories. The Public Works Administration made an allotment of $930,000 for the construction of Hyrum Dam and Reservoir and about 20 miles of canals. Contract for the construction of the dam was awarded to J. A. Terteling & Son of Spokane, Wash., and work has been in progress since the latter part of March. The location of canals and laterals has been completed and drawings and specifications cover¬ ing this work are being prepared so that bids can be called for early in the fiscal year 1935. MOON LAKE PROJECT, UTAH The sum of $1,500,000 was allotted to this project by the Public Works Administration in November 1933. The work contemplated involves the construction of an earth-fill dam at Moon Lake on one of the tributaries of the Colorado River. This dam will raise the water level of the lake about 56 feet and create a reservoir with a capacity of 30,000 acre-feet. A feeder canal about 6 miles long to the Uintah River is also contemplated. The lands to be benefited comprise 26,000 acres under existing canals diverting from Lake Fork and 14,000 acres under canals on the Uintah River. A draft of repay¬ ment contract has been prepared and is now under consideration. OGDEN RIVER PROJECT, UTAH An allotment of $3,000,000 for the Ogden Rrier project was granted by the Public Works Administration for the construction of Pine View Dam and Reservoir, a 75-inch wood-stave pipe from the dam to the mouth of Ogden Canyon, about 25 miles of canal extending north to Brigham City, and south for about 8 miles from the mouth of the canyon, which systems will distribute the stored water to lands that have heretofore had only a partial supply of water. Detailed engineering investigations were promptly started, and at the close of the fiscal year plans and specifications covering the construction of 42 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Pine View Dam and appurtenant works had been completed and advertisement issued calling for bids to be opened September 5. PROVO RIVER PROJECT , UTAH This project has been given an allotment of $2,700,000 for the construction of a storage dam and reservoir on the Provo River about 12 miles southwest of Heber. An earth-fill dam will raise the water surface about 175 feet giving a reservoir capacity of 145,000 acre- feet, which water will serve as a supplemental supply for the irri¬ gation of 36,000 acres in Salt Lake Valley. An additional supply of water to fill this reservoir will be obtained by diverting a portion of the Weber River through the Weber-Provo Canal which is to be enlarged. The project also comprises the construction of levees across Goshen and Provo Bays in Utah Lake which will reduce the surface area and thereby effect a saving in evaporation losses on the lake. At the close of the fiscal year no construction work had been started but repayment contracts were being negotiated. SANPETE PROJECT , UTAH An allotment of $300,000 was made for this project in November 1933. The work planned covers the construction of 2 tunnels, 1 on the Ephraim division about 7,200 feet long with a capacity of 100 cubic feet per second, with short feeder canals, and a second on the Spring City division. The two divisions have an area of 8,000 acres of land now under irrigation but with an inadequate supply of water. Repayment contracts were being negotiated and construc¬ tion will begin early in the following fiscal year. STRAWBERRY VALLEY PROJECT \ UTAH Economic conditions on the project are shaped by the 1934 general drought situation. There was sufficient water in storage at the beginning of the year to deliver 20 percent of the contract rights. With funds advanced by the Federal Emergency Relief Administra¬ tion work was started on the excavation of the new outlet channel which will make it possible to recover an additional 18,000 acre-feet of storage in Strawberry Reservoir which added 10 percent to the contract rights. Investigations were also under way to determine the feasibility of diverting some small streams of water into the Strawberry Reservoir as the limited quantity available for 1934 makes it absolutely necessary to resort to every means possible to increase the quantity that can be used to save valuable crops. Crop values for 1933 showed an average of $19.18 per acre, which was an increase of only $2 over the previous year. The project is SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 43 feeling the benefits of the various Federal relief programs aimed at the general improvement of social and business conditions on the project. WEBER RIVER PROJECT , UTAH Echo Reservoir, on the Weber River, with a capacity of 74,000 acre-feet, was constructed in 1930. A small quantity of water was stored in 1931, wdiile in 1932 the reservoir was filled to nearly its capacity. This stored water furnished the necessary supplemental supply of water for the irrigation of 60,000 acres of land in the lower Weber and Ogden Valleys. The average value of crops for 1933 was approximately $40 per acre. The dam and reservoir are operated by the Weber River Water Users Association. In 1934, with its low run-off on all streams in the Salt Lake Basin, Echo Reservoir filled to nearly half capacity. This quantity of water will be used with a maximum of efficiency to irrigate the valuable crops of fruits and vegetables that are produced on the lands of this project. COLUMBIA BASIN PROJECT , WASHINGTON The Public Works Administration has made an allotment of $15,000,000 to carry on the construction of the Columbia Basin project, which comprises the Grand Coulee Dam and power plant located on the Columbia River about 75 miles west of Spokane, Wash. The estimated cost of the initial development is: Dam, $42,000,000; power plant, $21,000,000. The first development in¬ cludes the construction of a concrete straight gravity dam about 300 feet in height with a crest length of 3,400 feet. The initial power development provides for the installation of three hydroelectric generators with a capacity of 35,000 kilovolt-amperes under the low dam. This initial development is for power purposes only. Eventually the dam is to be increased 200 feet in height, which will permit the construction of the Columbia Basin irrigation project, and with the increased height of dam the capacity of the generators will be increased to 105,000 kilovolt-amperes each. An effort was made to get construction work under way at the earliest possible date and in December 1933 contract was awarded for the removal of the earth overburden at the two ends of the dam. Contract for construction of the dam was awarded to a combination of firms consisting of the Silas Mason Co., Walsh Construction Co., and Atkinson-Kier Co., these contractors having submitted a low bid of $29,339,301. Other contracts have been awarded covering construction of railroad, highways, streets, and water and sewer systems for the construction camp, making a total of $30,500,000. 87859-34- 4 44 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 OKANOGAN PROJECT , WASHINGTON The project had the largest supply of gravity water during 1933 that it has had since 1921. Indications are that the gravity supply of water for 1934 will not, however, be in excess of 2 feet per acre. There was a slight increase in irrigated acreage during 1933. The project apple crop for the 1934 season will run from average to excel¬ lent with the assumption that returns will be far better than for the past year. Cherries for 1934 brought the growers a fairly good return. Pear harvest will start about the first week in August. With the exception of pears and cherries very little soft fruit is marketed. A total of $3,859.95 was spent during the fiscal year in lining 2,040 linear feet of the Upper Main lateral. Approximately 9,100 linear feet of 4- to 12-inch pipe was installed in replacement of worn-outlines. Some half dozen old wooden weirs were replaced with concrete during the spring of 1934. YAKIMA PROJECT WASHINGTON Sunny side and Tieton divisions. — There was but little change in the irrigated area of these two divisions, but increased prices of farm products showed a gratifying increase over the low year of 1932, the average per-acre value for the Sunnyside division being $39.15, and for the Tieton division, consisting principally of fruits, $87.10. The water supply was ample for all requirements, and a very heavy flood which occurred in December 1933 insured a full supply of water for the season of 1934. The operation and maintenance of these two divisions of the project has continued under the Bureau of Reclama¬ tion. No construction work was in progress during the year. Kittitas division. — Excellent progress was made during the year in the development of lands on this division. The area irrigated in 1933 was 44,578 acres. The principal crops are alfalfa hay, small grains, potatoes, and seed peas. The average per-acre value of crops pro¬ duced was $18.85. On February 16, 1933, 47 farm units were opened to entry and 25 more were opened under date of April 12, 1934. The number of applications received was in excess of the farms available, and entries were allowed on all of the lands with the exception of a very few small tracts that were not particularly desirable. The operation of the division was taken over by the Kittitas reclamation district at the beginning of the calendar year 1934. Construction work was limited to placing concrete lining in about 1,200 feet of the South Branch Canal and an extension of the Badger Creek wasteway. Kennewick division. — Settlement on this division is progressing slowly. The area served by the pumping plant during 1934 included about 3,000 acres out of a total of about 4,000. An adjustment con¬ tract covering reduction of power rates for a period of 3 years has SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 45 been concluded, and these reduced rates have been extended to the Franklin County and Richland irrigation districts that also use power from the Prosser power plant. Construction work was limited to some miscellaneous improvements at the intake of the Prosser power plant. Storage division. — The construction of Cle Elum Dam was com¬ pleted September 5, 1933, at a cost of $2,383,491. There remains to be built the parapet wall on top of the dam which will be delayed a year or more to await any possible settlement of the earthen embank¬ ment. Spillway gates will be installed when the need develops for full capacity of the reservoir. The estimated cost of these additional features is $80,000. CASPER- ALCOV A PROJECT , WYOMING Construction of this project was approved in October 1933, and an allotment of $12,000,000 made by the Public Works Administration. At the close of the fiscal year 3 of the 4)4 miles of West Side Service Road to the Seminoe Dam site were completed. Approximately 50 acres of the Seminoe Reservoir area were cleared. All excavation on • the Alcova diversion tunnel and outlet tower had been completed, and 1,467 cubic yards of concrete lining placed in the diversion tunnel. One hundred and seventy-five linear feet of canal tunnel excavation had been completed and 63,780 cubic yards of open canal excavated. The transmission line from Casper to the Seminoe Dam was approxi¬ mately 50 percent complete, 32 miles of the line having been con¬ structed to the Alcova Dam, and about 34)4 miles of telephone line were constructed from the Pathfinder Dam, via Alcova, to a point approximately 4}4 miles below the Seminoe Dam site. Future plans provide for the construction of the Seminoe storage dam and power system, the Alcova diversion dam, the lateral system and appurtenant structures, and the continuation of construction of the Casper Canal and appurtenant structures and the transmission line. Apppropria- tions are available for continuation of this work. RIVERTON PROJECT , WYOMING In the fall of 1933 there were 73 settlers on the project and the area in cultivation had increased 60 percent over the previous year. Crops in 1934 are in excellent condition when it is considered that 40 percent of the land is in cultivation for the first time. Cash is still scarce but the settlers owe little and the general outlook is brighter. All water users have paid the advance water rental charge for the current season. A secondary highway was built into the project during the year and construction was begun on another. There is still room for additional settlers but they are now coming about as fast as they can be assimilated. No construction work was in progress during the fiscal year. 46 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 SHOSHONE PROJECT , WYOMING The water supply on this project has been more than sufficient to meet all requirements and some water was sold to relieve an acute shortage on private irrigation projects in Montana. The average value of crops, $16 per acre, has increased, but is still considerably below the 10-year average. Settlement activity on the Will wood division showed a decided increase over the previous years and the drought conditions that existed in 1934 have brought in a large num¬ ber of settlers to look over the vacant farms on the Willwood division. The Associated Seed Growers have continued to operate a seed ware¬ house at Powell, which has given employment at cleaning seed peas and beans to about 25 during the winter months. A large portion of the crops and livestock products are sold through cooperative market¬ ing associations. Construction work was limited to short extensions to the drainage system on the Willwood division and highway repairs to the power plant at Shoshone Dam. SECONDARY INVESTIGATIONS Federal funds for work done during the past fiscal year, as here-* inafter described, were available from the acts of July 3, 1930; Febru¬ ary 14, 1931; April 22, 1932; February 17, 1933; March 4, 1933; and June 16, 1933. Of $234,931.52 disbursed by the Bureau during the past fiscal year, including $35,233.97 for work under section 15 of the Boulder Canyon Project Act, and $120,824.12 for investigations with funds allotted under the National Industrial Recovery Act, $204,- 991.35 was provided by the United States. The projects investigated were Parker-Gila Valley in Arizona; All-American Canal and Sacra¬ mento and San Joaquin Valleys in California; Upper Snake River storage in Idaho; Frenchtown in Montana; Humboldt River in Nevada; Baker, Brogan, Deschutes, and Pendleton in Oregon; Moon Lake, Ouray Valley, Provo River, Sanpete, and Utah Lake in Utah; and North Platte River power in Wyoming. Investigations under section 15 of the Boulder Canyon Project Act were carried on in the States of Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming. TABLES Reclamation Table 1. — Consolidated financial statement, June 80, 1934 DEBIT SIDE 'Construction account: Primary projects: Cost of irrigation works: Original construction . $205, 684, 205. 69 Supplemental construction . 12, 627, 449. 22 Value of works taken over . 2, 056, 939. 90 Total construction cost . $220, 368, 594. 81 Operation and maintenance prior to public notice (net) . 2,804,745.00 Operation and maintenance deficits and arrear¬ ages funded with construction . 5, 260, 839. 85 Penalties on water-right charges funded with con¬ struction.. . 1,696,099.49 9, 761, 684. 34 Less (income items): C onstruction re ve nues . 6, 590, 769. 67 Contributed funds. . . . . 1, 783, 013. 08 Nonreimbursable appropriation (Rio Grande Dam) . 1,000,000.00 230, 130, 279. 15 9, 373, 782. 75 Less: Abandoned works, nonreimbursable cost, and charge-offs . . . 220, 756, 496. 40 15, 615,331.70 Balance payable . . Yuma auxiliary project: Cost of irrigation works . . 899, 837. 00 Impounded funds, economy acts . 504. 96 Less: Construction revenues . . Palo Verde flood protection: Cost of reconstruction and repairs . . Tennessee Valley Authority: Cost of designs.. . . . . . . Less: Contributed funds . . . . $205, 141, 164. 70 900,341. 96 1, 085. 47 - 899, 256. 49 . . 48,917.67 129, 874. 17 129,874. 17 Secondary projects and general investigations: Cost of surveys and investigations . 3, 004, 965. 86 Less: Contributed funds . . . 557,371.37 General offices’ expense undistributed . Plant and equipment . . . . . Materials and supplies . Accounts receivable: Current accounts . . . . 1, 160, 382. 86 Deferred accounts . 154, 978, 178. 11 2,447,594.49 227, 037. 11 705, 651. 16 370, 287. 37 156, 138, 560. 97 39,834. 19 36, 324. 63 Undistributed clearing cost accounts . Unadjusted debits: Disbursement vouchers in transit. 47 48 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Reclamation Table 1. — Consolidated financial statement, June 30, 1934 — Con. Cash: Balance on hand: Reclamation fund . . . $4, 737, 153. 39 Yuma auxiliary fund . 148, 253. 80 Special funds . 119, 156. 25 National Industrial Recovery — Interior— Recla¬ mation. . . . . . 56, 425, 099. 69 - $61,429,663.13 In special deposit and in transit . . . 28, 489. 83 - $61,458,152.96. Total debits . . . . . 427, 512, 781. 74 CREDIT SIDE Security for repayment of cost of irrigation works: Contracted construction repayments . Yuma auxiliary contracted repayments . Current accounts payable . Deferred and contingent obligations . Reserves and undistributed profits. . Operation and maintenance results, surplus . Unadjusted credits: Collection vouchers in transit. Government aid for reclamation of arid lands: Reclamation fund . Advances to reclamation fund: Treasury loan (act of June 25, 1910) . Less: Amount repaid. . . 197,769,670.21 . 604,885.27 - 198,374,555.48 . . 831, 058. 83. . . 1, 726, 831. 42 . 7, 565, 940. 86 . 642, 595. 53; . . . 275. 15. . . 158,021,444.37 $20,000, 000.00 10,000,000.00 10,000, 000. 00 Treasury loan (act of Mar. 4, 1931) . 5, 000, 000. 00 - 15, 000, 000. 00 National Industrial Recovery— Interior— Reclamation . 59, 435, 000. 00 Special funds: Increase of compensation . 2, 797, 960. 33 Rio Grande Dam _ 1, 000, 000. 00 Wind River Indian (Riverton) . . 359, 176. 04 Judgments, United States courts . 602, 814. 38 Drainage and cut-over lands . 99, 815. 08 General investigations, 1923-Dec. 31, 1924 . . 266, 352. 66 Arid, semiarid, swamp, and cut-over timberlands.. . 35, 923. 75 Columbia Basin irrigation project.. . 11, 634. 28 Colorado River levee system . . 445, 110. 59 Palo Verde flood protection . . . 49, 369. 43 238, 124. 600. 91 Less: Nonreimbursable appropriation, Rio Grande Dam . 1, 000, 000. 00 Less: Impairment of funds: Abandoned works . . . $1, 346, 244. 64 Nonreimbursable cbnstruction cost . . . . . 773, 296. 35 Operation and maintenance cost uncollectible . . 453, 272. 39 Charge-offs, act of May 25, 1926 . 14, 643, 981. 16 Washington office cost since Dec. 5, 1924 . . 1, 288, 134. 70 Attendance at meetings, cost . 1, 815. 90 Giving information to settlers, cost . 2, 963. 88 Prepaid Civil Service retirement fund . . 2, 340. 33 237, 124, 600. 91 18,. 512, 049. 35 218, 612, 551. 56 Less: Impounded funds, economy acts, reclamation fund - - 241,027.09 - 218,371,524.47 Total credits. 427, 512, 781. 74 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 49 Reclamation Table 2. — Available funds , expenditures , and balances , fiscal year 193 J+ Funds Items Reclama¬ tion Yuma auxiliary Colorado River levee system Palo Verde flood protec¬ tion National Industrial Recovery Act Ten¬ nessee Valley Author¬ ity Colum¬ bia Basin project Balance on hand, July 1, 1933 . . . $2, 775, 970. 40 325, 210. 65 1, 649, 258. 92 50, 088. 98 $155, 657. 79 $110, 384. 10 $6, 174. 51 Receipts: Proceeds from sale of public lands _ Proceeds from oil leas¬ ing act _ Proceeds from potassi¬ um r oyalties . . Proceeds from Federal power licenses _ 98, 450. 99 2, 301, 853. 15 From project collec¬ tions 14, 181. 17 1.45 $14, 062. 84 59, 435. 000. 00 $81. 21 From general treasury. . $175,000 Contributed funds 43, 481. 07 Total _ _ 7, 200, 833. 09 169, 838. 96 110,385. 55 6, 174. 51 59,449,062.84 175, 000 43, 562. 28 Expenditures: Disbursements _ 2, 326, 592. 66 137, 087. 04 21,321. 77 263. 39 51,211.84 2, 210. 42 5, 381.88 229. 66 3, 024,094.79 113, 933 42,999.29 Impounded funds, act of June 30, 1932 _ Total . . 2, 463, 679. 70 21, 685. 16 53, 422. 26 5, 611. 54 3, 024, 094. 79 113, 933 42, 999. 29 Balance on hand June 30, 1934 . 4, 737, 153. 39 148, 253. 80 56,963.29 562.97 56,424,968.05 61,067 562. 99 Reclamation Table 3. — Accretions to reclamation fund, by States States Sale of public lands Proceeds from oil leasing act Potassium royalties and rentals i Total to June 30, 1934 Fiscal year 1934 To June 30, 1934 Fiscal year 1934 To June 30, 1934 Alabama _ $5, 549. 16 $170, 094. 17 159. 86 10, 357, 295. 94 457, 212. 32 14, 215. 25 $170, 094. 17 2, 644, 769. 42 18, 636, 744. 30 10, 689, 437. 17 7, 002, 122. 54 1, 032, 922. 40 34, 593. 92 16, 342,930.69 2, 095, 093. 21 1, 025, 887. 91 6, 981, 957. 75 12, 334,963. 35 5, 928, 212. 41 11,951,276. 86 7, 727, 598. 81 4,604,780. 36 7, 473, 288. 91 40, 777, 783. 76 Arizona _ _ $30, 258. 35 $2, 644, 609. 56 8, 129, 393. 10 10, 232, 224. 85 6, 987, 907. 29 1, 032, 922. 49 California _ 49, 156. 09 23, 979. 70 16, 976. 58 158. 01 902, 282. 06 26, 343. 83 1,948. 61 $150, 055. 35 Colorado _ Idaho _ Kansas... _ . Louisiana _ 7,022. 76 31, 201. 75 34, 593. 92 1, 058, 681. 33 Montana _ _ 32, 786. 45 a 293. 36 » 2, 101. 99 68, 156. 33 658. 66 1, 034. 39 11, 034. 45 1, 744. 93 16, 014. 26 3, 371. 30 72, 376. 50 15, 284, 249. 36 2, 095, 093. 21 1, 020, 944. 54 6, 561, 148. 29 12, 217, 303. 42 5, 928, 212. 41 11, 951, 265. 07 7, 726, 220. 73 4, 214, 409. 52 7, 440, 068. 45 8,541,375.13 Nebraska _ Nevada _ 84.00 84, 877. 49 9, 261. 88 4, 943. 37 420, 809. 46 117, 659. 93 New Mexico _ North Dakota _ Oklahoma Oregon... _ 1. 54 230. 53 35, 596. 56 5, 208. 58 539, 650. 17 11.79 1, 378. 08 390, 370. 84 33, 220. 46 32, 236, 408. 63 South Dakota... . . . Utah . . . . Washington . . . Wyoming . Total . — 325, 310. 65 112, 007, 347. 42 1, 649, 258. 92 45, 297, 055. 35 150,055. 35 157, 454, 458. 12 3 566,986.25 Proceeds, Federal water power licenses _ _ Grand total. _ 158,021,444. 37 1 Proceeds for fiscal year, $50,088.98. * Contra. * Proceeds for fiscal year, $98,450.99. Reclamation Table 4. — Consolidated statement by projects, of construction cost of irrigation works, other items reimbursable with const and amounts repayable 50 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 51 52 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Reclamation Table 5. — Accounts receivable, construction water-right charges 0 including contributed funds ) State and project Due Collected Uncol¬ lected June 30, 1934 Fiscal year 1934 To June 30, 1934 Cash Other credits to June 30, 1934 Fiscal year 1934 To June 30, 1934 Arizona: Salt River _ i $762, 451.64 $6, 506, 254. 09 1 $609, 961. 32 $6, 506, 254. 09 Yuma auxiliary . i 995. 99 593, 945. 51 1 492. 28 588, 374. 23 $1, 584. 05 $3, 987. 23 Arizona-California: Yuma... l 9, 553. 79 3, 902, 932. 76 1 41, 886. 56 3, 379, 485. 78 513, 286. 78 10, 160. 20 California: Orland _ i 20, 553. 63 803, 575. 12 1 9, 574. 43 773, 323. 28 30,251.84 Colorado: Grand Valley _ 4, 025. 00 360, 893. 50 1, 000. 00 291, 229. 94 69, 663. 56 Uncompahgre _ 90; 284. 04 670, 681. 20 427, 247. 72 62, 865. 05 180, 568. 43 Idaho: Bnise i 17, 203. 33 4, 000, 902. 55 1 16, 926. 41 3, 973, 709. 26 27, 193. 29 King Hill . 8^ 000. 00 90, 825. 66 8, 025. 66 82, 800. 00 Minidoka . 74; 646. 69 8, 434, 674. 73 34, 806. 61 7, 775, 555. 99 642, 648. 90 16, 469. 84 Minidoka-Gooding _ 280, 798. 48 280, 798. 48 Montana: Huntley . 1, 018. 08 558, 699. 75 985. 18 467, 990. 30 90,630.24 79. 21 Milk River _ 8, 990. 00 58, 322. 76 3, 002. 76 55, 320. 00 Sun River _ 1, 326. 60 209, 279. 14 1, 740. 00 206, 233. 59 3, 045. 55 Montana-North Dakota: Lower Yellowstone _ 1, 634. 24 290, 497. 13 1, 321. 81 290, 184. 70 312.43 Nebraska-Wyoming: North Platte . 173, 310. 57 3, 877, 350. 28 15,484. 19 2, 809, 327. 94 1, 012, 579. 58 55, 442. 76 Nevada: Newlands . . 8, 456. 56 1, 155, 761. 92 6, 075. 74 1, 093, 066. 50 61,855. 96 839. 46 New Mexico: Carlsbad . 1, 602. 25 892, 951. 77 1, 726. 61 892, 797. 26 81.25 73. 26 New Mexico-Texas: Rio Grande _ _ 1 73, 446. 75 3,463,449. 45 3, 151,777.81 311, 671. 64 Oregon: Baker _ 5, 000. 00 5, 000. 00 Umatilla . 625. 59 539, 141. 38 270. 55 398, 461. 69 5, 190. 89 135,488.80 Vale . . . . . 5, 000. 00 5, 000. 00 Oregon-California: Klamath. 1 2, 673. 59 1, 115, 030. 62 1, 029. 26 1, 112, 569. 69 1,445.87 1,015.06 Oregon-Idaho: Owyhee _ 4, 354. 61 4, 354. 61 South Dakota: Belle Fourche. 1 741. 29 629, 309. 91 1 1, 539. 68 551, 035.86 78, 274. 05 Utah: Salt Lake Basin 208. 50 44, 965. 27 208. 50 44, 965. 27 Strawberry Valley . 1 26, 531. 17 1, 287, 430. 30 1 21, 312. 53 1, 277, 677. 55 9, 752. 75 . . Washington: Okanogan _ 10, 425. 94 172, 495. 21 425. 94 134, 223. 98 38, 271. 23 Yakima . l 252, 812. 59 6, 656, 606. 08 17,343. 33 6, 604, 553. 01 36, 363. 75 15, 689. 32 Wyoming: Shoshone . 342. 60 827, 834. 51 564. 92 821, 367. 82 6, 074. 33 392. 36 Total . 1 782, 067. 11 47, 438, 963. 69 1 618, 710. 57 43,877, 594. 77 2 2,934,519.92 626, 849.00 Paid in advance of due dates . 732, 217. 92 1, 144, 621. 71 3 206, 768. 86 Refunds _ 98, 591. 20 3, 212. 84 Total collections 113, 507. 35 45, 120, 807. 68 1 Contra. 3 Other credits for fiscal year, $299,260.54. 3 Increase for fiscal year, $68,424.37. ‘Yakima- Kittitas combined with Yakima in this report. -SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 53 Reclamation Table 6. — Accounts receivable, operation, and maintenance charges {after public notice ) State and project Due Fiscal year 1934 To June 30, 1934 Collected Cash Fiscal year 1934 To June 30, 1934 Other credits to June 30, 1934 Uncol¬ lected June 30, 1934 Arizona: Yuma auxiliary . Arizona-California: Yuma . . •California: Orland . Colorado: Grand Valley . Uncompahgre . „ . 'Idaho: Boise . . . . King Hill . . Minidoka . . Minidoka-Gooding . . Montana: Huntley _ Milk River . Sun River . Montana-North Dakota: Lower Yellowstone . . Nebraska-Wyoming: North Platte . . Nevada: Newlands . New Mexico: Carlsbad _ New Mexico-Texas: Rio Grande- North Dakota: Buford-Trenton _ Williston . ‘Oregon: Umatilla . Vale . Oregon-California: Klamath _ South Dakota: Belle Fourche..- Utah: Strawberry Valley . Washington: Okanogan . . . Yakima 2 . „ . Wyoming: Shoshone . Total . . Paid in advance of due Penalties and interest.. Refunds _ _ $18, 104. 92 95,611.62 36, 103. 55 44, 057. 71 10, 948. 69 40, 676. 50 2, 065. 85 36, 259. 47 » 181.82 531.00 17, 012. 22 23, 103. 01 247, 618. 52 3, 209. 87 8, 500. 00 47, 595. 16 59, 534. 17 187, 362. 33 2, 842. 78 $453, 254. 00 3, 666, 562. 84 601, 107. 32 308, 672. 85 1, 008, 683. 69 2, 159, 891. 60 60,711.27 2, 015, 787. 72 6, 923. 40 554, 787. 34 297, 463. 58 166, 318. 50 340, 483. 99 1, 892, 392. 62 1, 174, 581. 57 897, 486. 32 3, 785, 589. 34 2,317. 41 34, 042. 75 382, 495. 32 8, 500. 00 1, 239, 757. 12 1, 064, 809. 36 376, 880. 88 371, 441. 72 5, 162, 419. 02 551, 644. 51 $15, 320. 04 79, 120. 36 34,176. 38, 427. 52 11, 282. 59 36, 462. 61 2 287. 09 35, 299. 87 531.00 18, 303. 24 23, 184. 61 298, 330. 61 4,689.81 4, 250. 00 47, 394. 48 59, 534. 17 316, 612. 77 2, 906 $424, 460. 64 3, 454, 491. 04 544, 721. 59 296, 557. 55 977, 809. 79 2, 107, 241. 88 59, 192. 22 1, 902, 930. 54 4, 570. 46 543, 594. 31 271, 483. 36 161, 966. 28 340, 479. 36 1, 822, 212. 68 1, 135, 901. 55 880, 565. 61 3, 524, 584. 83 2, 317. 41 34, 042. 75 375, 241. 36 4, 250. 00 1, 205, 309. 45 1, 055, 433. 37 365, 022. 21 368, 788. 67 4, 977, 339. 12 526, 957. 56 $13, 283. 75 176, 834. 95 23, 216. 61 9, 000.00 30, 873. 90 52, 649. 72 1, 519. 05 112, 857. 18 2, 352. 94 11, 193. 03 1, 662. 25 4, 352. 22 4.63 62, 850. 16 38, 680. 02 16, 872. 71 227, 923. 61 $15, 509. 61 35, 236. 85 33, 169. 12 3,115.30 24, 317. 97 7, 329. 78 48.00 33, 080. 90 7, 253. « 30, 536. 22 9, 375. 99 11, 858. 67 2, 653. 05 62, 308. 77 23, 705. 43 4, 250. 00 3, 911. 45 122, 771. 13 981. 52 880, 955. 55 28, 585, 006. 04 1, 025, 539. 85 51, 584. 41 16, 410. 14 1, 678. 71 Total collections. 27, 367, 465. 59 69, 621. 89 505, 515. 10 38, 228. 87 3 933,818. 82 16. 53 « 20, 880. 00 156.09 283, 721. 63 1, 095, 213. 11 27, 980, 831. 45 1 Contra. 2 Yakima-Kittitas combined with Yakima in this report. 2 Other credits for fiscal year, $28,539.59. •^Increase for fiscal year, $400. 54 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Reclamation Table 7. — Accounts receivable , rental of irrigation water Due Collected Uncol¬ State and project Cash Other lected June 30, Fiscal To June credits 1934 year 1934 30, 1934 Fiscal To June to June 30, 1934 year 1934 30, 1934 Arizona: Salt River . . $2, 246, 726. 01 11,448. 39 538, 161. 88 121, 450. 85 $2, 246, 726. 01 11, 203. 39 Yuma auxiliary _ $1, 243. 20 12, 005. 22 13. 55 $1, 205. 20 12, 382. 70 13. 55 $245. 00 816. 99 Arizona-Califomia: Yuma _ 524, 690. 70 121, 450. 85 $12, 654. 19 California: Orland . . Colorado: Grand Valiev _ _ 10,897.60 1, 945. 47 501, 016. 68 1, 223, 133. 55 7, 365. 99 287. 05 487, 833. 18 1, 218, 374. 56 6, 500. 67 6, 682. 83 4, 758. 99 Uncompahgre _ _ Idaho: Boise. . 8, 050. 00 51, 335. 65 789, 938. 57 607, 776. 44 13, 796. 00 8, 050. 00 51, 274. 15 8,860. 67 785, 218. 07 604, 338. 43 4, 720. 50 3, 383. 01 Minidoka _ 55. 00 Minidoka-Gooding _ 13, 796. 00 Montana: Huntley . 536. 42 11, 242. 84 238, 023. 57 132, 243. 21 536. 42 11, 242. 84 Milk River . 704. 00 704. 00 227, 676. 79 129, 535. 67 1, 208. 14 1, 366. 62 9, 138. 64 1, 340. 92 Sun River _ 55. 65 147. 51 Montana-North Dakota: Lower Yellowstone _ 422. 10 135,473. 18 344, 079. 79 28, 291. 16 303. 48 135, 345. 38 344, 069. 79 22, 114. 31 127. 80 Nebraska- Wyoming: North Platte.. Nevada: Newlands _ 2, 551. 00 2, 560. 00 16. 66 6, 176. 85 New Mexico: Carlsbad _ 400. 00 39,824. 83 9, 129. 70 1, 459, 625. 48 400. 00 39, 807. 58 17. 25 Hondo _ 9, 129. 70 New Mexico-Texas: Rio Grande _ North Dakota: 7,024.47 14, 963. 97 1,449,893. 48 - - 9, 732. 00 Buford, Trenton _ 31.75 31. 75 Willis ton _ _ 2, 117. 28 2, 117. 28 Oregon: Umatilla 753. 70 95, 656. 52 22, 234. 01 309, 475. 94 9, 423. 38 17, 596. 13 753. 70 69, 379. 72 26, 276. 80 2, 738. 04 6, 593. 06 Vale . . . 1, 196. 84 3, 388, 76 38, 623. 65 368. 90 19, 495. 97 Oregon-California: Klamath _ 38,947. 35 368. 90 302, 857. 88 9, 405. 58 25. 00 South Dakota: Belle Fourche . 17. 80 Utah: Strawberry Valley _ 17, 596. 13 Washington: Okanogan _ _ 110, 645. 28 181, 071. 38 108, 061. 09 2, 584. 19 Yakima _ 2, 313. 85 2, 659. 65 171, 491. 88 9, 579. 50 Wyoming: Riverton _ 7, 659. 42 7, 332. 30 23, 952. 91 76, 521. 90 7,361. 27 7, 095. 35 21, 100. 69 2, 812. 22 40. 00 Shoshone _ 75, 158. 18 312. 25 1, 051. 47 Total _ _ _ _ _ 155, 756. 69 9, 300, 108. 61 169, 305. 97 9, 179, 142. 88 141, 771. 44 79,194. 29 i Other credits for fiscal year, $336.56. Reclamation Table 8. — Financial statement , Boulder Canyon project , June SO, 1934- Assets and Other Debits I. INVESTMENTS 102 Fixed capital under construction . . . . $61,772,209.13 103 Other physical properties . 1, 276, 027. 14 104 Investigations: Colorado River Basin . 191, 138. 36 Parker-Gila project . . . . . 30, 070. 97 105 Other capital expenditures: Interest during construction . . 3,475,599.26 Total investments (schedule 2) . . . . $66, 745, 044. 86 II. CURRENT AND ACCRUED ASSETS 121 Treasury cash: For advances to Colorado River Dam fund. _ _ _ _ 36, 601, 438. 04 Colorado River Dam fund . . . . . . 149, 085. 58 N.I.R.A.: Parker-Gila project . . . 40,000.00 Collections in transit . . . . . . 6, 954. 24 Total Treasury cash (schedule 1) 36,797,477. 86 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 55 Reclamation Table 8. — Financial statement, Boulder Canyon project, June 80, 1984 — Continued n. current and accrued assets — continued 122 Special fiscal agents’ cash (schedule 1) . . . $111, 441. 60 123 Special deposits _ _ _ 4, 817. 75 124 Accounts receivable . . 85,526.65 Total current and accrued assets . $36, 999, 263. 86 m. deferred and unadjusted debits 141 Clearing and apportionment accounts . . . * 62, 603. 71 143 Field cost adjustments . 21, 730. 79 145 Jobbing accounts . 1, 033. 81 146 Prepayments . . . 5,998.83 171 Unadjusted debits . 381,194.57 Total deferred and unadjusted debits . . . 347, 354. 29 Total assets and other debits.. . 104, 091, 663. 01 Liabilities and Other Credits X. CAPITAL AND LONG-TERM LIABILITY 205.1 Long-term liability: U.S. Treasury authorized appropriation . 126,500,000.00 161 Less: Authorized but not appropriated . . . 31, 840, 000. 00 Total long-term liability: 205. 2 Appropriated but not advanced . 36, 601, 438. 04 205. 3 Appropriated and advanced— . 58, 058, 561. 96 205. 4 Impounded Legislative Economy Act . * 137, 653. 66 206 N.I.R.A. allotment: Parker-Gila project . 100,000.00 - 94, 622, 346. 34 XI. CURRENT AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES 211 Audited accounts payable: 211. 1 Contractors’ earnings: Current. . . . . 1, 501, 427. 18 211. 11 Contractors’ earnings: Holdback . . 2, 679, 560. 48 211.2 Labor . 45,509.78 211.3 Purchases . 391,585.85 211.4 Freight and express _ 1,025,326.68 211.5 Passenger fares . . . 1,362.18 211. 6 Right of way purchases . . . . , . 11, 600. 00 Total audited accounts payable . . 5, 656, 372. 15 214 Matured interest . 3, 449, 967. 68 220 Consumers' motor deposits . . . . . . . 20.00 Total current and accrued liabilities . . . . 9, 106, 359. 83 XII. DEFERRED AND UNADJUSTED CREDITS 224 Undistributed income items . . . 10, 130. 79 223 Special deposits . . 4,817.75 226 Contributions in aid of construction . 21, 201. 07 231 U nad justed credits . . . . . . 5, 713. 68 Total deferred and unadjusted credits . . . . . — 41, 863. 29 XV. APPROPRIATED SURPLUS 251 Appropriated surplus not specifically invested . . 321, 093. 55 Total liabilities and other credits. * Contra. 104, 091, 663. 01 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Reclamation Table 9. — Appropriations and cash statement, Boulder Canyon Project, June SO, 1934 TREASURY CASH Appropria¬ tions N.I.R.A. allotments Total Contribu¬ ted funds Parker Dam N.I.R.A. allotments- Parker- Gila project Appropriations, allotments and con¬ tributed funds _ _ Advances to Colorado River Dam fund _ $56, 660,000.00 46,608,358.70 $38, 000, 000. 00 11, 450, 203. 26 $94, 660, 000. 00 58, 058, 561. 96 $54, 000. 00 $100, 000. 00* Balance not advanced . Colorado River Dam fund: Advanced from appropriation to fund _ 10, 051, 641. 30 26, 549, 796. 74 36, 601,438. 04 46, 608, 358. 70 188,888. 36 11, 450, 203. 26 7, 644. 50 58, 058, 561. 96 196, 532. 86 Collections deposited in fund—. Total advances and collec¬ tions . . . ...... 46, 797, 247. 06 11, 457, 847. 76 58,255,094. 82 Disbursements by General Ac¬ counting Office.. _ 4, 710, 636. 06 41, 949, 786. 68 10, 212. 47 11, 435, 358. 10 4, 720, 848. 53 53,385,144.78 Advances to special fiscal agents. Total withdrawals _ 54, 000. 00 60, 000. 00- 46, 660, 422. 74 11,445, 570. 57 58, 105, 993. 31 Balance . . . . . Repay collections in transit _ Miscellaneous collections in transit.. _ 136, 824. 32 6, 811. 81 12,277.19 11. 50 149, 101. 51 11. 50 6,811.81 115. 00 40, 000. 00* Total treasury cash (C. L. 121) 10, 195, 277. 43 26, 562,085. 43 36,757,362.86 115. 00 40,000. 00* SPECIAL FISCAL AGENTS’ CASH Advanced to special fiscal agents _ Appropriation transfer adjustments (credit) _ $41, 949, 786. 68 10, 431. 32 41, 960, 218. 00 $11,435,358. 10 2, 481. 65 11, 388, 238. 95 $53, 385, 144. 78 12, 912. 97 53, 348, 456. 95 $54,000. 00 $60, 000. 00= Disbursements by fiscal agents _ Fiscal agents’ checking bal¬ ance _ 27, 733. 91 25, 737. 48- 49, 600. 80 10, 137. 65 7, 656. 00 2,481. 65 49, 600. 80 209,817. 42 195, 717. 26 12, 912. 97 26, 266. 09 54, 240. 00 54, 115. 00 34, 262. 52= Collections by fiscal agents _ Collections desposited by fiscal agents 199, 679. 77 188, 061. 26 10, 431. 32 Collections (appropriation transfer adjustments) _ _ _ Collections not deposited _ 1, 187. 19 1, 187. 19 125. 00 Special fiscal agents’ cash balance . . 1, 187. 19 49, 600. 80 50, 787. 99 26, 391. 09 34, 262. 52 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 57 Reclamation Table No. 10. — Irrigation and crop results on Government projects, 1938 — Continued 58 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 59 87859-34- -5 GENERAL LAND OFFICE (Fred W. Johnson, Commissioner) The General Land Office was charged by Congress on April 25, 1812, with the survey and disposal of the public land. Historically and actually, it is the legal, title, and record bureau for the lands of the Federal Government. It collaborates closely with seven inter¬ dependent bureaus having to do with public land withdrawn for national forests, parks, mineral resources, reclamation, water power, wildlife, and the Indians. It adjudicates all public land and mineral land questions within withdrawals, forests, and other reservations. During the fiscal year there were noted on the public-land tract books 683 orders of a withdrawal or restoration nature varying in size from a single tract to more than a million acres. The General Land Office maintains 25 district land offices in the western public land States and Alaska for the convenience of the public. Entries in States without district land offices are made directly in this office. The surveying and mapping is conducted by the Cadastral Engineering Service under a supervisor of surveys at Denver, Colo., an associate supervisor of surveys at Washington, and eight district Cadastral engineers. Twelve public survey offices contain the local survey records for public use. The General Land Office is a hall of records on the disposition of the public domain — 76 percent of the United States proper. Its 4,300 tract books contain the base title record and status of every 40-acre tract from the Ohio to the Golden Gate and from Canada to Texas, the Gulf, and Old Mexico. They are the index to 8,772,793 original record files. Additional are 7,392,345 files of letters, with¬ drawals, and miscellaneous actions and 11,880,780 index cards. Copies of the 6,056,146 patents are bound in 9,400 volumes. The base of the survey records is 6,099 volumes of field notes and approxi¬ mately 100,000 township plats. The photo-lithographic copies of the plats, and to a lesser extent the field notes, are in demand by private parties and the public authorities for areas up to counties and entire States. During the fiscal year there were sold 7,060 plats for $3,530 and 5,761 were disposed of officially. The public survey offices were paid $2,322.40 for copies of records. The General Land Office received during the year 24,832 letters regarding old records and patents. There were furnished 63,382 certified copies at a charge of $18,033.30, and 25,355 uncertified copies for official use. A large part of this business was due to farm loans and transfers requiring a perfect chain of title on the county records. Included were 14,228 pages of survey field notes. 60 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 61 The course of public land business during the past decade is shown by acres in the following table. Fiscal year New entries and applications Pending entries on June 30 Vacant public land on June 30 (United States proper) Home¬ steads (original) Deserts (orig¬ inal) Timber and stone appli¬ cations Min¬ eral appli¬ cation State selec¬ tions Rail¬ road selec¬ tions All others 1 Total 1925 _ 1926 _ 1927 _ 1928 _ 1929 _ 1930. . 1931 . 1932 _ 1933 . . 1934 . 3, 188, 686 3, 001, 403 3, 359, 182 3, 464, 775 4,311,591 4, 920, 842 4, 924, 046 4, 049, 854 2, 714, 029 2, 862, 143 61,889 47, 171 35, 534 40, 447 28, 555 33, 355 32, 826 15, 598 10, 111 6, 456 26,889 16, 614 20, 361 15, 187 13, 054 11,878 5, 945 3, 213 2, 050 1,420 49, 827 67, 332 35, 791 91,329 27, 377 30, 133 19, 776 13, 484 4, 900 4,884 184, 908 102, 110 176, 049 95, 254 238, 023 281, 443 84, 684 412, 084 369, 973 662, 689 189,092 86, 489 14, 092 106, 454 15, 242 78, 363 77, 539 60,844 11,590 43, 146 73, 500 86, 599 98, 437 73, 617 91,819 155, 886 174, 210 53,513 31, 695 55, 491 3, 774, 791 3, 407, 718 3, 739, 446 3, 887, 063 4, 725, 661 5, 511, 900 5, 319, 026 4, 608, 590 3, 144, 348 3, 636, 229 33, 018, 910 28, 129, 876 28, 028, 292 23, 282, 994 21, 347, 505 22, 533, 574 24, 241, 042 24, 164, 842 23,208,074 24,040,779 196, 056, 747 193, 737, 588 193, 847, 240 189, 854, 407 178, 979, 446 177, 101, 551 173, 318, 246 172, 084, 580 165, 695, 479 1 Includes final entries which never appear as original entries. The following is a resume of the public land entered and disposed of during the fiscal year 1934. The Indian land is mainly the ceded Ute land in western Colorado, subject to entry upon payment of $1.25 per acre for the Indians. ORIGINAL ENTRIES Public land Indian land Number Acres Number Acres Homesteads: Stockraising . . . _ . _ . . 4,990 310 44 38 2,125 2, 502, 926 75,208 5, 090 2, 931 201, 058 146 9 41 64, 962 2, 150 4,600 Enlarged... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Reclamation.. _ Forest . . . . . . . Sec. 2289, etal . . . . . 38 3, 217 Total homesteads _ 7, 507 65 1,005 17 145 56 2, 787, 213 6, 433 662, 689 43, 146 234 1 74, 929 23 Deserts . _ _ _ ... _ _ _ State selections _ Railroad selections . . . . . . . Applications and filings _ _ _ _ _ 9 23 Miscellaneous. _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . . 10, 444 6 Total . . . . . . . . 8, 795 267 3, 509, 925 74, 958 267 74,958 Indian land as above _ _ _ _ _ Grand total . . . . . . 9,062 3, 584, 883 FINAL ENTRIES Homesteads: Stockraising _ 2,104 373 916, 945 48 20, 457 7,414 1,405 258 3, 953 5,990 Enlarged _ 93, 413 34 Reclamation _ 187 17, 284 5,280 1,721 16 Forest. _ . _ _ _ _ 51 2 Commuted _ _ _ _ 19 57 Sec. 2289, et al . . . . . . . 893 90, 751 64 Total homesteads . . _ 3, 627 57 1, 125, 394 6, 270 7, 202 1,573 7,004 221 39, 477 429 661 Deserts. _ _ _ 3 Public auction _ 91 6 Timber and stone _ 24 Mineral _ _ _ _ _ 81 1 Miscellaneous _ 1,419 35, 620 91 1,401 Total . . . . 5,299 321 1, 183, 063 41, 969 321 41, 969 Indian land as above _ _ _ _ _ Grand total . . . . 5, 620 1, 225, 032 62 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 193 4 PATENTS AND CERTIFICATIONS Number Acres Homesteads: Stockraising . . . . . . . 1, 507 323 283 71 17 730 726,859 82, 589 23, 224 7, 264 1, 668 74, 970 Enlarged.. J _ .. Reclamation. . . . . . . . . Forest . . . . . . Commuted _ Sec. 2289, et al _ _ _ _ _ Total homesteads . . . . . . . 2,931 62 122 20 110 22 2, 249 916, 574 7, 567 9, 970 1,430 22, 021 64, 567 266,403 Deserts _ Public auction _ . Timber and stone . . . . . . . Mineral _ Railroad _ Miscellaneous . . . . . Total patents . . . . . . . 5, 516 1, 288, 532 106, 920 Certified to States . . . . . . . . . . . . Grand total . . . . . . 1, 395, 452 LEASES AND PERMITS OUTSTANDING ON JUNE 30, 1934 Licenses Permits Leases Number Acres Number Acres Number Acres Oil and gas _ _ 5, 238 275 8,435, 533 205, 549 420, 682 51, 603 848 294, 720 69, 332 29, 465 640 Coal _ _ 105 4, 244 350 Potash _ 200 12 Sodium . _ 38 1 Phosphate _ 8 4, 233 Sulphur _ 22 12,857 Nonmineral excluding grazing . . 78 172,330 Total - - - - - 105 4, 244 5,773 9, 126, 224 1, 297 570, 720 RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES The cash receipts were $4,035,441.08 as shown by accompanying table, an increase of $176,010.11 over the previous year. The ex¬ penditures paid through this office and before final settlement in the General Accounting Office were $2,013,235.39. Distribution in the treasury Source of receipt General Reclamation QtQf. fund fund btate Iuna Total Sale of public lands . . Fees and commissions _ _ _ _ Bonuses, rentals, and royalties from mineral Proceeds of land and timber in Oregon and Cali¬ fornia railroad grant. - - - Proceeds of land and timber in Coos Bay wagon road grant _ _ _ . _ Fees from copies of records . . Royalties on coal leases in Alaska _ _ Royalties and rentals from potash deposits _ Power permits _ _ _ _ _ _ Sale of reclamation town sites . . . . Sale of standing timber in Alaska _ Miscellaneous (surveying fees, rent of lands, pro¬ ceeds of Government property, etc.) . Total . . . . Sales and leases of Indian lands _ $34, 179. 15 70,986. 10 342, 323. 98 $60, 911. 57 189, 235. 00 1,682,695.34 $4,047. 62 4, 038. 67 18, 819. 29 5, 277. 67 15, 275. 00 5, 486^82 8, 846. 94 57, 159. 64 2, 731. 75 505, 233. 62 1, 992, 733. 30 Aggregate. 1, 201, 925. 24 269, 026. 28 3 1, 060. 97 $99, 138. 34 260, 221. 10 3, 226, 944. 56 2 269, 026. 28 5, 099. 64 18, 819. 29 5, 277. 67 * 57, 159. 64 15, 275. 00 2, 731. 75 5,486. 82 8, 846. 94 1, 476, 060. 11 3, 974, 027. 03 s 61, 414. 05 4, 035, 441. 08 1 First and fourth columns contain $20,319.93 royalties received in Wyoming under the act of June 26, 1926. 2 This amount is payable to certain counties in Oregon in lieu of taxes. 3 Amount payable to Coos County, Oreg., 25 percent of proceeds of land and timber. 4 Potash royalties on permits and leases issued under the act of Feb. 7, 1927 (44 Stat. 1057), are deposited as “ Receipts under the mineral leasing act” and distributed accordingly. 6 Of the amount received as royalties from oil lands in the bed of Red River, Okla., 37H percent, $12,007.23, is paid to Oklahoma, and the balance, $20,012.03, is credited to the Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache Indians. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 63 SURVEYING AND MAPPING The Cadastral Engineering Service of this office performs prac¬ tically all surveys for title purposes within the original public land States for the various Federal bureaus and departments, and is thus one of the great governmental surveying services. Its organization plan with 144 members remained unchanged, but was automatically expanded to meet two new situations. First, the surveying opera¬ tions under the Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works initiated September 30, 1933, added 54 transitmen, 28 clerks and draftsmen, and a monthly average of 341 temporary field assistants. It gave a total of 770,945 man-hours of work. Second, from Decem¬ ber 12, 1933, to April 30, 1934, there was employed a weekly average of 460 transitmen, field assistants and clerks under Civil Works Administration directed by this service, and providing 254,680 man¬ hours of work. The relief funds were used on important projects requiring a maximum number of workers and that had been long contemplated or had been requested by other bureaus. Surveys and resurveys were made under 244 groups in 23 States and Alaska. Such work as can be measured on a quantity basis equaled 35,970 linear miles or 6,290,089 acres surveyed, composed as follows. Approximately 2,300,000 acres of public land were sur¬ veyed (sectionized) and 1,300,000 acres resurveyed. Surveys for the Forest Service were 1,200,000 acres of original surveys and 916,000 acres of resurveys. Resurveys amounting to 527,800 acres were made for the Reclamation Service. Lesser areas were surveyed for the National Park Service, United States Geological Survey, War De¬ partment, Office of Indian Affairs, and Federal Power Commission. Some of the work were the special determinations and the fragmen¬ tary and miscellaneous surveys, involving little acreage, which in¬ crease with time and require an undue amount of investigation and work for the results produced. Such work was postponed as much as possible because of the relief situation, and this partly explains why the comparable figure for 1933 was 19,364 linear miles surveyed. Surveying for Indian reservations was restricted to emergency work. Nearly all of Alaska and 133,562,439 acres within the United States proper are yet unsurveyed. The expenditures were $193,062.44 from the regular appropriation for surveying the public land, $735,527.43 from the Public Works fund, and $25,201.73 from miscellaneous sources, a total of $953,- 791.60. In addition, approximately $219,600 was expended from the Civil Works funds. This compared with a total expenditure in 1933 of $521,829.81 from the regular surveying funds. The official map of the United States has been revised for a new edition. The new state maps of Idaho and Oregon and more recently Arizona have arrived in stock, while the new maps of Alaska and Colo- 64 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 rado have been sent to the printer. Maps mounted were 1,927 and distributed were 5,293. Public land circulars and regulations dis¬ tributed were 165,366. HOMESTEADS Allowed original homestead entries in acres reached their lowest level in December 1932, since 1869. New homestead entries in the fiscal year 1934 were about 92K percent of those in 1925 and 1926, and the new filings mounted rapidly in the last half. The total pending and unperfected homestead entries on June 30, 1934, were 54,020 en¬ tries embracing 19,883,591 acres. Seventy percent of this acreage is, in descending order, in the Rocky Mountain States of New Mexico, Wyoming, Montana, and Colorado. The homestead division of this office during the year acted upon the following cases, exclusive of Indian land. Incoming original entries _ 8,906 Approved for patent _ 4,098 Application to make second entry _ 1, 110 Application to amend entry _ 670 Leaves and extensions _ 3,013 Appeals _ 14, 375 Contests _ 1, 755 Timber and stone applications. 136 Public sale applications _ 420 Total _ 34,483 The above compares with 28,406 cases in 1933 and 26,555 in 1932. There were received and disposed of 46,259 related and unrelated letters against 59,035 in 1933, and 65,667 in 1932. The number of these letters has doubled since 1930. MINERAL LEASES AND MINING CLAIMS Oil and gas leases. — During the year 1,226 cases received office action. There were issued 36 leases embracing 38,555 acres under section 14 of the leasing act as a result of discoveries of oil and gas on prospecting permits. One lease was granted under section 17 on a bonus bid of $11,000 at a sale of leases in the Rodessa Gas Field in Louisiana. The defined geologic structures of the following six pro¬ ducing oil and gas fields were promulgated: Dry Creek, North Bowes and South Bowes in Montana; North Eunice (additional) in New Mexico; La Barge and Lake Creek in Wyoming. A unit plan of development and operation of Middle Dome in the Kettleman Hills field of California was approved on September 30, 1933, and 10 leases covering 4,537 acres were issued. The instructions of December 4, 1933, require leases thereafter to include an agreement to abide by the Code of Fair Competition for the Petroleum Industry. The act of June 16, 1934, provides for the use of water from water wells drilled by permittees and lessees through reserving as a public watering place the land on which the well is situated. The number and acres of out¬ standing leases and permits for all minerals are shown in the earlier table on disposals. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 65 Oil and gas prospecting permits. — There were filed 1,583 new appli¬ cations for oil and gas permits. Permits granted were 907, of which 12 were in Alaska. Permits canceled were 231. Applications en¬ tirely rejected were 676 and in part were 807. Nine canceled permits were reinstated, and 153 assignments and 1,443 applications for ex¬ tension of time were considered. The total cases examined for some office action were 14,087. Coal. — A total of 2,784 cases were acted upon. There were issued 52 coal prospecting permits for 30,207 acres, 26 licenses for 1,010 acres to mine coal, and 31 coal leases for 1,916 acres. Potash , sodium , sulphur , and phosphate. — Cases acted upon were 803. There were issued 14 potash permits involving 30,907 acres, 19 sodium permits for 25,755 acres, 1 sodium lease for 640 acres and 38 permits for 51,603 acres, and 22 sulphur permits for 12,857 acres. Receipts under mineral leasing acts. — The receipts for the year under the act of February 25, 1920, were $2,892,498.47 from oil and gas, $234,497.34 from coal, $75,064.95 from potash, $4,460.61 from phosphate, and $103.26 from sodium, a total of $3,206,624.63. These receipts were obtained from the following State areas: Alabama _ California _ Colorado _ Idaho _ Louisiana _ Montana _ Nevada _ New Mexico $10, 614. 60 1, 672, 953. 58 50, 474. 91 3, 352. 19 13, 927. 31 59, 842. 19 160. 00 165, 457. 57 North Dakota South Dakota. Utah _ Washington _ Wyoming _ $16, 817. 61 401. 40 68, 266. 34 9, 645. 19 1, 134, 711. 74 Total _ 3, 206, 624. 63 The total receipts from date of act to June 30, 1934, are $90,181,- 750.52. Each State receives 37K percent of the receipts arising within its borders, the reclamation fund receives 52 % percent, and the remain¬ ing 10 percent is retained in the United States Treasury under miscellaneous receipts. During the 37ear there was received $20,319.93 in royalties in Wyoming under act of June 26, 1926, and $5,277.67 from coal royalties in Alaska, all of which was retained in the Treasury. The royalties from oil lands in the bed of Red River in Oklahoma were divided 37 % percent or $12,007.23 to the State and balance, $20,012.03, to Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache Indians. The potash royalties and rentals in California under act of October 2, 1917, were $11,945.71 and those in New Mexico under act of February 7, 1927, were $45,213.93, all of which went to the reclamation fund. Contests against oil-shale locations. — Action has been suspended since April 1, 1933, awaiting court decision on jurisdiction of the Department to challenge the validity of oil-shale locations for failure to perform annual labor thereon. There are pending 503 Government contests against such locations. 66 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Oil-shale claims under patent proceedings. — Four oil-shale entries covering 3,648 acres were approved for patent, 2 entries for 1,919 acres were canceled and 8 entries for 6,343 acres are still pending. Mineral entries other than oil-shale. — Mineral applications disposed of were 172. Final mineral entries acted upon were 333, of which 115 were approved for patent. There were disposed of 653 highly mis¬ cellaneous mineral cases not involving mineral entry. San Gabriel and Boulder Dam locations. — The cities of Los Angeles and Pasadena were granted reservoir rights in San Gabriel Canyon in the Angeles National Forest of southern California. Field investiga¬ tion in recent years reported 429 recorded mining locations as invalid. After hearings asked for on several claims, all were finally canceled except two locations still undisposed of. Field investigation was made in the past of some 3,000 recorded mining locations in the area reserved for the Boulder Dam and Reservoir site. Four locations were reported valid and together with some patented claims are under appraisal. Thirty locations were declared to be null and void after hearing, 8 are still on appeal from adverse decision, and balance of the 3,000 locations have been canceled save 1 undisposed of. Essen¬ tially, the two investigations cleared the record of long abandoned mining locations that might be made the basis of damage suits. Coal-bed fires. — The work in controlling fires on the outcrop of coal beds on the public land near Gillette, Wyo., which was carried on by a Civilian Conservation Camp during the summer of 1933, has been continued this summer. EXCHANGES Various acts provide for relinquishing private land useful for gov¬ ernmental purposes in exchange for public land or timber. The Santa Fe Pacific Railroad Co. (Atlantic and Pacific grant) exchanged 124,941 acres in northwestern New Mexico to benefit the Navajo Indians, and 3,833 acres to enlarge the Petrified Forest National Monument in Arizona. Title to 67,919 acres of private land within national forests was so obtained, including 41,444 acres of the Mora Grant in the Lincoln National Forest in New Mexico. There were likewise added 7,780 acres to various Indian reservations. Forest lieu selection under act of June 4, 1897, has reduced to a few hundred acres annually. GRAZING One grazing lease of 1,408 acres was issued in Alaska, making 18 leases outstanding for 10,550,857 acres. Six of these leases are to associations of natives for grazing reindeer. The act of March 4, 1931, withdrew 334,765 acres for the protection of the water supply of Los Angeles and other cities. This is the area now being administered as the Owens River-Mono Basin Grazing SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 67 Reserve, and about 70 free-use permits are outstanding. Subse¬ quent Executive orders added 266,600 acres for water supply pro¬ tection, and during the fiscal year another 265,000 acres were so added. The only other grazing district is the Mizpah-Pumpkin Creek Grazing Reserve in Custer County, southeastern Montana. An association of local cattlemen was formed and on May 9, 1932, a lease was issued for approximately 25,124 acres at an annual rental of $785. Two withdrawals for proposed grazing districts have existed since 1931 in Montana, the South Sunday Creek area in Rosebud and Custer Counties estimated at 192,320 acres, and the Crooked and Gilbert Creeks area in Garfield County estimated at 175,000 acres. The departmental order of September 26, 1933, withdrew approxi¬ mately 1,837,400 acres in Uintah County, Utah, for a proposed grazing district for the Uncompahgre Ute Indians and the white settlers within the area, of which about 1,280,312 acres is public land. Public Grazing Withdrawal No. 4 of February 6, 1934, withdrew 1,221,120 acres 60 miles southwest of Salt Lake City, of which about 1,000,000 acres is public land. MISCELLANEOUS LEASES Six leases were issued for public aviation fields. There are now outstanding 19 such leases totaling 10,033 acres and 5 permits aggre¬ gating 5,197 acres for beacon lights. Recreational area leases to States,, counties, or municipalities number 14 for 14,065 acres. One hot springs lease for 39 acres exists. Five fur farming leases amount¬ ing to 6,600 acres were issued in Alaska, bringing total to 44 leases for 148,193 acres. RIGHTS-OF-WAY Thirteen railroad rights-of-way were approved and requirements made in 38 more, all as amendments or extensions of existing systems. Rights-of-way approved for irrigation, pole lines, public roads, and pipe lines numbered 342 and requirements were made in 695 cases more. There were promulgated 74 approved rights-of-way in Indian reservations. FEDERAL RECLAMATION There are 32 Federal reclamation projects in 14 western States and 5 Indian reclamation projects. The gross area withdrawn during the year under the Reclamation Act was 850,880 acres and 850,815 acres heretofore withdrawn were restored. Additionally there were with¬ drawn under the act of June 25, 1910, at the request of the War Department 204,720 acres for the Fort Peck project in Montana 68 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 and 79,080 acres for the Bonneville Dam in Oregon and Washington, both Public Works Administration projects. The Fort Peck project is in aid of the Missouri River Basin flood control, irrigation, navi¬ gation, and power development. The new openings to entry under Reclamation Act were 1 farm unit of 115 acres in the Shoshone project (Wyoming) and 26 farm units totaling 1,700 acres in the Yakima project (Washington). The average life of a reclamation homestead from entry to patent is upwards of 10 years. The reclamation homestead patents in the decade of 1915-24 were 5,658 patents for 422,624 acres, while in the 1925-34 decade there were 1,966 patents for 162,398 acres. During the 1925-34 period there were 865 original entries for 89,969 acres. The number of entries and patents during 1934 is shown elsewhere. Old and new entries under the Reclama¬ tion Act totaling 1,795 were examined in the office for some action. CAREY ACT Section 4 of the act of August 18, 1894, and its 23 supplemental acts are collectively known as the Carey Act. The act grants to certain arid-land States one to three million acres each of desert land upon condition of large scale reclamation. Land for this purpose is either segregated or is temporarily withdrawn for investigation. Patents are issued only on proof that water has been made available for irrigation. To June 30, 1934, there were segregated 3,897,860 acres, out of which 1,102,586 acres have been patented, 2,575,678 acres have been returned to the public land, and 219,596 acres remain segregated of which 42,322 acres are under proof of reclamation. The area now under temporary withdrawal is 668,675 acres, as follows: State With¬ drawals Segrega¬ tions State With¬ drawals Segrega¬ tions Arizona _ 13, 745 Oregon _ 56, 813 105,007 Colorado _ _ 35, 824 632, 851 Wyoming _ Idaho _ 43, 078 953 Total _ 668, 675 219, 596 Montana _ Construction work on Carey Act projects has been largely in abeyance for 4 years, mainly for economic reasons. During the year 738,131 acres of Carey Act land received some necessary office action. There were filed patent applications for 3,724 acres and segregation application was made for 2,242 acres. SWAMP AND OVERFLOWED LAND Four applications under this act were made during the year by the State of Louisiana and four by California. The State of Oregon received patent for 21,431 acres in the Warner Valley and 6,800 acres went to other States. Among pending applications is one by the State SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 69 of Wisconsin for approximately 43,737 acres within the Lac du Flam¬ beau, Bad River, and Menominee Indian Reservations upon some of which allotments and patents have issued to Indians; various ques¬ tions of fact, record, and law are involved. STATE SELECTIONS These are composed of quantity or acreage grants for specific purposes and of indemnity lands selected in lieu of school sections lost to the State through mineral character or prior occupation or reservation. Ninety percent of the selections during the past 5 years have been for indemnity lands. The selections filed during the fiscal year are as follows in acres: State Quantity Indemnity State Quantity Indemnity Arizona . _ . . 80 589, 747 557 114 640 1, 878 11.469 Oregon . 119 719 240 80 605, 563 California _ Utah . . 49, 894 Colorado . . . Washington _ _ Idaho _ Wyoming.. _ _ Montana . New Mexico.. _ _ 7, 152 Total . 57, 126 The pending old and new selections examined in the office during the year amounted to 920,146 acres, of which 9,485 acres were canceled, 106,921 acres were certified to the States and further re¬ quirements were made on the remainder. RAILROAD LANDS Nine out of the 72 unforfeited railroad grants remain to be closed: Atlantic and Pacific (western division), Southern Pacific (branch line), vSouthern Pacific (main line), Northern Pacific, Central Pacific, California and Oregon, Cairo and Fulton, Memphis and Little Rock, and St. Paul and Pacific. Adjustment of the Northern Pacific grant has been suspended pending court decision on the company’s rights. There are outstand¬ ing approximately 3,000,000 acres of primary and indemnity lands unapplied for. Most of this is within the Atlantic and Pacific grant in Arizona and New Mexico, and the Southern Pacific (branch line) grant in California. Lack of surveys and inclusion within Indian reservations are largely responsible for this situation. During the fiscal year the following new selections were filed: 16,547 acres in Arizona, 26,339 in New Mexico, 179 acres in California, and 40 acres each in Montana and Washington. Office action during the year approved 63,671 acres to the companies, rejected 684 acres, and made further requirements on 194,099 acres. OREGON AND CALIFORNIA RAILROAD GRANT LAND The act of June 9, 1916, revested in the United States approxi¬ mately 2,800,000 acres of land formerly granted to the Oregon & 70 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 California Railroad Co., with provisions for classification and dis¬ position thereof and for disposal of the moneys received. During the year 20,379 acres were homesteaded and 10,752 acres of former entries were canceled. There were 70 timber sales involving 5,238 acres and aggregating $252,967. These lands are situated in western Oregon and inventoried as follows on June 30, 1934: (1) 1,128,326 acres of unsold timberland containing 30,305,628,000 board-feet of timber; (2) 105,098 acres on which timber has been sold and included in which are 18,444 acres of cut-over land subject to entry and 10,951 acres of pending entries (and 2,280 acres patented); (3) 56,231 acres of power-site land containing 824,321,000 board-feet of timber; (4) 8,360 acres of recreational land; (5) 752,582 acres of agricultural classification subject to entry; (6) 84,197 acres of agricultural classi¬ fication in pending entries, and (7) 528,004 acres within the indemnity limits of the grant and within the boundaries of national forests remain unclassified. The area associated with (1) and (2) that is listed as unrestored timberland is 1,201,749 acres. This land will be restored to entry as agricultural land of cut-over character as the timber is sold, cut, and removed. COOS BAY WAGON ROAD GRANT LAND Under the act of February 26, 1919, there were reconveyed to the United States approximately 90,000 acres of land formerly granted to the Coos Bay Wagon Road Co. in western Oregon. The land was to be classified and disposed of in the manner prescribed by the act of June 9, 1916, and the resulting moneys as prescribed by the act of February 26, 1919. During the year 2,100 acres were homesteaded and 520 acres of former entries were canceled. There were two timber sales involving 120 acres and aggregating $4,700. These lands inventoried as follows on June, 30, 1934: (1) 40,735 acres unsold timberland containing 1,551,083,000 board-feet of timber; (2) 15,229 acres on which timber has been sold and included in which are 4,195 acres of cut-over land subject to entry and 2,462 acres of cut-over land in pending entries (and 200 acres patented); (3) 4,464 acres of power-site land containing 181,460,000 board-feet of timber; (4) 14,900 acres of agricultural classification subject to entry; and (5) 7,197 acres of agricultural classification in pending entries. The unrestored timberland withdrawn from agricultural entry is 49,107 acres. MISCELLANEOUS Some 4,712 highly miscellaneous cases were acted upon and 1,459 patents were approved, which involved Indians and Indian land (land subject to certain public land entries with proceeds to Indians), and Indian reservations, pueblos, allotments and exchanges. Soldiers’ additional homestead rights were granted in certain cases to Civil War veterans and their widows and minor children; 20 entries under SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 71 these rights covering 419.13 acres were patented and it is believed that several thousand acres of these rights are still outstanding. Action was taken on 1,271 trespass cases involving timber, coal, turpentine, and gravel. Sales of land in abandoned military reser¬ vations amounted to $2,988.16 for 1,675.92 acres. Patents were approved for 189 town lots in 25 town sites. Desert-land cases receiving office action were 1,451, of which 76 were approved for patent and 110 were canceled. Congress has directed that the Commissioner of the General Land Office and the Secretary of the Interior shall constitute a Board of Equitable Adjudication to adjudge if patents may issue in accordance with equity and justice where some obstacle has arisen through mis¬ take, ignorance, or cause beyond control of the entryman. During the fiscal year patents were so confirmed on 643 homesteads, 38 deserts, and 1 mineral entry. There were decided 2,152 Government and private contests and at the end of the fiscal year there were pending unadjudicated 503 oil- shale contests, 77 mineral contests, and 442 miscellaneous contests. There were enacted 49 public and private acts of Congress affecting the activities of this office, and 328 such acts during the last 5 jrears. WITHDRAWALS Nine new stock driveways were established and 41 were modified during the year. The net area of the national forests in the public- land States was increased 532,983 acres. There were temporarily withdrawn 6,486 acres for forest purposes and 80 acres were restored. The national forests in the public-land States have a gross area of 159,978,063 acres, of which 138,120,193 acres or 86.3 percent is net Government land. Those in Alaska are 21,342,300 acres net after deducting 54,633 acres of private land. Two national monument changes were made. The Pinnacles in California was increased 5,002 acres and Cedar Breaks in Utah was created by exclusion of 5,821 acres from the Dixie National Forest. Six recreational area with¬ drawals were made on petitions by States or cities. Forty acres for this purpose were sold to Pima County and 538 acres leased to Mohave County, Ariz. Additions to bird and game refuges amounted to 133,426 acres and 56,270 acres were withdrawn for creation of further refuges. The existing refuges in the public-domain area aggregate 1,512,371 acres and 162,691 acres are withdrawn for further refuges, both mainly within other withdrawals and reservations. Among the withdrawals during the year were 265,000 acres for the Los Angeles water supply, 1,162,286 acres for investigation with a view to creating a national monument perpetuating desert plant life and 80,000 acres for a bombing and gunnery range for the War Depart¬ ment, all in California. In New Mexico, 441,000 acres were with¬ drawn to enable the State to select land in lieu of school sections and 72 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 other State land within national forests. In Oklahoma, 4,858 acres were withdrawn pending legislation for relief of bona fide claimants, and 6,360 acres in Nevada for flood and erosion control. The with¬ drawal situation is as follows: Withdrawn in 1934 Restored in 1934 Pending withdrawn June 30, 1934 Stock driveways _ _ _ 124, 009 2, 409 1, 675 15, 529 9, 771, 386 284, 285 32, 880 668, 675 219, 596 20, 208, 621 136, 860 114, 720 204, 720 79, 080 5, 147, 654 254, 130 480, 708 866, 365 25, 124 3,425, 840 1, 250, 856 2,885 Carey Act withdrawals _ Reclamation withdrawals _ ; _ 850,880 850,815 San Carlos irrigation project (Indian) _ Fort Hall irrigation project (Indian) _ 1,280 Fort Peck project, Montana _ 204, 720 79, 080 257, 954 Bonneville dam, Oregon-Washington _ W ater-power reserves (non-Indian) _ _ _ 20, 983 Reservoir and well sites _ _ _ _ _ Public water reserves _ _ 11, 027 265, 000 1,720 Los Angeles water supply 1 _ MiV.pah-Pumpkin Creek grazing district _ _ _ Grazing withdrawals _ _ _ _ 3, 058, 520 Oregon-California and Coos Bay unrestored timberland _ 10, 615 Created into national forests in 1934 _ 192, 095 For Boulder Canyon transmission line . - _ ... 179, 040 1, 861, 170 681, 000 162, 691 134, 653 3, 943, 497 1, 134, 972 (2) 310, 179 15, 720 73, 080 43, 793 30, 880 11,090 11,042 For forest exchange with New Mexico _ 441, 000 56, 270 6, 486 1, 162, 286 For game and bird refuges _ For national forest purposes. . 80 81, 945 For national parks and monuments _ For New Mexico-Arizona Indian consolidation _ For military firing range _ 80, 000 For agricultural experiment stations _ For flood and erosion control _ _ _ 6, 360 For State game refuge investigation _ _ _ For recreational investigation _ For irrigation-power investigation _ , _ For arohftfiolnvioal investigation . . For m isp.ftl 1 anp.nns pnrpnsfis 5, 564 6,805,335 1, 164, 892 51,585,267 1 Includes Owens River-Mono Basin grazing district. 3 Excluded. It is estimated that the 51,585,267 acres of withdrawals contain 30,442,832 acres net of Government land in the public-domain States. MINERAL WITHDRAWALS AND CLASSIFICATIONS Mineral withdrawals must be completely separated in idea from other withdrawals. They relate to subsurface rights as the surface is usually open to agricultural entries unless a reservation of the surface is also necessary to effect the purpose of the withdrawal. The changes during the year were 1,323 acres of helium land in Utah withdrawn, while the restorations were 936,433 acres of coal land withdrawals in New Mexico and 136 acres of other withdrawals. The acreage now classified or withdrawn for classification, which in¬ cludes much land patented without mineral reservation, is as follows: Withdrawn Classified Withdrawn Classified Coal _ _ _ 27, 277, 025 5, 155, 015 6, 238, 422 1, 889, 456 9, 411, 906 33, 051, 659 71, 884 4, 061, 997 302, 219 Helium.. _ 13, 578 8, 507 Oil and gas _ Metalliferous Oil fshfljp Total Phosphate _ 49, 993, 909 37, 487, 759 Potash _ SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 73 The helium (Utah) and metalliferous (East Bisbee, Ariz.) with¬ drawals are closed to all location and entry. There are 77,730 acres of naval oil reserves, 156,024 acres of naval oil-shale reserves, and 960,346 acres of defined geologic structures of producing oil and gas fields, all gross areas before deducting the private lands. The acreage patented during the year under agricultural laws with mineral reservation is shown in the patent table. The total acreage so patented to June 30, 1934, is 25,053,209 acres under the Stock Raising Homestead Act, 10,752,105 acres with coal reservation, and 2,022,916 acres with all or some specific minerals reserved, a total of 37,828,203 acres. Sixty-four percent of the acreage patented in the past 10 years has been with mineral reservation. DISPOSITION OF PUBLIC DOMAIN The disposition of the public domain in the United States proper under more than 5,000 acts of Congress has been extremely complex, but the following table pictures the situation in its simplest form: Title passed from the United States: Acres Homesteads (approximate) . . . 275, 125, 000 Cash sales and miscellaneous disposals (approximate) . . 418, 100, 000 Railroad grants to corporations... . . . 94, 219, 087 Railroad grants to States . . 38, 206, 487 Wagon road grants to States . 3, 359, 188 Canal and river improvement grants to States . 6, 842, 921 Swamp, educational, and other grants to States . . . 181, 679, 623 Total area disposed of . 1, 017, 532, 306 Pending and unperfected public land entries . 24, 040, 779 Title remaining in the United States: National forests . 138, 120, 193 National parks and monuments. . 8, 692, 196 Indian reservations (estimated net) . 56, 676, 535 Military, naval, and similar reservations, etc. (approximately) . . . 1, 000, 000 Withdrawals (estimated net) . 30, 442, 832 Unappropriated and unreserved land . . . 165, 695, 479 Grand total . •. . 1, 442, 220, 320 Homestead entries, fiscal year of 1934, includes Indian lands State Original Final State Original Final Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Alaska _ Arizona _ California _ Colorado _ Idaho _ Montana _ Nevada _ New Mexico _ _ North Dakota _ 50 423 648 693 366 690 49 1,688 106 5, 755 145, 471 132, 908 254, 349 148, 069 275, 501 13, 329 767, 485 18, 234 54 422 452 184 135 622 34 491 33 2,953 128, 484 100, 884 59, 237 38, 523 153, 116 8,421 196, 432 4,914 Oregon _ _ _ South Dakota _ Utah _ Washington _ Wyoming _ G.L 0 1 Total - 575 154 188 97 1,529 485 118, 938 54, 988 83, 974 13, 968 794, 275 34,898 195 92 108 24 756 246 43, 789 18, 805 45, 058 4, 469 338, 107 21, 679 7,741 2, 862, 142 3,848 1,164,871 1 Entries made in General Land Office for land in States without district land offices. The original entries were 235 in Arkansas, 18,760 acres; 57 in Oklahoma, 4,819 acres; 53 in Alabama, 2,975 acres; 30 in Louisiana, 1,795 acres; 25 in Mississippi, 1,516 acres; 24 in Minnesota, 1,296 acres; 13 in Nebraska, 1,044 acres; 15 in Florida, 975 acres; 11 in Kansas, 771 acres; 12 in Michigan, 654 acres; 6 in Wisconsin, 203 acres; 2 in Missouri, 80 acres; and 2 in Indiana, 10 acres. The above 7,741 original entries include in addition to the three main homestead acts, 38 forest, 2,931 acres; 85 reclamation, 9,690 acres, and 5 Kinkaid homesteads, 384 acres. The final entries likewise include 53 forest, 5,539 acres; 203 reclamation, 18,690 acres; 12 Kinkaid, 1,210 acres; and 38 soldiers’ additional homesteads, 671 acres. The finals include 76 commuted entries, 5,675 acres 74 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Desert land entries , fiscal year of 1934, includes Indian land State Original Final State Original Final Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Arizona _ 8 720 9 1,001 Oregon.. _ 13 1,100 5 382 California 12 1,542 11 1, 843 Utah _ 8 748 7 760 Colorado _ _ 3 103 6 774 Washington.. __ 1 40 1 11 Idaho _ 4 165 4 234 W yoming _ 12 1,786 7 644 AT on tana 1 36 7 766 Nevada _ _ 3 138 3 284 Total _ 66 6, 456 60 6, 699 New Mexico _ 1 78 The above final entries include under relief acts 2 entries, 480 acres under act of March 4, 1915; 11 entries, 1,748 acres under act of March 4, 1929; and 1 entry, 160 acres under act of February 14, 1934. Other entries, fiscal year of 1934, Indian land included State Public auc¬ tion, final Timber and stone, final Mineral, final Miscel Original laneous Final Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Num¬ ber Acres Alaska _ 10 2, 357 1 160 12 93 Arizona _ _ _ 3 415 5 479 i 31 6, 868 17 145 California _ _ 8 440 5 233 23 1, 082 10 334 10 80 Colorado 12 772 8 310 3 1 1, 285 6 800 Idaho _ 5 292 2 68 8 947 2 25 Montana .... 7 476 4 103 7 86 40 38 Nevada _ _ 2 200 2 306 1 160 2 Now Marino 5 599 2 44 3 480 3 1,236 20, 103 North Dakota _ _ 1 Oregon... _ _ 13 848 1 40 77 South Dakota 2 160 11 513 Utah 1 20 17 917 1 25 12, 954 Washington _ _ 4 204 3 85 1 20 17 11 59 Wyoming _ 31 3, 390 8 836 1 440 *6 1,077 3 303 General Land Office _ ... 4 47 5 311 *34 1,933 Total _ 97 7, 863 24 1,573 81 7,005 79 10, 450 1,510 37, 021 1 Consists of 1 entry of cactus land for State, 2,877 acres, and 30 lieu selections, 3,991 acres. 3 Carey Act segregation. 3 Includes 1,211 private claims, 19,740 acres. 4 Includes 21 potassium entries, act of Oct. 2, 1917, 12,845 acres. ‘Includes 957 acre, Corey Act segregation. • Consists of 20 color-of-title entries, 560 acres, and 14 cash sales, 1,373 acres. Town lot entries have no acreage shown. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 75 Patents issued during fiscal year ended June 80, 1934 Class Cemetery site . . Commuted homestead . . Desert land . . . . Forest exchange - Forest homestead . . Forest lieu . Homestead, sec. 2289, etc _ Homestead, enlarged . — Homestead, stock raising - Indian fee . . . . . Indian homestead, reserva¬ tion trust . . Indian trust. . . Military land warrant - Mineral _ Miscellaneous cash . . . Public sale _ _ — Private land claim . . Railroad . . . Num¬ ber Acres Class Num¬ ber Acres 2 30.00 Railroad lieu . ... . 4 578. 00 17 1, 667. 55 Reclamation homestead . 283 23, 223. 85 61 7, 413. 77 Reclamation desert land . 1 153. 46 16 3, 474. 45 Reissue . . 527 (3) 71 7, 264. 13 Small holding claim . 4 206. 95 3 200.00 Soldiers’ additional home¬ i 710 74, 550. 80 stead . 20 419. 13 323 82, 589. 26 Special acts... . . . 837 172, 751. 82 1,507 726, 859. 05 Supplemental, act Apr. 14, 253 (2) 1914 . . 115 (4) Swamp _ _ _ 20 28, 231. 11 113 18, 134. 07 Timber and stone . . . 20 1, 429. 82 90 6, 375. 15 Timber sales - - 64 (5) 2 280. 00 To complete records . 38 (») 110 22, 021. 37 Town lots . . . 109 68. 10 21 3, 039. 34 Valentine scrip . 1 40.00 122 9, 970. 01 34 33, 572. 47 Total . 5,516 1, 288, 532. 26 18 63, 988. 60 i Includes 7 Kinkaid Act patents, 680 acres. 2 36,047.41 acres. 3 75,565.91 acres. 4 18,178.72 acres. * 4,836.71 acres. 8 No area to be reported. Area patented with coal reserved, 9,451.23 acres; with oil, gas, phosphate, etc., reserved, 21,363.58 acres; with all minerals reserved, all of stock-raising homesteads and 18,748.41 acres under other acts. The “special acts” above include 133,550 acres of exchanges to consolidate Indian reservations and allot¬ ments, 17,556 acres for quieting titles in Indian pueblos and 3,833 acres of exchanges for consolidating a national monument, all in New Mexico; 2,071 acres for consolidating Indian reservations in Arizona; 6,726 acres for benefit of bona fide claimants on an adjusted railroad grant in Colorado; and 5,570 acres for con¬ solidating national forests. Applications filed under mineral leasing act of Feb. 25, 1920 State Filed in 1934 Total to June 30, 1934 State Filed in 1934 Total to June 30, 1934 State Filed in 1934 Total to June 30, 1934 Alabama _ 16 Louisiana.. . 262 Oregon _ 46 400 Alaska _ 42 1, 729 Michigan _ 3 South Dakota _ 28 371 Arizona _ 18 1,898 Mississippi _ 15 Utah _ _ 335 13, 022 Arkansas _ 24 Montana . . 199 13, 025 Washington _ 12 271 California _ 358 21, 645 Nebraska _ 36 Wyoming _ 241 17,380 Colorado . _ 204 8, 966 Nevada _ _ 44 1,745 General Land Florida _ 1 New Mexico _ 433 11, 109 Office . . 43 109 12 1,053 North Dakota _ 20 474 Kansas 5 Oklahoma .. 557 Total _ 2, 035 94, 116 The above includes 57,389 applications accepted for oil and gas prospecting permits. Vacant public land and pending entries — acres of June 30, 1934 > Alaska not included State Vacant land Pending entries State Vacant land Pending entries Arizona . . . 13, 078, 560 15, 795, 069 7, 552, 197 10, 069, 092 5, 878, 931 50, 975, 749 11, 783, 265 141, 790 2, 700, 000 1, 416, 715 1, 893, 325 1, 457, 617 2, 186, 524 941, 130 5, 338, 753 91, 058 Oregon _ _ 12, 919, 345 463, 420 22, 532, 110 692, 751 13, 813, 200 (0 1, 168, 543 574, 320 1,112,567 182, 434 4, 829, 821 2 147, 972 California _ South Dakota _ Colorado _ Utah... . Idaho _ _ Washington _ Montana _ Wyoming.. _ _ Nevada _ General Land Office _ New Mexico _ . Total . . 165, 695, 479 24, 040, 779 North Dakota _ _ i Undetermined. 2 Entries made at Washington in areas without district offices. At last determination on June 30, 1932, there was unappropriated and unreserved 175,924 acres in Arkansas, 32,303 in Florida, 269,451 in Minnesota, and 20,225 in Nebraska. Very small areas exist in some of the other States. 87859—34 - 6 76 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 National forests and parks and monuments — net areas in public-land States on June 30, 193 4 State Forests Parks and monu¬ ments State Forests Parks and monu¬ ments Alabama _ 135, 248 11, 388, 053 1, 296, 305 19, 175, 640 13, 543, 050 594, 907 19, 620, 454 10, 710 78, 395 649, 781 1, 195, 645 16, 127, 836 206, 026 Nevada _ 4, 985, 104 8, 544,053 593 179, 127 253 848 158, 867 13, 419 142, 102 539, 299 Arizona _ _ 1, 099, 793 946 2, 888, 117 366, 219 19 48, 342 New Mexico _ ... Arkansas - _ North Dakota . . . California _ Oklahoma _ 122, 268 13, 434, 222 1, 072, 095 7, 523, 763 9, 607, 280 328, 094 8, 481, 264 138, 120, 193 21, 342, 300 Colorado - - _ Oregon _ _ _ _ Florida . . Idaho _ South Dakota _ Utah _ _ Illinois _ Washington _ Louisiana _ Wisconsin _ Michigan _ Wyoming _ 2, 286, 506 8, 692, 196 5, 801, 509 Minnesota . . . . Montana _ 965, 820 1,926 Total _ _ _ Nebraska _ Alaska _ _ _ State grants — Land patented or certified in fiscal year of 1934 exclusive of 96.39 acres of State railroad grants [All areas are appropriately included in other tables] State 1 Swamp land pat¬ ents i School section indem¬ nity certifi¬ cations Quan¬ tity grant certifi¬ cations State Swamp land pat¬ ents School section indem¬ nity certifi¬ cations Quan¬ tity grant certifi¬ cations Arizona _ 41, 116 1,229 154 2,319 80 New Mexico _ 12,085 24,928 California _ Oregon _ 21, 431 Colorado _ _ _ Oklahoma _ 640 Florida _ 1, 132 South Dakota _ 229 10, 537 482 Idaho _ 120 Utah... . 120 Iowa 5 1, 899 485 2,994 Washington Louisiana. _ 84 Wisconsin _ _ _ 285 Minnesota _ Wyoming _ _ 240 78, 833 Missouri _ Total _ 28, 231 28,087 Montana _ 12, 557 Railroad grants — Land approved in fiscal year of 1934 for patent or certification [These areas are included in the tables on total grants to States and corporations] State Acres TO CORPORATIONS Atlantic & Pacific (now Santa Fe Pacific) _ Arizona _ 39,798.86 254. 47 14, 418. 80 7, 229. 87 475. 67 9. 85 1, 387. 00 Central Pacific (California & Oregon) _ _ California _ Central Pacific _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ ..do. _ _ _ Do... . . . Nevada _ Do . . . Utah . _ Northern Pacific . . . . Montana _ Southern Pacific (main line) _ _ California _ Total . . . 63, 574. 52 To STATES (STATE GRANTS FOR RAILROADS) St. Paul, Minnesota & Manitoba (Great Northern) .. Montana _ _ _ 40.00 56. 39 St. Paul & Northern Pacific... . . . . . Minnesota _ Total . 96.39 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 77 State grants — Patented , certified , and school sections to June 80, 1984 State Alabama. . . Arkansas.. Florida _ Illinois.... Indiana.... Iowa . Kansas _ Louisiana— Michigan.. Minnesota. Mississippi. Missouri... Ohio . Oregon _ Wisconsin. Swamp, educa¬ tional, etc. 2, 258, 264 9, 372, 993 21, 980, 500 3, 639, 281 4, 306, 254 3, 019, 690 3, 606, 910 11,032,946 8, 787, 573 8, 373, 947 5, 020, 774 5, 578, 934 2, 493, 006 4, 374, 976 6, 220, 994 For canal and river improve- For wagon roads For rail¬ roads State total ment 1, 077, 294 883,' 354 6, 842, 921 80, 774 2, 583, 890 302, 931 3, 359, 188 3, 147, 148 2, 562, 610 2, 218, 705 2, 595, 133 4, 929, 923 4, 634, 237 373, 057 3, 134, 058 8, 046, 061 1, 075, 345 1, 837, 968 3, 652, 242 38, 206, 487 5, 805, 428 11,935,603 24. 199, 205 6, 558, 697 6, 223, 058 9, 111, 127 8, 241, 147 11,406,003 13, 392, 880 16, 420, 008 6,096,119 7, 416, 902 3, 651, 074 6, 958, 866 11,059, 521 400, 016 324, 283 1, 746, 224 1, 161, 514 170, 580 1, 250, 236 221, 013 State Arizona . California _ Colorado _ Connecticut... Delaware . Georgia . Idaho . Kentucky _ Maine . Maryland _ Massachusetts. Montana . Swamp, educa¬ tional, etc. State Swamp, educa¬ tional, etc. State 10, 542, 113 8, 426, 764 4, 433, 538 180, 000 90, 000 270, 000 3, 632, 157 352, 509 210,000 210, 000 360, 000 5, 869, 618 Nebraska . Nevada .. 3, 458,711 2, 723, 647 150,000 210,000 12, 732, 694 990,000 270,000 3, 163, 551 3, 095, 760 780,000 120, 000 180,000 South Dakota . Tennessee _ New Hampshire. ... New Jersey . — New Mexico . Texas. . Utah . Vermont _ New York... . North Carolina . North Dakota . Oklahoma . . Virginia . . Washington . West Virginia . . Wyoming . Pennsylvania . Rhode Island . South Carolina . Grand total.... Swamp, educa¬ tional, etc. 3, 434, 203 300,000 180,000 7, 464, 276 150,000 300,000 3, 044, 471 150, 000 4, 138, 569 1 181, 679, 623 i This is made up of 64,853,922 acres of swamp and overflowed land, 7,830,000 acres of agricultural college scrip, 78,179,739 acres of school sections, and 30,815,962 acres of grants for schools, colleges, public institutions, improvements, etc. There is reserved for Alaska sections 16, 36, and certain sections 33 and a quantity grant of 100,000 acres for colleges, an estimated total of 21,445,209 acres. Railroad grants to corporations — Total land patented or certified to June 80, 1934 Acres Central Pacific . 7, 486, 438. 83 Central Pacific (Western Pacific) _ 462, 130. 18 Central Pacific (California & Ore¬ gon) . 3,236,741.56 Union Pacific . 11,935,603.05 Union Pacific (central branch) . 223, 141. 91 Union Pacific (Kansas division) . 6, 176, 383. 76 Union Pacific (Denver Pacific) _ 821, 330. 78 Santa Fe Pacific (Atlantic & Pacific). 11, 586, 049. 92 Burlington & Missouri River in Ne¬ braska . . . 2,374,090.77 Sioux City & Pacific (Missouri Valley Acres Land Co.) . . . 42,610.95 Northern Pacific . . 39, 064, 567. 49 Oregon Central . . . . 128, 618. 13 Oregon & California. . . . 2, 777, 631. 96 New Orleans Pacific . . 1, 001, 943. 40 Southern Pacific (main line) . 4, 656, 398. 32 Southern Pacific (branch line) . 2, 245, 405. 75 Total. . . 94,219,086.75 Unsurveyed land in public-land States, acres on June 30, 1984 Arizona . 28, 226, 683 California . . 16,359,414 Colorado . 1, 903, 960 Idaho.. . . . 12,416,539 Montana. . . 11,326,574 Nevada . 22, 654, 148 New Mexico . 11, 954, 969 Oregon - 5,311,608 South Dakota - 32, 445 Utah _ 13,881,327 Washington . 6, 361, 972 Wyoming . 3, 132, 800 Total . 133,562,439 OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS (John Collier, Commissioner) The fiscal year 1934 has seen a reorientation of Indian Service policies, and many reorganizations completed or set under way. It has been a year of intense labor, because numerous emergency tasks (some of them of dominating importance to the Indians) have been thrown upon an overhead personnel which previously had been considered a meager one for the regular work alone. On the whole, the staff has met its challenge, and the response of the Indians has gone beyond anything previously hoped for. A brief outline of the report follows: Page. Wheeler-Howard Act _ 78 Education _ 84 Health _ 92 Indian land _ 96 Probate work _ 101 Emergency conservation work _ 102 Forestry _ 106 Roads _ 108 Irrigation _ 109 Extension _ 111 Indian employment _ 114 Appropriations _ 115 Recent developments _ 118 Appendix (Indian population) _ 121 THE WHEELER-HOWARD ACT In the last paragraph of the Commissioner’s annual report for 1933 it was stated: If we can relieve the Indian of the unrealistic and fatal allotment system, if we can provide him with land and the means to work the land; if, through group organization and tribal incorporation, we can give him a real share in the management of his own affairs, he can develop normally in his own natural environment. The Indian problem as it exists today, including the heaviest and most unproductive administration costs of public service, has largely grown out of the allotment system which has destroyed the economic integrity of the Indian estate and deprived the Indians of normal economic and human activity. The allotment system with its train of evil consequences was definitely abandoned as the backbone of the national Indian policy when Congress adopted and the President approved the Wheeler- Howard bill. The first section of this act in effect repeals the General Allotment Act of 1887. During numerous committee 78 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 79 hearings, during several redrafts and modifications affecting every other part of the measure, this first section was never questioned or revised. It reached the President’s desk in its original form without the change of a word or a comma, indicating that Congress was thoroughly convinced of the allotment system’s complete failure and was eager to abandon it as the governing policy. THE ACT'S TWOFOLD AIM The Wheeler-Howard Act, the most important piece of Indian legislation since the eighties, not only ends the long, painful, futile effort to speed up the normal rate of Indian assimilation by indi¬ vidualizing tribal land and other capital assets, but it also endeavors to provide the means, statutory and financial, to repair as far as possible, the incalculable damage done by the allotment policy and its corollaries. Unfortunately, the beginning of the repair work had to be in large part postponed because the authorized appropriations could not be made by Congress after the passage of the act during the closing days of the session. The repair work authorized by Congress under the terms of the act aims at both the economic and the spiritual rehabilitation of the Indian race. Congress and the President recognized that the cumulative loss of land brought about by the allotment system, a loss reaching 90,000,000 acres — two-thirds of the land heritage of the Indian race in 1887 — had robbed the Indians in large part of the necessary basis for self-support. They clearly saw that this loss and the companion effort to break up all Indian tribal relations had condemned large numbers of Indians to become chronic recipients of charity; that the system of leasing individualized holdings had created many thousands of petty landlords unfitted to support themselves when their rental income vanished; that a major propor¬ tion of the red race was, therefore, ruined economically and pau¬ perized spiritually. ECONOMIC REHABILITATION-LAND PURCHASES To meet this situation, the act authorized a maximum annual appropriation of $2,000,000 for the purchase of land for landless Indians. This maximum appropriation, even if continued over a term of years, will meet only the most pressing emergency-land needs of the Indians. It must be remembered that since 1887 the Indian race has lost the use of 90,000,000 acres, the cream of its land holding. With an annual appropriation of $2,000,000 and an average base price of $20 per acre, it would require 20 years to restore 2,000,000 acres for Indian use. 80 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 While Congress did not specifically direct the consolidation of Indian lands broken up and checkerboarded with white holdings in the allotment process, it authorized such consolidation and set up the machinery for it. Congress also authorized the establishment of new reservations for now completely landless and homeless Indians and directed that title to all newly purchased land should be taken in the name of the United States in trust for the Indian tribe or individual Indian, who will have the use and occupancy of the land. Thus the policy of common ownership of land enunciated in section 1 of the Wheeler-Howard Act is reaffirmed and implemented through¬ out the body of the statute. Part of the effort at economic rehabilitation is the indefinite extension of all restrictions on the alienation of Indian trust lands as prescribed by section 2. However, this section merely locks the door out of which passed the valuable team of work horses, leaving the decrepit plug behind. THE REVOLVING CREDIT-FUND The sponsors of the General Allotment Act of 1887 believed that the division of the tribal land among the members of the tribe would create in the Indian the pride of individual ownership and induce him to make use of his own land for the support of his family. Over¬ looked entirely was the cold fact that capital in some form is needed to transform even a piece of the best raw land into a productive farm. Since the Indian’s newly acquired private land could not legally be pledged as security for bank or private loans, it was the duty of the Federal Government to place at the disposal of its wards, credit in sufficient volume to meet their need for operating capital. This imperative duty the Federal Government never recognized. Instead, it chose the easier road. It rapidly relaxed its restrictions on leasing. Lacking equipment for farming, the average Indian family proceeded to lease its land to white farmers or stockmen for cash. The leasing system, demoralizing to the Indians and con¬ tributing to the surplus of commercial farm products, spread like the Russian thistle. To this day the Indians who rely on the shrinking volume of lease money for their main support far outnumber those who farm their own allotted land. What was true 50 years ago is true today. Without a reasonable amount of capital for permanent improvements, livestock, seed, implements, etc., the Indian owner of a piece of land cannot hope to make his living from the cultivation of the soil. To meet this pressing need, the Wheeler-Howard Act authorizes a revolving credit fund of $10,000,000. This fund is to supply the long-term and short-term credit require¬ ments of some 250,000 persons. Much of it must be tied up in long- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 81 term loans for sawmills, homes, and other improvements. Yet there is a huge demand for short-term loans to finance seasonal farm opera¬ tions. The new lands to be bought for landless Indians must be improved and fenced, homes must be built, implements and seed acquired for the settlers, almost solely out of the revolving credit fund. In all probability the demands of the forthcoming year will demonstrate that it is inadequate. THE HEIRSHIP-LAND PROBLEM In the natural course of events, privately owned Indian lands must on the death of the owner be divided among his heirs and, in turn, among the heirs of the heirs. This result of the allotment system brings about the forced sale of Indian heirship lands, usually to white buyers. If there are no buyers, the heirship land must be leased and the proceeds distributed among the numerous heirs at an expense out of all proportion to the size of the gross revenue. The Wheeler-Howard Act is taking the first hesitant step toward the solution of this problem. The new law, while allowing Indian owners to leave or devise their restricted land to any member of the tribe or to their heirs regardless of tribal affiliations in accordance with applicable State or Federal laws, bars the owners or heirs from selling restricted Indian lands to anyone except the tribe or the tribal corporation in the jurisdiction of which the land is located. Obviously this negative provision, inapplicable in Oklahoma and on the Klamath Reservation, does not solve the problem. Some 7,000,000 acres are now in the heirship status; the acreage is increasing every month. The tribes have not the money with which to purchase this land. At only $5 per acre, it would require $35,000,000 to reacquire this land; the maximum authorized appropriation for 17)4 years would be needed to return the land now in the heirship status for tribal use. If the problem is to be solved within a reasonable time, the coop¬ eration of the allottees and heirs must be had. They must learn that for the sake of their race and of their children they should voluntarily transfer the title to their individual holdings to the tribe or to the tribal corporation, receiving in return the same rights as they enjoy now; namely, the right to use and occupy the land and its improve¬ ments, to receive the income from the land and to leave the same rights to their children, except that the children and other heirs could not cut up the land into small, unusable pieces. Where the land in process of inheritance has already been so divided among numerous heirs, they will have the opportunity to return the small parcels to the tribe or tribal corporation, receiving interests in the corporate property in exchange. Thus the tribe would acquire 82 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 title to now unusable land which, after consolidation, could be assigned for the use of interest-holders in tracts of usable size. SPIRITUAL REHABILITATION Through 50 years of “individualization”, coupled with an ever- increasing amount of arbitrary supervision over the affairs of indi¬ viduals and tribes so long as these individuals and tribes had any assets left, the Indians have been robbed of initiative, their spirit has been broken, their health undermined, and their native pride ground into the dust. The efforts at economic rehabilitation cannot and will not be more than partially successful unless they are accompanied by a determined simultaneous effort to rebuild the shattered morale of a subjugated people that has been taught to believe in its racial inferiority. The Wheeler-Howard Act provides the means of destroying this inferiority complex, through those features which authorize and legalize tribal organization and incorporation, which give these tribal organizations and corporations limited but real power, and authority over their own affairs, which broaden the educational opportunities for Indians, and which give Indians a better chance to enter the Indian Service. Even before the passage of the Wheeler-Howard bill a great spiritual stirring had become noticeable throughout the Indian country. That awakening of the racial spirit must be sustained, if the rehabilitation of the Indian people is to be successfully carried through. It is necessary to face the fact that pauperization, as the result of a century of spoliation, suppression, and paternalism, has made deep inroads. Of necessity it will take time, patience, and intelligent, sympathetic help to rebuild the Indian character where it has been broken down. The first step in this rebuilding process must be the reorganization of the tribes, authorized by the WBeeler-Howard Act. In the past they managed their own affairs effectively whenever there was no white interference for selfish ends. They can learn to do it again under present conditions with the aid of modern organization methods, once they realize that these organizations will be permanent and will not be subject to the whims of changing administrations. These organizations, both tribal and corporate, will make many initial mistakes ; there will be many complaints against shouldering the load of responsibility that accompanies authority. The task of organizing and incorporating the tribes will be difficult and laborious, calling for the maximum amount of skill, tact, firmness, and understanding on the part of the organizers. But the result should be the development of Indian leadership capable of making the Indian tribal organizations and corporations function effectively with a minimum of governmental interference. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 83 OKLAHOMA TRIBES PENALIZED It is to be regretted that the Oklahoma tribes, containing almost one-third of the Indians of the United States, should have been excluded by Congress from many of the important provisions of the Wheeler-Howard Act. Through this exclusion the Oklahoma Indians lose the benefit of section 2, which automatically extends the pro¬ tective trust period on all restricted land; no new reservations can be established in Oklahoma; Oklahoma tribes cannot organize under the new act, nor can they form tribal corporations. Because they are denied the incorporation privilege, they cannot receive loans from the revolving credit fund, which loans can be made only to tribal corporations. It is hoped that Congress will amend the act so as extend all of the benefits of the legislation to all Oklahoma Indians. LAW AND ORDER The entire title creating a special court of Indian affairs was omitted and consideration of this subject adjourned until the next Congress. In view of the chaotic state of Indian law enforcement, it is important that this subject be given adequate consideration and that early remedial action be had. INDIAN CLAIMS Section 15 of the Wheeler-Howard Act declares that nothing in the statute shall prejudice or impair any Indian claim or suit against the United States. But this declaration does not cure the situation created by the snail-like pace of the hundreds of suits and claims by Indians against the Government. While these suits and claims remain unsettled, they will be used by designing white persons to prejudice the Indian mind against the Government, to raise false hopes of re¬ covering fabulous sums, and by these hopes to make more difficult the task of getting the Indians to face reality and to strive in earnest to help themselves. It is hoped that the next Congress will enact legislation designed finally to settle all Indian claims in the shortest possible time. DEFINITION OF BLOOD STATUS An important precedent is established in section 19 of the Wheeler- Howard Act, which limits the benefits of the act to persons of Indian blood who are members of a recognized tribe under Federal juris¬ diction, to descendants of such members who lived on the reservation on June 1, 1934, and to unaffiliated Indians of one-half or more Indian blood. This is the first time that the half-blood rule, effective in Canada for many years, has been even partially applied in the United States. 84 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 PROBABLE RESULTS OF THE ACT While the Wheeler-Howard Act marks a decisive shift of direction of American Indian policy, and endeavors to give the Indians not only a broad measure of economic assistance but also those “natural rights of man” mentioned by President Roosevelt in his letter of endorsement sent to the Congress, it stops far short of the ultimate goal. It is merely a beginning in the process of liberating and reju¬ venating a subjugated and exploited race living in the midst of an aggressive civilization far ahead, materially speaking, of its own. Even that beginning is oppressively difficult. To carry out the intentions of the act, to realize its potentialities even in part, and to translate them into effective action, will require the active cooperation of the Indians, the utmost of intelligent and wholly sympathetic effort by the Indian Service personnel, the assistance of many other governmental and State agencies, and continued Executive, congres¬ sional, and public support. EDUCATION Changes in Indian education in recent years have involved three major tasks: (a) Improving existing schools; ( b ) reducing and elimi¬ nating Indian boarding schools and transferring Indian children back to their own homes; (e) developing day schools that will work with adults as well as children and become real centers for Indian community life. Strengthening of the local community day school has been the most conspicuous effort of the past year and will become even more impor¬ tant under the operation of the Wheeler-Howard Act. FROM BOARDING SCHOOLS TO DAY SCHOOLS The 1933 report described the expediting of the transfer of children away from boarding schools to day schools, as intensified by economy legislation. In comparison with the approximately 22,000 Indian children in attendance at Indian boarding schools at the close of the school year 1932, the total enrollment for 1933-34 in boarding schools was about 17,500, with an average attendance of 15,000; and the number appropriated for by Congress on a boarding basis for the new fiscal year just opening is about 13,000. This decrease of 9,000 in 2 years means that the decline of the boarding school as the dominant factor in the education of Indian children is at last an accomplished fact. During the year under review, 10 Indian boarding schools were either abolished entirely or changed to community day schools: The Mount Pleasant School, Mount Pleasant, Mich., was transferred by act of Congress to the State of Michigan, and the Indian children are in public SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 85 schools, some under foster-home care. The school at Rapid City, S.Dak., was closed, and most of the children returned to Sioux reservation schools, with a few to other boarding schools. From the school at Hayward, Wis., now closed, the Indian children are being accommodated in local public schools, with the ■eventual help of additional day school facilities furnished under the Public Works program. Indian children formerly in the Genoa Indian School, Genoa Nebr., have been absorbed in local schools, both Federal and State, in Nebraska And South Dakota. Other boarding schools were closed during the year, including Fort Belknap, Mont., where the children are to be cared for in local public schools; Mescalero, N.Mex., where a complete community program waits upon necessary home rehabilitation; Browning, Mont., where the public school authorities are taking over the total educational enterprise, including partial dormitory residence for some high school pupils not able to come every day from their homes; Red Lake, Minn., where whites and Indians are combining forces in a single large school plant now under construction with Public Works funds; Standing Rock, N.Dak., where additional new construction of day schools is taking care of most of the former boarding pupils; and Tohatchi, N. Mex., where a Navajo boarding school of some two hundred children becomes a community day school of about the same number, with transportation furnished for the children living at a dis¬ tance. The reductions made in the enrollments of Indian boarding schools are probably even more significant than actual closing of schools. Gradual dropping of elementary grades, accompanied by strengthen¬ ing of the upper vocational work for older students, has transformed many of these schools. Sherman Institute, formerly estimated for on a basis of a thousand pupils, now carries 650 students, all in high- school grades. Phoenix (Ariz.) School has gone from 725 to 500 within the year; Haskell, Kans., from 900 to 600; Albuquerque, N.Mex., from 850 to 650; Chilocco, Okla., from 900 to 650. It is not claimed, of course, that elimination of Indian pupils from boarding schools constitutes necessarily any valuable change in itself, nor that this change has been accomplished without some losses. It was, however, an essential first step that had to be taken before reconstruction of the Indian educational program in terms of basic Indian needs could go forward. Some of our Indian boarding schools undoubtedly have a place in the final plan. Some are already doing much to justify their existence by providing specialized training, and may eventually have to be better supported financially in order to do this type of work with a student body of reasonable size. There will be need for a certain amount of institutional care, apart from specialized vocational and leadership training, but it is believed that the need for this institutional care can be greatly reduced by the use of foster-home placement under adequate supervision, and our staff of school social workers is working with this possibility definitely in view. 86 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 THE NEW DAY SCHOOLS One of the reasons why the Indian boarding school persisted in the past as the chief form of Indian education was the gross neglect of day- school possibilities. As with American rural education generally, it was customary in the Indian Service for teachers who succeeded to be “promoted” to the boarding school, and the day schools were likely to find themselves with the poorest possible teachers and other workers. In the new day-school program it is assumed that the best resources we have in personnel, equipment, and teaching materials and methods are to be at the disposal of those in charge. In the directions given to the architects planning the day schools made possible by the Public Works allotment this year, an attempt is made to state what it is hoped these new day schools will be: 1. The schools are to be community schools of the activity type, for the use of all members of the community, adults as well as children, and the buildings should be adapted to local needs rather than conform to any conventional school plans. The simplest possible construction should be used, with local materials and Indian labor, not only for the usual reasons inherent in the Public Works program, but as part of the Indian participation in school and com¬ munity work. 2. Even the smallest schools are to have a varied program. They are to be “one-teacher” rather than one-room schools — that is, there should be, in addi¬ tion to the main “classroom”, space for workshop, library school lunch, washing, (frequently for community washing and laundering as well as for children’s use) , and other needs that will develop for both pupils and community. 3. In schools larger than one-teacher schools there should be abundant space for shopwork, crafts, science, agriculture, music, home economics, library, play and assembly facilities, and such other school and community activities as are indicated in the detailed set-up for each school. A general community meeting place is to be assumed regardless of the size of the school. Among the locations in the Indian country where central commu¬ nity schools are being built up are the following: Pine Ridge, S.Dak., where the Oglala Boarding School is becoming a central school for the Pine Ridge area, with some day pupils, some on a 5-day boarding basis (returning to their homes for week-ends), and others remaining at the school on a more continuous boarding plan; Kyle and Allen, S.Dak., junior community schools from which older students will go to the Pine Ridge Central School; Rosebud, S.Dak., where a process similar to that just indicated for Pine Ridge is beginning to be developed; Cheyenne River, Greenwood, and Fort Thompson, S.Dak.; Turtle Mountain, N.Dak., where one of the first of the larger local com¬ munity schools is now proving its worth; Lac du Flambeau, Wis.; Cherokee, N.C., where a central school at the agency, with local community schools at Soco, Birdtown, Big Cove, and Snowbird, will provide the school nucleus for what should be a complete tribal enterprise that will take fully into account the unusual economic and social opportunities which exist at this reservation; the Pearl River School, Choctaw Agency, Miss.; the Sacaton Central School, Pima Agency, Ariz.; the Salt River Community High School, center for the Salt River Pimas; Santa Rosa, under the Sells Agency (Papago) in Arizona; Cibicue, Ariz., ryider the White River Apache Agency; San Carlos, where a large number SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 87 of former boarding school pupils are on a day basis and there are real possibilities of organizing community effort; Zuni, N.Mex., where a new central high school will emphasize native arts and crafts; Taos, N.Mex., where one of the most beautiful of the new community school plants is taking shape under the hands of skilled Indian workers; and Fort Apache, Ariz., where a central Apache school is contemplated that will eventually, it is hoped, meet some of the needs of the Apaches for training in forestry, cattle-raising, and fruit-growing. The Navajo educational program. — Need for a new type of commu¬ nity education is most strikingly illustrated in the Navajo area. The Navajos were the last of the Indian groups to be reached with school facilities; in the year just past not over 5,000 of the 13,000 children of school age were in school. It was long assumed that attendance of children at day schools in the Navajo country was impossible except in one or two places. Study of population movements by Supervisor R. M. Tisinger showed, however, that a plan involving small central schools, with bus and horseback transportation, would make day-school attendance possible for the vast majority of the Navajo children. Public Works funds were accordingly made available for the construction of local community day schools to accommodate some 3,000 Navajo children. In the meantime, beginning in July 1933, a realization of the economic emergency into which the Navajos had come as the result of overgrazing and of soil erosion had led to a determined effort on the part of the Government directed toward range control, the revival of farming, and the salvaging and rehabilitation of vegetation and of soil. Clearly, any community education program would necessarily have to start from this emergency. Merely to operate conventional, or even somewhat better than conventional, schools would help but little in the face of a swiftly disappearing life and land. The problem was, and is, to operate the new day-school enterprises in direct con¬ nection with the economic situation that has to be mastered. The Navajos have been told that schools will be provided; they have also been told that these schools must do more than supply “schooling” for their children ; that they are to be for adults as well ; that if these community education enterprises are to succeed, they must take an active part in planning and developing them. In some instances it has been necessary to explain to them that in specified areas schools must not be built at all if they will intensify the soil erosion difficul¬ ties; again, that a school in a given location will be possible only if the herders will agree to certain safeguards intended to protect the grazing area. Workers in education and in other fields in the Navajo area have searched into the Navajo needs, economic, health, and others, to learn how the new Navajo community schools may meet, more effectively than most schools do, the real needs of the people for whom they are established. The Navajo tribal council and the 88 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 local chapters of the Navajos have participated in this work of program making. It is likely that in many instances these community day-school locations in the Navajo country will coincide with local centers for administration. This fact and all the other factors in the total situa¬ tion make plain the necessity of a program not confined to school activities as generally understood. Some 15 of the centers will be ready for operation in the fall and winter, and it is hoped that prac¬ tical experience with these first ventures will help make a program that can be carried out from the central Navajo office and can unite in the educational work and the soil-saving work activities of each community. FEDERAL-STATE RELATIONS Passage of the Johnson-0’ Malley Act in April 1934 brought to a focal point the activities of the Indian Service in establishing coopera¬ tive relations with State and local school authorities for the education of Indian children. Under the Johnson-O’Malley Act it becomes possible to contract with the States for services hitherto contracted for with hundreds and even thousands of local districts. In several States, notably California and Washington, Federal education work for Indians had already been given up, and public school authorities were handling the problem. The five small Indian day schools in the Mission country of California were abandoned last year, and Hoopa Valley had been gradually becoming a State rather than a Federal school. The California legislature had long ago passed an enabling act in anticipation of the Federal legislation. Accordingly a contract was arranged with the State department of public instruc¬ tion whereby the department undertakes to provide education for Indian children in the public schools and other educational institu¬ tions of the State, Federal funds to be disbursed on the recommenda¬ tion of the State department. Sherman Institute is, for the present at least, excluded from the terms of the contract. In order to make certain that homogeneous Indian communities¬ like Fort Yuma, in the southernmost part of the State, will not be deprived of their distinctive character and their opportunities under the Wheeler-Howard Act, the following provision was agreed upon and written into the contract: [The State of California agrees] to afford special courses to Indian arts and crafts, physical and health education; and, in distinctly Indian communities, to provide an educational program designed to meet the special needs of the Indians, this program to be adopted and carried out, wherever feasible, with the advice of anthropologists acquainted with the particular Indian group and after con¬ sultation with recognized representatives of the Indians, to the end that the program shall take adequately into account the Indian community life, shall be based on Indian economic, health, and social needs, and shall encourage^ Indian participation. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 89 In Washington State no strictly Federal schools for Indian children now exist, all the Indian children being accommodated in regular public schools, and the passage of the Johnson-O’Malley Act will hasten a State- wide arrangement similar to that made in California. It should be understood that the Indian Service is not planning to turn over extensive and important Indian educational work to the States or their subdivisions except where careful preparations have been made. Most of the hoped-for gains accompanying the change from boarding schools to day schools and public schools eventuate only when adequate replacement arrangements are set up. In Nebraska, for example, where we closed the Genoa Boarding School, the total number of Indian children attending school has increased from 985 to 1,372, but increased attendance has proved to be not the only advantage. At the Winnebago-Omaha Agency, where most of these Indian children are, we have been able to provide social workers to help with the families, and a physical-education man to direct recreational activities; we have helped the local schools to introduce shop work and strengthen home economics — to the manifest advantage of white and Indian children alike — and we have increased the provision for institutional care of children who were in need of such care; all at a cost far below that of the boarding school. We recognize, of course, that the poorer public schools are likely to be where the Indians are; that these schools have been es¬ pecially hard-hit by the depression; and that in difficult financial times such schools, even more than schools elsewhere, tend to drop from their program certain of those newer elements — health and physical education, shop work, home economics, art, music — which constitute the real fundamentals. To the extent that we have been able to strengthen our Federal Indian schools in these respects (and we have made real progress here) we are naturally reluctant to turn over Indian children to local public schools unless we can get some assurance that a modern type of education will be provided. On the other hand, if we can, by the method of paying tuition for Indian children, demand and obtain desirable educational activities that would otherwise not be forthcoming, there would seem to be justifi¬ cation for taking the step in the interest of both Indian and white children. HEALTH EDUCATION One of the distinct achievements of the year is the establishment of the position of supervisor of health education and the securing of a well-known specialist in this field, Miss Sally Lucas Jean, to organize a health education program under the joint auspices of the divisions of health and education. Through the initiative of this supervisor and the cooperation of the health division, a Navajo nurse-aids institute 90 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 was held at the Santa Fe Indian school in June 1934, and of the 98 Navajo young women who attended, 25 were declared eligible for appointment as nurse-aids in the new Navajo day school centers. A specialist on health curriculum was also retained for temporary service in assisting members of the education staff of the Service in preparing materials for Indian schools on health. INDIAN RELIGION , MISSIONS, AND THE SCHOOLS For many years, anthropologists and other students of Indian affairs have been distressed at a strong tendency in the Indian schools to impress upon Indian children that Indian customs, Indian language, and Indian ways of living were necessarily bad and must be completely uprooted as part of the educational process. In an effort to counteract this tendency and set up standards of appreciation of the worth¬ while things in Indian life, Circular 2970 was issued in January 1934. Calling attention to the fact that some Indian Service officials and employees, some missionaries, and many Indians are unsympathetic to Indian religious expressions, ceremonial and art expression of Indians, and the use of Indian native languages, the Commissioner’s circular says: There are Government schools into which no trace of Indian symbolism or art or craft expression has been permitted to enter. There are large numbers of Indians who believe that their native religious life and Indian culture are frowned upon by the Government, if not actually banned. Accordingly — No interference with Indian religious life or expression will hereafter be toler¬ ated. The cultural history of Indians is in all respects to be considered equal to that of any non-Indian group. And it is desirable that Indians be bilingual — fluent and literate in the English language, and fluent in their vital, beautiful, and efficient native languages * * *. The Indian arts are to be prized, nourished, and honored. Religious instruction. — Appreciation of Indian culture does not mean that there is any intention of interfering unduly with intelligent and devoted mission effort on the part of Catholic or Protestant workers in the Indian field. It is felt that there is a valuable service to be rendered by the missions, especially in providing institutional care for certain types of underprivileged children. The school regulations covering “religious worship and instruction” were amended in January 1934 in such a way as to permit the use of boarding school premises for religious instruction, but at the same time to require specific direction from the parent and to forbid compulsion in the case of any child. As to day schools, the new regulations provide that children shall be excused for religious instruction for 1 hour a week upon the request of the parents, and that “while religious exercises are not to be held in the premises of day schools during regular SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 91 school hours,” facilities at the day school may be provided “for the use of religious instructors at times and under conditions not in conflict with the uses of the building by the Indian Service or the community.” TRAINING OPPORTUNITIES AND INDIAN EMPLOYMENT The educational loan provisions of the Wheeler-Howard Act give special point to what has so far been done in the advanced vocational and technical training of Indian youth for positions in the Indian Service and elsewhere. In 1933-34 there were 515 Indian students enrolled in colleges and universities throughout the United States, of whom 168 were assisted by Federal or tribal funds and 17 were on private scholarships secured through the efforts of the Indian Office. Among the professional and advanced vocational courses represented were: Teaching, 49; physical education, 19; home economics, 12; nursing, 11; agriculture, 8; art, 5; music, 5; medicine, 5; civil engi¬ neering, 5 ; law, 5 ; forestry, 3 ; electrical engineering, 3 ; architecture, 3; social service, 3. Surveys have been carried on during the past year in Washington, Oregon, Montana, Idaho, and northern California, to provide au¬ thentic information on which to determine the need and kinds of vocational training for Indian youth of the Northwest. Placement and guidance work for girls and women has continued in operation at Los Angeles, Phoenix, Kansas City, and Tucson. In Oakland, Calif., a cooperative arrangement has been worked out with the Young Women’s Christian Association. EDUCATION FOR NATIVES OF ALASKA The work of education for natives of Alaska, brought over as a separate activity into the Indian Service in 1931, has gradually tended to become part of the total program of Indian education under the Indian Service. In certain of its features, however, it remains distinct. The need for suitable supervision and for in-service training of teachers and workers led this past year to the inauguration of a summer demonstration school for the teachers of northern Alaska and the provision of a supervisor of elementary education for the southeastern area. Schools in isolated Alaska villages necessarily serve as community centers for many of the village activities, and upon the school and the teachers falls the duty of aiding in the solution of many communal and individual problems not always thought of as educational, nor always with a counterpart in regions outside of Alaska. Needs for the immediate future, as seen by the director of education for natives of Alaska, are a continuation of the effort to evolve an 87859—34 - 7 92 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 educational approach integrated with local needs, the establish¬ ment of a working relationship between Federal and Territorial schools, increased participation of native village organizations in school matters, extensive building replacements and repairs, additional educational supplies and materials, further supervision and aid in education, social welfare, and economic advancement, and the exten¬ sion of the educational services into untouched villages, especially in the Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta area and along the coast line east of Point Barrow. The Federal Government is, as yet, a niggardly guardian over the Alaskan Indians. HEALTH Tuberculosis, trachoma, and venereal disease continue as the prin¬ cipal Indian health scourges. Statistics on the tuberculosis rate have never been reliable, but general examinations and surveys indicate that there is at least ten times more tuberculosis among Indians than among whites. Our tuberculosis sanatoria are totally inadequate to cope with the situa¬ tion and to provide for the removal of open infective cases from the home. A special physician for tuberculosis work was appointed this year. It is only a beginning, but it is believed that the results of his work will justify the employment of many more. It is impossible, due to economy requirements, to provide hospitalization for all those needing it, but it is feasible to teach ordinary public health and pre¬ ventive measures in the homes. Trachoma is still prevalent to a grave extent. The treatment of trachoma has been carried on primarily by a small corps of 1 1 special physicians. More are needed; however, we are emphasizing the teaching of operative procedures and after-treatment technique by these special physicians to the local agency and hospital physicians. As yet, practically no public health work has been done toward the prevention of venereal disease. It is earnestly hoped that in the near future special physicians can be appointed to work toward the prevention of these diseases. Education in social hygiene, within and without the Indian schools and hospitals, is as yet almost wholly a thing of the future. INCREASING WORK WITH DECREASING BUDGET Health personnel in 1932, exclusive of supervisory personnel, some of which is detailed from the Public Health Service, consisted of 217 physicians, 401 hospital, field, and special nurses, 15 dentists, and 643 employees principally engaged in institutional work. The com¬ parable numbers for 1934 are 216, 393, 16, and 644 respectively. Appropriations actually were decreased by $369,650 during this SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 93 2-year period, notwithstanding the critical need for this type of service to the Indians. Exclusive of construction, $3,783,000 was provided for 1932, and only $3,413,350 for 1934. These latter amounts include tribal funds and appropriations for the Alaskan medical work. The increase of work done, and of overwork, is illustrated by the rise in hospital days from 508,050 in 1927 to 1,078,881 in 1933, and by the increase in out-patient treatments at hospitals from 703,141 in 1927 to 1,432,254 in 1933. COOPERATION FROM PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE The Public Health Service has continued the detail of various per¬ sonnel to the Indian Service. Routine investigations of water sup¬ plies, sewage disposal, milk production, and all problems requiring technical advice of the sanitary engineers have been continued as in the past by the detail of sanitary engineers by the Public Health Service. The Committee on Indian Affairs of the State and Provincial Health Authorities of North America is continuing its active support in developing cooperative relationships in the Indian Field Service at various state and local health agencies. THE J0HNS0N-0’ M ALLEY ACT AND HEALTH Public health activities have been stimulated by the Johnson- O’Malley Act, whose provisions are explained in the section on educa¬ tion. Whenever possible, cooperative relationships are being entered into which local health authorities, looking toward the provision of a well-rounded public health program reaching Indians and whites alike. During the year two such agreements have been made. One is with the State of North Carolina, and under its provisions, the State Board of Health, the Public Health Service and the Indian Office have organized a health district comprising the three counties in which the Eastern Cherokee Indians live. This district is now operating as a unit, with good results. In preparation for this agree¬ ment, a general health survey of the Cherokee people was carried out during the preceding fiscal year. The other cooperative agreement is with the State of Florida. Under its terms, one public health nurse has been assigned by the Indian Office to the State Board of Health of Florida for work among the Seminole Indians. This practically is the beginning of health work in behalf of the Seminoles. NEW HOSPITALS Public Works grants have been secured to construct eleven new Indian Service hospitals and to make improvements at ten existing 94 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 hospitals. In addition, the Albuquerque Tuberculosis Sanatorium was opened for patients about January 1, 1934. It is encouraging to visualize the functioning of additional hos¬ pitals in the Indian Service. However, the supply of hospital beds remains far under the demand, since Indians more and more are taking advantage of hospital facilities. The increase of hospital days, etc., has been previously mentioned. NURSING SERVICE During the past fiscal year the Health division continued to be greatly handicapped by the present slow procedure in employing nurses. Sixty-seven appointments and 71 separations were made. This tremendous turnover, which has been averaging 80 percent, may be compared with the rate of 7 percent in the Army and 11 percent for the Navy. The reason for this disastrous turnover is readily apparent. Comparison of the Indian Service’s quota of nurses to patients with that provided by other Government services follows: Nurses Attendants Vot prana* Administration 1 to 8 patients _ 1 to 6.5 patients. 1 to 2.3 patients. 1 to 1.7 patients. 0) 1 to 11 patients. Pnhlin Health Rp.rvino 1 t.n Q patipnts Armv 1 tn ID patipnts Navy 1 to 20 i patipnts. Indian Servioe _ 1 to 14.8 patients _ _ 1 These are all supervisory nurses, the corpsmen doing the routine ward work. Indian Service nurses work, on the average, from 58 to 66 hours a week. The work-week of nurses in other services is from 40 to 48 hours. The results are obvious — long hours, overwork, physical breakdown, making it quite impossible to maintain and operate an efficient nursing service. Through special efforts made during the last session of Congress, a sum was obtained for employing 45 additional nurses. Relief sought for several years has finally been obtained in part. However, the work-week for nursing personnel has not been greatly diminished. An additional burden to the hospital nurse is the necessity of doing heavy clerical work. Ninety- three public health nurses in the field are the nucleus for our public-health programs. The success of their work has created a demand for additional public-health nurses. The supervisory service over this field force is utterly inadequate. It is now possible for the supervisor of nurses to visit each nurse only once every several years. With our new program of public health developing as it is, a more extensive supervisory service must be attempted. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 95 DENTAL SERVICE Inadequate personnel, the isolation and scattered distribution of the Indian population, and the lack of local facilities for furnishing dental treatment, make it impossible to provide an adequate dental service for more than a small percentage of the Indians. There are 11 whole-time and 14 part-time dentists for all the Indians of the United States and the natives of Alaska. CRIPPLED CHILDREN During the fiscal year an attempt was made to learn the number of crippled Indian children. The result is a statistical file in the office of the Health Division, giving the names, ages, and addresses, with a diagnosis, of 770 crippled Indian children. Most of these deformities are due to congenital dislocations of the hip and tuberculosis. Many need immediate treatment. If taken in time many of these con¬ ditions, especially the congenital dislocations, can be cured. We deeply hope that steps can be taken to start some sort of remedial work. PERSONNEL Dr. M. C. Guthrie, director of health, was relieved by Senior Surgeon J. G. Townsend, United States Public Health Service, on December 28, 1933. Dr. F. I. Proctor has been appointed as consultant in trachoma, at $1 a year. Dr. W. W. Peter has been appointed as chief health officer and director of medical activities for the Navajo area. ALASKA MEDICAL SERVICE For the 29,983 Indians and Eskimos of Alaska, we have a medical force of a director, 6 full-time physicians, 5 part-time physicians, 1 traveling dentist, 15 hospital nurses, 23 public health village nurses, and 32 minor employees, making a total of 82. Mention should be made of, and credit given to, the United States Coast Guard, whose officers, physicians and dentists in Alaska have extended their facilities most cordially to the Indian Service and have themselves rendered valuable medical and dental assistance to the natives at villages reached by the Coast Guard vessels. Tuberculosis continues to be the most prevalent disease among the natives. Facilities for its prevention and care are sadly inadequate. There is urgent immediate need for the construction of hospitals at Ketchikan, Seward, and Bethel, for the replacement of the present inadequate hospital at Kanakanak, and for the addition of a tuberculo¬ sis wing to the hospital at Kotzebue. Additional traveling public 96 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 health nurses are also needed to instruct the natives in disease pre¬ vention, in sanitation, and in child care; to provide follow-up work for discharged hospital cases; and to work for immunization against contagious and infectious diseases. Concerning whole populations of natives in Alaska, it can be said: A modern health service must be furnished them if they are to survive ; only a beginning as yet has been made. INDIAN LAND The activities of the land division involve matters of so varied a nature as to preclude describing them in detail in this report. These activities include work in land acquisition, mineral rights and leases, allotments of land in severalty, enrollment of individual Indians, tribal litigation in the Court of Claims, legislation, and hunting and fishing rights. LAND ACQUISITION Pursuant to the act of June 14, 1934 (Public No. 352), approxi¬ mately 1,000,000 acres will be added to the Navajo Indian Reservation in Arizona. This acreage consists of public domain interspersed with privately owned lands. The latter are to be acquired through exchange and purchase as authorized by the act. The passage of this act is another step forward in completing plans formulated 2% years ago for rounding out the then existing Navajo Reservation. Three steps were involved. The first was the acquisition of the so-called “Paiute Strip”, and the second step was the rounding out of the bound¬ ary line in Arizona. These two steps have been consummated, and the remaining step, which is to round out the reservation boundary in New Mexico, will no doubt be accomplished within the coming legislative year. A bill for that purpose was introduced during the last session of Congress and was passed in the Senate and was before the House for consideration at the time the last Congress adjourned. Legislation was obtained, embodied in the act of May 23, 1934 (Public No. 247, 73d Cong.), authorizing the exchange and consoli¬ dation of Indian and privately owned lands within the checkerboard area reserved as an addition to the Fort Mojave Reservation by Executive order of February 2, 1911. Under authority of the act of June 7, 1924 (43 Stat. 636) as amended by the act of May 31, 1933 (48 Stat. 108), the following purchases of land within certain Pueblo reservations in New Mexico have been made during the past year. Pueblo Area in acres Cost Nam be ( 4 separate t rants) _ .. . . . 33. 89 13. 38 $3, 460 1,000 Santo Domingo SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 97 Several purchases for the benefit of other Pueblos are pending. Pursuant to section 3 of the act of May 31, 1933 (48 Stat. 108), regulations were promulgated September 28, 1933, governing the disbursement of compensation to white settlers or non-Indian claim¬ ants within the various pueblos, who were found by the Pueblo Lands Board to have occupied and claimed land in good faith but whose claim to title was not sustained by the board. Payment has been made to practically all of the claimants, except in a few cases where the claimant is deceased and the heirs are undetermined; also in a few cases where the claimant has appealed from the award made by the board. Appropriate action to clear such cases is being taken. Just before the end of the fiscal year the Indian Office received tentative approval for the purchase of a half million acres pf land under the submarginal land-purchase program. A staff was organized and began work in the field before the close of the year. SUBSISTENCE HOMESTEADS Late in the fiscal year, the Indian Service received tentative approval from the Subsistence Homestead Division of the Department of the Interior to construct five or six Indian homestead projects under the provisions of section 208 of the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933. Studies were immediately started and plans developed for procedure on this work. MINERALS The last fiscal year marked the extension of the Cut Bank oil field into the eastern side of the Blackfeet Indian Reservation in Montana. This field, now definitely established, is perhaps the largest potential oil-producing area in the world and may yield the Blackfeet Indians a substantial royalty income for a number of years. Under the terms of existing leases a number of additional wells within the boundaries of the Indian reservation in this field are to be drilled during the coming year, in response to insistent demands of the Black¬ feet Tribal Council. The oil is a very good grade of light oil of about 40° A.P.I. gravity. Most of the crude oil is marketed in Canada. So far, no dry holes have been drilled in this field. The wells are not large producers, the initial production ranging from about 30 barrels per day to 150 barrels per day. Construction work has been started on a new pipe line from the Cut Bank field to Coutts, Alberta, Canada. The line will be a welded line of about 30 miles in length. One 80,000-barrel tank and two 10,000-barrel tanks are to be erected. The Maverick Springs field, Shoshone Reservation, Wyo., remained practically dormant during the year. There is a very limited de¬ mand for the oil produced from this field, which is a heavy black oil of low gravity, although a very good road oil. 98 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The tribal lease in the Soap Creek oil field, Crow Reservation, Mont., has been assigned and a new well is being drilled further to test this field. This is the first drilling activity in this area since the original discovery wells were completed approximately 12 years ago. The oil from this field is also heavy black oil of low gravity, valuable principally for road-building purposes. A unit plan of operation has been arranged among the several lessees in the Soap Creek field, and it is probable that it may yet prove to be of considerable value to the Indians and the operators as well. New oil-producing areas of considerable proportions were proved in the Osage Reservation during the year. Considerable increased interest in Osage leases was thereby revived, and the economic status t)f the Osage Tribe has been materially improved. A plan for operating and developing the areas has been approved by the Petro¬ leum Administrative Board and is being carried out through coopera¬ tion with the Oklahoma State Corporation Commission. The Osage Tribal Council has employed attorneys with the approval of the Department to attempt to recover alleged excessive deductions for impurities in oil made by purchasing companies over and above actual losses sustained by them. The claim, if substantiated, may recover several millions of dollars. Further repressuring experimentation by the injection of gas into the partially exhausted oil sands was approved during the year and resulted in a considerable increase in production of oil from the Wilcox sand in Oklahoma fields. The result indicates a very favor¬ able outlook, and doubtless pressure restoration to increase recovery will be resorted to in other wells producing from the Wilcox sand. There are about 1,036 producing leases of restricted allotted Indian lands in Oklahoma, and, including the 9,371 producing tribal Osage wells, there are in the State of Oklahoma a total of 14,188 producing oil and gas wells on restricted Indian lands. Approxi¬ mately one-half million acres are under lease, besides practically the entire Osage Reservation which is leased for gas-mining purposes. There are now 33 producing wells on the Navajo Reservation in New Mexico. Over $1,000,000 has been received in royalties since their initial discovery approximately 13 years ago. Forty- two coal mines were under active operation covering lands under the jurisdiction of the Five Civilized Tribes Agency, and 388,094 tons of coal were mined, producing an income of $49,696.29. Public Works Project No. 63, operating within the area of the Choctaw and Chickasaw segregated coal lands for the purpose of controlling surface and subsurface water, was assigned to the United States Geological Survey engineer in charge of the coal mines in this district The benefits to these coal lands are very gratifying. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 99 During the fiscal year 1934 there was an average of 17 large mine, ore, and tailing mills in operation on restricted Quapaw Indian lands, as compared with 6 such mills during the prior fiscal year. These mills constituted 42 percent of the average number of mills in operation in the tri-State district for the year. The total value of lead and zinc concentrates mined and sold from these lands was $2,568,307.39. The Indians’ royalties amounted to $245,842.23. Considerable beneficial work was done in these lead and zinc mining fields, also under Public Works Project No. 63-Q, in the control of surface and subsurface water. ALLOTMENTS The policy of this administration has been opposed to the further allotment in severalty of reservation lands. The Wheeler-Howard Act, passed June 18, 1934, (Public, No. 383, 73d Cong.) repealed all existing allotment laws and effectively puts an end to the making of further allotments from existing tribal lands. During the early part of the fiscal year 1934, due to valid rights previously initiated, a total of 48 individual Indians were allotted 1,421.55 acres of tribal lands as follows: Reservation Number of allotments Acreage Hoopa Valley, Calif _ ■ _ _ ... . 40 638. 25 White Earth, Minn.. 1 160. 00 Standing Rock, N.Dak _ 1 159. 13 Quinaielt _ - _ _ _ _ _ 6 464. 17 Total _ _ _ 48 1,421.55 In addition, allotments were made to eight individual Indians on the public domain and in national forests, embracing a total of 835.68 acres. The prohibition against further allotments contained in the Wheeler-Howard Act does not apply to Indians living on the public domain or in national forests. During the past year 25 fee patents, issued during the trust period without application from the individual Indian, have been canceled under authority of the acts of February 26, 1927 (44 Stat. 1247) and February 21, 1931 (46 Stat. 1205), bringing the total number of such cancelations to 401. In addition, several patents have been canceled during the past year by decrees of the Federal courts as the result of suits brought by the Federal Government. In one of these suits, the sum of $986.26 was recovered for the benefit of the allottee, represent¬ ing taxes paid by her ( United States v. Comanche County , Oklahoma, 6 Fed. Supp. 401). Other suits have been instituted, involving approximately 50 allotments, and 60 additional cases are about ready to be submitted to the Department of Justice for appropriate action. 100 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Interpretation of the Mexican Kickapoo Act of June 21, 1906 (34 Stat. 325-363) finally reached the Supreme Court of the United States, and a decision favorable to the Government was handed down on November 6, 1933, which, it is expected, will be the basis for a number of suits to clear title to Mexican Kickapoo allotments ( United States v. F. H. Reily, 290 U.S. 33). Steps have been taken to obtain from the field the necessary infor¬ mation as to land values, preparatory to making appropriate recom¬ mendation to Congress on account of claims for “Lost allotments” for the Sioux Indians, which have been adjudicated under the act of May 3, 1928 (45 Stat.L., 484). The original plan was to make allotments in such cases where land was available which could be used for the pur¬ pose ; but in view of the prohibition against allotments embodied in the Wheeler-Howard Act, it will be necessary to obtain appropriations sufficient to cover all claims of this nature. LITIGATION Comprehensive reports were submitted to the Department of Justice on six cases in the Court of Claims against the United States: the Nez Perce case, no. K-107; the California case, no. K-344; the Ponca Indians of Oklahoma and Nebraska, no. L-4; the Quinaielt case, no. L-23; the Warm Springs case, no. M-112; and the North¬ western Shoshone case, no. M-167. Reports were prepared and were pending June 30 on the Pillager Indian case, no. M-387; and the Saginaw, Swan Creek, and Black River case, no. H-211. Another report, which had been prepared and was pending June 30, was on a tentative stipulation of facts in Chippewa case no. H-192. The report was not signed, however, until July 19, 1934. A tribal roll of the Uintah, White River, and Uncompahgre Bands of Ute Indians of the Uintah and Ouray Agency, Utah, was approved, for the purpose of paying out about $1,000,000 appropriated for these Indians, under the act of February 13, 1931 (46 Stat.L., 1092), to cover certain claims, in lieu of submitting the claims to the United States Court of Claims for adjudication. The Five Civilized Tribes have filed in the aggregate 59 suits against the United States in the Court of Claims, in which were set forth the claims of these tribes against the United States aggregating more than $500,000,000. Of these suits, 17 were instituted by the Creek Nation, 11 by the Seminole Nation, 9 by the Cherokee Nation, 1 by the Eastern or Emigrant Cherokee group, 1 by the Old Settler or Western Cherokee group, 3 by the Eastern or Emigrant Cherokee group and Old Settler or Western Cherokee group jointly, 5 by the Choctaw Nation, 5 by the Chickasaw Nation, and 7 by the Choctaw and Chickasaw Nations jointly. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 101 Of the above-mentioned 59 suits, the Court of Claims, prior to this fiscal year, rendered decisions adverse to the Indian nations in 4 cases, and in 2 other cases dismissed the petitions at the request of the plaintiff Indian nations. In two of the cases in which adverse decisions to the Indian nations had been rendered, the court has permitted the cases to be reopened and amended petitions filed. During the present fiscal year the Court of Claims rendered decisions adverse to the Indian nations in two cases but later permitted one of the cases to be reopened and amended petitions filed. Two other cases were dismissed on request of the plaintiff Indian nations. On March 13, 1933, the Court of Claims rendered a decision in favor of the Creek Nation in one case in the net sum of $86,823.19, but the Supreme Court of the United States on April 11, 1934, granted to the United States a writ of certiorari to said court where the case is now pending. On December 4, 1933, the Court of Claims rendered decision in another case in favor of the Creek Indian Nation in the sum of $144,106.01. No further action was taken on behalf of the United States in this case, and an appropriation (act of June 19, 1934, Public, 412, 73d Cong.) was made for payment of the judgment of the court. There are 49 cases now pending in the Court of Claims and one case pending in the Supreme Court of the United States. The Department of the Interior furnished during the present fiscal year 11 reports to the Attorney General relative to these suits and the matters involved. Prior to the present fiscal year 15 reports were furnished the Attorney General concerning these pending cases and the matters involved. Reports for the information of the Attorney General as to other pending suits and the matters involved are in course of preparation. PROBATE WORK This division is made up of 4 professional employees in the Wash¬ ington office, 16 in the various reservations, and 7 probate attorneys in Oklahoma. Its function is to probate the estates of all Indians who die leaving trust property. Here the Indian is followed from the cradle to the grave, and in the division of his material wealth all his sins and virtues are exposed to view. At the present moment, estates origi¬ nating from the Civil War are now being determined, and the legal and social customs of the Indian during all that period enter into each case. During the past year the heirs have been determined in 2,092 estates; yet the work is never up to date. This division is the clear¬ ing house for all inquiries relative to Indian estates. Senators, Congressmen, prospective heirs, beneficiaries under wills, and the general public claim daily attention. 102 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Probate work is done for the Indian at minimum expense, estates valued at less than $250 carrying no fee. The minimum fee is $20, and no fee in excess of $75 may be charged regardless of the value of the estate. Because of the volume of work, these small fees make the division practically self-sustaining. All decrees and final orders relative to these estates, save those of the Five Civilized Tribes of Oklahoma, must have the approval of the Secretary of the Interior. From his decision there is no appeal. Consequently the work of the experts of this division is most exact¬ ing. Careful reviews of each case are made to prevent error, and should one creep in, the Secretary may and does, either on applica¬ tion or of his own motion, remedy the situation. On July 1, 1934, the entire Probate Division was transferred to the Solicitor of the Secretary’s Office, including the seven probate attorneys in Oklahoma. Under the act of January 27, 1933 (Pub., 322, 72d Cong.), these attorneys are restored to jurisdiction over all probate proceedings in their respective districts. EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK Emergency Conservation Work was set up by the act of March 31, 1933, but since funds were not available until June 20, work did not begin, except on a few reservations, until July 1933. Regula¬ tions were liberalized to give to the Indian Service the supervision over this work on Indian reservations, including the disbursement of funds and employment of personnel. FUNDS A total of $12,375,200 has been allotted. Of this amount $11,091,872 was allotted to field units. The balance was retained for future allotments, and to supplement the amount made available for the fiscal year 1935. ENROLLMENT— EMPLOYMENT Enrollment was open to Indians over 18 years of age able to perform ordinary labor and free from communicable disease. The maximum number of enrolled men on the pay roll at any one time was about 13,000. For the entire year, July 1933 to June 30, 1934, the average monthly number of enrolled men em¬ ployed is 9,600. However, through the “ staggering” of employ¬ ment the number of Indians put at work in the months of maximum employment was 20,833. Some of the agencies staggered employ¬ ment so effectively that it is quite possible that some 25,000 different Indians were on the Indian emergency conservation work pay rolls at one time or another during the year. This would indicate that SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 103 approximately 80,000 to 100,000 Indians have benefited from emergency conservation work. The number of supervisory jobs has been kept under strict control. Indians were given preference from the outset in filling all such jobs; and they have taken over as rapidly as they could be trained. It was necessary in addition to employ technically trained men, such as foresters and engineers. Few Indians could qualify for these positions. However, a large number of group foremen, mechanics, machine operators, camp assistants, assistants, and assistant foremen have been Indians. Regular forestry employees of the Indian Service supervised emergency conservation work for gpveral months. As their own work suffered on this account, it was necessary for us to get qualified men to relieve them, thus enabling the forestry men to return in part to their regular duties. The following table shows the number of Indians and non-Indians in supervisory and facilitating positions: Indians Non- Indians Total November 1933... . . . 404 560 964 December _ _ 358 462 820 January 1934 _ _ _ _ _ 366 496 862 February _ _ _ _ _ 381 383 764 March _ _ _ _ _ _ 455 385 840 April _ _ _ _ _ _ 523 402 925 May . . . . . . . . 555 454 1,009 June . . . . . 604 469 1,073 Under the liberalized plan approved by Director Fechner, Indians were permitted to work from their own camps or from their homes, according to choice. The rate of pay for Indians was the same as that given whites in the C.C.C. camps, a cash allowance of $30 per month, with quarters and food if camps were provided. Indians were even permitted to work on a day basis. Work was limited to 20 days per month, at $1.50 per day, to keep within the cash allowance of $30 per month authorized by the President. Where it was not desirable to establish camps, Director Fechner authorized the Indian Office to pay each Indian, not provided with quarters and subsistence, the commutation allowance of 60 cents per day. Thus, if an Indian was lodged and subsisted by the Government he received $30 per month cash ; if he lived at home and subsisted himself, he received $42 per month, or payment at the rate of $2.10 per day for each day worked less than the monthly maximum of 20 days. The family camp was an interesting development. Indian fami¬ lies moved their tents close to work projects. As they furnished their own quarters and subsisted themselves, they received commutation of quarters and subsistence. This arrangement cost the Government much less than the construction, equipment, and maintenance of camps. 104 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 HEALTH— ACCIDENTS The health of the Indians has been enormously benefited, a natural consequence of healthy outdoor work and good food. At the start, the expense of feeding the Indians was quite high, but we made no effort to check it, realizing that sooner or later the Indian appetite would adjust itself. From many reservations we have had reports that the average weight increase was from 5 to 8 pounds per man, solid flesh and muscle, due to good food and healthful occupation. On the Osage Reservation in Oklahoma an amusing contrast is shown — many of the Indians actually lost weight and benefited by it. Reports of accidents and illnesses on the various reservations through March 31, 1934, showed only 7 cases of illness and 44 minor accidents. These reports are undoubtedly incomplete, however. But 13 deaths were reported and 4 of these were not work-connected. PRODUCTION ACCOMPLISHMENTS The achievements by Indians in this campaign of hard manual work are among the proud exploits of their race. During the fiscal year, Indians in the Indian emergency conservation work completed the following major quantities of new construction at 78 jurisdictions in 22 States — besides heavy maintenance work and an array of miscel¬ laneous items of new construction: Forestry Range improvement Telephone lines _ miles _. 2, 060 Truck or horse trails _ do _ 2, 772 Bridges _ units . . 415 Fire lanes _ miles. _ 543 Trailside clearing _ do _ 810 Stand improvement or reduction of fire hazards. .square miles. _ 15 Insect pest (tree) _ do _ 49 Fighting forest fires man-days. 22, 169 Check dams (erosion) __ units __ 25, 439 Stock water reservoirs__do _ 1, 067 Springs and wells developed units. _ 1, 042 Corrals _ do _ 66 Range and other fences _ miles _ _ 2,558 Driveways for stock _ do _ 166 Rodent control-square miles. _ 4, 795 Elimination of useless range stock _ .head.. 46, 972 The benefits to the Indians physically and morally have been incal¬ culable. The benefits to the reservations have materially increased the value of the Indian holdings. It is difficult to estimate the actual increase. In some instances it will not be fully measurable until years have passed, but we believe the immediate benefits in money values are greater than the amount of money expended for such improve¬ ments. Tribal authorities have passed upon the projects, wherever tribal organization existed. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 105 DISBURSEMENTS Of the sums disbursed by the Indian emergency conservation work through March 31, 1934, pay roll (including shelter and subsistence or commutation thereof, and team hire with services) accounted for 72.73 percent; purchases of heavy equipment accounted for 6.12 per¬ cent; while purchases of supplies for field work accounted for 11.40 percent. Of the total pay roll, 86.86 percent went to Indian enrolled men or to Indian supervisors and skilled laborers. All but 16.09 per¬ cent of the total pay roll went to enrolled men. Purchases of expensive equipment were kept to a minimum consistent with efficient work. LEADER TRAINING CAMPS Four leader camps were established — one each at Yakima, Mescalero, Fort Apache, and Western Navajo. Two hundred and twenty-two Indians were enrolled at the 4 camps; 211 finished the course and received final rating. These leader camps appear to be well worth while, and if conditions permit we hope to have at least four more during the coming year. The Indians earned and learned. Projects were soil erosion, forestation, and kindred subjects. MISCELLANEOUS The training of Indians for leadership has been a major objective from the first. The set-up has been arranged so that gradual steps may be taken by Indians. The enrolled man may be promoted to assistant leader at $36; then to leader at $45; to subforeman at $100 gross; to assistant foreman at $135 gross; to group foreman, maximum $167 gross. Project managerships are also available. There were about 1,560 assistant leaders and leaders on June 30, 1934. Wrages of Indians have been saved by withholding, in many in¬ stances, part of the earnings. Approximately $500,000 was withheld up to March 31, 1934. This reserve will prove invaluable to the Indians later on. Director Fechner has given sympathetic consideration to every request made by us and has cordially cooperated in advancing the work. “ INDIANS AT WORK ” The mimeographed semimonthly magazine, Indians at Work, has been in increasing demand, not only by Indians and Indian Service personnel, but also by schools, organizations, and individual friends of Indians. 106 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 FORESTRY The work of the Forestry Division embraces the administration of about 8 million acres of forest land and about 36 million acres of range land. These two activities are both aspects of land conserva¬ tion. They overlap on most of the reservations where there is any timber, for the practice of silviculture directly affects the character of the forage, while the degree of range control is often a determining factor in the success of the silviculture. The fundamental objective of both forest and range management in the Indian Office is to use these natural resources in a way which will preserve their productivity and at the same time furnish the maximum possible economic and social benefit to the Indians. Our administration of these resources during the fiscal year of 1934 has been more successful in the former than in the latter respect. LOGGING OPERATIONS There have been active logging operations on the White River Apache, Klamath, Colville, Menominee, Neah Bay, and Quinaielt Reservations. On the first two reservations the silvicultural prac¬ tice has been excellent; on the third it has been as good as possible with a very difficult stand of timber with which to work; on the fourth we have cut much too heavily, but plan to remedy this mal¬ practice during the coming year; on the fifth and sixth we have clear-cut the forest, as everyone else in the huge Puget Sound timber does, but we are going to stop this disastrous practice, even though we shall have to work out new methods of selective cutting. GRAZING MANAGEMENT Grazing of more than domestic stock takes place on over 50 different reservations. So far as we have yet heard about or observed there is serious overgrazing on only three. These are the Navajo, Hopi, and Papago. In each case the stock is owned by the Indians themselves, and this makes stock reduction much more difficult than would be the case if the range were used by outside lessees. Disaster from erosion and forage destruction are inevitable if we do not make large stock reductions promptly. Thoroughly effective grazing management is almost impossible when the range is broken up into the large number of small allotments which characterize almost all of the grazing reservations except those in the Southwest. The Wheeler-Howard Act stops further allot¬ ments but does not provide any very speedy means of restoring the present broken-up grazing lands into large, singly owned units. To overcome the difficulty of divided ownership in natural range units the power-of-attorney system was devised several years ago by SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 107 which individual Indians gave the superintendent the right to grant permits for the use of their land. This worked splendidly where the Indians were satisfied with it, but some tribes, notably the Crows and Blackfeet, did not want to give the superintendent so much power. To meet their complaint we have devised a new system, by which individual Indians will be given a restricted privilege to lease their land to the high bidder on the unit of which their allotment is a part for not less than the bid price, and subject to all grazing regulations. This gives us the two things we are after: solid units and range control. It also gives the Crows and Blackfeet what they want- direct dealing with the lessee. INDIAN OPERATION SOUGHT We are still falling down badly in helping the Indians to get the maximum economic and social value for their forest and range. This necessitates that they should use it themselves instead of leasing the privilege to someone else. Using their own resources would give the Indians a much larger income than at present, for they could not only receive the value of their stumpage prices or grazing fees, but also they would make wages; and if their enterprises were properly managed they should be able to make at least as much profit as has come in the past to the lumber and livestock industries. Furthermore, there would be the immense social value of having the Indians working for their income. The Wheeler-Howard Act, authorizing the appropriation of $10,000,000 for loans to Indian tribes, communities, or individuals, should help to make possible the use of the Indian resources by the Indians themselves. Through capital borrowed from the Govern¬ ment the Indians on most of the reservations should be able to pur¬ chase either their own sawmills and logging equipment or a foundation livestock herd with which to utilize their forest and range. DECENTRALIZATION NEEDED It seems very important to the satisfactory administration of the Forestry Division that many of the decisions now made in Washington affecting land and individuals 3,000 miles away should hereafter be made in the field, either on the reservations or in the district offices. In order to bring about this decentralization it will be necessary to rewrite our forestry and grazing regulations. 87859—34 - 8 108 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 ROADS On August 14, $4,000,000 of Public Works funds were allotted to the Indian Service for road construction. The following figures indicate the results obtained by April 1, 1934: 1,450 miles of new road constructed. 1,957 culverts constructed. 2,941 miles of old road improved. 11,804 Indians employed. 330 miles of road graveled. 505 Indians in skilled positions. 345 bridges constructed. 445 white men in skilled positions. 146 old bridges repaired. We feel that this is a creditable showing. Statistics as of June 30 are not available from the 70 Indian agencies where roads were con¬ structed; it is estimated, however, that the figures for new roads, bridges, etc., will be increased approximately 25 percent. It is the policy of the Indian Service to construct secondary roads to serve the needs of the Indians and for the administration of their property. Careful consideration is given to secure the best location of each road, to secure good alignment and easy grades so that no money will have been wasted should it ever be decided to improve these roads to a higher standard in the future. Everywhere the over¬ head costs have been kept to the minimum. Fully 75 percent of the money expended has gone into the Indian laborers’ pockets. The balance has gone for machinery, bridge timbers, engineering, etc. Very little road work has been done by contract. It has been found that more Indian employment was possible and better general results obtained through supervision by the Indian Service of its own road work under force account. Close cooperation is maintained with the county and State highway officials as well as with the Bureau of Public Roads of the Department of Agriculture on all roads on or near Indian reservations in which there is mutual interest. Where local counties are financially unable to improve county roads that cross Indian lands and which serve the Indians, the Indian Service cooperates in improving such roads by furnishing Indian labor and the counties the necessary machinery, engineering, and supervision. The allotment of $4,000,000 of Public Works funds has served two worthy purposes: The provision of much needed improved roads; and employment for destitute Indians. Road work can be done in every community of every reservation, and at a time of the year when the Indians are not busy with their crops or doing other work. The Indians are enthusiastic about their road programs and are learning rapidly to assume responsible positions that heretofore have been filled only by whites. The figures above tabulated indicate how rapidly they are filling the skilled positions. Road construction offers a good opportunity to train them to repair and handle all kinds of SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 109 machinery and to assume the entire supervision of road construction and road improvements on their reservations. IRRIGATION During the year the Secretary of the Interior approved the reorgan¬ ization of the administrative set-up of Indian irrigation projects; the consolidation of the irrigation personnel of the various projects with the regular agency personnel; and the turning over of responsibility for purely Indian projects to the local superintendents as soon as plans therefor could be perfected. Major projects, especially those containing considerable portions of non-Indian lands, will continue directly under the supervision of the irrigation division, at least until completion of the construction program. This will not only vest local administrative supervision and responsibility with the head of each unit, but will also result in a better correlated unit-program. The supervising engineers will thus be relieved of a large portion of admin¬ istrative duties, permitting a greater portion of time to be spent on technical duties and advisory work. PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS Shortly after the beginning of the year the Public Works Adminis¬ tration allotted $6,164,050 for construction work on irrigation projects on the various Indian reservations throughout the arid and semiarid Western States. Subsequent allotments totaling $789,000 were received for additional work necessitated by flood and storm damages and for the carrying out of an urgently needed well program on the San Carlos project, Arizona. These funds, totaling in all $6,953,050, are to be expended in the development, storage, and distribution of water to the irrigable lands on the several reservations. Through the end of the fiscal year an actual total of 318,801 man-days of work had been done, of which approximately 56 percent, or 177,680, was by Indians. In the Southwest area $1,274,050 was allotted principally for the development of new projects and in part for the rehabilitation or enlargement of existing projects, involving the construction of numer¬ ous small storage and diversion structures and many miles of main canals and lateral distributary systems. In addition to this, protec¬ tion from flash floods typical in the southwestern part of the country has been provided either directly from special structures or indirectly from irrigation construction operations. The new projects in this area, either completed or soon to be completed, consist principally of rela¬ tively small developments, ranging in size from a few acres to several hundred acres, constructed for subsistence farming by the Indians. In addition to direct irrigation and flood control work in the South- 110 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 west, the irrigation division was busy with the location and develop¬ ment of water for domestic and stock consumption as well as for use at the many day schools being constructed in that area. In the northern and northwestern States, the available Public Works funds were used for the completion in toto or in part of the major Indian irrigation projects and the rehabilitation of such projects for more efficient and economical operation. Water supply work on the Flathead project, Montana, is being completed with the receipt of Public Works funds. DROUGHT MEASURES On several of the projects it was necessary to prorate the available water on a greatly curtailed per-acre basis, due to the widespread water shortage. A rotation system of distribution of such water was adopted where feasible and every effort made to conserve the reduced supply. In a great many instances it was necessary to waive existing regulations prohibiting delivery of water until current and all past due charges had been paid, by permitting delivery of water upon payment of current charges and execution of promissory notes ade¬ quately secured by chattel mortgages for the unpaid balance from previous years. This action afforded temporary relief which cannot be made permanent until and unless general economic conditions continue to improve. ROUTINE OPERATIONS During the year numerous engineering investigations were made in connection with the proposed construction work. Routine operation and maintenance work was carried on at the various projects, con¬ sisting of canal and lateral rehabilitation, enlargement and extension, structure replacement and water distribution. Legal activities con¬ sisted of the study of various water rights, proposed and pending liti¬ gation, and the drafting and review of numerous contracts covering the division’s activities. Favorable progress was made toward the final settlement of the so-called “ Gila River Adjudication Suit ” by way of consent decree. The proposed decree, approved both by the Secretary of the Interior and the Attorney General as drafted, while not entirely satisfactory, represents the most in the way of water-right recognition and safeguards that could be secured in the circum¬ stances. Supplemental repayment contracts were entered into be¬ tween the Government and both the Flathead and the Mission irrigation districts, Flathead Reservation, Mont. A decision favor¬ able to the United States was rendered by the Circuit Court of Appeals, Ninth Circuit, in the “Moody litigation” when it directed the local district court to dismiss the cases for lack of necessary parties. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 111 Operations by the Middle Rio Grande conservancy district under its contract for irrigation and flood protection work benefiting several of the New Mexico pueblos, progressed very satisfactorily with the completion of numerous features of its approved plan. On several of the benefited pueblos subjugation by the Indians of newly reclaimed areas was successfully undertaken, with the Indians actively inter¬ ested in the work. EXTENSION AND INDUSTRY This division is working toward better living conditions among Indians, principally by encouraging them to help themselves. The reservation extension programs are worked out in cooperation with the Indians, and the work is steadily becoming better organized and its purposes better understood by the Indians. The agricultural statistics given herewith are for the calendar year 1933. INDIAN ORGANIZATIONS There are 604 Indian organizations through which extension pro¬ grams are promoted, with an active membership of 16,631 men and 9,734 women; a total of 1,228 Indian men and 1,330 women assisted with our various local programs. Chapter houses, which serve as local community centers, are built as meeting places for these organizations. There are now 131 such houses, 26 having been built during the past year. The Extension Division is making increased use of Indian leadership in forwarding its program. AGRICULTURE The agricultural program of the Extension Division is planned to help the Indians to provide more food for themselves, and a more nearly adequate supply of feed for their livestock. Commercial farming for cash-crop production is not neglected, but its importance is secondary. As in 1932, garden and crop acreages showed satisfactory increases in 1933. Harvests, however, were meager. The full force of the 1933 drought was felt on the Oklahoma, Dakota, and Montana reserva¬ tions, and it was severe on many others. A 3-year comparison of garden work on 44 jurisdictions shows the following results f Year Acreage Number of families growing gardens Size (acres) 1931 . . . 13, 250 19, 869 21, 231 15, 251 18, 358 21,309 0. 868 1932 . . . 1. 072 1933 . . . . .996 112 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Indians on 73 reservations operated 30,278 farms in 1933, totaling 604,346 acres. These figures, plus the fact that 58 percent of all families were engaged in farming activities, indicate the realization by the Indians of the necessity of producing a large part of their living from the land. Cooperation was given the Agricultural Adjustment Administration in reducing acreages of certain crops, LIVESTOCK Extension activities in livestock included 1,577 demonstrations and 492 demonstration meetings, at which 8,210 Indians were in attend¬ ance. A total of 2,014 improved sires were purchased. Sheep are definitely finked with the welfare of large numbers of Indian people, especially those living in the Southwest. Improve¬ ment in sheep and wool is receiving attention, but the overgrazed con¬ dition of the range in this section precludes as much improvement as should be made until a program of livestock reduction is put into force. Approximately 86,000 sheep were sold to the Federal Surplus Relief Corporation during the year, relieving conditions considerably. The numbers of Indian-owned swine have increased to 17,328. Poultry keeping among Indian people is a comparatively new business. Turkey raising assumes commercial importance on some reservations, $21,354 worth having been sold in 1933. A total of 602 poultry demonstrations were given. 4-H CLUB WORK A total of 319 organized clubs carried projects with a membership of 1,409 boys and 1,915 girls, of whom 2,398 members completed their work, or 72 percent of those enrolled — an outstanding percentage. HOME EXTENSION WORK Indian women are working conspicuously well with our extension staff. Tangible results of their cooperation are shown in the following figures: In 1933, 3,855 families adopted improved nutrition practices, as against approximately 100 in 1931. As a result of canning and drying demonstrations, 775,318 pounds of fruit, vegetables, and meats were dried, and 532,396 quarts canned. Under Extension Division auspices 42,199 pieces of clothing were made. Four special projects — home¬ made furniture, home care, home yard care, and the improvement of bedding — were carried on our program in cooperation with the General Federation of Women’s Clubs. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 113 FARM AND HOME BUILDING A special survey of the condition of Indian homes showed the following results: Type of dwelling Condition Good Fair Poor Total Houses... . . . . . . 8, 952 2, 816 310 12, 065 4, 207 360 10, 633 3, 830 176 31, 650 10, 853 846 Hogans _ _ ... _ Tipis, tents, etc . . . . Total . . . 12, 078 16, 632 14, 639 43, 349 A total of 1,062 new dwellings were constructed at an estimated cost of $388,040; and 1,244 remodeled, with a resulting increased value of $147,961. Barns and outbuildings of various kinds were also built and remodeled. GENERAL EXTENSION WORK The following figures summarize general extension work : Extension workers made 152,825 farm and home visits during the year. A total of 337,982 office calls and 67,943 telephone calls were received. Workers wrote 78,918 individual letters, prepared 1,063 circulars, of which 73,205 copies were sent out, and distributed 26,736 bulletins. Exhibits were shown at 384 events; 246 training meetings were held for local leaders, at which 4,499 were in attendance; 5,163 demonstration meetings were held, with an attendance of 83,457; 168 tours conducted, with an attendance of 2,653; 182 achievement days held, with an attendance of 24,705; and 3,000 other extension meetings arranged, with an attendance of 137,127. There were 1,332 meetings held by local leaders, with an attendance of 19,675. All meetings held during the year totaled 11,128, with an attendance of 309,510. AGRICULTURAL LEASING Leasing of Indian farm lands decreased during the year, due to continued low prices of farm products, to drought and grasshopper scourges, and to the efforts of extension workers to convince the Indians that they must use more of their lands themselves in order to become self-supporting. The number of leases decreased from 26,522 in 1932 to 21,452 in 1933, with a reduction in acreage from 2,684,790 tn 9 4QQ 4.99 REIMBURSABLE FUNDS The amount actually made available under “Industry among Indians, 1934 ” was $299,200, of which $40,000 was used for the Pima land subjugation work, leaving $259,200 for general industrial purposes. Allotments of various tribal revolving funds aggregating $161,058.23 were used to supplement this fund, bringing the total to $420,258.23. 114 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The greater proportion of these funds, $372,064.69, was used for industrial loans. Other loans totaling $18,406.45 were made for educational purposes, and subsistence was provided for 203 individual Indians through loans totaling $29,787.09. COMING DEMANDS The new land-use program will throw great burdens on our Exten¬ sion Service and call sharply for its rapid enlargement and enrichment. We must assume that land will not be purchased for Indians to lease to whites; every acre bought must be used by Indians. The purchase program will therefore give extension an important new job in developing these lands for Indian use. The Indian credit system, to be effective, will demand careful supervision and the making of detailed farm management plans, the organization of Indian stock associations, and the development of many economic enterprises, together with housing projects and the purchase of livestock, farm equipment, seed, and many other things. Here again, extension, including home development, will play a vital role. INDIAN EMPLOYMENT PRESENT INDIAN SERVICE EMPLOYMENT OF INDIANS The drive for employment of Indians in the Indian Service has gone vigorously ahead this year. There are 5,325 persons, Indians and whites, holding regular classified positions in the Indian Service, exclu¬ sive of Alaska. Of these, 1,785 are Indians, 489 of whom were appointed this fiscal year. Indians employed in all branches of work — regular, irregular labor, and emergency — numbered 20,017 on June 30, 1934. OPPORTUNITIES FOR INDIANS While the greater number of the Indians continue to fill minor posi¬ tions, Indians are also found in the whole range of positions in the Service, excepting only those of doctors and engineers. The larger groups in the regular positions are found among teachers and clerks. By Presidential order this year all Indian Service positions under Civil Service are open to Indians by noncompetitive examination. The Civil Service Commission has likewise approved a maximum salary of $1,200 a year instead of the former $720 for the Indian assistant position, and permits employment as Indian assistant to count for experience in classified positions. This latter step pro¬ vides a means for Indians otherwise qualified and lacking only experi¬ ence to qualify under schedule B for regular Civil Service positions as vacancies occur. In the Washington office the Indian Employment Division is building up a file of Indians’ applications to be drawn SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 115 upon in carrying out that provision of the Wheeler-Howard Act which requires that Indians be given first consideration in the filling of vacancies. Definite plans are under way for extended in-service training, as well as for educational opportunities through scholarship loans, so that Indians may fill the more responsible positions of the Service. WORK OF THE INDIAN EMPLOYMENT DIVISION During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1934, the Indian Employ¬ ment Division has been instrumental in placing directly, or in coopera¬ tion with the National Reemployment Service and various State employment services, 5,906 Indians in positions outside the Indian Service. This exceeded the corresponding number for the previous fiscal year by 2,682. A large proportion of these were in connection with various emergency projects financed by the Federal Government. Much of the time of our employment agents in the field has been devoted to recruiting competent Indians for the Indian Service, particularly for Emergency Conservation Work and Public Works. After investigation of their qualifications, 3,584 Indians were placed in skilled and semiskilled work. Of these, 2,194 were placed on Emergency Conservation Work; 118 on Public Works — construction; 678 on Public Works — roads; 189 on Public Works — irrigation; 330 on Civil Works; and 75 in regular Indian Service positions. The Emergency Conservation Work and Public Works activities have given opportunity for many Indians to win promotion from the ranks to positions of varying degrees of administrative responsibility. One thousand four hundred and one Indians hold positions in Emer¬ gency Conservation Work and Public Works of the foremen level or above and in clerical positions. All but 10 of these appointments were made this year. APPROPRIATIONS ANNUAL APPROPRIATIONS The annual recurring expenses of the Indian Service have been further reduced. Congress appropriated $18,996,545.67 from the Federal Treasury, but expenditures therefrom were limited to $16,586,059. Continuing the retrenchment policy, additional reduc¬ tions have been made for the coming year 1935, for which Congress provided $16,275,185. This amount includes some increase in the amount charged to the Federal Treasury for expenses heretofore borne by Indian tribal funds. It also includes restoration of 5 percent of the pay cut applied to Federal employees. The reduction is in fact greater than shown by the foregoing figures. There follows a com¬ parative statement showing appropriations for the Service for the last 4 years. 116 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 1932 1933 1934 1935 General purposes . . . Industrial assistance . . - . Irrigation and water development . Education . . . Conservation of health. . Support of Indians . . Miscellaneous (roads, annuities, etc.) . . Subtotal . Construction _ $2, 587, 285. 73 1, 605, 000. 00 497, 601. 00 10, 185, 400. 00 3, 658, 000. 00 2, 216, 300. 00 40, 020. 00 $1, 840, 054. 35 1, 301, 000. 00 457, 824. 00 9, 771, 000. 00 3, 508, 800. 00 2, 156, 300. 00 31, 020. 00 $1, 593, 500. 00 1, 233, 881. 67 599, 614. 00 9, 103, 230. 00 3, 281, 800. 00 2, 141, 900. 00 31, 020. 00 $1, 325,015 1, 060, 510 450, 665 7, 990, 565 3, 264, 595 2, 141, 815 42, 020 20, 789, 606. 73 5, 570, 440. 00 670, 000. 00 19, 065, 998. 35 1, 654, 100. 00 1, 420, 000. 00 17, 984,945. 67 711, 600. 00 270, 000. 00 16, 275, 185 Roads _ Total.. . 27, 030, 046. 73 22,140,098. 35 18, 966, 545. 67 16, 275, 185 Specific appropriations from tribal funds were made to supplement the foregoing Treasury appropriations as noted in the following tabulations: 1932 1933 1934 1935 General purposes _ $332, 913. 98 180, 532. 21 49, 500. 00 910, 000. 00 125, 000. 00 1, 767, 100. 00 50, 000. 00 $126, 300 45, 000 59, 000 803, 000 125, 000 1, 032, 380 25, 000 $390, 501 188, 000 46, 950 708, 600 131, 550 789, 100 25, 000 $100,000 35, 000 6, 720 599, 550 121, 490 564, 155 Industrial assistance _ _ _ _ _ Irrigation and water development . .. Education _ Conservation of health _ Support of Indians _ _ _ _ _ Miscellaneous (roads, annuities, etc.) _ Total. . . . . . 3, 415, 046. 19 2, 215, 680 2, 279, 701 1, 426, 915 Certain sums are also authorized for expenditure under so-celled “permanent and indefinite appropriations/’ For 1934 these aggre¬ gated $5,890,600. This was reduced to $4,876,000 for 1935 and included $311,500 representing construction, operation, and mainte¬ nance collections expended on Indian irrigation projects. This money has not heretofore been definitely accounted for either in the budget or annual appropriation act. The appropriations for 1934 from all funds aggregated $24,857,145.67. For 1935 this sum is reduced by $3,705,960.67, making the total sum available for expendi¬ ture only $21,151,185. This amount does not include allotments from special funds for Indian Emergency Conservation, Public Works, and other activities in the Indian Service associated with the National Industrial Recovery program. REDUCTION IN PERSONNEL Employees in the Washington office in 1932 totaled 210; in 1934 this number was reduced to 175. Expenditures involved were $493,- 647 and $345,568, respectively. A part of this reduction is accounted for by the transfer of 22 positions with salaries aggregating $53,780 to the purchasing office of the Interior Department. There was a net reduction of 23 employees at the Washington office. In the entire service during 1932 there were 6,638 regular employees. The total required for salaries was $10,627,724. On July 1, 1934 this SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 117 number had been reduced to 5,653. A comparison of the gross amount for salaries is omitted because of the pay reductions in effect during the last year. The foregoing comparisons do not take into account the activities financed from emergency funds such as emergency conservation and public works. PUBLIC WORKS During the year a total of $19,034,550 was allotted from the public works appropriation for Indian Service projects. This may be divided into headings approximately as follows: Day schools _ $3, 613, 000 Hospitals _ 1, 815, 500 Roads and bridges _ 4, 028, 500 Irrigation and drainage _ 5, 953, 050 Subjugation of raw lands (Pima) _ 1, 000, 000 Quarters for personnel _ 433, 000 Land utilization institute, Navajo _ 950, 000 Water and sewer systems _ 301, 500 Heating and power plants _ 295, 000 Alaska, small items _ 100, 000 Miscellaneous structure _ 545, 000 Total public works _ 19, 034, 550 The major undertakings under the public works program are dis¬ cussed elsewhere in this report under the functional activities involved. ALTERNATE BUDGET The act of March 2, 1933 directed the submission of an alterante arrangement of Indian Office estimates for the fiscal year 1935. Such an arrangement was prepared and submitted but was not adopted by Congress. We have tried to obtain legislation requiring the sub¬ mission of a new simplified budget, set up on geographic and func¬ tional lines, in place of the present unsatisfactory budget; but so far without success. It is hoped that intelligent Indian Service budgets can eventually be formulated. The provisions of the Wheeler- Howard Act will eventually force the change, inasmuch as we will be required to submit estimates to local Indian groups in advance of transmission of estimates to the Budget Bureau and to Congress.^* 1 CONSTRUCTION A total of $981,600 was provided from regular appropriation": for construction purposes during this year. Practically all of this amount was withdrawn from expenditure to be replaced later by allotments from the public works appropriation. The amount normally avail¬ able for annual expenditure for construction during the year was 118 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 increased many times through the public works allotments. The Bureau has not been able to prepare plans and specifications for projects in advance of the availability of funds. Consequently, when money was provided for day schools, hospitals, heating, water, sewer, and power systems, and miscellaneous buildings, the small technical staff was insufficient in size to design structures and draft specifications so that construction could be speedily undertaken. A contract was therefore negotiated with a firm of New York architects for preparing plans and specifications for practically all the projects in the South¬ west and a number of other projects located in other parts of the Indian country. Later, when funds became available for new hos¬ pital construction, a contract was negotiated with a firm of Chicago architects having broad experience in designing hospitals. The plans drafted by these firms of private architects have taken into account the use of native material, where possible, and employment of local Indians. The design of buildings in the Southwest is simple and distinctly Indian. Use of native material in the erection of buildings will not only bring work opportunities to local Indians but will provide an incentive for individuals and groups to better their own types of construction. As an aid in expediting the public works program, a field construc¬ tion office was established in Albuquerque, N.Mex. This office is staffed with an adequate number of clerical and technical employees and necessary supervisory personnel has been appointed to oversee actual construction. Local superintendents in this area have been relieved of construction responsibilities and the disbursement of funds connected therewith. A similar central office smaller in size has been established at Billings, Mont. Here the construction em¬ ployees will handle the technical details including supervision of construction, and advertising for material and supplies, but the local superintendents will disburse the funds. A third office is located at Muskogee, Okla., but because of the small volume of business it has not been found necessary to greatly increase the personnel for con¬ struction in this territory. At the close of the fiscal year, projects aggregating ultimate expend¬ itures of approximately $14,000,000 were under way and a number had been completed. With few exceptions, it is anticipated that by June 30, 1935, all projects will be completed. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS Reorganization of Indian Service. — Various administrative readjust¬ ments, set in motion during the year, and looking toward adminis¬ trative decentralization, with regional and reservation planning, were brought together in circular 3011, dated July 14, 1934. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 119 Navajo reorganization. — Radical reorganizations of Navajo admin¬ istration were set under way during tlie year. One central head¬ quarters will replace 6, and the services and human contacts will be decentralized into more than 20 local headquarters, which usually will be placed in the new day schools. Each local area will be a project area, resting upon a local organization of the Indians. The Indian Service in all its branches, and the Soil Erosion Service, will clear their local contacts in each area through the local subagent, who will be the school principal, or stockman, or soil engineer, or public health nurse, as the case may be. Interferences from Washington will be diminished. And in the local areas, if present purposes can be carried out, the mass of the Indians will be reached through their Navajo language, as well as through English. As part of the new Navajo program, a study of the methods of trading on the reservation and of the Navajo economic situation in its totality is being made by Dr. B. Youngblood, loaned to the Soil Erosion Service and the Indian Service by the Department of Agriculture. The largest soil-erosion area, among the numerous areas in different parts of the country which are being dealt with by the Soil Erosion Service of the Department of the Interior, is the combined Navajo and Zuni area. Unity of effort between the Soil Erosion Service and the Indian Service, through this largest segment of the Indian country, is complete. Indian arts and crajts. — A committee, appointed by the Secretary of the Interior and headed by Prof. James W. Young of the University of Chicago, is making a study of Indian arts and crafts, with a view to determining how these Indian assets may be protected, brought into a larger and better market, and made permanent in the life both of the Indians and of the Nation. Civil works oj art. — Under the Civil Works Administration, beautiful murals and other painting and craft works were carried out by the Indians. Affiliations with anthropology. — An anthropological consultant group, advisory to the Secretary of the Interior, was formed during the year. Dr. Duncan Strong, of the Smithsonian Institution, was designated liaison officer between that Institution and the Indian Service. Training for careers in the Indian Service. — Negotiations were opened with a number of the universities, looking to the establishment of courses to prepare for careers in the Indian Service. In addition, plans, which will mature during the year ahead, were made for the in-service training of employed workers. 120 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Cooperation of Indian welfare organizations. — Throughout the year, generous cooperation and needed criticism were received from the General Federation of Women’s Clubs, the American Indian Defense Association, Inc., the National Association on Indian Affairs, Inc., the Indian Rights Association, and some other groups. The Indian Service, for its continuing improvement, is greatly dependent on such help and criticism from unofficial and wholly independent agencies. APPENDIX INDIAN POPULATION An Indian, as defined by the Indian Service, includes any person of Indian blood who through wardship, treaty, or inheritance has acquired certain rights. The Census Bureau defines an Indian as a person having Indian blood to such a degree as to be recognized in his community as an Indian. Furthermore, the population enu¬ merated at the Federal agencies is not necessarily domiciled on or near the reservations. It is the population on the agency rolls and includes both reservation and nonreservation Indians. Thus an Indian may be carried on the rolls because of tribal inheritance rights, etc., and may reside anywhere in the United States or in a foreign country. Reports of births and deaths among the absentees are often not received. In many instances certification is made to the State registrars of vital statistics and thus to the Census Bureau, but not to the Indian Service. In a considerable number of cases the addresses of the nonreservation Indians are unknown. For the above reasons the statistics of Indian population as shown in the decennial reports of the Bureau of the Census do not agree with the statistics of the Indian Service. The tabulation of each census roll by reservation was made in the field by the various agencies and assembled as a whole in the Indian Office. The total of estimated and enumerated number of Indians thus reported in 1934 was 327,958. This number consists of 234,792 Indians actually enumerated and 93,166 Indians taken from earlier or special censuses and estimates based on records. For convenience, the latter number will be considered hereafter as an estimate. (See tabular statement below.) The Bureau of the Census reported 72,626 Indians of the Five Civilized Tribes in 1930, and this number has been substituted for our previous estimated population of the Five Civilized Tribes. The population by tribe is as follows: Cherokee, 40,904 ; Chickasaw, 4,685; Choctaw, 16,641; Creek, 8,607; and Seminole, 1,789. (See page 40 of the Annual Report of the Commissioner of Indian Affairs, June 30, 1931, for further discussion on the estimated population for Five Civilized Tribes.) The aggregate estimate and enumerated number of Indians reported by Federal agencies on April 1, 1934 represents an increase over the 121 122 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 corresponding figure for the previous year of 7,504, or 2.3 percent. Over one-half of this increase is accounted for by the addition of 4,483 Indians in California. (See statement, p. 123.) Of the 234,792 Indians enumerated, 119,724 were males; 115,068, females. It is significant, when the Indians enumerated are considered, that 200,744, or 85.5 percent, resided at Federal jurisdiction where enrolled, while only 5,015, or 2.1 percent, resided at another jurisdiction, and 29,033, or 12.4 percent resided elsewhere; that is, outside of any Federal jurisdiction. Of the 32,447 Indians residing elsewhere on April 1, 1930, 41 were living in the New England States, 208 in the Middle Atlantic, 3,633 in the East North Central, 9,234 in the West North Central, 437 in the South Atlantic, 93 in the East South Central, 2,166 in the West South Central, 5,120 in the Mountain States, and 6,024 in the Pacific States, and for 5,491 Indians the residence was either not reported or unknown. The Indian population is nearly all in 22 States. The combined population of 4 States, Oklahoma, Arizona, New Mexico, and South Dakota, is 200,494, or 61.1 percent of the total Indian population; while 290,547, or 88.6 percent, are in 10 States (including the 4 above States), leaving only 37,411 Indians in the other 39 States, including the District of Columbia. Oklahoma has far more Indians than any other State. If the Fed¬ eral Census population of the Five Civilized Tribes is included, the Indian population is 94,980, or 29 percent of the aggregate Indian population. Arizona ranks next with 44,093, or 13.4 percent, followed by New Mexico wdth 34,726, or 10.6 percent, and South Dakota, 26,695, or 8.1 percent of the total. The other 6 Indian States are: California, 23,808; Montana, 15,255; Minnesota, 15,200; Washington, 13.418; Wisconsin, 12,085; North Dakota, 10,287. According to a tabulation of the tribes enumerated on April 1, 1930, the most important numerically were the Navajo, Sioux, including Assiniboin, and Chippewa, numbering 40,862, 33,168, and 23,647, respectively. Heretofore the entire population of Western Navajo Reservation was reported under Arizona. This year, the population of the reser¬ vation extending over into Utah is included under that State; hence the seeming decrease in the population of Western Navajo Reserva¬ tion in Arizona. Unusual changes in the population of other agencies are also shown, and this is caused by the transfer of reservations from one jurisdiction to another. Such changes are shown in table 2 by footnote. The Indian population not actually enumerated (termed an estimate) is 93,166 which is compiled as follows: SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 123 California, Sacramento Agency, part of 1930 estimate _ 8, 761 California, Indian Census, May 16, 1933, not otherwise reported _ 4, 483 Michigan, 1927 census _ _ _ 1, 192 New York, 1932 estimate _ 4, 523 Oklahoma, Five Civilized Tribes, Bureau of the Census, 1930: Cherokee _ 40, 904 Chickasaw _ 4, 685 Choctaw _ 16, 641 Creek _ 8, 607 Seminole _ 1, 789 - 72, 626 Texas, 1931 special report _ 250 Washington, Taholah Agency, scattered bands, 1932 estimate 1 _ 511 Wisconsin: Rice Lake band of Chippewas, special census, July 1930 _ 221 Stockbridge Reservation, Keshena Agency, 1910 census _ 599 The following Indian statistics are from bulletins issued by the Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce, 1930, and are for Indians in continental United States. According to the Bureau of the Census, 299,581 Indians, or 90.1 percent of the entire Indian population, reside in rural communities, while the number living in urban communities was only 32,816. The Indians 5 to 20 years of age attending school in the United States in 1930 numbered 77,806, or 60.2 percent. The corresponding proportions for 1920, 1910, and 1900 are 53.8, 50.8, and 40.4, respect¬ ively, which show a constant climb in the number of Indian children in school. The illiterate Indians 10 years of age and over in 1930 numbered •61,517, or 25.7 percent. This is an enormous drop from 56.2 percent in 1900, 45.3 percent in 1910, and 34.9 percent in 1920. Each decade has shown a considerable decrease in the Indian illiteracy. The Indian population in the 25 States in which there were no Federal agencies in 1930 was 10,456. Doubtless many of these Indians are duplicated in the columns “Residing elsewhere” in table 2. See the 1933 Annual Report of the Secretary of the Interior, page 112, table 1. Table 1.— Indian Population by Age, 1930 Age Total Male Female Age Total Male Female All ages.. . Under 5 years... . Under 1 year . 5 to 9 years . . . 10 to 14 years . . 15 to 19 years . . . .20 to 24 years . 332, 397 170, 350 162, 047 25 to 29 years . . . QH tn *14 VP9K 23, 491 19, 309 33, 031 25,039 16, 787 10, 030 6, 327 449 12, 127 10, 032 17,285 13, 403 9, 178 5, 257 3, 079 229 11, 364 9,277 15, 746 11, 636 7, 609 4, 773 3, 248 220 46, 680 9,296 46, 736 39, 456 36,219 28,843 23,447 4,681 23, 434 20, 028 18, 154 14, 697 23, 233 4, 615 23, 302 19, 428 18, 065 14, 146 OKJ IU jcdlj - - - 35 to 44 years _ 45 to 54 years _ _ 55 to 64 years . . . 65 to 74 years . . 75 and over . . . Unknown _ _ Source: Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce. i During 1933, 150 Indians of the scattered bands were allotted on the QuinaieltReservation and included in the enumerated population, table 2. 87859—34 - 9 Table 2.— Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934 124 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 et ■«* c — < SD ' so r* ■a 2 a a o •2 -a -O © a xi ^3 £ eseossc* P*G0«5 05 CONN os nhn CO ©* QOH s-T e* *-T N^005i S3300 l H^C0^»C e^40 oo Nrtwcow eo os co t-h ® *0 CO (N S* “S’ s» S3 £ © *■2 e © gw •&5d, ■O CS c8 OPhP-i > > > © © ® © 3333 xi-c x a-2 © ® © ffl :-9 1 § Is's-s : O O - 4- O W 03 S3 OOffiCUO-d^CU^H — |S|$ «e C £ Q, #®c °aa S'-'«S »§ © B «?fi3 m©2 ^SS a « a ■ : > ft s a a a ^ .a o' © © o o' o’ o' o' o’-a H S 2 ‘3 'o"o o"©"'© ‘o’ 5'®CBC !SoS^i£ ,ogoooSSSSSaSSS2iS^SoSSSSSSSt€5Sa-s.|tt:ll 1 o rt’^O^Joooooo £ «^S-s,WWWWWW SofeO © SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 125 ) cm co e* co CO CO 10 CO 05 05 ”3 r-i^COCO^T-HC^CO^OCO ** r* O »-H *Q COOhcCONhNCCW rH COg )*0^QC5 05(Ni0(NH 05 ^ ^ 05 05 QO *^**05 NHTf HM 00 S5S >CO*O^COC^rHiOCOCOOOCOC^^^COi-iOO*-l 3 2 1 38 201 2,956 85 90 2,268 276 CO*005CMeOCO > > 3.2 ^ 5*3 OOOOc3fta3c3c3flS5®fi’O fi S WMWW^&^^^cpksS §£gu£ O ■*“• Q. ' i I » » IWJ I ' *go£.2.*g® SooJ ! s-cs^.g-slsg.’g’gls.a II £ ok *5 o'« ss-s£-32g«33 •^OOWWS^^^OOfUPHPHf^op^^* ^a3cCcJa5c3c2c3c3cCcta3cScecCc3a3a3c3 ..pjOTracocDcoOTracc—asaasssEEaaaaaaaEaa 5 SSSSSSS^PhSSSSSESEESSSSSSSSSS For footnotes see p. 155. Table 2.— Indian Population In Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934— Continued 126 EE PORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 127 ■g p* oo gs c© oo ao ^ i© *n N H ©hhqow^ccohnwni^ ^ *-h e© u© ©© *-<«©©© «©«r* W N 1 49 in^r • 00 HHf OHOi ©**-< CO r- eo eo <«* ©* o eo ao r» ^«5W ao ©* ^ ©5 11 98 19 00 *-l r* io ©i ! r» « ao «»*©*a0 00 ©* ©* u© C© ^ PN*NOIO»N©©U5 rf< *o 162 8 146 7 e*C5 rt< eo »-h ^ w i0-^W«^W5r»^WOW^NWQC05W^^«5^^^C05««W»U505^a0 00 00 g ^ ° 2! S ** 21 ^ S ^ 2 12 ^ ^ S z* ** N^22WS2!0> N » »c 05 CO ! . 1 337 1 19 301 16 o -i n (M r>. io «© ««:coo « o w m os — « ?s os m m o ae — •»* — «s «* x> ** us •v e* eu eo « m ~h ce n 22® «W»00)H(.®aCU!ON«BNO»-Hi>.!-noos. For footnotes see p. 166. Table 2.— Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934— Continued 130 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 131 i i cq • 100*000 O CSJ I I I © N » eo eo © > ** © o © © ** o e* eo ^ r-i o o CC5C5 wee r» S *o * c* ao r>* WJlOHHHH gj CO JO »flM5U5««05 ® NOO W © ao CO . 0 05C5»hhhOOO <* ^ o* © NrHrHFHWlO ss^zss COrHOICS^^^iOiOC^^ f-1^05 « ss )Q oo 'COWm eoaoaococ >00 ©CO ^«5 4ft«D» MOO^i iW^NWOSOOWI'^COiO^^^^W^tONNO^O^^MNOi GO ^ ^ 05 CO ^ © © © QC 0O u* © *-• r-< © co « r- on os ot cnj ^ *■«©©©© uo © ^ «-• wm ao c^ co i-i ^nacao^eo© $oy«tiO«i *3 'O ”3 TJ "3 >3 XJ 333SS330_ §g§g§gg=L;C OOQOOOOO- o tt ijgi | C3 * ww6- lag Nogasgs*! c3 -3 O 03^.2 Oc3 QQOPH02 03t>>H ggggggggg £ a o tt -C^o O W K 0-3 2 a CJOO®S>OOC3® 3° S^id.2jW ^ o an i B c-s : = o cj 3 o CO'S COnUm 5 c a 2«.'2 pm a C3 .3 |_I ^pqpqogg be C 4> a C c o §§.c* C CQC^ 3.3 - “ ■a ; C~ >t a. C a e « ;| 3 ® ~ x 3 3 s o £ « -, _ 33 « 53 x: GQCQ-“^Pl,PhM _ SC 2s«« fc~o« 3 , tJ 2 e g 2^o"“ a> % s? log1® ; §.* S H j-gfeg I^Sgc “510'S ’“c > > . - a « fc 1 5 ► « “ , ’s « as 5 ’s' i|“IIl jama iiiiii5 ! .1 2B For footnotes see p. 155. Tabic 2.— Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934— Continued 132 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 ^4M305 O* 0®mS«^®MS O SS2 s iNOi QCOX^WNCO eo >®® oww^wh o CO O N ©* r«oo corto ® C* ;p C0OS05 NNW NWHW^Ni r*^COHNHH^TjUQO l l CO CO 00 05 00 CO e* 00 ©iCD 1-1 ^•eoo 05000 ^QOWHCCOP r* »o»ow c*co*h mo%# w e>0 9) ao o 05 ao mo oo ao r* CD O O 05 05 05 ©S M4 004 00 00^4 «*4 C* *>• C© CO 00 *• < > MS ^ t*- *>. CO i 4 C© CO CO o ao ao CO05UOOO1 MO CS 0* IfiOHMI Mocoeo ©*cd©*«*4< >CD -**4 O rH 00 *-H rH -^4 00 00 r* MS 05 CD CO .r^CO©ICOCOZHCIC|M0^O5COCOCO’' 05MSO »-l rHip 1-1 C* 1-H r»e*05 mo H ^ >-l k_l M .22 .2 2 ^ 3"S'S*o'cj*S"S"cu*®"S"S'®cj"S"qp'q>'©' ! ! ■ i 135 56 4 75 914 1,070 594 195 1 1 1 i ICO*-! s rH C* i-4 [OJOC^ |00g^(N^^ 0, j jo- |-g|gg i i i i ^ Table 2.— Indian Population In Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934— Continued 134 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 QO J IH • CO CO i i in i ICC i ih i i i o o J3.2, \n ^CSMOh-HMOCCOO NHHMNIO. £9 £ I C* CO H-I CO » I qj CO r* n iH»CNtDMTt r-H T* ^ rH i-H CCHHNCi»CW ^^(MiOt-HCO^C^O^COIOhH 3 ^ 3 )H-HCCH(NNO)rtNMNT)< ,eo« •»eo~g3~C«~.'« r» t* t*>.® .9>M •oS ® gp O SMm •9?” Sgl l Sfl .2 fill "o & .9 § ® © © OOO d 'o .a d 'w DQ ' “ .2.9*-— OO © © ,0,0 ,2,® ‘3 '2^^ M Cl , . . i Q_ <1 .d d ■ o ooo _ _ 0,0,00,®,® r a§:s:233g>3 2 2$ 83.2.3.2 O £3 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 135 OO § S* co»ceoNrHN HOC WH«r.i- MI eo ^ e* c MHNHWN< ©5 CS CO CO OCH00 co co co COHHMI(?OWON w e* e*^n H(N(NO ?s 30 *C C^l QO QO CO CM < ■»CNNNCO^QDOCO • 00 fcio ao 1 r» r» r» rt< h ** ** r» eo ar co c* o r* co Oi CO U5 *0 i(?r»r»r»fOHdHOMHOCWN' •tnc ^ r* [- MO rr X ■ C* *-H CO^COOSOHCl. ^HMHMCOWON m ® m r* n W5MPN MNWC5. 3 o co oi »o 1 W5 N OMS © © © o a a a a a © © © © © © D — 00053,3 For footnotes see p. 155 Table 2.— Indian Population In Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1954— Continued 136 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 irthel SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 137 © ihhh iqo i oo I**©©-** *4 c* e* c* ^ © qo oo ^ ^ < owe ■^t^^COCO^©© >*H NOONHNNN W5NNH^O»«5h ** N ss (NHNNHWO fliNN iMCr»0» •NNMOiNHNCOH©( I CO © rf< © © CO -•* * (Nhh eo oo ^ CO M oo r* » > © © CO CO GO C IGOlOlOCN»H ;ss e* © Tt« .-» © © eo • ©*- (M ^ »-*C^r*CO C^ *H©©< >rlH r-UO«W O- »H “ * “ ' > r* Tf © co ac©cccs*-t**©© GO 00 ^ © GO HiQlO ** GO ©©coi-H-^oor^©^' - - •“) © © NHH or*©© © r^. © © © QO © © QO © ** 33©© ^ ** ^ 00 ^ - © © — « © © oo co © e* *h**©o* ©©OJ—t CO »-< © CM wo © e* GO *H Ip &Z& Eb« 1=1 i^o1 ✓— > ©rr o 3.0 i o 'Sxi Pm § iSsS'XfS® P 3 c,x> o « ^o§S = Oo3fr( §* ii^sfcg 3 3^9a.S““" J3-)y Q, 03 - .*?% a£ o^o ° :as ! o !*e? ; ■? ;^2 5C «, . 98 <5 >» * 3 « rt c Sfi-=* bi < w — w - Ml = C««^ « S a— ' O >5 ®|^.2S| iol| :w|£ 3 2 ►»• -i,"j3££l _o ,3 n i © o c 3 £ 3 =2 ca^- c a «3 <-. © © 3 § A a I « 3 SS-S-gS o=s § = ■s |g •2 a § ©2 ©.OgL A- § § * 25 PL Pm co a: * ©" 3£222£22 2-^5 5 3* 22=222 3 3^sSU -0-Qj::!Z-Q-Qi3S-0x:S|«s«-c-c-c-a::'0 — «, 3^ m © ® ©E © ©CL P* © © 2;©©©©©©©© * S'c'.c C 3 3 a:= ~ S 3 - S £ a 3 3 3 3 - = 3 «3ugtcpkCLP-,fiPkCLH4*^;eHeL|3fLCLpLci,(i,eL&HCL !«©r.®^S © 4s 2 * © - rf .©w © 2 »fc| ll| Si ssicS. 2£--P © X « s ® © O — W M ^;A_s£' Ci^; 33 CC3 ©©«-©©© ^ 3a3.2i,3S3|«(«3 CLpHPH■o*eLHpLCL•^-^•' « .-s co* - Jsl es, rt rt.2 coco * For footnotes see p. 155. Tabic 2. — Indian Population In Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934— Continued 138 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Oklahoma _ _ _ | 22,354 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 139 O US C* Ifl CO ©5 *© rH GO CO t r* rr »© iO .(NNMOCDON^^OOiOWWrHClOJN iOHN«D05»01 XflOOWNHCOHiCHHH CO iO iO *C rH iO QO W )iom cseocco iCCNiO’^'f COrfCOrHdrH, iS § ■ COOOONiOMOOiOWMHWON hhhC5COWM(NCOM CO QO W 00 CO CS rH rH I ©WWrH^Tt<»OCOOOCDCO( «©»©■** O HCOH COOC( r*©«5CO O O *© «*T ci 'COOCOhNhh< e e« ts « Co &| o s» 43.5 ««*? «•£ 2 c ■a £>,5! « § g« »3m« 5 g^! £ S o ««.2 >»" ^ a v a; © n O cd 0^3 £ o O, c3-« ’G'C’ §.s s * o a) cd_M P §S © g.^ § « ^.S-aS £© & 1 § 6 s §S I § §b anao o o 5.0 .0.0.0= « « 5 © © ’-KSSSSS g, 99999^59999**** ^^^ooooMMMMfloooflofl^^^^^^^aasssaaassaasasasssa w o3cOo3c3^©G3a2rtc3o3^c3^G3o3^o3c3^ flJXWMWMWWWWMWWWWWWWWWM MOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 87859 — 34 — : — 10 For footnotes see p. 155, Table 2.— Indian Population In Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934— Continued 140 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 141 •oeoeo ^ « o OT O o e of a o ^ a teg g | « 6 p a p a ■o'© s° j® O ■a d O cS 03 > ® © i p'Co ® 2 "hbP? «.§o 7 O; © u 0.^5 2 J ^ © • C3 CO > ^ ' ‘ HH U2 Ul i j; w fl h K G i.T- r* Illil! Pi’s £ o Iff Is i i i I Ilf |2i I S |II! fcdbdSOQjQjQjiS^r^rnfl!! ©©©©©©©©©®©®©©©®®®©®® ®®®® _ — _ _ _ _ _ _ w w flcooaaacaaoa^aaaaaaaaaaaapapaaaaaaaHH ^ ^ •*-* ^■*-3'*-3,*-3p«cCo3rtc3^c3c3c3o3o3c3ct3rt^cCcGcC^s3o3^^o3cflc8o3o3^^ct3rtcOc3c8o3o3cO OOOOOOOOOOOg^PLipH^AnPH^PL^I^flHP^PH^P^PHPHf^PHPHf^PHAHP^pHA^PLlf^fllA^ For footnotes see p. 155, Table 2.— Indian Population In Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934— Continued 142 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 sasgggg-^ss^jss 1— — 31 issa5!r*S5SS3S -r 2 §•2 52 S3 j: i l 8**-38’ S3S|S' o is co ^ *C o .2» a o3 a> bfi a3 ,q ,p3 £ 81 >SS2|S3|33|SRS|3' *-T *-T 8s' 'l=SSSSS»sl8SI31' IHWINHIOHCO IN^ sssllslsllsslll' ~T « II 'S328IIS”S888lir e>* - w II HNHH^ OMiOCOi-IH^M 1188138^1111132“ -r « Is ’SsISssslisilsIs' ’S"3 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 143 few- > > o § o “2a|J 0660S OOO O O TJTJ'O’O^ 000 0° ^3 jaxj jax! .1 o3 m O floS o u.,2 o ocj'Su. gpMg|| c3 o o ® 32 as Q_. > > > ^ ” » ® 1 ■-•-•-• ® ® ( «2J3 3 SPh^Oh 3 31 SSlSsssS!?; SSPhP-iC1-i&hO-iDhWc/30QCQ &3333333- S csa ^ -■ | c3 03 ^ C3 , ^ 1 i m 1 1 1 ,_^ , ' w ji 1 * 1/ 1 oMMMMS^gggoWopg^ c3o3o8'cao66666666666666i, oooocooooooooooo. eg. «8 3s? ■Sts 6 se^ a c3 o 5SS^ I g I g . N ^ O 00 CM CD • CM CO HW»OHC0»O^»OiHN 1 CM CM rH ^ oo 05 CM kO f-H ^ iO CD CM CM O 00 H I CM CO r-H CM fH CD CM I CD CO CM CM ^ JH fH CD 00 CO * C00:>C5COt^C^r^C^lOC0^,^C^C^00,,^,~,^t>,,ir^CS,T^OC^ CO t>» JO < o co co C3 «2 S3 tens WM 3 O c’tsS S'a'S S « 3 4= OJ © ® o> « £ ® ® ® ® a- a « ® 2 £ « « _ . - - aUOOO ! cC G O 0~.C.Q o, , 3 3 3 S 43 .C 43 43 43 C « 'cd 'c3 rc8 « DOQQOQflfiCOOO SS^Ss oc.t3 433 > •A’g'g’g’S'gssSSS nflfiaaaaaRHW - V C3 C3 O®5^^0JG©®c®°3t««3 «;333oot;o3333- ‘ :S:3:3'i||1|lJJ«SS3^&®®®®®3’3g s ® 43 >4*3 Oed o a as is 3 3s ■oaiSSSSSoa'Sggoii^i^^g ^iii3gg?iaasasss|i|||5||5| /-^cT3roc:.r-.p-jr^^> oZ ® g & ® «33-'3^ SPhPh ©*® wgg||||||||^ P-| P_i *-4-3 +^> 4-^ -+-5 -t-3 cd C3 03 >> >> >i >> >> >> t>> >> t>i >> !>> >> (>> I^j r> r> r, • r* r* j/ _c3c3o3e3c3o3c3c3c3o3o3o3c!3c3Hig^eJ~|c*.OHi~£ -HOOKJMwNrHNNlOiOrHNrtNX'O'HOJMONMNHTl'aH Table 2.— Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934 — Continued 148 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 149 d CO • »d HHuscD r» wr* h ® c® u® ** ** M«5r^ w o us hnnccw w o® * cr»oo co / i «CNW CO i u® ^-ae o* oo oc jsgao j© J2J oo ^ co a; < «w r* co rj o g »OW^cccor» NWM< D »-h d 05 U® CO d d *-H IO c r» *© *n *-« •. OOWlOWi «d i»-ldr»*© O Ob c ^ o o Ob e® c ^ o d o < '^2 £ WM S-gg = = 32a ©.2 «- 7." ssSf-g ll’glll t fe £ --«£ >>S! <*> ^ ««5 « a 5 t/j iS O S» ;£C«x:»£ :£« ItSS^SfflS 3®^ :"Sa_ e gs s 2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 -2 .2 .2 .e * “S ■a "£ jcQGQfflSiBSmScommMmraM « fij^«C£S © S5««« tti i x £ 5 0<« « S*;33£ rtfip. C m3 o o * 2s«!«-=OOg II2-H3 3 6a,l®2 Is P^P£> ®gC3^ :* £8*S~: ‘S^^l >J 'S^-sgro-j o '3 !5 2e «« a £ SnKGC^ w **© =1 c « E* ©2 ”> «s g».o _ s g s*i *l|-§ a> £ For footnotes see p. 155. Table 2.— Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934— Continued 150 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 ip SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 151 COHN’ §5 WNihNCCHNGC oo^www OOSMir»CS-«t-H O »C I c3 as S - PpHXJ 'i— m ?»> ' j-i U«’AAS IS'elcOs SsSS-Sisgil-Sfea J^l:§ _ , _ , UOO «8 OOOfLS'-gsScr'O'iSOOOO® W W W W , a e3 O O O O tp £Sh no a 0,2 .2.2"5’®’®’<3’3’3’3’3'©,2,’3'®"g3’a5'©0000 ^ -? cc S 3 5 3 3 3 3 3 '3 5 '3 '3 '3 '3 ’S3 '5 ^ *s ** QOOOOQOSZ^O'Mffii 2.9s ccaccccHcaococa — 1 gaa.5.5.S.2.S.5.5.S.H.2.5.5 °.S.a.S.5 c-Sangs-* 5 &*5 B 0 B S B S 33 33322n3 33323 333a33fiflflao«Sxi(S3S3S§3 ycycro'O'C'O'O'cycyo'O'CJ'O'cs'O'O'O'O'O'PP^P^Om 2^ o 3 cx a M — — " For footnotes see p. 155. Table 2.— Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, April 1, 1934— Continued 152 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 lish-S1 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 153 NHN CO iO COCO i© r» ©* CD » o CD i©00 S3 *© r» e* ® © e© ^ ao ^ co WODW 38' QO <30 05 *■« pH ‘JSg* ^©P>»OCSH cDeo^r-oC'ic^r^cococ^co *-« i-< D* ODX (ih^iONih^NO CO O 05 •*?** *H CO 05 r-» e* ©5 OlO^rHOOlO ©* *-H 05 05 C* C* CO^N^WOiOCOO'f cc- '.-J H cfl O Tf T* r-H -»f*H W© N lO(NlO-HNrH«NC co^ Sco WIN • D* -h d co o e© co 5 05 O* . 'U5«50! I »oVh I r>. C* ^ ©I C^ rH Hi I^ON«r*0050«^HMHNN*0 *~« X CO N «(5 Tf (N CN T-H NH CO CD CD © 05 CO C& »-H Qg 2! & a oS O >Ph o _ 08 « g * g § •p-p & & Be g •s-o ^•C-S-S-o *T X2 ® fiiiiillSJlJJ|J ;OOOOOO^M(»M®^^ oiiiiiioooii & o> C £ g N «s a - !S« ixsS l-agl-e^s 2^5^|||a.s § aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaAo3^rt< c c o 0)0) GQ 03 I I "E a £ a 1 K u-, ~ C-) ° 8 a a a s •2 £< ; s 3 o © 3 w 3 -3 3 3® 33 o 3<5 ** O ® M aT 333333 g o ** as H ® 5 •asa .. fl«o 3 Jf„2 .§ £&£ g •-’§2 f2 5*1 if !§§ ■ _ a ■*.> c ! g 3 3d I o -31 H [3 ® g 3; c/? g c is 2 © « § g 3 o ^ © © c3 3¥&£-§l g |^s: §ag:flg' M ^ 3 S fl- fl ® fl > S*g «w >- " £ o« !!§■§?.§ ^ -g .co c3 > o °!’§||| ® §,5 O W o 1 2.a wfl‘3, 3i ’■§ 5fS ra o ■cE-1 © 33 P«3 iU 2 a O o © *-> t33=d < a ‘3>h to « a -6.2 s © ~ > a.2 ■”52 a « ,2^S O^SX!. © T3 a-c : s 3 ^ s*-* 33 c/5’3 2 o ®-£ 'S rtaj Si's J ® I >» o >> >. g 2 o m a c 2§s /©,© © 2 h • -2.P3 *33 g >> 3 3 c?g g-2^ a'c'T3 c5Ax3<1 g 2 ® 3 3 - J -u m H 2^ >>*2 2 g C s2- ®~ o'3 oi fi'i 2 fl o > fl pS £ c3 o q_£ OP fl ■ ’“' -fl ^ m Q« 5SS&*!^- ^wi ©^ & a a © -a !j a o s o "a © ® o 3i<3^=^:3 a © ® 2 0 3 H C+j o ■g«!lISs! ^ c > •-<©<:’2 o Ov; 2 cn >>3CC C a 3.2 = =3 cs_ © 2 0 32 03 sc . -V © .2 "5 ;; W.2 H ^ c3-a _3 03 > a.2'C ®-? «*• — ' ^ ^ ^ s & ®.>» 3 O' «g M £ Sa o2 •2 o 03 1! c« o 33 15 j^a>33^P’2s 3 .33 c.2 s.© 3 t, o g - m® .t: |l!^!!! >?| I 0 « a E a fc33^a^-2£.2 .it ,i^|g>!! 3^^3,^3§'55mSi® 2 ao«ai3>3«vffl '£ -s .2 S .2 _, ca »- o C Q3 * as5g.e:^|tf| s.>^s,l§i:5g555 .0 ® 03 3 •— ® a CO © o?, a^ u, c^5so m‘W 3 o« Ph 2 2 M -g c © >>o2 ii?i'o| s s? b a ?. 2 o oj 3'2-r © ©r5 $.3< GQPs< o'33.2c3>>_ "c T3 33 ‘55 c © G a cs 3r_ , £ is £* - ~ © = 33 n 0 s c. 05 o ** >iSJ 5 x s 87859— H4 11 156 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 0 00 W rv] > S « « 2 « 0 sg « a 02 2 H Q P a O Z Z S 0 0 o o I a i § % a £ Q - J Q £ w 0 £ ° 33 o O s i ■0 >> >1 o ® © X3 2 J3 O | §1 -cl o 3 3 a fl £ H « s a S 3 0 0 ® o3 © ”3 <« t3 ^ o O =5 © ft a £ S % L_J 3 in H A © O X Z H S a ® 9 * S 2 a © 2 5s xj © r, ^ © 3 - CO o S g ^ CO ■*"a H a a §•£ _ Z Z © .2 TJ lj' • _ i Ti m B w -n T3 © 5 g © O X! ft E-i 3 ®o-5 ■a a § 00 .2 7* 3 - © 3 H > ft o — -3 — > 3 X3 > 05 3 00 S’E-O’® Z an MO CO Tf< O » ho: CO CO C oJ MS 00 rH CO CO W GO i MS MS MS t© eo II set — < ' 00 rH Oi ^ MS O MS 3 So »O^HCON Vi S00H OOMS^O(MOOOOtFO lOTji ^ (N 00 00 MS i CO — O 00 (MC^OOOO .2 ’3’-1 M tj2 o s Sof» CO^CIMONNOOOO ( CJ CO H M3 O MS MS C© Oi CO b- N00O M3 o H Cl C 00 C MM3005 *H CO^H^H ^ O to 00 MSCi-^OOOOt^C^OO^HC^ COO MSMJ^OiOH O NOW NCOCJWOCpH^QIN. MSCO O^COrt^OOO? i oo r>- o r-— ; © > ill oS 0 m W o o . ■Jc 3 3 ft*S ZqS^ a'5 ! ^ r~\ HZ.§ft©2a2!-).>J_.. s= «g5a g=gs EutC 0000 CCKOQf- Ifzj 3 > '3 3 ft > 0 3 3^03 , . PP 3 > 3 3 ^ O 3 3 C-bn WWlWZfi^B *X ,2^r5 3 Floopa Valley. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 157 :g«2£2:38:SR3S:5?5SS ; ;°SS ;$ ; 1- i i i i i i ! i i i i i i l L ' ' . . ■ 1 i I! 199 45 9 2 i i ;j8g8-*85 SSSSSSST ~ ^ ~ -a- p- is ; i i ; ; i 2|| ig : j | : i| i i i jx • • i | M j joo i iss i» i j ! : ; i : : : JLi : : i • • . i i i S'^*' i : | i iss" i 1 ! 82^ i i00 | | : : : i i i i ill i : i » j i i i s i- 1 ! E : : ! : i i i i 53 22 2 S&S8 i i j j • • i i \m is : : : ; ■ i g$'°§ jooo®^ ggg-- i » • i i j i ; 494 139 93 2 38 52 | ; ; j i ! j i i i ; ; : • ‘ i i i i i » ■ \** i i i i i i i i i i g jssss • * • i j ' • IN : : : : ! : i ! : : i ' • II ■ » i *s : : : :® U : : : : : : : : i i i | ! ! ! ! S23 23 5 3 15 9 70 1 54 8 7 511 425 14 72 gaSS^S^S 8S~*°SS2SS c3SS285§®:5§3 • ; :* i i • < i i • • § j j • • ; I i | ! i ® ! !o : :x : :s ; ; ; ; ■ I ii h«* • i • » iss • j 1 | i i i : : : ; : | i i i • • i i i i i i i • is iSl i i i : • is is ; i i i i i iss i ’ ’ i 1*8 j j! ! : : : iiii 2SS : : : :$ 0 o* • » • » *- III! 1 1 1 1 >111 1 1 1 1 1 ! ! ! 23 i i ! is** ; — - : : : !! ! i i • 1*5 I" S2 - j • 3BS SS§SaSaSS®8i«S |8SSig*SS Ps-ss255 s'ssssss-s- S£i2^II*S2§sPPsSf§llli28S I=I§IJ|s ssfesssjgsu M CO CO ^ H -wf* ^4 S8SS|aB638*!iaa||8S8|S8eSB!i3| 3§gsp§- SSS&StaaSSB Table 3.— Indian School Population and School Enrollment During Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1934— Continued 158 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 O O Jj'cS § •228.9-g b' c «D 04 OC 03 CO 00 i-i CS C4 04 «0 lOH®OC4 01rH 03 50 •*< CO CO 00 “5 CO 04 <£> 04 0 04 04U9—I — < ,-H «»RS 04 O a S a« oO: o co 0.5 O* I os r- CO 05 co a ON iO i 04 iO QQ CO 85 i-l 'j< 00 Tf 04 ' 'OtP o*» 1 ► ®’2 5 I- T3 g > 00 CO i ■ 85; ' >o uo 00 00 <£> l« 00 - •- <3 +e >> $ > 02 CS CO s 'S TJ 1,3 Sag « a> a a S3 £.2 3 g s I 00 CO CO ^ CO ^ i h »-h as c* * i-H CO NNHNOO , M os as a o £ §^3 rS8-.s& £ 8 llOOOOCOHCOrHOO ^ 00 iO CO oj < )rHN^00C0CC0w5O )00t^t^r-f00*0^^40 'NCOO'trt- CON5DCO WCOWNN00©Nif3»NMOS»O5 - “ — * *- ONHMOO^cOOiOiNCC^O 83 < r- CO *C CO ** 11 o§ I Pu. o « §3 ^ o T3 ssl 2-§ ® , «3 Sffl ■S®0* © © ^ fl o £-2't3.S :.2 §3 05 ® os ■s85tg. , \-££ 3 ; i” o^+? i,; Q ^ 8 ► feS §tb £ nn .fi _c X2 £3 fecoE-i ; ; ;§o3 ;« ■ i 1 © 2 ^ fl O ^ ^ 2 05 2 e « c3 • £ .<5 ce o£» o o3 flO-c'C'c> £- § ; « 14 l^^agMPHdio&Hg.^aOoooS jai 1 ® £ O 03 P ® as it Ccs® ’.fl-arn M «3 3j3-— on" loaOMOPn Omfe mM 3 t o o ® .3 T3 o3 II "■VS SOPh' Im B * SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS -- . - LL on Zl iz m $3** : 3 50 05 25 57 11 24 8 5 9 13 6 7 1,134 56 10 12 9 383 414 41 118 91 74 48 2 2 2 14 6 275 58 21 63 11 117 5 175 24 18 35 13 S- r-i !?!S§g$ S?8$ ** j j j • coc*e*o*t'- | j till II till I . OO C*«OI^»OC& I^HCO | j 1 1 1 . . ■ i i i CS f-H 1 il • 1 1 1,230 69 68 56 1 382 425 68 115 46 1 S §2® *^*23 £5g ' 88 i j i i S ' ' ! ! j j j i > ! ! 1 :s.°S2 is 0*1 i i CO 1 • II *-H 1 l ll SS gSSSSSggSIS SS 00 00 00 8 8 8 S'* 1,136 236 4 25 450 270 16 igSS • ' 1 Tf* QO • • OOW i i i i CO i * • ii lfi | j i§§" . I I 105 70 29 CO * ' i i • . 136 3 21 “i 120 112 8 31 =ss||g8§sS e* oo ' <*”8 gg§S8g§S§» 28$ rf 5§ agsgSSiSS 1 as—"* gS38iisi5 2— §S£ IS to ehi.. . . . . . 35 30 B-4 Do. Maricopa. _ _ 34 31 B-4 Do. Salt River _ _ _ 155 133 B-6 Do. Santan _ _ _ 124 109 B-4 Do. San Carlos Agency: San Carlos . . . . . . . 134 94 B-8 Reservation, boarding. San Carlos _ _ _ 269 212 B-8 Day. Sells Agency: Chui Chiuschu. _ _ 26 13 B-4 Do. Poso Redondo _ 37 15 B-5 Do. Santa Rosa _ _ _ 146 109 B-4 Do. Sells- Vamori _ 105 79 B-6 Do. Ventena . . _ : 56 41 B-4 Do. Southern Navajo Agency: Chin Lee . _ _ 136 133 B-4 Reservation, boarding. Southern Navajo _ 391 351 B-6 Do. Tohatchi _ _ 210 202 B-6 Do. Cornfields _ _ _ _ 38 37 B-4 Day. Crystal . _ 34 31 1-3 Do. Kinlichee _ 35 34 B-2 Do. Klagetoh _ _ 33 31 1 Do. Truxton Canon School: Truxton Canon _ 232 204 B-8 Reservation, boarding. Havasupai . _ 41 37 B-6 Day. Peach Springs _ 26 25 B-6 Do. Western Navajo Agency: Western Navajo . _ 354 348 B-7 Reservation, boarding. Moencopi _ 78 75 B-6 Day. California: Fort Yuma Agency: Fort Yuma, _ 156 113 B-6 Do. Hoopa Valley Agency: Hoopa Valley _ 105 83 B-5 Do. Sacramento Agency: Fort Bidwe.il . _ _ 28 21 B-6 Do. Sherman Institute _ _ _ 852 733 7-12 Nonreservation, boarding. Colorado: Consolidated Ute Agency: Ignacio . . _ _ _ 226 214 B-8 Reservation, boarding. Ute Mountain _. .. _ 169 156 B-7 Do. Florida: Seminole Agency: Seminole _ _ - 29 9 B-3 Day. Idaho: Fort Hati Agency: Fort Hall . _ j 230 192 B-8 Reservation, boarding. Iowa: Sac and Fox Agency: Mesquakie _ _ 49 37 B-3 Day. Kansas: Haskell Agency: Haskell Institute . _ 799 617 10-12 Nonreservation, boarding. ITickapoo _ 23 22 B-6 Day. Michigan: Mount Pleasant School. .. . - - 52 45 2-9 Nonreservation, boarding. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 161 Table 4.— Indian Schools, Classification and Statistics for Fiscal Year Ended Junel30, 1934— Con. State, agency, and school En¬ roll¬ ment Aver¬ age at¬ tend¬ ance Grades taught Class of school Minnesota: Consolidated Chippewa Agency: 85 72 B-6 Day. Nonreservation, boarding. Reservation, boarding. Do. 308 302 B-9 Red Lake Agency: 103 100 B-7 130 105 B-9 Mississippi: Choctaw Agency: Bogue Chitto . . . 39 30 B-3 Day.1 Do.1 Bogue Homo.. _ _ _ _ 20 16 B-6 59 47 B-5 Do.1 Pearl River _ _ 84 74 B-7 Do.1 Red Water _ _ _ _ _ 57 47 B-6 Do.1 32 29 B-6 Do.1 Tucker . . . . . . 62 57 B-6 Do.1 Montana: Blackfcet Agency: 178 139 1-12 Reservation, boarding. Day. Reservation, boarding. Do. 60 28 B-3 Fort Belknap Agency: 88 69 1-11 Fort Peck Agency: Fort Peck . . 149 115 B-12 Rocky Boys* Agency: 27 17 B-5 Day. Do. 33 27 B-5 Parker Canyon . . „ . 33 20 B-8 Do. 52 36 B-7 Do. 37 26 B-7 Do. Tongue River Agency: Tongue River . . . 96 86 B-8 Reservation, boarding. Day. Do. Birney . . _ _ _ 40 35 B-6 Muddy Creek . . - 6 5 B-8 Nebraska: Genoa School . . . 70 55 B-12 Nonreservation, boarding. Do. Nevada: Carson Agency: Carson _ _ _ _ 607 545 B-10 Fort McDermitt . . 40 35 B-6 Day. Do. Nevada _ _ 81 66 B-7 Walker River Agency: Fallon . . . . . . . 38 28 B-3 Do. Walker River _ _ _ _ 68 50 B-8 Do. New Mexico: Albuquerque School _ 778 723 7-12 Nonreservation, boarding. Do. Charles II. Burke School . . 501 433 4-12 Eastern Navajo Agency: Eastern Navajo (Pueblo Bonito) _ 360 351 B-6 Reservation, boarding. Day. Reservation, boarding. Do. Pinedale _ _ _ _ 23 22 B-3 Mescalero Agency: Mescalero _ _ _ _ _ 124 116 B-6 Northern Navajo Agency: San Juan. _ _ _ 409 401 B-8 Toadlena.. . . . . . 245 215 B-7 Do. Nava.. _ _ _ _ 60 52 B-5 Day. Do. Redrock _ _ _ _ 56 29 B-3 Sanostee . . . . 65 58 B-2 Do.1 Teecnospos . . . 27 16 B Do. Santa Fe Agency: Santa Fe . . . . 530 467 3-12 Nonreservation, boarding. Day. Do. Nambe . _ _ _ - 20 19 B-2 Picuris. _ _ _ _ _ 28 24 B-4 San Ildefonso _ 20 17 B-5 Do. San Juan . . . . 92 88 B-7 Do. Santa Clara _ _ _ 69 62 B-6 Do. Taos . . . 176 171 B-8 Do. Tesuque . . . . . 21 13 B-5 Do. Southern Pueblos Agency: Acomita _ _ _ _ _ 101 86 B-6 Do. Chicale _ 20 23 B-6 Do. Cochiti _ _ _ 45 43 B-6 Do. Encinal _ _ _ 17 13 B-6 Do. Isleta_. ... _ _ _ 116 100 B-6 Do. Jemez Mission. _ _ _ _ _ _ 32 30 1-2 Do. Jemez _ _ _ _ 53 49 B-6 Do. Laguna _ _ _ _ 50 47 B-6 Do. McCartys _ _ 67 60 B-6 Do. Mesita . . . 19 16 B-5 Do. 1 Figures taken from report for Dec. 30. 162 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Table 4.— Indian Schools, Classification and Statistics for Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1934— Con. State, agency, and school En¬ roll¬ ment Aver¬ age at¬ tend¬ ance Grades taught Class of school New Mexico— Continued. Southern Pueblo Agencys— Continued. 66 56 B-6 Da Vi 40 37 B-6 ‘Do. Sand'ia _ 20 19 B-5 Do. 59 50 B-5 Do. Santa Ana _ 29 26 B-7 Do. Santa Domingo _ 113 99 B-6 Do. 26 24 B-6 Do. Sia_. . . . . . 21 20 B-5 Do. Zuni Agency: Zuni _ _ _ 143 127 B-9 Do. North Carolina: Cherokee Agency: Cherokee _ _ _ 316 286 B-10 Reservation, boarding. Day. Do. Cherokee _ 90 72 B-8 Big Cove _ 33 26 B-5 Birdtown _ 63 48 B-5 Do. North Dakota: Bismarck School . . . . . 114 83 4-10 Nonreservation, boarding. Day. Do. Fort Berthold Agency: 31 20 B-7 Nishu _ 28 17 B-7 Shell Creek . 49 31 B-6 Do. Fort Totten School . . 228 195 1-9 Reservation, boarding. Do. Standing Bock Agency: Standing Rock _ 229 197 B-8 Turtle Mountain Agency: Turtle Mountain _ _ 727 423 1-8 Day. Do. Indian Day No. 5 _ 87 52 1-6 Roussin... _ 66 48 B-4 Do. Wahpeton School . . 364 345 B-9 Nonreservation, boarding. Reservation, boarding. Nonreservation, boarding. Reservation, boarding. Do. Oklahoma: Cheyenne and Arapaho Agency: Cheyenne and Arapaho _ 241 114 1-9 Chilocco School . . . . 841 670 7-12 Kiowa Agency: Fort Sill . . 211 183 1-9 Riverside _ 240 215 B-8 Pawnee Agency: Pawnee _ 260 213 1-8 Do. Quapaw Agency: Seneca _ _ 274 259 1-9 Do. Five Civilized Tribes Agency: Sequoyah Orphan Training School _ Creek Nation: Euchee _ 365 131 339 111 1-12 1-9 Nonreservation, boarding. Do. Eufaula _ 155 149 B-9 Do. Chickasaw Nation: Carter Seminary _ 190 159 1-9 Do. Choctaw Nation: Jones Male Academy _ 213 178 B-9 Do. Wheelock Academy _ 138 132 B-9 Do. Oregon; Salem School .. _ _ 360 286 7-12 Do. Warm Springs Agency: Warm Springs . . . . 147 136 B-8 Reservation, boarding. Do. South Dakota: Cheyenne Biver Agency: Cheyenne River _ 275 232 B-9 Cherry Creek . . . . . 29 21 1-6 Day. Green Grass _ 29 18 B-6 Do. Thunder Butte . . . 20 17 B-5 Do. Flandreau School... . _ 504 452 10-12 Nonreservation, boarding. Do. Pierre School _ _ _ _ _ 325 290 B-10 Pine Bidge Agency: Pine Ridge (Oglala) _ 610 440 B-12 Reservation, boarding. Day. Do. No. 4.. _ _ _ _ _ _ 25 19 B-6 No. 5. . . . . 50 42 B-6 No. 6 . . . 28 16 1-5 Do. No. 7 . . . 30 19 B-6 Do. No. 9 . 39 22 B-6 Do. No. 10 . . . . . 27 14 B-6 Do. No. 12 . . 16 11 B-5 Do. Nn. 15 20 17 B-5 Do. No. 16 . . 39 26 B-6 Do. Nn. 17 15 10 2-6 Do. No. 20 . . 27 21 B-6 Do. Nn 21 23 13 B-5 Do. No. 22_ . 27 18 B-6 Do. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 163 Table 4.— Indian Schools, Classification and Statistics for Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1931— Con. State, agency, and school En¬ roll¬ ment Aver¬ age at¬ tend¬ ance Grades taught Class of school South Dakota— Continued. Pine Ridge Agency— Continued. No. 23 . . . . 21 15 B-6 Day Do. No. 24. . . . . 48 30 B-6 No. 25 _ _ 21 15 B-6 B-6 Do. No. 26.— . . . . 15 8 Do. No. 27 . . . . . 28 20 B-6 Do. No. 28 _ _ 12 B-6 Do. Red Shirt Table _ 19 11 B-6 Do. Kyle _ _ _ _ 134 89 B-8 Do. Wakpamni Lake _ 17 12 B-6 Do. Rapid City School _ 58 57 Nonreservation boarding. Reservation, boarding. Day. Do. Rosebud Agency: Rosebud . . . . 320 213 B-9 Blackpipe _ _ _ _ _ _ 32 18 B-5 Cut Meat. _ _ _ 38 23 B-6 He Dog’s Camp _ _ 28 25 B-6 Do. Little Crow _ _ _ _ _ 31 27 B-6 Do. Milk’s Camp _ _ _ _ 30 21 B-6 Do. Oak Creek _ _ _ 22 17 B-6 Do. Spring Creek _ _ _ 34 22 B-6 Do. Upper Cut Meat . 17 12 1-6 Do. Utah: Paiute Agency: Goshute— . 44 36 B-8 Do. Kaibab . . . . . 17 13 B-6 Do. Uintah and Ouray Agency: Uintah _ _ _ _ _ 112 74 B-7 Reservation, boarding. Day. Do. Uintah _ _ _ _ _ 44 19 B-7 Ouray _ _ _ 37 21 B-5 Wisconsin: Hayward School _ _ 45 30 1-9 Reservation, boarding. Day. Do. Keshcna Agency: Neopit . . . . . . 29 20 B-8 Lac du Flambeau Agency: Lac du Flambeau.. . 142 109 1-9 Tomah School . . . . . . 240 190 1-10 Nonreservation, boarding. Day. Wyoming: Shoshone Agency: Shoshone . . . . . . 139 116 B-10 SCHOOL SUMMARY Class Number of schools Enroll¬ ment Average at' tendance Nonreservation, boarding . 25 9, 276 8, 069 Reservation, boarding _ 36 8,401 7,211 Day . . . . . 134 8,063 6,288 Total . . . 195 25,740 21, 568 THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE Arno B. Camerer, Director This year, for the first time in its history, the National Park Service goes on a fiscal-year basis in its annual report. Previously these reports covered primarily a seasonal year beginning October 1 and ending the following September 30, although of necessity financial matters were reported on a fiscal-year basis. In making the transition, this report for 1934 covers financial matters for the entire fiscal year ended June 30, but construction, travel, and other activities previously covered on a travel-year basis, herein are reported for the period from October 1, 1933, to June 30, 1934, to avoid duplication of material in last year’s report. The annual report of the National Park Service will be entirely on a fiscal-year basis. The Federal campaign to make 1934 outstanding as a national- park year met with an enthusiastic response, with the result that travel to the scenic national parks increased 38 percent for the period October 1, 1933, to June 30, 1934, over the same period a year ago. Following the Secretary’s appeal to the American people last January to visit their national parks during 1934, the National Park Service entered into an intensive travel-promotion campaign. Although handicapped by the fact that no funds were available for advertising, and with printing funds so limited as to make impossible the issuance of an adequate quantity of printed informational matter, this campaign was a distinct success. This happy result was achieved through the whole-hearted cooperation of the operators of concessions in the national parks, railroads and other transportation systems, automobile associations, oil companies, chambers of commerce, civic organizations, and conservationists generally. The press supported the movement universally, and radio companies were exceedingly generous in donating free time for national-park broadcasts. Valu¬ able assistance also was given whenever possible and consistent by various Federal emergency organizations. Among the extraordinary activities of the National Park Service in promoting park travel in 1934 were the promotion of two national- park radio series and related talks; the sponsoring of a series of national-park stamps; the preparation of six national-park posters, 164 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 165 the first to be issued by the Department of the Interior; the issuance of thoroughly revamped information circulars; cooperation with emergency relief agencies in public works; and cooperation with outside agencies whereby much material was furnished for use in newspaper and magazine advertising. In all of the above, and particularly in pushing the national-park stamp series project, the support and active cooperation of the Secretary of the Interior has been invaluable. NATIONAL PARKS PARTICIPATION IN EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES The National Park Service was fortunate in being one of those bureaus so situated that it was able, with a minimum of time, to enter actively into the various emergency measures destined by the President to bring relief to the country. It administers large areas of publicly owned lands where protec¬ tive measures of various types are needed; it annually entertains several millions of people recreation-bent and many long-desired im¬ provements for their comfort needed to be installed ; it possessed the administrative, scientific, and technical nucleus capable of quick expansion in handling relief measures; and it already had plans for long-time development needs on which to base sound improvement and constructive activities under the emergency measures. With this background it was able to get the most from every dollar and every man available for national-park work under Public Works, Civil Works, and Emergency Conservation Work. All of these activities resulted in immeasurable good through conserva¬ tion of priceless national and natural resources and in great economic good to neighboring vicinities, most of them off the beaten track of commercial development and presenting serious pictures of privation and actual want. Through Public Works activities, still in progress, construction programs of great importance 'were made possible ; through emergency conservation protection to the forests against fire, flood, and insect attacks was provided; and Civil Works filled in the gap between these two in a most valuable way. I cannot speak too strongly of the good work accomplished under all three agencies. Through them the National Park Service and the public visiting the park and monument areas have benefited immeasurably. THE CIVIL WORKS PROGRAM The Civil Works program for the National Park Service began on November 28, 1933, and was terminated April 28, 1934. At the peak of the program there was a total of 12,942 men and 192 women employed. The total expenditure amounted to $2,490,678, of which 166 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 $1,988,960 was for labor. The National Park Service program was divided into three main divisions, namely, Historical American Building Survey, National Capital Parks Project, and the Na¬ tional Parks and Monuments Project. The National Parks and Monuments Project included 72 national parks and monuments located in 27 States and the Territory of Hawaii. The following outstanding projects were accomplished under Civil Works Administration grants: HISTORICAL AMERICAN BUILDING SURVEY PROJECT Employment of approximately 700 architects and draftsmen who collected data and made architectural drawings for historical purposes of some 860 buildings throughout the United States. NATIONAL CAPITAL PARKS PROJECT Employment of approximately 1,500 workers, who built swimming pools, landscaped park areas, improved roads and paths, planted trees and shrubs, and made other valuable improvements for the enjoyment of the people in the parks of the District of Columbia. NATIONAL PARKS AND MONUMENTS PROJECT Employment of some 11,000 workers for various types of work on the projects in the national parks and monuments, as follows: Museum laboratory { western field headquarters). — Employment of artists, painters, sculptors, draftsmen, engineers, etc., in the prepara¬ tion of numerous museum displays for the museums of the various national parks and monuments. Archeological research and development of southwestern monuments. — Employment of some 600 workers, including Indians, cowboys, homesteaders, and trained archeologists, who accomplished excellent results in building roads and other badly needed improvements, as well as making valuable archeological studies in 15 national monu¬ ments in Arizona and New Mexico. Glacier National Park. — Removal of 45 carloads of fire-killed timber, which was shipped to the Blackfeet Indian Reservation in Montana, to be used by the Indians for fuel and building purposes. Historical parks and monuments in the East. — Valuable historical projects for collection of authentic historical data, and development of historical areas. Other accomplishments.— Thousands of acres of fire-hazard reduc¬ tion, many acres of erosion control, including construction of many check dams, reforestation and sodding, many miles of roadside beautification, construction of many foot and motor vehicle bridges, remodeling old buildings, preservation of historic and prehistoric areas and historically important structures, construction of roads, SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 167 trails, telephone lines, water and sewer systems, lighting facilities, camp-ground facilities, such as tables and fireplaces. A large amount of important work that could not have been accomplished otherwise because of insufficient appropriations was accomplished in the various national parks and monuments through the medium of the Civil Works Administration, and the character of the work done by the Civil Works Administration employees in most cases was excellent. This, combined with the much needed relief which was provided to thousands of practically destitute people residing near the various parks and monuments, definitely establishes the Civil Works program as a successful enterprise in the national parks and monuments. EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK The National Park Service has benefited greatly from its oppor¬ tunity to participate in the President’s Emergency Conservation Work program. The establishment of Civilian Conservation Corps camps within the national parks and monuments has resulted in accomplishing work that had been greatly needed for years, but which was impossible and doubtless would have remained impossible of accomplishment under normal appropriations for many years. But the accomplishments must not be measured only in terms of the practical achievements of this nature, but also must take into account the remarkable rehabilitation of the young men, literally remaking them, changing their psychological aspect, and restoring them wdth healthy minds and bodies to normal industrial activities. Following the resignation of former Director Horace M. Albright the present Director of the National Park Service has served as the Interior Department representative on the Advisory Council to Robert Fechner, Director of Emergency Conservation Work, and the Associate Director has served as alternate. Chief Forester J. D. Coffman has acted as liaison officer for the various bureaus of the Department of the Interior and has supervised the program for the national parks and monuments. Assistant Director Conrad L. Wirtli, Chief of the Branch of Planning, has directed the Emergency Conservation Work in the State parks and related areas. All work within areas under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service has been carefully' planned by experienced landscape archi¬ tects, engineers, foresters, and wildlife experts so as to preserve the distinct natural features, and in addition in the historical and military parks, historical technicians have been employed to insure the care¬ ful preservation and interpretation of the historical values. A particularly happy feature of participation in the Civilian Con¬ servation Corps activities by the National Park Service was the opportunity it afforded the Bureau to cooperate in an official way 168 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 with the State park agencies. It also made possible, on a slightly more limited scale, cooperation with a number of county and munici¬ pal park agencies which possess parks of a character similar to State parks. The National Park Service is proud of the record that has been made in this new field. Its work has consisted of a careful study, in advance of each period of operation, of hundreds of applications, each setting forth a complete program of work for a 200-man camp, as well as the funds needed for its accomplishment; assistance, extended directly by its staff of technically trained inspectors, in study and criticism of detailed plans; and close contact with the work as it was carried out, to see that it was done efficiently, in accordance with the approved program, and in consonance with standards comparable with those established by the National Park Service for the national parks and monuments. There can be no doubt that the Emergency Conservation Work program has been to a very large degree responsible both for increased interest in all types of parks in which it is being carried on and for the tremendous increase in State park acreage. Much of this increase in State park lands has come through donations by private individuals or corporations, although a number of States have continued or re¬ sumed park-land purchases. In some instances county or city funds have been expended in the purchase of desirable park lands. In many cases, the comprehensive planning required by the Park Service as a basis for Emergency Conservation Work, has indicated serious deficiencies in a number of parks which have been remedied in one way or another. Since inauguration of the work, Virginia, West Virginia, South Carolina, Mississippi, Oklahoma, Nevada, and New Mexico have entered the State park field. New Hampshire, New York, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Tennessee, Kentucky, Ohio, Illinois, Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, Arkansas, Texas, North Dakota, Washington, Cali¬ fornia, and perhaps others have acquired new parks. The total acreage added to these systems since April 1, 1933, comes close to the half million mark. During the first Emergency Conservation Work enrollment period, April 1, 1933, to September 30, 1933, 70 camps were established in national parks and monuments and 105 in State, county, and metro¬ politan parks. In the second enrollment period, October 1, 1933, to March 31, 1934, 61 camps existed in national parks and monuments and 239 in 32 States in State park areas; while in the third enrollment period, April 1, 1934, to September 30, 1934, 102 camps were allotted to national parks and monuments, and 268 camps were assigned to State parks and related areas with the camps existing in 40 different States. Plans have been made for 79 camps in national parks and SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 169 monuments and for 293 camps in State parks and associated areas with camps in 41 States for the fourth enrollment period which will extend from October 1, 1934, to March 31, 1935. In addition, the extension of the drought-relief program has caused the allotment of 6 drought-relief Emergency Conservation Work camps to national parks and monuments and 52 such camps to State parks and associ¬ ated areas for the year ending June 30, 1935. The Emergency Con¬ servation Work program was extended to the Territory of Hawaii with 577 enrollees allotted to the Territorial portion and one 200-man camp to Hawaii National Park. Two regular fourth-period camps and one drought-relief camp, assigned to the Reclamation Service, will also be managed by this Service. There will be in the fourth period a total of 431 camps under the direct supervision of this office. Approximately 100,000 young men in all have been engaged in 1y) _ . 15, 000. 00 1929-.- . „ . 387, 250. 00 } * 449, 159. 00 237, 166. 90 1929 (rip.fir>ip.nnyl 14, 385. 00 1930 . . 412, 360. 00 }« 390, 204. 38 280, 355. 45 1930 (deficiency) _ 5, 381. 00 1931 . . . . . . . . 510, 100. 00 } 574,302.64 260, 805. 28 1931 (deficiency). _ _ _ _ _ 32, 500. 00 1932 . . . . . . . 558, 600. 00 J a 535, 376. 25 222, 629. 17 1933 . . . . . . 401, 200. 00 335, 309. 00 389, 523. 19 196, 319. 94 1934 . . . . . . . . . 205, 227. 00 221, 960. 83 ■ 1935 . . . . . . . . . 251, 845. 00 See footnotes at end of table. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 209 National Parks Table 4. — Statement of appropriations made for , and revenues received from , the various national parks and national monuments , and expendi¬ tures made therefrom during recent fiscal years 1 — Continued Name of the national park Appropriations Appropri- Expended Revenue received Zion: 1928 . 1929 . 1929 (deficiency) . 1930 . 1931 . 1932. . 1933. . . . 1934 . 1935. . George Washington B.P National Monument: 1930 (deficiency) . 1930- 31 (deficiency) . . . 1931 . 1932 . 1933 . 1934. . Colonial National Monument: 1931- 32 (deficiency)... . . . . . . 1933 . 1934 . . Protection of National Monuments: 1928 . 1929 . . 1929 (deficiency) . 1930 . 1931 . 1931 (deficiency) . . . . . 1932. . 1933 . 1934... . 1935 . National Historical Parks and Monuments: 1935 . National Military Parks, Battlefields, and Cemeteries: 1934 . 1935. . National Military Monuments: 1934 . 1935. . National Park Service: 1928. . 1929 . 1929 (deficiency) . 1930. . . . 1931 . 1932 . 1933 . 1934 . 1935 . Public Buildings and Grounds: 1934 . 1935 . . Arlington Memorial Bridge: 1934 . . . . Addition to Executive Office building: 1935 (deficiency) . . . Fighting forest fires: 1922. . . . 1923. . 1924 . 1925 . . General expenses, National Park Service: 1931 . 1932. . 1933. . 1934. . 1935 . . . Emergency reconstruction: 1925 . . Forest protection and fire prevention: 1931. . . . 1932. . . . 1933 . 1934 . . . 1935. . . . . . $30,900.00 38, 000. 00 3, 295. 00 38, 300. 00 33, 200. 00 64. 100. 00 46, 600. 00 47, 440. 00 35, 940. 00 996. 18 80, 000. 00 2, 500. 00 26, 500. 00 25, 800. 00 21, 250. 00 135, 000. 00 72, 000. 00 52, 030. 00 25, 000.00 35, 000. 00 1, 225.00 46, 000. 00 83,900.00 3, 000.00 165, 400. 00 93, 800. 00 89, 060. 00 82, 760. 00 77,350.00 229, 883. 00 160, 030. 00 36, 223. 00 33, 770. 00 57, 100. 00 70, 200. 00 4, 660. 00 80, 830. 00 117, 000. 00 167, 400. 00 174, 620. 00 160, 000. 00 148, 390. 00 3, 479, 193. 00 4, 078, 590. 00 198, 000. 00 325, 000. 00 25, 000.00 25, 000. 00 25,000.00 20, 000. 00 25, 000. 00 35. 100. 00 37, 000. 00 25, 000. 00 24, 500. 00 20, 000. 00 96, 850. 00 170, 000. 00 140, 000. 00 147, 000. 00 69, 600. 00 $30, 737. 69 40, 569. 00 * 42, 290. 11 * 32, 589. 60 2 53, 145. 65 45, 451. 53 32, 646. 00 987. 71 78, 782. 34 > 26, 050. 83 22, 661. 61 11, 468. 00 * 132, 648. 99 63, 615. 41 38, 711. 00 24,042.56 35, 951. 00 * 42, 634. 76 71, 598. 75 * 147, 585. 89 * 86, 978. 64 57, 457. 00 135,464.00 25, 658. 00 57, 047. 56 » 75, 714. 00 81, 864. 36 115, 859. 20 165, 299. 20 174, 547. 94 143, 069. 00 3, 396, 605. 00 57, 025. 00 9, 618. 30 17, 764. 16 6, 526. 02 20, 000. 00 24, 993. 02 31, 904. 58 33, 914. 87 24, 585. 00 17,009. 15 95, 856. 95 3 167, 247. 75 132, 491. 82 108, 580. 00 $3, 106. 3, 576. 7,724. 15, 500. 13, 067. 12, 194. 14, 539. 1. 20. 299. 504. 483. 132. 97. 100. 195. 19 252.05 185.03 306.67 575.00 20. 10 .25 1. 14 10.00 23, 774. 23 See footnotes at end of table. § S oSSSm ! ! ! 88 I <§§co 8 8 8 8 210 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 National Parks Table 4. — Statement of appropriations made for , and revenues received from, the various national parks and national monuments, and expendi¬ tures made therefrom during recent fiscal years 1 — Continued Name of the national park Appropriations Appropri¬ ated Expended Revenue received Emergency reconstruction and fighting forest fires: 1926 . . . . . . 1926 (deficiency). . . . . . 1927 . . . . 1927 (deficiency). . 1928--. . . . . 1929 (deficiency) . . . . 1930 _ _ „ . . 1930 (deficiency) _ _ - _ _ 1931 . „ . . . 1932 . . . 1932 (deficiency) . . . . 1933- . . . . . 1934 _ _ _ 1934 (deficiency) _ 1935 (deficiency) _ _ _ Construction of roads and trails: 1925 (deficiency)-.. _ _ _ 1926--. _ _ _ 1927 . . . . . . . . 1928 . . . . . . 1928 (deficiency) . . . . . 1929. . . — . . . 1930- . . . 1931 _ _ _ _ 1931 (deficiency) . . . . . 1932- . . . . . . 1933 . . . . 1934 _ _ Emergency construction, roads and trails: 1931 (deficiency) _ _ _ 1933 _ 1935 (deficiency) . . . . . . . Insect control: 1925-26 (deficiency) . . . . 1927 . . 1928 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Southern Appalachian: 1925-26 (deficiency) _ _ _ 1927 . . — . 1928-.. . . . 1929 _ _ 1930 . . 1931 _ _ _ _ Purchase of lands: 1928_ . . „ . . . 1929 _ _ — . . — . 1930- ....— . . . 1931 . . . . . 1932 . . . . 1933 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Extension of winter-feed facilities: 1930. . „„ . 1931 . . . . 1932. . . 1933 _ _ _ Purchase of lands Colonial National Monument: 1931- 32 (deficiency). _ _ _ _ Public-works projects, roads and trails: 1933- 35. . . . . Public-works projects, physical improvements: 1933—35 _ _ _ _ _ Emergency conservation work: 1933-35 (allotments program) . . Civil works, 1933-35 . . . $40, 000. 40, 000. 40, 000. 235, 000. 40, 000. 29, 000. 20, 000. 180, 000. 50, 000. 50, 000. 55, 000. 50, 000. 50, 000. 100, 000. 25, 000. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 \ 00 / 00 1, 000, 1, 500, 2, 000, 2, 000, 1, 000, 2, 500, 5, 000, 5. 000, 2, 500, 5, 000, 4, 500, 2, 435, 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 700. 00 2, 078, 800. 00 3, 000, 000. 00 5, 000, 000. 00 25, 000. 00 20, 000. 00 7, 500. 00 20, 000. 00 (4) 5, 000. 00 4. 500. 00 3, 000. 00 3, 000. 00 50, 000. 00 50, 000. 00 250, 000. 00 1, 750, 000. 00 1, 000, 000. 00 75, 000. 00 75, 000. 00 $80, 000. 00 40, 228, 26, 4 40, 000. 00 647. 83 , 865. 46 138. 26 180, 40, i 169, 4 57, 35, 300. 17 481. 49 950. 35 228. 83 407. 00 500, 000. 00 26, 884, 144. 00 7, 232, 456. 00 16, 794, 971. 00 2, 490, 678. 00 1, 000, 1, 500, 2, 000, 2, 000, 1, 000, 2, 500, 5, 000, ■7, 500, 5, 000, 4, 500, 1, 477, 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000.00 000. 00 000. 00 000. 00 000.00 200. 00 2, 078, 800. 00 3, 000, 000. 00 24, 945. 24 19,828. 96 7, 379. 35 12, 453. 27 7, 252. 21 4 3, 887. 13 ^ 3, 945. 07 4 3, 415 75 4 4, 172. 45 13, 925. 00 1, 383. 00 17, 233. 93 s 1,983,718.06 4 711, 688. 33 5 238, 396. 19 7, 612. 50 10, 265. 00 s 12, 022. 50 « 477. 50 500, 000. 00 4, 103, 107. 00 1, 651, 423. 00 11, 799, 459. 00 2, 490, 678. 00 1 For statement of appropriations and revenues prior to 1917 see 1920 Annual Report, pp. 354-358, and for 1918-27 see 1930 Annual Report, pp. 66-72. 2 Appropriation decreased by transfers to emergency reconstruction and fighting forest fires under author¬ ity contained in the appropriation act. (See table 18.) 3 Appropriation augmented by transfers from other appropriations under 10-percent clause. 1 Reappropriated items. (See table 14.) 3 Available until expended. 6 Funds lapsed. Park not established in specified time. 7 Credited to the miscellaneous receipts in the District of Columbia. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 211 National Parks Table 5. — Statement of accounts reappropriated and made available for expenditure in subsequent fiscal years Appropriated for fiscal year 1928. 1928. 1928. 1929. 1929. 1929. 1929. 1930. 1930. 1930. 1930. 1930. 1930. 1930. 1931. 1931. 1931. 1932. 1932. 1933. Reap¬ propri¬ ated for fiscal year Park Amount 1929 Yosemite . . $35, 000. 00 1929 Southern Appalachian _ 1,112.87 1929 Emergency reconstruc¬ tion and fighting forest fires. 13, 134. 54 1930 Yosemite . . 8, 661. 78 1930 Carlsbad Caverns.. . 4, 950. 00 1930 Southern Appalachian. ... 1, 662. 55 1931 Grand Canyon . 20, 000. 00 1931 Acadia . . 2, 850. 00 1, 091. 06 1931 Crater Lake . 1931 Mesa Verde . . 1, 652. 18 1931 Yosemite _ _ _ 32, 662. 70 1931 National monuments . 2, 500. 00 1931 Southern Appalachian.... 1, 246. 80 1931 Glacier . 9, 550. 00 1932 National monuments . 1, 759. 23 1932 Emergency reconstruction and fighting forest fires. 7, 434. 15 1933 National monuments . 3, 204. 50 1933 Carlsbad Caverns . . 13, 000. 00 1933 Emergency reconstruction and fighting forest fires. 16, 587. 00 1934 Emergency reconstruction and fighting forest fires. 9, 143. 93 Purpose Hospital building. To remain available; general. Do. Construction of water-supply and camp¬ ground facilities. Superintendent’s residence. To remain available; general. Hospital building. Equipment storage building. Ranger station. 2 ranger stations. Physical improvements. Employees’ quarters (2) at Petrified Forest. To remain available; general. One-third of cost of constructing a tele¬ phone line. Water-supply system at Craters of the Moon. To remain available; general. Water supply at Chaco Canyon. Electric system, extension and improve¬ ment. To remain available; general. To remain available; general. National Parks Table 6. — Summary of appropriations for the administration, protection, and improvement of the national parks and national monuments , together with the revenues received, for the fiscal years 1917 1 to 1934, inclusive Year Department Appropriation Revenues 1917 Interior Department. . $537, 366. 67 247, 200. 00 c3 05 a o a o 85 05 O. a 3 05

kO rH CO i-H TtT 1 CO IO ■^kOkOCO»0^i—CO CO O C* ) Hardwoods and other. _ Pounds _ 1, 569 4, 750 6,319 Insect past control: (a) Tree _ Acres _ 171,412 3, 673 None 85, 511 11, 671 8, 529 25, 522 4, 849 2,502 59, 634 None 256, 923 15, 344 8, 529 47, 691 (6) Other _ _ do _ Rodent control.. _ _ _ _ do _ Tree- and plant-disease control _ _ _ do _ 22, 169 984 13, 470 18, 846 549, 834 75 Eradication of poisonous and other plants _ Surveys: (a) Linear _ - do . . . Miles _ 5, 833 15, 972 78, 480 549, 834 75 (6) Topographic . . . . (c) Timber estimating, forest type, range, special use, etc _ Acres . . _ do . . (d) Model or relief maps . . . . Square feet . None Erosion control: (a) Dams _ _ _ Number _ 1,381 50, 683 301, 540 None 1,381 73, 100 1, 170, 690 ( b ) Land benefited _ _ _ Acres _ 22. 417 (c) Bank protection. _ _ Square yards . . 869, 150 216 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 National Parks Table 9. — Statement showing work accomplished at Civilians Conservation Corps camps under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service April 1911 to June SO, 1984 — Continued Item Unit new construction — continued Footbridges - - - - - Horse bridges . . — . . . Vehicle bridges . . . . . Stock bridges, also cattle guards and gates _ Water improvement: (а) Lake, pond, or beach.. _ _ (б) Stream.. _ _ _ _ _ (c) Restocking fish . . . . . Ponds for fish and birds _ _ _ Dams, recreational - - . - - - Corrals.. _ _ _ _ Flood control: (a) Line and grade (surveys) . — . ( d ) River bank (clearing) . (e) Channel (clearing) _ _ ( u ) Cribbing, includes riprap filling . Clearing, dam site. . . . Landscaping: (а) Unclassified . . . . (б) Fine grading (road slopes, parking areas, etc.). (c) Soil preparation . (d) Seeding or sodding - - - - - ( e ) Moving and planting trees or shrubs. ... (/) Tree surgery.. . — Masonry guard rails.. _ _ ... Number. . do — _ do... . do— Acres. .. Miles... Number. - do — - do — - do— Linear feet — Square yards.. Linear yards.. Linear feet.... Square yards.. Acres . . Cubic yards... Square yards.. Acres . . Number - Man-days _ Cubic yards— Total work accomplished from start of program to June 30, 1934' National parks and monu¬ ments State parks Com¬ bined total national parks and: State parks 73 536 609- 63 87 150' 173 331 504 2 None 2 14 12, 104 12, 118 58 249 307 . 373, 000 None 373, 000 90 None 90 3 810 813 13 None 13 . 170, 303 None 170,303 5, 000 18, 042, 119 18, 047, 119 . 29, 660 88, 677 118, 337 3, 580 None 3, 580 None 74, 051 74, 051 5, 489 11, 178 16, 667 . 146, 274 None 146, 274 . 222, 580 None 222, 580 227 None 227 . 162, 272 None 162, 272 3, 126 None 3, 126 486 376 862‘ GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Walter Curran Mendenhall, Director From the point of view of the geologists of this continent, the important event of the year was the meeting in Washington, in July, of the sixteenth session of the International Geological Congress. The only other session held in the United States was the fifth, in 1891. The technical sessions were held during the week July 22-29. They were preceded and followed by excursions to points of geologic interest east and west, two of them crossing the continent to the Pacific and back. One hundred interesting and valuable papers dealing with the geology and mineral resources of various parts of the world were presented and discussed. Nine of these papers were presented by members of the Survey staff. Leading geologists from all the principal nations wTere present and participated, 34 foreign countries being represented by official delegates. The total enroll¬ ment included 1,181 scientists and scientific institutions, about one- third of them from abroad. The various geologic institutions and individual geologists of the United States shared in the duties of host, served as officers of the Congress here and as guides on the geologic excursions, and participated in the preparation of the guidebooks for these excursions. In all these activities the staff of the Survey par¬ ticipated. Two principal publications arising out of the activities of the Congress are in course of publication — the report containing the proceedings of the Congress and a volume on the “ Copper resources of the world.” The Geological Survey hastened the issue of its new geologic map of the United States, which had been in preparation for a number of years, so that it appeared in time for the meeting. The year has been one of adaptation to altered conditions of govern¬ ment. The new agencies and services have made many and varied demands upon the facilities and the staffs of the Survey. Its special¬ ists and their specialized knowledge in problems of water supply, mapping, geology, engineering, and land classification have been in embarrassing demand. Difficult adjustments were necessary at the beginning of the year. Economy legislation had reduced regular appropriations to a point where many separations from the service were necessary and many important projects had to be suspended. Later the Public Works Administration allocated funds which com¬ pletely absorbed the available engineers of the Survey staffs and per- 217 218 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 mitted the employment of many hundreds of unemployed technical men in undertaking or advancing important projects, such as topo¬ graphic mapping, the suppression of mine fires, the plugging of aban¬ doned oil wells on the public domain, and a survey of some of the more important mineral resources of the Eastern and Southern States. The Survey is thus enabled to continue to apply its specialized tech¬ nical services in valuable ways during the emergency. Its activities for the time being are somewhat out of normal balance, the greatest present loss, which it is hoped is temporary, being in facilities and funds for publication. A summary of the activities of the year follows. The appropriations made directly for the work of the Geological Survey for the fiscal year 1934 included 11 items, amounting to $1,992,500. Principally because of economy measures by the admin¬ istration, which restricted the use of these funds, the balances of these appropriations unexpended as of June 30, 1934, totaled $346,287.23, of which $248,000 was continued available for expenditure during the fiscal year 1935. In addition, $9,345.80 was allotted from appropri¬ ations for the Interior Department for miscellaneous supplies. A detailed financial statement is given at the end of the report. GENERAL SUMMARY OF THE YEAR'S ACTIVITIES Geologic work. — The geologic field work done during the year included a con¬ tinuation of surveys of phosphate and oil shale in Wyoming, oil in California, coal in New Mexico, and metal-mining districts in Colorado, Idaho, and New Mexico, also work under allotments from the Public Works Administration in 19 States east of the Rocky Mountains, on projects involving mineral-resources and land-classification surveys. The work in the metal-mining districts was aided by cooperative funds provided by the States, and continuation of the vol- canologic work in Hawaii was made possible by contributions from the Hawaiian Research Association. A survey of the mineral resources of the Boulder Dam region in Nevada, Arizona, and California was made for the Bureau of Reclama¬ tion, and reservoir dam sites in several Western States were examined for the Bureau of Reclamation and the Indian Service. During the year 4,259 exami¬ nations were made by the section of chemistry and physics, including 1,109 tests or identifications of specimens for persons not officially connected with the Survey. Explorations in Alaska. — In the field season of 1933 4 field projects in Alaska were undertaken, 2 of which were primarily topographic and 2 primarily geologic. One of the topographic projects was carried on in cooperation with the Navy Department, and one of the geologic projects in cooperation with the Alaska Railroad. The usual general survey of recent mining developments and the collection of mineral statistics were continued. Seven field projects for the season of 1934 had been started at the end of the fiscal year and will be continued through¬ out the open season. One of these projects is carried on in cooperation with the Alaska Railroad. In addition to these field projects, work was continued through¬ out the year in the preparation of base maps from the aerial photographs taken in 1926 and 1929 by the Navy Department. For part of the time this cooperative work was carried on in the Washington office, but for the greater part of the year it was done in Juneau, Alaska, with an enlarged staff. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 219 Topographic mapping. — The area mapped topographically during the year amounted to 21,534 square miles, and the total area now mapped exclusive of Alaska is 1,394,266 square miles. Ten States, the District of Columbia, and Hawaii are completely mapped, and the percentages in the other States range from 9.4 in Florida to 88.9 in Virginia. Of the continental United States exclusive of Alaska, 46.1 percent has been mapped. Cooperative funds furnished by the States for topographic mapping during the year amounted to $181,692.24 and came from 12 States and 1 county. Cooperative aid was also extended to the Division of Subsistence Homesteads. At the request of the Bureau of Public Roads, through the use of transferred funds, the preparation of a transportation map of the United States was begun. The plan provides for a series of 439 rectangular sheets on a uniform scale of 1:250,000, covering the entire country but to be issued in State units. The maps will show the routes of travel and transportation by land, water, and air. Aerial photographs were furnished by the Air Corps, United States Army, covering 7,961 square miles, and by commercial firms covering 23,522 square miles, for use in the compilation of topographic base maps, both with and with¬ out contours. Investigation of water resources. — The work on water resources is done largely in cooperation with Federal bureaus, with State, county, municipal, and other governmental agencies, and with permittees and licensees of the Federal Power Commission. The funds made available by States and municipalities for cooper¬ ative work during the year amounted to $467,226.35. In addition, data valued at over $145,000 were furnished by cooperating officials. Investigations of surface water were carried on in the 48 States, the District of Columbia, and Hawaii, and 2,941 regular gaging stations were being maintained at the end of the year. In this work 41 States and Hawaii cooperated. About 65 investigations relating to ground water were in progress during the year in 28 States and Hawaii. In the hydrologic laboratory 383 samples of water-bearing material were analyzed. The work on quality of water involved the analysis of 1,226 samples from surface and underground sources. The investigations of power resources included the preparation of monthly and annual reports on the production of electricity for public use and the fuel consumed in generating it, a report on the developed water power of the United States, and a report on the capacity of water wheels in water-power plants in the United States. Investigations of problems affecting the utilization and control of the waters of streams were continued. Classifying and leasing public land. — The classification of public and quasi¬ public lands with respect to mineral, water-power, and agricultural value and the technical supervision of mineral and power development on such lands were continued in 22 States and Alaska. The number of cases involving land classi¬ fication acted on during the year was 10,464, and the results accomplished include the classification of 482,840 acres as coal land, 593,834 acres as noncoal land, with a net reduction of 936,433 acres in outstanding coal withdrawals. At the end of the year the total area classified as mineral in character was 37,487.759 acres in 14 States and Alaska, and the outstanding mineral withdrawals amounted to 49,985,402 acres in 14 States. Definitions of “known geologic structure” covered 15,395 acres in 3 States, and at the end of the year the areas so defined amounted to 960,346 acres in 7 States. Investigations to obtain basic informa¬ tion as to the water-power resources of public lands covered about 1,400 linear miles of streams in 11 States and included studies of foundation material and conditions at 6 dam sites in 3 States. There was a net increase of 117,561 acres in the existing power reserves, making a total of 6,800,371 acres in 22 States. The areas designated as subject to the stock-raising homestead act had a net reduction to 119,339,332 acres in 20 States, and the area designated as subject 87859—34 - 15 220 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 to the enlarged-homestead act had a net reduction to 294,413,685 acres in 14 States. There was a net increase in public water reserves, to 494,728 acres in 13 States. Federal properties subject to the mineral-leasing laws under super¬ vision at the end of the year numbered 7,122 in 19 States and Alaska and involved a total of 9,541,487 acres. Leases, licenses, and prospecting permits were issued for 1,247 properties and terminated for 368 properties. The mineral production from lands under leases, licenses, and permits amounted to 25,055,175 barrels of petroleum, 57,866,857 cubic feet of natural gas, 87,728,595 gallons of gas gasoline, 2,688,687 tons of coal, 289,837 tons of potassium, 45,830 tons of sodium, and 43,067 tons of phosphate. The revenue accrued from these operations in the form of royalty, rent, or bonus amounted to $3,991,571. Technical super¬ vision of mineral development on Indian lands and of operations for the pro¬ duction of oil and gas in naval petroleum reserves was continued. The work undertaken with funds allotted by the Public Works Administration covered 49 projects in nearly all the public-land States. The allotments for these projects amounted to $889,964. Most of the projects were planned for continuance during a period of 18 months and were not completed at the end of the year. Publications. — The publications of the year consisted of 47 books and pamphlets in the regular series, covering 6,602 pages, 91 new or revised maps, and 157 reprinted maps. In addition to these publications, 46 brief papers in mimeo¬ graphed form were issued as memoranda for the press. The publications distrib¬ uted numbered 774,927, of which 1,358 folios and 457,965 maps were sold for $36,723.30. GEOLOGIC BRANCH SUMMARY At the beginning of the fiscal year the geologic branch faced a reduction of 37 % percent from the inadequate funds available for the preceding year. Field work was still further curtailed, though four small parties already in the field, surveying phosphate and oil shale lands in Wyoming, oil in the San Pedro Hills of California, and coal in northwestern New Mexico, were continued in field service for varying brief periods. With the aid of cooperative funds contributed by the States, work was also continued in the metal-mining districts of Colorado, Idaho, and New Mexico. Geologists unable to undertake field investigations devoted their energies largely to completion of reports on field surveys of previous years. Office work was reduced, however, by the extended adminis¬ trative furloughs that were necessary for members of the branch’s professional staff. Volcanologic work in Hawaii could not have been continued without the help of the local voluntary Hawaiian Research Association, which contributed a large proportion of the salaries of the three employees and the expenses of the observatory on Kilauea. Early in January 1934 the Public Works Administration allocated $276,000 for mineral-resource and land-classification surveys by the geologic branch in 19 States east of the Rocky Mountains, from New York and North Dakota on the north to Florida and Texas on the south. Work was begun on these projects almost immediately in the South and extended northward as climatic conditions per- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 221 mitted. It will be continued on most of the projects through a considerable part of the next fiscal year. The progress of the wr>rk on each of them is summarized under the heading “Work of the year, by States.” While giving employment to more than 150 unemployed geologists, engineers, technical assistants, and laborers, these projects have necessarily been under the direct supervision of trained mem¬ bers of the branch’s regular staff. Members of the geologic branch were also detailed to conduct a survey of the mineral resources of the Boulder Dam region in Nevada, Arizona, and California for the Bureau of Reclamation, and to assist in Public Works projects under the conservation branch in Oklahoma and under the wTater-resources branch in Georgia, New Jersey, Colorado, Utah, and Arizona. Geologists have also been assigned to the examination of reservoir dam sites for the Indian Service and the Bureau of Reclamation in several Western States. WORK OF THE YEAR , BY STATES Alabama. — Reports on the brown iron ores of the Russellville district and the iron ore of the Red Mountain formation, in northeastern Alabama, cooperative projects with the Geological Survey of Alabama, are in preparation. Projects in the State financed by the Public Works Administration were begun by parties supervised by members of the Geological Survey, with 26 temporary employees. Mapping of the Woodstock brown iron ore area was done under project 157. Project 161 provided for investigations in the Russellville district to determine the reserves of brown iron ore; a study of gold and tin resources, comprising a reconnaissance through the mineralized areas in northern Alabama, with mapping of the Hog Mountain and other gold-mining districts, and an examination of tin prospects resulting in a brief paper on “Tin deposits of Alabama”; explorations for bleaching and other high-grade clays; and a survey of bauxite deposits. Arizona. — Reports are in preparation on the geology and ore deposits of the A jo copper district, the geology of the Tucson quadrangle, and manganese de¬ posits near Artillery Peak. The Boulder Dam investigation is noted under California. Arkansas. — Under Public Works project 163, field studies were made of coal and gas resources of the Arkansas Valley in Sebastian County and adjacent areas in Crawford, Franklin, and Scott Counties; detailed topographic and geologic mapping of the southern Arkansas quicksilver district and investigations of sup¬ posed cinnabar occurrences outside the main district were carried on; and a pre¬ liminary reconnaissance to determine areas for prospecting for bauxite was con¬ ducted in Pulaski, Saline, and Hot Springs Counties. These surveys, which gave employment to 16 temporary assistants, were all still in progress at the end of the year. A paper on enargite and wulfenite in ore deposits of northern Arkansas was transmitted for outside publication, and a paper on the origin of lead and zinc deposits of northern Arkansas was prepared for presentation before the Geological Society of Washington. Other projects and reports are noted under Oklahoma. California. — Work was continued on the general report on the Kettleman Hills oil and gas field, on a paper on faulted folds and the formation of arcs of the North Dome of this field, and on core and outcrop samples from the region, and an advance edition of a geologic ayd structure map of the area was issued. 222 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Field work in connection with the study of source rocks of oil was continued in the vicinity of Los Angeles and other areas, and, aided by a grant from the Geological Society of America, samples were collected from many localities in the State in connection with the study of the calcium carbonate content of fine¬ grained clastic sediments. A paper on the source beds for petroleum in the Mesozoic rocks on the west side of the Sacramento Valley was completed for publication in the Bulletin of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, and work was continued on a report on salinity compared with temperature as a factor affecting the calcium carbonate content of sediments. Field work in the San Pedro Hills was completed, and office work was begun on the compila¬ tion of data for a report on the geology and mineral resources of the area. Studies of the lithium pegmatites of San Diego County were resumed. A survey of the Nevada City mining district was begun with aid from the Geological Society of America. Continued field and office work was done in connection with the preparation of reports on the San Andreas Rift and Cajon Pass and the southern portion of the Death Valley region, and progress was made on reports on the geomorphology of the upper San Joaquin Basin, on the Monterey siliceous rocks, on the Grass Valley mining district, and on chromite deposits in northern California. By the aid of a transfer of $10,000 from a fund of $25,000 allotted by the Public Works Administration to the Bureau of Reclamation for a resource and industrial survey of the Boulder Dam region, 6 geologists of the Geological Survey devoted from 6 weeks to 4 months each to the field study of the mineral resources that lie in Arizona, California, Nevada, and Utah within 200 miles of the Boulder Dam. A reconnaissance survey was made of the principal ferrous and nonferrous metal deposits and most of the nonmetallic mineral deposits of the area, and a somewhat more detailed study was made of the magnesite resources of the Muddy Mountains, Nevada. A preliminary report on this survey is about ready for transmission, and the final report will be completed soon. Drafting work toward the completion of the geologic map of California was carried on under Public Works project 153, and a new building for the volcanologic station at Mineral was completed under project 151. Colorado. — Investigations of the mining regions of the State have been carried on for several years in cooperation with the Geological Survey Board of Colorado and the Colorado Metal Mining Fund. Field work was continued in the Ouray, Red Mountain, and Sneffels districts of the San Juan region and in the Nederland tungsten district of Boulder County and other parts of the Front Range and was completed in the Jamestown district, Boulder County, and in the Snowmass district, Pitkin County. The smaller mining districts of Chalk Creek, Granite, Frisco, and Tenmile were examined, and stratigraphic studies of several sections were made. A press memorandum on the Red Arrow gold discovery, in the La Plata Mountains of Montezuma County, was issued; the report on Paleozoic stratigraphy was nearly completed; some progress was made on a general report on the geology and ore deposits of the State and on a report on the Cripple Creek •district. Two papers resulting from these investigations were published by the Colorado Scientific Society — “Vein system of Arrastre Basin and regional geologic structure of the Silverton and Telluride quadrangles” and “A recent rock slide near Durango, in La Plata County ” — and several other papers were submitted for publication through unofficial mediums. At the request of the Public Works Administration, examinations were made in the Cripple Creek district with special reference to a proposed deep drainage tun¬ nel and at the town of Englewood with reference to the adequacy of the artesian water supply. An examination of the Douglas Creek diversion tunnel was made for the State engineers. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 223 Florida. — Areas of reserved public lands in Marion and Polk Counties are being prospected for phosphates under Public Works project 164, by a party in which 10 temporary assistants are employed. Reports were in progress on the Tampa limestone, on Choctawhatchee gastropods from the Allaqua Creek Valley, and on Pelecypoda of the Alum Bluff formation. Reports on a new species of Pecten from the Oligocene near Duncan Church, Washington County, and on the pelecy- pod genus Vulsella in the Ocala limestone of Florida and its bearing on correlation were submitted for publication in a scientific journal. Georgia. — Work on the gold and associated economic minerals of Georgia, by parties working under Public Works projects 158 and 165, consisted of detailed mapping in the Dahlonega district of Lumpkin County, examination of mines of McDuffie County, a reconnaissance of all the active gold properties and most of the old mines of the State in the gold belt, and a reconnaissance of kyanite and vermiculite in northern Georgia. Field reports and maps have been prepared. Idaho. — Cooperation with the Idaho Bureau of Mines was continued in the mining districts of the Boise Basin, Thunder Mountain, Yellow Pine, and the western part of the Nez Perce National Forest. Work was continued in the office on the compilation of data for a report on the geology and ore deposits of the Bay- horse region, Custer County; a general report on southeastern Idaho; and a report on the Idaho mining districts (a revision of the Idaho portion of Bulletin 507). Reports by geologists of this Survey on the Dome mining district, Butte County, and on gold-bearing gravel of the Nez Perce National Forest were published as Pamphlets 39 and 40, respectively, of the Idaho Bureau of Mines. Preparation of a report on the geology and mineral resources of the Paradise Valley and Ammon quadrangles was continued. Papers on recent block faulting in Idaho, on contact phenomena associated with the Cassia batholith, on the composition of a part of the Idaho batholith, Boise County, on silver mineralization in the Banner district, Boise County, and on the correlation and interpretation of Paleozoic stratigraphy in south-central Idaho and an abstract of a paper on stratigraphic correlation by heavy minerals in Paleozoic beds in Idaho were transmitted for outside publication. Illinois. — Work on the Pottsville flora of the Eastern Interior Basin was con¬ tinued in cooperation with the Illinois Geological Survey. Under Public Works project 166 an investigation of the fluorspar reserves in southern Illinois was begun by a party of four temporary assistants under the supervision of a geologist of the United States Geological Survey. Indiana. — Office work was continued on a report on new crinoid genera from the Mississippian, Devonian, and Silurian. Iowa. — Work was continued on a paper on the typical Kinderhook fauna. Kansas. — Under Public Works project 167 a survey of the coal resources of Cherokee, Osage, Labette, and Crawford Counties was begun by a party which included three temporary junior geologists, and geologic mapping and examination of mines were carried on in southeastern Kansas as part of a study of lead and zinc in the tri-State district (Oklahoma, Kansas, and Missouri). Kentucky. — Public Works project 168 provided for detailed mapping of the coal field in Pike County, in which 8 temporary junior geologists were employed, and for a survey of the deposits of bleaching and other high-grade clays of western Kentucky by a temporary junior geologist, with 2 rodmen, under supervision of Survey geologists. Work is still in progress. Maryland. — A study of the sand and gravel resources of the area tributary to Washington and Baltimore is being made under Public Works project 169 by a geologist with one assistant and has covered areas in Prince Georges and Mont¬ gomery Counties. 224 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Massachusetts. — Work on the geology of the Taconic quadrangle was continued. Michigan. — See Minnesota. Minnesota. — A report on the pre-Cambrian rocks of the Lake Superior iron-ore region is in process of publication by the Survey as Professional Paper 184. Mississippi. — Public Works project 171 provided for an investigation of the bleaching and other high-grade clays of Mississippi, and reconnaissance exami¬ nations in several countries of south and central Mississippi, with detailed exami¬ nation of some more promising deposits in Smith County, were made by 2 geologists and 3 assistants. A brief examination of bauxite in the vicinity of Ripley, Pontotoc, New Albany, and Oxford was made. A paper on the volcanic and structural history of the Jackson anticline is in preparation. Missouri. — In connection with investigations under Public Works project 172 for a study of the tri-State lead and zinc area, stratigraphic studies, mapping of underground structure, and examination of the principal mines were made by a party of three temporary employees working under the supervision of a Survey geologist, in the Joplin, Waco, Jet, and Carthage districts, Jasper County, and the Diamond district, Newton County. This project also provided for investigation of the manganese deposits of southeastern Missouri, the field work for which was completed. Some progress was made on reports in preparation on the Pleistocene diversion of the Mississippi River across Crowleys Ridge, in southeastern Missouri, on the Warsaw fauna of the Boone limestone from the Joplin district, and on the fauna of the Louisiana limestone of northeastern Missouri. Montana. — Reports on the lignite field of McCone County and on the Mizpah coal field of Custer County were completed for Survey publication, and reports on the geomorphology and glacial geology of western Montana, fossil plants from the Fort Union and associated formations, the geology and mineral resources of parts of Liberty Hill and Chouteau Counties, the Pioneer gold district, and the phosphate near Maxvilie, Pliilipsburg, and Avon, Granite County, were in prep¬ aration. A report on the geology and ore occurrences in the Flathead mine and vicinity, Flathead County, was transmitted to the Montana Bureau of Mines for publication. Mapping of the geology and ore deposits of the Libby quadrangle was continued. A report on gold quartz veins south of Libby was issued as Circular 7. Nevada. — Reports are in progress on the Tonopah, Tuscarora, Gold Range, Searchlight, and Delamar mining districts. A report on the Contact district was completed and transmitted for publication, and a number of papers prepared as byproducts of the official reports wore submitted to scientific and technical journals. New Mexico. — Field studies on the east side of the San Juan Basin, in Rio Arriba County, were continued with special reference to the coal and oil possi¬ bilities of the region. The report on the La Ventana-Chacra Mesa coal field, lying partly in McKinley, Sandoval, and San Juan Counties, was completed foi publication as part 3 of the bulletin on the geology and fuel resources of the southern part of the San Juan Basin, and work was continued toward the prep¬ aration of a detailed report on the Mount Taylor coal field. Studies have been carried on in cooperation with the New Mexico Bureau of Mines and Mineral Resources in the Central mining district and the Virginia mining district of the Lordsburg area, and a report on the Bayard area of the Central mining district was completed. A report on the geology and ore deposits of the Magdalena district is in preparation. Economic and petrographic studies of cores from Government potash tests were made. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 225 New York. — A survey of the gas resources of south-central New York under Public Works project 173 was in progress in Allegany, Cattaraugus, Chemung, and Steuben Counties, by 2 geologists, with 7 temporary assistants. North Carolina. — The gold-bearing regions of North Carolina, including the principal gold-placer areas, were examined by several parties directed by Survey geologists under an allotment from the Public Works Administration (projects 158 and 174). One party consisting of a temporary geologist with assistance of a rodman completed geologic mapping and examination of mines and mining localities in the slate belt extending from Anson County to Davidson County; and another party made a reconnaissance of the gold-bearing regions of the western part of the State, with detailed studies of the mines and prospects in Gaston and Mecklenburg Counties. Reports on these investigations were well advanced. North Dakota. — The Public Works Administration under project 159 provided for an investigation of the coal resources of the Minot district, and work was begun in May and continued to the end of the fiscal year by a Survey geologist and two temporary assistants. Mapping of the Minot and Sawyer quadrangles and the northern part of the Benedict quadrangle was accomplished. Oklahoma. — A study of the lead and zinc of the tri-State district (Oklahoma, Missouri, and Kansas) was financed by the Public Works Administration, the work in Oklahoma being a part of project 175. Before detailed work was begun a preliminary reconnaissance of the district was made by two Survey geologists. For several months a Survey geologist with four field assistants has been engaged upon a study of the structural features of certain typical mines of the region, including those near Picher, with a general stratigraphic examination of the area. Project 175 also provided for a study of the coal and gas in the Henrietta-Eufaula- Stone Bluff area of eastern Oklahoma. A party under the direction of 2 Survey geologists employing 2 junior geologists and 3 field assistants mapped an area in northern Pittsburg, western Haskell, and western Latimer Counties. Office work on reports on the following subjects was continued: The Howe- Wilburton coal district of southeastern Oklahoma, the Pennsylvanian flora of the coal fields of eastern Oklahoma, the Moorefield fauna, the fauna of the Syca¬ more limestone, and the Radiolaria from Arkansas novaculite and from the Big- fork chert of Oklahoma and Arkansas; and the report on the geology and coal resources of the McAlester district, Pittsburg, Atoka, and Latimer Counties, was completed for official publication. Papers on the correlation of the Pennsyl¬ vanian strata in the Arkansas and Oklahoma coal fields, the Carboniferous rocks of the Ouachita Mountains, the relation of the Ouachita belt of Paleozoic rocks to the oil and gas fields of the Midcontinent region, and the age of the Jackfork and Stanley formations of the Ouachita geosyncline as indicated by plants were submitted for publication by the American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Oregon. — Reports on the geology and mineral resources of the Baker quad¬ rangle and on nonmetallic mineral resources of eastern Oregon have been sub¬ mitted for publication. Circular 8, on the beach placers of the Oregon coast; Bulletin 846-A, on some mining districts of eastern Oregon; and Bulletin 846-B, on the geology and ore deposits of the Takilma-Waldo district, including the Blue Creek district, were issued. Pennsylvania.- — The report on the geology and mineral resources of the Butler and Zelienople quadrangles was completed, and wrork was continued on reports on the geology and mineral resources of the Reading, Boyertowm, Hanover, York, Honeybrook, and Phoenixville quadrangles and on the low^er Kittanning coal bed of western Pennsylvania. South Carolina. — The report on the geology of the Coastal Plain of South Carolina was completed. Under Public Works projects 158 and 176, a recon¬ naissance of the gold belt of the State wras made, and later a survey of the gold- 226 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 bearing rocks and associated economic minerals was carried on in York and Cherokee Counties by a temporary junior geologist and one assistant under the supervision of a geologist of the Survey. Tennessee. — Under Public Works project 177, 2 geologists of the Survey with a temporary junior geologist and 5 field assistants made a reconnaissance of the zinc areas of eastern and northern Tennessee and did areal mapping in the Mascot-Jefferson City and White Pine districts, studied the Felknor and Gras- selii zinc mines, made examinations in the Powell-Clinch River belt and the Sweetwater barite district, and visited the Coker Creek gold district. In connection with a study of the high-grade clays of the State of possible economic importance, also provided for under project 177, examinations were made of the bleaching and ball clay deposits in Carroll, Hardeman, Henry, and Madison Counties, in western Tennessee, and of the fire clays in the eastern part of the State, particularly in Cumberland County. Texas. — Public Works project 178 included allotments for a study of the Terlingua and Shatter mining districts, the bleaching clays of the San Antonio area, the brown iron ores of northeastern Texas, and the oil, gas, and coal re¬ sources of part of north-central Texas. The examinations in the Terlingua quicksilver district, Brewster County, and the Shatter silver district, Presidio County, have given employment to three additional men. A progress report on the Terlingua district was issued by the Texas Bureau of Economic Geology. A party composed of 2 geologists, 4 assistants, and 5 laborers is engaged in a sur¬ vey of the brown iron ore area, which includes detailed studies in Cass, Marion, and Morris Counties and a reconnaissance of small deposits in Gregg, Harrison, Rusk, and Upshur Counties. The study of the clays of the San Antonio area, made by a Survey geologist with three assistants, included prospecting for fuller’s earth and ceramic clays in Bexar and Medina Counties and examination of clay localities in Atascosa and Wilson Counties. Geologic mapping has been carried on in Young, Stephens, Coleman, and Brown Counties in connection with the study of the oil, gas, and coal resources of parts of north-central Texas and gave employment to seven temporary assistants. The compilation of the cooperative State geologic map and the revision of the cooperative monograph of fossils from the Navarro formation of Texas pro¬ gressed. Further field and office studies of Permian rocks in the Diablo Plateau region were made. Studies of core material from Government potash tests in Texas were completed. Utah. — The report on the geology of the Monument Valley-Navajo Mountain region, San Juan County, was completed and transmitted for publication as a bulletin of the Survey. Manuscripts of reports on a geologic and geographic reconnaissance of southeastern Utah, on the geology and mineral resources of the Randolph quadrangle, and on the Book Cliffs coal field southeast of Sunny- side were nearing completion, and progress was made on the reports describing the geology of the Green River Desert and the eastern flank of the San Rafael Swell and on the stratigraphy and structure of the region between the Green and Colorado Rivers, Grand and San Juan Counties. A report on the geology and ore deposits of the Cottonwood-American Fork mining region has been revised by the authors. Vermont. — Field and office work in continuation of a study of the geology of northwestern Vermont was carried on, and a paper on the Ordovician-Silurian relations in Vermont was in course of preparation. Virginia. — A study of the zinc deposits of an area in the vicinity of Wythe- ville, in Wythe and Smyth Counties, which is an extension of the zinc-lead region under examination in eastern Tennessee, was conducted by a geologist with one assistant and was financed by Public Works project 158. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 227 The titanium deposits of Nelson and Amherst Counties were investigated in connection with a report on the titanium minerals of Virginia in preparation. Lands in an area proposed as an addition to the Monongahela National Forest were examined by a Survey geologist, and a report submitted to the Forest Service. West Virginia. — Study of the manganese ores of eastern West Virginia under Public Works project 179 was made by a Survey geologist and one assistant. The examinations extended over portions of Morgan, Berkeley, Mineral, Hamp¬ shire, Grant, Hardy, Pendleton, Pocahontas, Greenbrier, Monroe, Mercer, and Jefferson Counties. A report was made to the Forest Service in connection with the proposed addition to the Monongahela National Forest. Wisconsin. — See Minnesota. Wyoming. — Field study of the oil-shale deposits of the Fossil and Washakie Basins of southwestern Wyoming was continued, and office work on reports on the Tertiary rocks and the oil shale of the Green River Basin were in progress. Field mapping was also continued in a portion of the Afton quadrangle in con¬ nection with the detailed study of the geology and mineral resources of this area, and an examination was made of the Washakie dam site, on the Wind River, for the Office of Indian Affairs. WORK IN CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS The work in chemistry and physics includes the chemical analysis of rocks, ores, and minerals collected by geologists, tests necessary to identify specimens received by the Survey, the development of new tests and methods of analysis required by the expanding use of natural resources and the rarer elements, descriptive mineralogy, including studies of the physical properties of rocks and minerals, and geo¬ physical investigations covering such subjects as deep earth tempera¬ tures, the formation of sedimentary deposits, radioactivity, and geologic time. Among the materials analyzed in the laboratory during the year were a rubidium-bearing biotite from South Dakota, a radioactive microlite from Colorado (the age of which can be computed from the analysis), magnesite from California, hydromagnesite from Nevada, native lead and bismuth from Alaska, over 30 igneous rocks, a great many clays, ores, phosphates, and several new minerals. During the year 4,259 examinations were made by the section of chemistry and physics. In addition to 1,109 specimens tested or identified for persons not officially connected with the Survey, 951 chemical analyses were made for geologists or in aid of geologic proj¬ ects, 778 analyses were made in connection with methods of analysis and with geochemical studies relating to the formation of ores and minerals and their alteration under natural conditions, and 1,421 identifications of minerals in potash cores, well cuttings, and similar samples were made by petrographic methods or other tests. 228 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 ALASKAN BRANCH The Geological Survey work in Alaska is concerned primarily with the investigation of the mineral resources of the Territory and com¬ prises field examination of the various factors that pertain to the character, distribution, and development of these resources and laboratory and office studies by which these field observations are analyzed and coordinated and the results made available to the public through reports, maps, and other media. In addition to the funds regularly appropriated by Congress for this work, Public Works Administration funds were granted to supplement those for a general project (Federal project 162) and to enable the Geological Survey to carry on certain special work (Federal project 69). Cooperation was also continued with the Alaska Eailroad, and some work was done in cooperation with the Navy Department. Insufficient funds necessitated disbanding early in July 1933 the personnel that for several years had been attached to local Alaska field offices to main¬ tain technical supervision over the oil and coal prospecting permits and leases granted by the Government. For the rest of the year this supervision was carried on by the personnel engaged in similar work in the States proper. Manuscripts and publications. — During the year 16 reports and 2 maps have been published, and 3 maps were issued in preliminary photolithographic editions. In addition, 12 manuscript reports (including maps) and 1 separate manuscript map have been completed by their authors and are in various stages of critical review, proof, or preparation for publication. At the end of the year 6 manuscript reports and 4 manuscript maps were partly completed. Work of the year. — In addition to the routine duties of handling all matters relating to the Geological Survey’s part in the development of Alaskan mineral resources, 7 principal projects, 4 of which involved new field work, were carried on during the season of 1933. The field projects included 2 that were primarily geologic and 2 that were primarily topographic. The geologic projects were a reconnaissance of the principal mining camps in the Ruby-Kuskokwim region of central Alaska and reconnaissance investigations of the potential lode resources of the Willow Creek-Kashwitna district of the Cook Inlet-Susitna region — an area contiguous to the Alaska Railroad in central southern Alaska — in which the Geological Survey cooperated with the Alaska Railroad. The 2 topographic projects were the continuation of surveys in southeastern Alaska to extend the mapping northward from the Wrangell district to include areas adjacent to Sumner Strait, and a detailed survey of part of the chain of the Aleutian Islands in cooperation with an expedition sent by the Navy Department for special examinations. The 3 projects not directly involving new field work were the annual canvass for the collection of statistics regarding mineral output, as a basis for the Geological Survey’s annual report on the progress of the mineral industry; the continuation of the compilation of a drainage map of southeastern Alaska from aerial photographs taken some years before by the Navy Department at the request of the Geological Survey; and the preparation of a comprehensive report SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 229 on a large area in the central part of the Copper River region, so as to coordinate and make current the various observations and investigations that had been in progess in this area for more than 30 years. Although listed above as one of the nonfield projects, it should be noted that the work of compilation from aerial photographs was carried on for more than 8 months in Juneau, Alaska, with a drafting force that had been assembled mainly in that locality. Toward the later part of the field season of the chief Alaskan geologist was temporarily relieved of his Survey duties, and for nearly 5 months he served as representative for Alaska of the Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works, spending all of that time in the Territory. Owing to the allotment of funds from the Public Works Administration it was possible to expand somewhat the Alaska program of the Geological Survey in the winter of 1933-34 and to send out the parties for the season of 1934 more ade¬ quately manned. As a result 9 principal projects, 7 of which involved new field work, were started during that period, though all of them will extend over into the next fiscal year. Of these field projects, 5 were primarily concerned with geologic investigations and 2 with topographic mapping. The projects involving new geologic field work were located in the area adjacent to Ketchikan in south¬ eastern Alaska; part of the Alaska Range, including the headwater region of the Copper River Valley and parts of the Tanana Valley; the Kaiyuh Mountains, which lie south and east of the Yukon River in the region west of Ruby and southeast of Kaltag; the northern and eastern part of Kodiak Island, in south¬ western Alaska; and the coal fields adjacent to Eska, in the Matanuska district of the Cook Inlet-Susitna region. The Eska work was financed by and carried on at the request of the Alaska Railroad and mainly in its interest. The topo¬ graphic projects include the mapping of an extensive tract of Admiralty Island and adjacent parts of the Juneau district, in southeastern Alaska, and mapping of parts of the Alaska Range at the head of the Copper River, especially in the vicinity of Mentasta Pass and Suslota Lake. The twro projects not directly involving new field work were the continuation of the compilation of drainage maps of southeastern Alaska from the airplane photographs taken by the Navy Department and the annual canvass of mineral production. TOPOGRAPHIC BRANCH GENERAL OFFICE WORK Necessary office work incidental to the field work of the topographic branch consisted in the inking, inspection, and editing of the com¬ pleted topographic field sheets prior to their submission for reproduc¬ tion and the computation and adjustment of the results of control field work. The status of topographic surveys shows that the country as a whole is now 46.1 percent mapped, the year’s increment amounting to 0.5 percent. The area covered by topographic base maps without contours and prepared from aerial photographs after field examina¬ tions continued large. The resurveys in large part covered areas previously surveyed on a smaller scale. New topographic surveys of the United States, July 1, 1938 , to June SO, 1934, and total area surveyed in each State 230 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 a « ill £8 r £32 © a be « _ 2g0 m ©73 CD •*< § ° es « O 0S8‘ •O ©rjt g^ 2 g §.§2 § i O *4 £^’”'5 S' -I I? 111 E-* ■g 85 ®.2 23 be 3 a a 13 Hi © > £ 3 3 ® g£ si j t i co c* io s i i q> >ooo»on; >05NO00O( ■o't'fceioooo' 'MVlOOOMSOMfflMCCOOO )cocoebc5c5^<05ioc5aiubodoo»oo ■ONOOOW HNNM^OOWO -CD^NOCDOTfNCDa^OiOOONOON^N' )05XO^«COXClC«0-HrHNlNiO^O(NNC COlOiCDO^'^OJCCOSMNOWONiOCONfOlNCDC ^ ^ csT co co ^ o o oc ^ oo oc co co" oT oo co“ c oo cnuo r^» co OOiOJi » e3oS®c loiooios NOSH cm ?» © cm P)1«M USOOOrtN 00 Tj« CM *0 i-c t^CM eo N Si © « if S .9 © «3 a 'S a ©^ w ® Is 3+5 ® 3 O® . ° o © 3 ® Jiflll eg 83 — — © a © «<►.*. b © 111151 3 <3 w o* w o o oo o o w w o .Z S!5 a a^oo 3,0,0 O — CM g g 2 iiim 53 73 © © o o •olini SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 32S NCCNOQOOJOi 8^: a» ^ r> Oi *o ci w«ooxn©ooo>w«»owo5^ow*o CO CO CM C^i GO OscOi-i^HCOOOi-H^OiCOOOiOOr^f^^Ci’-H rHH^rf COCO HHdOOM COCOCSrHCO C* CM 5? s Tf* • o* ^ iO no *o t* cs *Q • »Ohh 2§. »o § § XNCOOOOSt^ <0 03 — O CO H H CO 00 1-1 —105 05 o «o © -■ON OO .© .00*0 nO)HNlON«NU) M lO ; o a !xi o OaUi i* V) w — ® ^;HOfi 8 «8 &> la g a'3 |S a ' 88. i 'Smom *» >.b'sa ocq"< B,2flsS'« in o^b^i c §.a g g © ®*5 ® .s ^ r; fT' tooo&HtfOTOTE-e- £>>>£?££ O ^ C3 ^w. r4 Salt | 1 Isas** .3 is & <3 * 2s- a C2 liJcgg ^ _r CO ® *^,00^ « -4 95 g i; ^ •— s s f ° c o o 3 .S’© O ® © imii r; fl ^ p p q &OBSOO £■0 » Ert) &||igg g&& ©22 sis, 231 232 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 FIELD SURVEYS Through the use of regularly appropriated funds and of funds made available by the Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works and by the Tennessee Valley Authority topographic mapping was undertaken in most of the States. Public Works projects and Ten¬ nessee Valley projects are indicated below by the initials “P.W. ” and “T.V.A.” Cooperation with States was continued on a smaller scale than in recent years, and some projects begun under cooperative or Federal allotments were completed by Public Works funds. Alabama. — The survey of the Blocton 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Palos, Basham, and Mount Hope 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Arizona. — The survey of the Quartzsite No. 3 quadrangle was completed for the Office of Indian Affairs. The survey of the Castle Dome Peak No. 2 15' quadrangle (P.W.) and an extension of the Petrified Forest National Monument (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Castle Dome Peak No. 3, Payson No. 1, Payson No. 2, Payson No. 3 15' quadrangles (P.W.) and Grand Canyon National Monument (P.W.) was begun. Arkansas. — For the Forest Service the survey of the Mount Judea 15' quad¬ rangle was completed, and that of the Swain 15' quadrangle was begun. For the Forest Service the survey of the Ozone 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was completed. The survey of the Magazine Mountain No. 3 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was com¬ pleted, and that of the Watalula 15' quadrangle (P.W.) and the Alexander No. 1 7)4' quadrangle (P.W.) as a part of the Alexander 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. California. — In cooperation with the State engineer of California the survey of the Eureka and Lakeport 15' quadrangles, the Halls Flat, Yreka, and Bogus 30' quadrangles, and the Cucamonga No. 1 7)4' quadrangle was completed, and that of the Sebastopol 15' quadrangle was begun. In cooperation with the county surveyor of Los Angeles County the survey of the Glendora, La Verne, Sunland, Mount Lowe, Azusa, La Crescenta, Sierra Madre, Little Tujunga, Camp Baldy, and Evey Canyon 6' quadrangles was completed, and that of the Mount Wilson, Chileno Canj-on, Camp Rincon, Acton, and Camp Bonita 6' quadrangles was begun. The survey of the Parkfield No. 1 and Dudley No. 2 7)4' quadrangles (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Paynes Creek and Burney 30' quadrangles (P.W.) and the Yosemite Valley National Park (P.W.) was begun. Colorado. — At the request of the Forest Service the survey of the Mount Powell No. 2 15' quadrangle was completed and the survey of the Mount Powell No. 1 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was completed. The survey of the Como No. 2 15' ■quadrangle (P.W.) was continued, and that of the Cherry Creek area (P.W.), Black Canyon National Monument (P.W.), and Colorado National Monument (P.W.) was begun. Delaware. — The survey of the Deepwater Point 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was completed. Florida. — The survey of the Boggy and West Juniper Creek 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Oscar, De Funiak Springs, and Mary Esther 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Georgia. — The survey of the Chickamauga-Chattanooga National Military Park (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Bullochville and Thomaston 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 233 Idaho. — The Bureau of Mines and Geology of Idaho cooperating, the survey of Grimes Pass and vicinity was completed. The survey of the Dickey 30' quad¬ rangle and American Falls No. 2 and American Falls No. 3 15' quadrangles (P. W.) was begun. Illinois. — The survey of the Toledo, Hoopeston, Metamora, Petersburg, Genoa, Carthage, Dunlap, Lacon, and Mount Vernon 15' quadrangles was completed, and that of the Toluca, Camp Grove, Morrison, Oquawka, and Iuka 15' quad¬ rangles was continued in cooperation with the Department of Registration and Education of Illinois, Geological Survey. The survey of the Sycamore 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was continued and that of the Shabbona 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Indiana. — The survey of the Heltonville, Oolitic, and Porter 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Kansas. — The survey of the Waldron No. 1, Waldron No. 4, Armourdale No. 2, Armourdale No. 3, Armourdale No. 4, and Olathe 1-a 7^' quadrangles (P.W.) wras completed, and that of the Armourdale No. 1 7%' quadrangle (P.W.) and the western part of the Waldron 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Kentucky. — The survey of the Sadieville 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Munfordville and Cecilia 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Louisiana. — The Louisiana Board of State Engineers cooperating, the ground control, field examination, and preparation from aerial photographs of culture, drainage, and woodland was completed for topographic base maps without con¬ tours for the 7)4' quadrangles within the Hackberry, Bayou Bois Courier, John¬ sons Bayou, Grand Lake West, Lake Charles, Orange, Redfish Point, Port Arthur, Pecan Island, Grand Lake East, Sabine Pass, AAA, BBB, and CCC 15' quad¬ rangles and begun for the 7^' quadrangles within the Mount Airy, Donaldson- ville, Bonnet Carre, Spanish Fort, Crowley, and Lafayette 15' quadrangles. For the Louisiana Board of State Engineers the survey for the contours of the 7)4' quadrangles within the Hackberry, Bayou Bois Courier, Johnsons Bayou, and Grand Lake West 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was completed. The survey of the Pollock and Colfax 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was completed. Maine. — In cooperation with the Public Utilities Commission of Maine, the survey of the Rangeley 15' quadrangle was completed. Maryland. — The survey of the Prince Frederick, Leonardtown, and- Patuxent No. 2 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Massachusetts. — In cooperation with the Department of Public Works, Division of Waterways, the survey of the Sagamore, Manomet, Springfield No. 1, Mit- tineague, and Long Meadow 7)4' quadrangles was completed, and that of the Plymouth No. 2, Springfield No. 2, and Northampton No. 3 7)4' quadrangles was begun. Michigan. — In cooperation with the Department of Conservation of Michigan, Geological Survey, the ground control, field examination and preparation from aerial photographs of culture, drainage, and woodland was executed in 7)4' quadrangles for topographic base maps without contours for the Mesick 15' quadrangle and the Wexford County part of the Tustin 15' quadrangle. The survey of the Sanford 15' quadrangle and the Toledo No. 1 and Maumee Bay No. 2 7)4' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Minnesota. — At the request of the Forest Service the survey of the Ely 15' quadrangle was completed. The survey of the Fountain City 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Mississippi. — The survey of the Raymond 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was com¬ pleted, and that of the Edwards 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Missouri. — Id cooperation with the Geological Survey and Water Resources of Missouri the survey of the West St. Louis No. 1, West St. Louis No. 2, West 234 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 St. Louis No. 3, West St. Louis No. 4, Independence 4-c, Camp Clark, and Blue Springs 7)4' quadrangles and the Red Bird, Celt, Marble Hill, Marquand, Steel- ville, and Sleeper 15' quadrangles was completed; that of the Upalika, Greenville, Stone Hill, Grove Spring, Big Piney, Gatewood, Berryman, Topaz, Zanoni, Manes, and Fordland 15' quadrangles and the Springfield No. 4, Sullivan No. 3, Sullivan No. 4, and Versailles No. 4 7%' quadrangles was continued; and that of the Van Buren and Fielden 15' quadrangles and the Stockton No. 3, Stockton No. 4, Kimmswick No. 1, Independence 3-a, Independence 3-c, Independence 4-b, and Independence 4-d 7^' quadrangles was begun. The survey of the Canaan 15' quadrangle (P.W.) and Harrisonville 2-b and Olathe 1-a 7)4' quad¬ rangles (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Lynn 15' quadrangle (P.W.) and the Armourdale No. 4 7x/-i quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Montana. — The survey of the Thompson 30' quadrangle (P.W.) and of the Dupuyer No. 2 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Nebraska. — The survey of the Seward No. 1 and Seward No. 2 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Nevada. — The survey of the Skelton 30' quadrangle and of the Gold Creek No. 4 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. New Hampshire. — The survey of the Whitefield 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. New Jersey.— The survey of the Morristown National Historical Park (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Ramapo No. 4 7)4' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. New Mexico. — At the request of the Office of Indian Affairs the survey of the Shiprock No. 2 and Carrizo Mountains No. 1 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was completed. The survey of the Shiprock No. 1 and Shiprock No. 3 15' quadrangles (P.W.) and the Carlsbad Cavern National Park (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Carrizozo No. 4 and Arabela No. 3 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. In preparation for geologic mapping the survey of the Queen No. 3 15' quadrangle was begun. New York. — The survey of the Catskill 15' quadrangle was completed, and that of the Rhinebeck 15' quadrangle was continued in cooperation with the Depart¬ ment of Public Works of New York. The survey of the Binghamton 15' quad¬ rangle (P.W.) was begun. North Carolina. — The survey of the Guilford Courthouse National Military Park (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Corundum and Farner 15' quad¬ rangles (P.W.) was begun. For the Forest Service the survey of the Ranger 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was continued; that of the Table Rock No. 2, Old Fort No. 2, Montreat No. 1, and Democrat No. 4 7)4' quadrangles (T.V.A.) was completed, and that of the Spruce Pine No. 1, Spruce Pine No. 2, Spruce Pine No. 3, Spruce Pine No. 4, Bakersville No. 1, Bakersville No. 2, Bakersville No. 3, Bakersville No. 4, Elk Park No. 1, Elk Park No. 2, Elk Park No. 3, and Blowing Rock No. 2 7)4' quadrangles (T.V.A.) was begun. North Dakota. — The survey of the Grand Forks No. 1 7)4' quadrangle (P.W.) as a part of the Grand Forks 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Ohio. — The survey of the Maumee Bay No. 1 7)4' quadrangle (P.W.) was com¬ pleted, and that of the Maumee Bay No. 2 and Toledo No. 4 7)4' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Oklahoma. — The survey of the Norman and Moore 15' quadrangles (P.W.) and of the Moore 7)4' quadrangle (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Edmond 15' quadrangle (P.W.) and the Edmond 7)4' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Oregon. — For the Forest Service the survey of the McKenzie Bridge 30' quad¬ rangle (P.W.) was begun. The survey of an extension of the Crater Lake National Park (P.W.) was continued for the National Park Service. The survey of the Disston 30' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 235 Pennsylvania. — In cooperation with the Department of Internal Affairs of Pennsylvania, Topographic and Geologic Survey, the survey of the Smethport and Coudersport 15' quadrangles was completed, and that of the Kane and Allentown 15' quadrangles was begun. The survey of the Mifflin town 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. South Carolina. — The survey of the Hagood 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was com¬ pleted, and that of the Wellford, Greenville, Killian, and Camden 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. South Dakota. — The survey of the Fort Pierre 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Tennessee. — The survey of the Shiloh National Military Park including Cherry House (P.W.) was completed, that of the Tellico Plains and Farner 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun, that of the Elk Park No. 2 7)4' quadrangle (T.V.A.) was com¬ pleted, and that of the Bakersville No. 1 and Bakersville No. 2 7)4' quadrangles (T.V.A.) was begun. Texas. — In preparation for geologic mapping the survey of the Guadalupe Peak No. 2 quadrangle was completed. The survey of the Wildorado No. 1, Amarillo No. 2, and Dumas No. 3 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Longview No. 3 and Dumas No. 4 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Utah. — The survey of Salt Lake County (P.W.) was continued, and that of the Theodore 30' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. Vermont. — In cooperation with the State geologist of Vermont the survey of the Guildhall 15' quadrangle was completed, and that of the Woodsville 15' quadrangle was begun. Virginia. — The survey of the Pulaski and Waynesboro 15' quadrangles and the Richmond No. 3 and Richmond No. 4 7)4' quadrangles was completed, and that of the Richmond No. 1 7 Yi quadrangle and the Mount Rogers and Mouth of Wilson 15' quadrangles was begun, in cooperation with the Conservation and Development Commission of Virginia, Geological Survey. The survey of the Fredericksburg-Spottsylvania Battlefield National Monument (P.W.) and the Balcony Falls and Amherst 15' quadrangles (P.W.) was begun. Washington. — The survey of the Olympia 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was com¬ pleted, that of the Mount Constance, Eatonville, and Metaline 30' quadrangles (P.W.) was continued, and that of the Fort Simcoe 30' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. West Virginia. — In cooperation with the Division of Subsistence Homesteads the survey of the Arthurdale Farm Project, near Reedsville, Preston County, was completed. Wisconsin. — The survey of the Chippewa Falls 15' quadrangle (P.W.) was continued. Wyoming. — For the Forest Service the survey of the Savery Creek quadrangle was completed. The survey of the Devils Tower National Monument (P.W.) was completed, and that of the Grand Teton National Park (P.W.) and Grand Encampment 30' quadrangle (P.W.) was begun. WATER-RESOURCES BRANCH The importance of water and of records related to the quantity, chemical quality, and availability of both surface and ground waters has become increasingly apparent during the year. The growth of the country in population with consequent increases in demands for water and especially the continued series of dry years which has culminated in the disastrous and widespread drought in 1934 have served to impress on all the people the controlling importance of S7859— 34 - 16 236 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 water in our surface streams and in underground basins in relation to many of man's activities. The Public Works Administration has found the information with respect to water to be invaluable in its study of projects of all classes and in all sections of the country and has relied on the records of the Geological Survey as a basis for its action on many projects. Reliable information with respect to these supplies of water and to their fluctuations with variations in rainfall is essential to orderly, stable, and economic development along many lines and, therefore, to the national welfare. The work of the water-resources branch thus assumes a position of great importance in the economic affairs of the Nation. The water-resources investigations by the branch are conducted largely in cooperation with Federal bureaus; State, county, municipal, and other governmental agencies; and permittees and licensees of the Federal Power Commission. A major part of this cooperation is set forth below. Federal bureaus. — Investigations were conducted for the following Federal bureaus through advance, transfer, or repay of funds: Department of Agriculture: Office of Experiment Stations Weather Bureau Forest Service Bureau of Biological Survey Department of the Interior: Division of Subsistence Homesteads Office of Indian Affairs Bureau of Reclamation National Park Service Department of Justice: Bureau of Prisons Department of the Navy: Bureau of Yards and Docks Department of State Department of War: Office of the Chief of Engineers Federal Power Commission Tennessee Valley Authority Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works States. — The following amounts were made available by States and munici¬ palities for cooperative surface- and ground-water investigations. In addition to the results obtained directly from cooperation, it is estimated that data valued at over $145,000 were furnished by cooperating officials. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 237 Cooperative State and municipal funds available for work on water-resources investigations , fiscal year 1984 State State funds available Municipal funds available Total Surface water Ground water Surface water Ground water Arizona . . . . . $3, 200. 00 $3, 200. 00 .13 49, 250. 00 16, 000. 00 6, 100. 00 4, 521. 63 21, 775. 66 20, 845. 33 5, 400. 00 4, 300. 00 5,514.00 7, 037. 99 415.00 6, 500. 00 9, 824. 62 6, 901. 29 4, 094. 28 5, 108.00 1, 000.00 9, 015. 00 6, 000. 00 15, 000. 00 800.00 3, 750. 00 13, 802. 60 17,592.64 27, 602. 56 4, 700. 00 100.00 19, 547. 11 26, 965. 15 21, 585. 73 2. 149. 37 12. 012. 52 36, 922. 82 12, 191.05 4, 184. 00 19, 994. 86 17, 273. 01 3, 000. 00 7, 000. 00 8, 250. 00 Arkansas _ _ _ _ _ _ $0. 13 25, 000. 00 16, 000. 00 6, 000. 00 3, 021.63 14, 684. 08 20, 845. 33 5, 400. 00 4. 000. 00 5,514.00 7, 037. 99 California . . . . . 17, 250. 00 $7, 000. 00 Colorado . . . __ . Connecticut . . . . _ 100.00 1, 600. 00 Florida _ _ _ _ Hawaii . . . $7, 091. 58 Idaho. . . . Illinois. . Indiana . . . . 300.00 Iowa . . . . . . . . Kansas . . . . Louisiana _ _ _ 415.00 Maine _ _ _ _ _ 6, 500. 00 8, 099. 87 5, 301.29 1. 800. 00 5. 108. 00 1, 000. 00 8, 688. 40 6, 000. 00 12, 000. 00 800.00 3, 750. 00 10. 000. 00 14, 819. 99 15,914.90 4, 500. 00 100. 00 17. 346. 98 24. 575. 76 20, 085. 73 1, 750. 00 11,012. 52 21,636. 87 5, 500. 00 4, 184. 00 19, 000. 00 11, 126. 95 3. 000.00 7, 000. 00 8, 250. 00 Maryland.. _ 1, 724. 75 1, 600. 00 Massachusetts . . . Michigan... _ _ _ 2, 294. 28 Minnesota _ i . . Mississippi . . . . . Missouri _ _ _ _ 326.60 Montana _ Nebraska . . . . . . . 3,000.00 Nevada . . . . New Hampshire _ New Jersey _ _ _ _ 3, 802. 60 2, 772. 65 2, 000. 00 200.00 New Mexico _ _ _ New York.. _ _ _ 5, 287. 66 4, 400. 00 North Carolina _ North Dakota. . . . Ohio . . . . . . . 2, 200. 13 866. 73 Oregon . . . . . 1,022.66 1, 500. 00 600.00 Pennsylvania _ _ South Carolina . . . 399. 37 Tennessee . . . . 1, 000. 00 15, 285. 95 Texas . . . . . . Utah... . . 119. 82 6, 571. 23 Vermont _ Virginia _ 994. 86 300.00 Washington _ 6,846.06 West Virginia _ Wisconsin _ Wyoming _ _ _ 366, 354. 42 41, 264. 58 41, 136. 12 18, 471. 23 467, 226. 35 Permittees and licensees of the Federal Power Commission. — At the request of the Federal Power Commission, 30 engineers of the branch have been designated as representatives of the commission to perform such field work as may be assigned to them by the commission. The operation of about 320 gaging stations was con¬ ducted by the branch or was performed by permittees and licensees under the supervision of the branch in connection with 130 projects of the Federal Power Commission. Engineers of the branch have had general supervision of operations under permits and licenses of the commission in connection with 100 projects. Examination and reports on applications for projects have been made for the commission as requested. WORK OF THE YEAR BY DIVISIONS The division of surface water conducts investigations of surface water, which consist of the measurement of the flow of rivers, con¬ ducted in the 48 States, the District of Columbia, and Hawaii at selected gaging stations where the volume of water is measured and 238 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 records of stage and other data are collected, from which the daily discharge of the rivers is computed. In this work 41 States, the Territory of Hawaii, and several Federal bureaus and individuals co¬ operated in the maintenance of the 2,941 regular gaging stations that were in service at the end of the year. Records for about 124 addi¬ tional gaging stations were received, ready for publication, from Federal bureaus and from individuals. The division of ground water investigates the waters that lie below the surface in the zone of saturation (from which wells and springs are supplied); the source, occurrence, quantity, and head of these waters ; their conservation ; their availability and adequacy for domes¬ tic, industrial, irrigation, and public supplies and as watering places for livestock and desert travelers; and the methods of constructing wells and recovering water from them and of improving springs. Each year surveys are made of selected areas where problems of water supply are urgent, and the results are generally published in water- supply papers that include maps showing the ground-water conditions. The investigations relating to the chemical composition of the water are made in cooperation with the division of quality of water. Proj¬ ects involving large expenditures for drilling wells to develop water supplies are considered each year by the several departments of the United States Government, and the ground-water division is called upon to furnish information and advice on many of these projects. During the fiscal year about 65 investigations relating to ground water and reservoir sites were in progress, and work was done in 28 States and the Territory of Hawaii, in cooperation with State or local gov¬ ernmental agencies, or on Public Works Administration Federal projects. In the hydrologic laboratory 383 samples of water-bearing material were analyzed. The division of quality of water analyzes water from surface and underground sources with reference to the suitability of the waters for industrial and agricultural uses and for domestic use (not related to questions of health) so far as such use is affected by the dissolved mineral matter. The analysis (partial or complete) of 1,226 samples of water, including some for nearly all the studies of ground water in the different States, was completed during the year. The work of the division of power resources comprised the prepara¬ tion of monthly reports on the production of electricity for public use and the consumption of fuel in generating the electricity reported, an annual report containing revised figures of the monthly production of electricity and consumption of fuel in 1933 previously published in the monthly reports, a report on the developed water power of the United States, and compilations of stocks of coal held by public-utility power plants for inclusion in reports of commercial stocks of coal SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 239 undertaken quarterly by the Bureau of Mines of the Department of Commerce. The annual report on the capacity of water wheels in water-power plants in the United States was released February 3, 1934, and the final report on the monthly and annual production of electricity for public use in 1933 was released April 30, 1934. The division of water utilization investigates problems affecting the utilization and control of the waters of streams and performs ad¬ ministrative work relating to supervision and investigation of these problems by the field organization of the water-resources branch and of power projects of the Federal Power Commission and of the Interior Department. The field work is generally conducted by personnel otherwise assigned to the division of surface water. CONSERVATION BRANCH The functions of the conservation branch, including the classifica¬ tion of public and quasi-public lands with respect to mineral, water power, and agricultural value, and the technical supervision of mineral and power development on such lands, were increased in volume and scope during the fiscal year. Their performance, however, was se¬ riously impaired by want of adequate funds, by consequent loss of ex¬ perienced personnel, and by practical cessation of the normal inflow of basic data from field sources. The following table indicates in part the dependence of public- land administration on land-classification phases of branch work and summarizes activity in the Washington office with respect to specific cases submitted in accordance with departmental procedure for techni¬ cal report, review, or approval. The terms “gain” and “loss ” signify, respectively, decrease and increase in the number of cases pending. Compared with 1933, this tabulation shows increase of 6 percent in cases received, decrease of 17 percent in cases acted on, and increase of 78 percent in cases pending at the end of the year. 240 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 General summary of cases involving land classification Class of eases Record for fiscal year 1934 Record since receipt of first case Pend¬ ing July 1, 1933 Re¬ ceived during fiscal year Total Acted on during fiscal year Pend¬ ing June 30, 1934 Gain or loss during fiscal year Re¬ ceived Acted on General Land Office requests: General . . . . . 307 1, 208 1,515 1, 392 123 +184 Time extensions _ _ _ 2,313 2, 313 Oil development . . . 10 78 88 77 11 -1 17, 294 17, 283 Concurrence . . . . . 19 686 705 651 54 —35 Section 27 cases _ _ 39 39 Committee cases: Oil and potash _ 3 1,814 1, 817 1,687 130 -127 11, 232 11, 102 Applications for classification as to mineral: Oil . . 74 2, 344 2,418 2,274 144 -70 26, 156 26,012 Miscellaneous _ _ _ 7 10 17 16 1 +6 917 916 Applications for mineral permits _ 78 1,813 1,891 1, 622 269 -191 59, 560 59, 291 Applications for mineral leases . 5 141 146 135 11 -6 2,018 2,007 Applications for patent, potassium... 124 124 Federal Power Commission cases: Preliminary permits _ _ 17 32 49 47 2 +15 315 313 Licenses. _ _ 28 28 Determinations under section 24. . 22 66 88 81 7 +15 491 484 Applications for classification as to power resources _ 10 18 28 25 3 +7 531 528 Applications for agricultural classifi¬ cation. _ _ _ 37 132 169 128 41 -4 1,484 1,443 Applications for rights-of-way _ 38 114 152 144 8 +30 6, 990 6, 982 Irrigation project reports _ _ 2 3 5 5 +2 938 938 Applications under enlarged home¬ stead acts _ _ _ 16 151 167 100 67 -51 57, 940 57, 873 Applications under stock-raising- homestead acts _ _ _ _ 859 3, 023 3, 882 2,073 1, 809 -950 142, 475 140, 666 Applications under Ground Water Reclamation Act _ 2 6 8 6 2 987 985 Indian Office requests for information. 1 1 1 9, 548 9, 548 1, 506 11, 640 13, 146 10, 464 2, 682 -1, 176 MINERAL CLASSIFICATION DIVISION The work of the mineral classification division was restricted rather closely during the year to office phases indispensable to appropriate departmental action on current applications for public-land use under the mineral-leasing laws or for disposition under the nonmineral-land laws. A few imperative case investigations were made in the field, however, and one regional survey of importance begun in 1933 was completed. Types of office activity indicated in the general summary of cases involving land classification were increased during the year to include determinations pursuant to departmental circular no. 1303, whether in specific cases the grant of surface rights in Federal lands will tend seriously or substantially to impede prospecting and development under the mineral-leasing laws, and to include the drafting for the departmental committee of its recommendations of action on applica¬ tions for extension of time for compliance with the terms of outstand¬ ing oil and gas prospecting permits and potash permits. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 241 Availability of the results of geologic surveys made prior to 1934 permitted some progress in classifying the vast areas of public land withdrawn more than a quarter of a century ago for mineral examina¬ tion and classification. Classifications effected include 482,840 acres as coal land, 593,834 acres as noncoal land, with a net reduction of outstanding coal withdrawals by 946,433 acres. Summary of outstanding mineral withdrawals and classifications , June 80, 1934 > in acres State Coal Oil Oil shale Phosphate Potash With¬ drawn Classified as coal land With¬ drawn Classi¬ fied as oil land With¬ drawn Classi¬ fied as oil shale land With¬ drawn Classi¬ fied as phos¬ phate land With¬ drawn Alaska _ 56, 993 Ariz 139, 415 Ark . 61, 160 8. 720 3, 082, 272 Calif 17, 603 4, 142, 233 1, 178, 392 215, 370 90, 324 Colo . . 1, 172, 778 952, 239 Fla . 66, 796 276, 239 120 270, 036 Idaho.. . 11,520 4, 603 La . . 466, 990 1, 336, 697 4, 233 67, 651 Mont _ 6, 442, 830 83, 673 4, 124, 578 5, 954. 364 4, 361 i 9. 254, 927 279, 944 3,833 Nev 39,422 9, 282, 160 N.Mex . 984, 829 11, 178, 286 18, 887 250, 093 1. 267, 697 141,444 * 6,741,748 N.Dak . 84, 894 . . Oreg . . S.Dak . Utah . . 3, 404, 043 691, 801 2, 260, 604 * 1, 344, 473 2, 737, 274 2, 703, 755 277, 344 2, 937 Wash _ Wyo . 541, 777 2, 328, 370 406, 003 989, 133 25, 293 27, 277, 025 33, 051,659 5, 168, 593 71,884 6, 238, 422 4, 061, 997 1, 889, 456 302, 219 9,411,906 i Includes 3,151 acres of coal land reserved for use of the United States (coal reserve no. 1). * Includes 13,578 acres withdrawn as helium reserve. * Includes 2,078 acres of coal land reserved for use of the United States (coal reserve no. 2). Division activity precedent to administration of the mineral-leasing laws included primary findings of pertinent technical fact affecting the adjudication of 1,622 current filings for prospecting permit, of 135 current filings for lease, and of 2,290 conflicts or anticipated con¬ flicts between mineral and nonmineral claimants; the technical review with ultimate concurrence in 651 approvals of assignment and author¬ izations of mineral lease or license; the preparation for the depart¬ mental committee of abstracts and recommendations affecting the grant of time extensions on 1,687 outstanding prospecting permits for oil and gas or potash; and the preparation and promulgation of definitions of the “known geologic structure” of six producing oil and gas fields, as follows: 242 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Definitions of “ known geologic structure ”, fiscal year 1984 State Field Date promul¬ gated Acres Montana _ North Bowes _ Aug. 25,1933 Aug. 25,1933 Jan. 6, 1934 Sept. 2,1933 Aug. 25, 1933 Oct. 3, 1933 1, 880 3. 240 6, 081 280 2, 273 1, 641 Do . South Bowes _ Do . Dry Creek _ New Mexico _ North Eunice (additional) _ Wyoming _ Lake Creek . . . . . . Do . La Barge _ The aggregate area of outstanding definitions of the “known geologic structure ” of producing oil and gas fields on June 30, 1934, was 960,346 acres in California, Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Utah, and Wyoming. POWER DIVISION During the fiscal year 1934 the work of obtaining basic information as to the water-power resources of public lands and of making it available for use in the administration of the public-land laws was directed chiefly to its field phases. Field work made possible by funds allotted by the Public Works Administration was materially expanded, and long deferred surveys of the power resources of im¬ portant streams were undertaken in Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming. These surveys involved about 1,400 linear miles of streams and included supplemental geologic or geophysical studies of foundation material and conditions at six dam sites in Colorado, Oregon, and Utah. Office activities not indicated in the general summary of cases involving land classification resulted in additions of 148,714 acres to outstanding power reserves in 12 States, eliminations of 31,153 acres from such reserves in 8 States, and net increase of the total area of such reserves in 22 States to 6,800,371 acres. Field supervision of power projects for the Federal Power Commission involved investiga¬ tion and report on 16 projects, construction and operation on 132 projects, and cost accounting on 3 projects. Returns for the calendar year 1933 disclose the total installed capacity of the systems operated by the holders or users of rights-of- way for power purposes granted by the Secretary of the Interior as 5,855,000 horsepower. The total energy generated in that year was 9,182,000,000 kilowatt-hours, an increase of 28 percent over the out¬ put reported in 1932 — an increase that is simply statistical, however, and due to the return for 1933 of certain items not previously returned rather than to any material increase in actual output. Revenues accrued from the use and occupancy of public lands under power permits and grants issued by the Secretary of the Interior aggregated SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 243 $190,194 from 1912 to 1933, and $15,145.31 additional has been assessed for the calendar year 1934. Accrued charges for unauthor¬ ized occupancy of public lands by power projects prior to the issuance of license therefor by the Federal Power Commission amount to $111,826.58 additional, about $12,000 of which is before the courts for adjudication. AGRICULTURAL DIVISION Although the number of applications currently received for agri¬ cultural classification, for designations under the stock-raising and enlarged homestead acts and Nevada ground-water act, and for approval of irrigation projects decreased about 9 percent compared with 1933, the number of cases pending on June 30, 1934, was 109 percent greater than on June 30, 1933. Office activities not indicated in the general summary of cases resulted in the designation of 508,193 acres in 16 States as subject to the stock-raising homestead act, cancelation of prior designations under that act to the extent of 5,470,887 acres in 7 States, and net reduction of the outstanding designated area in 20 States to 119,339,- 332 acres; the designation of 5,256 acres in 11 States as subject to the enlarged homestead acts, cancelation of prior designations under those acts to the extent of 15,089,655 acres in 4 States, and net reduction of the outstanding designated area in 14 States to 294,413,- 685 acres; the inclusion of 8,607 acres in 8 States in public water reserves, exclusion of 1,080 acres in 4 States from such reserves, and net increase of the gross area reserved in 13 States to 494,728 acres; and the designation of 8,800 acres under the Nevada ground-water act, with increase of the aggregate area so designated to 1,729,495 acres. Liaison service was maintained for the Interior Department with the committee for acquisition of submarginal land, of the Federal Emergency Relief Administration, and considerable assistance was rendered to members and committees of Congress concerned with the framing and enactment of the Taylor grazing law (Public No. 482, 73d Cong.). MINING AND OIL AND GAS LEASING DIVISIONS The work of the mining and oil and gas leasing divisions consists of the exercise of supervisory jurisdiction over mineral prospecting and development on public lands, Indian lands, and naval petroleum reserves. In spite of an increase during the year of 877, or 14 percent, in the number of Federal properties under supervision, inspectional and regulatory activities, already substantially below the limit of prudent administration, were of necessity further reduced. In their stead remedial activities, required to eradicate the injurious consequences of insufficient Federal supervision in previous years, were undertaken 244 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 with funds provided for the purpose by the Public Works Adminis¬ tration. Field supervision, exercised through 22 offices and suboffices in the public-land States and Alaska, was increased during the year by the issuance of Federal leases, licenses, and prospecting permits for 1,247 additional properties. In the same period leases, licenses, and permits for 368 properties were terminated. Federal properties under supervision at the end of the fiscal year, indicated in detail in the summary of field operations by States, numbered 7,154 in 19 States and Alaska and involved an aggregate of 9,541,487 acres. They contained 4,236 productive oil and gas wells,- 38 of which were completed during the year, 528 coal mines, 2 potassium mines, 1 phosphate mine, 3 sodium plants, 1 oil-shale plant, and a great variety of prospecting operations. By order of the Secretary dated September 12, 1933, the super¬ visory function of these divisions was enlarged to include the receipt, for transmission to the General Land Office, of all remittances made in payment of rents and royalties accrued under mineral leases and prospecting permits involving public land and the maintenance of records showing the current status of each account. Especial activity resulted from a departmental order dated July 12, 1933, requiring that on and after May 1, 1933, the Government royalty on petroleum be computed on the volume of production as determined by tank measurement based on 100 percent tank tables and calculated as barrels of clean oil of 42 standard United States gallons each; from departmental grants of drilling and production refief to numerous operators on Federal lands with corresponding increase of supervisory obligation to determine and assess the monthly charges due to the Government as compensation for any loss of roy¬ alty entailed ; from departmental instructions of May 16, 1934, obligat¬ ing supervisors to determine production proration between Federal lands and other lands in areas served by pipe fines occupying rights of w~ay pursuant to the act of February 25, 1920 (41 Stat. 437), and to pass on the rates and terms of transportation and purchase of production in such areas; from increased submissions of proposed plans for the unit operation and development of oil and gas fields involving public land, for consideration and technical approval; and from cooperation with the Petroleum Administrative Board of the National Recovery Administration in facilitating throughout the public-land States the submission of the development plans for new pools required by article III, section 7, of the Code of Fair Competi¬ tion for the Petroleum Industry. In the field of mine supervision especial activity resulted from a marked increase of irresponsible trespass on Federal-owned coal lands, with the consequent starting of a large number of outcrop SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 245 fires and the filing of many complaints by royalty-paying lessees and permittees of total or partial loss of their coal market by reason of unauthorized unsupervised competition; and from the necessity for local surveys of coal supply and demand as basis for appropriate recommendations under departmental order of January 24, 1934, restricting the issuance of coal prospecting permits and leases to local¬ ities whose coal needs cannot feasibly be supplied by existing mines. Mineral production during the year from lands under Federal leases, licenses, and prospecting permits and revenue accrued there¬ from in the form of royalty, rental, or bonus are shown below: Mineral production from public lands and revenues accrued therefrom, fiscal year 1931 State Petroleum (barrels) Natural gas (M cubic feet) Gas gasoline (gallons) Coal (short tons) Potassi¬ um (short tons) Sodium (short tons) Phos¬ phate (short tons) Accrued revenue Alaska . 100, 347. 10 106, 796. 00 5.00 313, 675. 93 2, 749. 13 $8, 408. 37 10, 679. 60 2, 048, 161. 49 75, 697. 63 3, 616. 97 16, 886. 37 71,113. 05 480.00 256, 655. 11 23, 711. 40 34, 244. 71 221.63 427. 53 92, 420. 01 3, 755. 13 1,345,091.95 Ala Calif . . 13, 276, 129. 07 417, 341. 07 36, 573, 146 1, 030, 944 58, 907, 584. 00 16, 609. 00 45, 048. 00 Colo . Idaho.. . 43,066.91 La . . 1, 756. 61 305,003.11 1,383,908 1, 445, 773 31, 757. 08 Mont _ _ 253, 607. 43 Nev _ _ _ N.Mex _ 2, 456, 898. 10 6, 421, 645 1, 033, 534. 76 34, 612. 68 386, 149. 76 289, 836. 99 781. 56 N.Dak . Okla _ 295,810.65 34, 891. 99 Oreg _ 86. 50 2, 574. 26 710, 768. 70 37, 551. 33 739, 762. 72 S.Dak _ Utah... . 2, 850. 73 35, 860 Wash.. _ _ Wyo _ 1934—. 1933. . . 8, 299, 385. 46 10, 975, 581 27, 704, 218. 00 . — . 25, 055, 174. 80 24, 662, 589. 46 57, 866, 857 56, 637, 196 87, 728, 594. 83 91, 549, 635. 62 2, 688, 686. 54 2,953, 780.00 289, 836. 99 173, 563. 16 45, 829. 56 37, 314. 00 43, 066. 91 1, 643. 14 3, 991, 570. 95 3, 648, 816. 65 INDIAN LANDS On behalf of the Office of Indian Affairs technical supervision of mineral development was continued in 1934 on tribal and restricted allotted lands within the limits of numerous Indian reservations. Oil and gas supervision involved 4,668 leaseholds, 4,588 wells, and aggre¬ gate royalty and rental accruals of $1,817,886.10 for Indian benefi¬ ciaries in 7 States and in 27 different tribes, and the drafting of a new form of lease for restricted lands designed to afford the lessor a greater measure of protection and of participation in leasehold revenues than heretofore. Mining supervision involved 40 lead and zinc leaseholds in the Quapaw Reservation, Okla., with aggregate royalty accruals of $247,367.48 during the year; 42 coal leaseholds involving Choctaw, Chickasaw, and Five Tribes acreage in Oklahoma, with aggregate production of 388,094 tons of coal and royalty accruals of $25,805.61; 13 agency coal mines in Arizona, Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, North Dakota, and Utah; and special investigations of gold occurrence on land under lease application in the Hoopa Valley Reservation, Calif. 246 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 NAVAL PETROLEUM RESERVES On behalf of the Navy Department, supervision was continued during the year over operations for the production of oil and gas within Naval Petroleum Reserves Nos. 1 and 2, in California, and for the conservation of shut-in production within Reserve No. 3, in Wyoming. Production from the California reserves aggregated 3,720,735.36 barrels of petroleum, 4,328,047,000 cubic feet of natural gas, and 14,440,117 gallons of natural-gas gasoline, having an aggre¬ gate royalty value of $682,528.15. PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS Throughout the greater part of the year much of the regular work of the conservation branch was subordinated to related activities undertaken with funds allotted by the Public Works Administration. Under 23 project allotments amounting to $11,764 expenditures of $9,819.13 were made during the year for repairs and physical better¬ ments at the camps maintained for branch employees at Taft, Calif., and Midwest, Wyo. Under 9 project allotments amounting to $200,000 expenditures of $59,256.09 were made for the proper plug¬ ging and abandonment or conditioning for use as a source of water of numerous wells drilled for oil and gas on public lands in the West and thereafter improperly abandoned or merely deserted. Under 6 project allotments amounting to $428,200 expenditures of $168,288.53 were made in extinguishing and controlling coal-outcrop fires and in filling, bulkheading, or otherwise safeguarding abandoned mine or prospect openings on publicly owned coal lands in the West and on Indian-owned coal lands and lead and zinc lands in Oklahoma, and in subsurface studies of oil and gas occurrence in Indian-owned lands in Oklahoma. Under 11 project allotments amounting to $250,000 expenditures of $99,155.28 were made for utilization surveys of the power and storage resources of important rivers and creeks in nearly all the public-land States. Except for those involving camp reha¬ bilitation the projects undertaken were planned for continuance during a period of 18 months and completion prior to June 30, 1935. Many of the oil and gas projects involved the letting of contracts under which operations were not begun until after the end of the fiscal year 1934. SUMMARY OF FIELD OPERATIONS BY STATES Alabama— Inspected oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State in aid of mineral classification. Supervised one coal lease. Alaska. — Supervised 4 leases, 2 licenses, and 18 prospecting permits for coal and 101 prospecting permits for oil and gas. Arizona. — Supervised 9 power projects and completed 206 miles of stream- utilization surveys on Williams, Little Colorado, and Verde Rivers. In cooper¬ ation with the University of Arizona and the United States Forest Service con- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 247 tinued surveys of the grazing and agricultural resources of the State. Supervised on public land 6 prospecting permits for potassium, 6 prospecting permits for sodium, and 63 prospecting permits for oil and gas; on Indian land, 1 lease for oil and gas. Arkansas. — Supervised 1 power project. Inspected oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State in aid of mineral classification. Supervised 9 prospecting permits for oil and gas. California. — Examined the Big Bar coal field, Trinity County, and one tract in Sonoma County for mineral classification. Supervised 44 power projects and completed 310 miles of stream-utilization surveys on Sacramento, McCloud, and Kern Rivers and Putah Creek, including Kennett, Isabella, and Monticello reser¬ voir sites and Kennett, Bakersfield, Democrat Springs, and Isabella dam sites. Continued detailed studies of grazing conditions in Mono Lake and Owens Valleys in cooperation with the city of Los Angeles. Supervised on public land 4 leases and 2 prospecting permits for potassium, 16 prospecting permits for sodium, 3 prospecting permits for coal, 215 leases and 697 prospecting permits for oil and gas; and on naval petroleum reserves 24 leases for oil and gas. Colorado. — Made structural examination of Mancos Divide gas field, Monte¬ zuma County, for mineral classification and leasing-law administration, and geologic surveys of an area of burning coal near Coalmont, Jackson County, precedent to the adoption of measures to extinguish or control the fire. Super¬ vised six power projects and completed 50 miles of stream-utilization surveys on Gunnison, Roaring Fork, and San Juan Rivers, including the Trujillo reservoir site on the San Juan. Supervised on public lands 79 leases, 12 licenses, and 40 prospecting permits for coal, 1 prospecting permit for potassium, and 28 leases and 459 prospecting permits for oil and gas; and on Indian lands 6 leases for oil and gas. Florida. — Inspected oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State and examined one tract each in Liberty, Hamilton, and Lee Counties for mineral classification. Idaho. — Supervised 19 power projects and completed 145 miles of stream- utilization surveys on Snake River, Henrys Fork, and Priest River. Completed reconnaissance studies of grazing capacities and conditions in the proposed Gar¬ den Creek and Lemhi Valley grazing districts. Supervised 11 prospecting permits for coal, 2 leases for phosphate, and 77 prospecting permits for oil and gas. Kansas. — Examined one tract in Riley County for land classification. Super¬ vised 13 prospecting permits for oil and gas. Louisiana. — Inspected oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State and examined one tract in Catahoula Parish for mineral classification. Supervised 11 leases and 1 prospecting permit for oil and gas. Mississippi. — Inspected oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State and examined two tracts in George County for mineral classification. Montana. — Supervised three power projects and completed 140 miles of stream- utilization surveys on Kootenai, Flathead, and Blackfoot Rivers. Completed investigation of the grazing resources of the Mizpah-Pumpkin Creek Grazing Reserve. Supervised on public land 90 leases, 22 awarded leases, 66 licenses, and 44 prospecting permits for coal, 5 leases for phosphate rock, and 82 leases and 643 prospecting permits for oil and gas; and on Indian land 1 lead-silver-gold lease and 50 leases for oil and gas. Nebraska. — Supervised one prospecting permit each for potassium and for oil and gas. Nevada. — Supervised five power projects and completed 117 miles of stream- utilization surveys on Little Humboldt and Muddy Rivers. Supervised 4 pros¬ pecting permits for coal, 1 lease for phosphate, 10 prospecting permits for potas- 248 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 sium, 1 lease and 5 prospecting permits for sodium, and 59 prospecting permits for oil and gas. New Mexico. — In cooperation with the geologic branch completed geologic survey of parts of Sandoval and Rio Arriba Counties for coal classification. Completed 125 miles of stream-utilization surveys on Chama, Gila, and San Francisco Rivers and Rio Grande. Supervised on public land 22 leases and 23 prospecting permits for coal, 9 leases and 158 prospecting permits for potassium, 10 prospecting permits for sodium, 22 prospecting permits for sulphur, and 94 leases and 1,195 prospecting permits for oil and gas; and on Indian land all agency coal mines and 7 leases for oil and gas. North Dakota. — Supervised 72 leases, 14 authorized leases, 18 licenses, and 1 prospecting permit for coal, and 20 prospecting permits for oil and gas. Oklahoma. — Supervised on public land 17 leases and 14 prospecting permits for oil and gas; and on Indian land 42 leases, 3 pending leases, 12 prospecting permits, and 6 pending permits for coal, 40 leases for lead and zinc, and 4,563 leases for oil and gas. Bored 103 auger holes and made 207 water analyses in a study of sub¬ surface pollution involving appraised damages of $100,000 to 24 Indian allotments. Oregon. — Examined one tract in Multnomah County for coal classification. Supervised 37 power projects and completed 51 miles of stream-utilization surveys on the Hood, Willamina, and Umatilla Rivers and Gales and Catherine Creeks, including numerous small reservoir sites. Supervised 1 lease and 7 prospecting permits for coal, 1 lease for oil shale, and 46 prospecting permits for oil and gas. South Dakota. — Supervised 4 leases, 1 license, and 2 prospecting permits for coal and 26 prospecting permits for oil and gas. Utah. — Completed detailed geologic survey of Petroleum Reserve No. 7, in Washington County, for mineral classification and leasing-law administration and examined one tract in Iron County, for coal classification. Began a systematic survey of the grazing resources of grazing district no. 4, in the west-central part of the State. Supervised seven power projects and completed 72 miles of stream- utilization surveys on Huntington, Cottonwood, Pleasant, Ephraim, and Manti Creeks. Supervised 37 leases, 2 licenses, and 86 prospecting permits for coal, 3 prospecting permits for sodium, 42 prospecting permits for potassium, and 11 leases and 535 prospecting permits for oil and gas. Supervised on Indian land one lease for oil and gas. Washington. — Supervised 12 power projects and completed 93 miles of stream- utilization surveys on Nooksack and Toutle Rivers, Clark Fork, and Sheep Creek. Supervised 17 prospecting permits for coal, 1 authorized lease and 1 prospecting permit for sodium, and 8 prospecting permits for oil and gas. Wisconsin. — Supervised one power project. Wyoming. — Examined 9 square miles in Natrona County for coal classification and 4 square miles in Goshen County for phosphate classification. Supervised 4 power projects and completed 98 miles of stream-utilization surveys on Bear, * Laramie, and Green Rivers. Supervised on public land 44 leases, 21 licenses, and 49 prospecting permits for coal, 2 prospecting permits for sodium, 422 leases and 1,270 prospecting permits for oil and gas; and on Indian land 40 leases for oil and gas. Made 22,970 determinations of oil gravity, 55 analyses of oil, 35 analyses of natural gas, and 295 analyses of oil-field waters. WORK ON PUBLICATIONS Texts. — The book publications of the year in the regular series numbered 47, covering 6,602 pages. Besides these publications, 46 brief papers in mimeographed form were issued as memoranda for the SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 249 press. During the year 19,007 pages of manuscript were edited and prepared for printing, and 2,234 galley proofs and 7,434 page proofs were read and corrected. Indexes were prepared for 29 publications, covering 5,039 pages. Copy and proof or stencils for 1,297 pages of multigraph and mimeograph matter were read. Illustrations. — The section of illustrations prepared 2,002 drawings and photographs, transmitted 456 illustrations to accompany 26 reports, received and examined 515 proofs, and examined 32 editions. The work included considerable drafting for the Public Works Ad¬ ministration. Geologic editing and drafting of maps and illustrations. — The geologic map of Colorado, scale 1:500,000, was prepared for engraving and reached first plate proof of the boundaries. Letter symbols for this map were prepared for engraving, and the explanation was prepared for typesetting. The geologic map of Texas, scale 1:500,000, was prepared for engraving and the explanation prepared for typesetting. The printing of the geologic map of the Valley of Virginia, scale 1 : 250,000, and of the map showing mineral resources of the Tennessee Basin, scale 1: 500,000, was completed. The maps for the Somerset- Windber (Pa.) and Montevallo-Columbiana (Ala.) folios were approved for printing. The geologic maps of the Hollidaysburg- Huntingdon (Pa.) folio reached first plate proof. Illustrations for 16 papers, ready for publication, were edited, and 113 drawings were made for papers by geologists for publication by State geological surveys or other organizations. Engraving and printing. — During the fiscal year 80 newly engraved topographic maps were printed, including 6 revised maps (of this number 7 were completed under the Public Works allotment), and 8 new State and other maps and 3 special maps were photolithographed and printed, making a total of 91 new maps printed and delivered. Corrections were engraved on the plates of 115 maps. Reprint editions of 150 engraved topographic maps and 7 photolithographed State and other maps were printed and delivered. In addition, 43 new topographic maps had been engraved and were in press June 30, including 18 under Public Works allotment, and the engraving of 6 other new topographic maps was nearly completed, including 2 under Public Works allotment. Of new and reprinted maps, 248 different editions, amounting to 612,115 copies, were delivered. A large amount of work was done for 58 other units of the Govern¬ ment and 2 State Governments. This work included many reprints, and the charges for it amounted to about $141,000, for which the appropriation for engraving and printing geologic and topographic maps was reimbursed. Of topographic maps, geologic maps, and contract and miscella¬ neous work of all kinds, a grand total of 2,214,728 copies were printed and delivered. 250 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The output of the photographic laboratory consisted of 8,588 negatives (including 3,763 wet plates for photolithographs, 882 wet plates for photographic prints, 12 paper negatives, 988 dry plates, 328 lantern slides, and 2,615 field negatives developed), 21,044 prints (including 2,699 maps and diagrams, 16,983 photographs for illustra¬ tions and records and 1,362 bromide enlargements), 3,154 zinc plates, 282 intaglio etchings, 4 celluloid prints, and 167 prints mounted. Distribution. — A total of 295 publications, comprising 47 new books and pamphlets, 91 new or revised topographic and other maps, and 157 reprinted topographic and other maps, were received by the division of distribution during the year. A number of special pam¬ phlets and forms for administrative use were also delivered and dis¬ tributed. The total units of all publications received numbered 102,291 books and pamphlets and 612,115 topographic and other maps, a grand total of 714,406. The division distributed 142,611 books and pamphlets, 1,575 geologic folios, and 630,741 maps, a grand total of 774,927, of which I, 358 folios and 457,965 maps were sold. The net proceeds (gross collections less copying fees and amounts refunded) from the sales of publications were $35,101.52, including $34,705.33 for topographic and geologic maps and $396.19 for geologic folios. In addition to this $1,621.78 was repaid by other establishments of the Federal Govern¬ ment at whose request maps or folios were furnished. The total receipts, therefore, were $36,723.30. LIBRARY A Civil Works Administration project was set up for the library December 18, 1933, and about 50 workers were employed on a reha¬ bilitation program. Much worth-while work in cataloging the Kunz collection on precious stones, inventorying the library, mending more than 3,000 books, etc., was accomplished before the closing up of the Civil Works Administration on April 28, 1934. The inventory showed a count of 186,900 books in the library. Since June 1, 1934, this special work has been continued under the Emergency Relief Admin¬ istration. The accessions during the year comprised 9,366 books, pamphlets, and periodicals and 755 maps. The library was used by II, 182 readers, nearly half of them not members of the Survey, and the loans for use outside of the library numbered 13,910. Work on the bibliography of North American geology was continued. The library facilities are being used in preparing a bibliography of foreign geology for the Geological Society of America and an annotated bibliography of economic geology for the National Research Council. Funds available , expenditures , and obligations incurred by Geological Survey , ^scaZ ?/ear ended June SO, 1984 W-O 33 o aS °fe ^2 c. a M B © oS a ® « g-o-a S'sg § gS B o £ < O, SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS §5 251 ' O (N 00 O CO CO ci CT> ci *d i^co»oooo»oo>«o^ w rcDT^tCc^fl^iOiOOcTcO I 05 CO COOONHrnC^ I »OCO 00H NN JCDCO^OIOC • 00 CO 04 04 c co co rH 8 8 3 8 t>T co CO lO p>>£ > *"■ 'ga- O .3 tn -a 3 o c=ft lor*o£3c3®Tj'l'o'S5 ;2 D'Sn g-2 g § a g ip,coon£3S.iiifl® m g.2 o a ” o M'S .2 >3 ® fcn M a c3 MC .3 >3 b£ 2 T n O g!^ 3 ^ O # « G'SrB g'Scg.g go S 7: o a o^3 c3 3S C 2 meOXOO^^Og ■a'oai’HQ'0fl9t' 0.9*3 § & Si> gT. 87859-34- -17 Funds available , expenditures , and obligations incurred by Geological Survey , ./iscaZ year ended June SO , Continued 252 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 © 3 >> £ c3 O. £0,3 33 -a £ CO ® o Sg2 a S 5 CO CO CO § o S3 8 .a ir _o © '.2 3 .2 C3 >.s 3 3 |3 © a 3 •a !o 3 3 ■ 3 © p S ic +?^i 0 a t-T Ph ;a O pH Is'fe 0 fe O !.o 0 3 .2 ■c2° to 53£? Og Hco «3Xi' J? <» t— J ^ ® Ppn g ^ o 'p 03 is s.-s^i ® P ® '-i I ® .§g££g fcfl >ft SUfcSjjfj s3 p ©23 < g'o-gcQ g> t * £ ®"m ® £ ® J3rgxj 2.3 otf o 5- o a S © © a © ij a£a£aSi| ® a ® a ® a 57 OsflgfiWQ . § .1 'Sk'Sk's a •s' a^ a a a (S& «3 ®3 a. . „ i:§:§ 6°|°£ >> p p a ® a a ® © P ® .P ® u, cs.- > o ® >>t -a 3 rpCQ ® — . “I a w> fa “tj “ a •a-s 3-3 >>£ ® C > © s§ GO 3 •a* .2 a 1 8 ft ~a § 3 ft® a? « a ®.2 o 43 u « o.-g a| .0 33 <3 g "C, > ag S'g a-g a.3 ce ^ ® — 33 43 a® 5® r« . .®| ®li§^ aa^|a agSggS 3 "§'33 ® £3 . ic o o ® > .a jn« p^efled s'3 ^ © ©ra ® p it liifin as ® :£■!= SSSj£flif5l "s $§“■§•§ hJ« 5^>>2o® S-o £ +* be—, S - a a^. ® .52 fajO 0 Cd 9 ^ ^ ^ fe ,S-cgsS®®§g£ g 3tat! 300 S a-3 g, ^ © ©*t2.2 © © j-i p ©S3 ©^-*-3 1 5 a ■'5'i's o^> > is ®js ^'s| o.t^ aS.9 9 ©'2.9 ^Sa^saao^l S-iS£^§§^a| -2 13 ®^ S'3'3,o a° g > g co a o3rf< p - >c3S«fl - ^-3©g.2S^So-a ^§3-2^221-5 3 p O.cS-C . .®Hn •^’■S‘S Qo««^ o a go^o^®®-§^ sgsgsssggl? §sgSg-o-oa?S iMM sill 2'§§IS.I.§i ;-a»o © • o 'D'Q:- « QOpS ^ol|B§§3£ °o'cs.3S ® ®© a o o T"! (—1 © © 7-1 O OO^rg © S S 03 °.«a3 g^^«o 0«DXJ _, X C8 CS SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 253 Classification of obligations incurred by the United States Geological Survey during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934 > Salaries Topo¬ graphic surveys Geologic surveys Volcan- ologic surveys Alas¬ kan mineral re¬ sources Gaging streams Classifi¬ cation of lands Personal services . . Supplies and materials... . . . $106, 968 $1, 161, 136 20, 190 901 1,497 301, 794 67, 025 67, 209 272 373 9, 452 387 163, 794 $356, 866 5, 169 397 239 38, 713 6, 380 3, 467 143 $5, 725 115 $23, 048 153 $809, 272 99, 780 415 4, 280 117, 778 27, 973 4, 579 409 5, 922 41, 324 1,711 111,324 76, 705 28, 543 234, 000 $85, 682 203 43 84 4,911 429 146 Storage of motor cars _ Communication service . . . . Travel expenses . Transportation of things . Printing, binding, photographing, etc.. Heat, light, power, water, and elec¬ tricity _ 2 8 34 19 5,919 205 348 81 Rents.. _ 1 102 Repairs and alterations . . 860 194 7,692 146 57 21 111 Special and miscellaneous current ex¬ penses. . . . . Equipment . . . 69 Structures _ _ _ 627 2, 135 Impoundments of compensation de¬ ductions and vacancy savings. . . Miscellaneous transfers and adjust¬ ments _ 29, 287 75, 614 139, 593 34, 787 10,889 2, 652 241 10, 176 3, 728 Total . 136, 255 2, 009, 237 465, 796 8, 749 32,881 1, 564, 015 105, 591 Printing and binding Prepara¬ tion of illustra¬ tions Geologic and topo¬ graphic maps Mineral leasing Civil Works projects Total Personal services . . . . $15, 109 512 $175, 465 26, 918 $432, 942 $51, 274 $3, 223, 487 169, 197 1,867 8, 973 529, 243 106, 144 Supplies and materials . . . 11, 770 111 4. 387 Storage of motor cars _ Communication service . 2 2, 578 272 Travel expenses _ 102 29, 762 . 2, 534 30, 256 1,523 Transportation of things _ _ _ 41 Printing, binding, photographing, etc _ Heat, light, power, water, and electricity.. $75, 043 266 7, 798 i 378 4, 092 1, 076 26, 093 185, 327 4, 997 7,619 Rents _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 247 Repairs and alterations _ _ 396 38, 384 557 281 i 91, 002 2,998 Special and miscellaneous current ex¬ penses . . . . . . 128 Equipment _ 28 3, 425 8,710 11, 673 24, 145 319, 298 89, 005 213, 072 Structures Impoundments of compensation deduc¬ tions and vacancy savings _ _ 692 12, 691 300 16, 495 32, 081 Miscellaneous transfers and adjustments.. 870 42 ] 421, 744 Total _ _ 75,913 16, 649 227, 138 593, 143 138, 606 5, 373, 973 Note.— In addition to the above amounts, there was expended directly by cooperating agencies $72,242 for topographic surveys and $244,547 for stream gaging. OFFICE OF EDUCATION (Bess Goodykoontz, Acting Commissioner) I. GENERAL STATEMENT /. CHANGES IN THE ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION THE COMMISSIONERSHIP In May of this year Commissioner of Education George F. Zook resigned to become Director of the American Council on Education, his resignation to become effective on June 30. At the same time announcement was made of the appointment to the commissionership of John Ward Studebaker, superintendent of schools of Des Moines, Iowa, who will take office September 1. The year of Dr. Zook’s incumbency of the commissionership was a particularly important one for education and educational agencies. The effects of the depression were still weighing heavily on the schools, and the problems of adjustment were critical. The relation of education to the whole program of economic recovery was stated by Dr. Zook in this way: Today, from the President to the humblest citizen there is a common agree¬ ment that education, widespread and up to date, holds the key to our national problems. On education depends all of our progress in the development of the production and distribution of material goods. To education we must look for vision and balance in our social life. In other words, our provision for education, in its broadest sense, is the greatest assurance to the American people of an opportunity for an abundant life. Because of the close connection of education to the activities of many of the Government agencies engaged in phases of the recovery program, Commissioner Zook attempted to cooperate in every possi¬ ble way with such Government programs. Illustrations of this include the Public Works Administration in its school-building activities, the N.R.A. in whatever codes affect the schools, and the C.C.C. in the educational programs in the camps. Descriptions of these coopera¬ tive activities as well as accounts of the continued research and service program of the office are given on the following pages. UNION OF TWO FEDERAL EDUCATION AGENCIES In October 1933 the duties and functions of the Federal Board for Vocational Education, which was created as a separate organization in 1917, were transferred to the Office of Education under the Commis- 254 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 255 sioner of Education, and the officers and employees of the Board became an integral part of the Office of Education. The Secretary’s order effective October 10 carried out the terms of President Roose¬ velt’s Executive order of June 10, which specified that “the functions of the Federal Board for Vocational Education are transferred to the Department of the Interior, and the Board shall act in an advisory capacity without compensation.” In announcing the transfer of the functions of the Federal Board for Vocational Education, Secretary Ickes said: This transfer of the functions of the Board is not to be interpreted as any cur¬ tailment of the activities of the Federal Government in the field of vocational education. Both Dr. George F. Zook, the Commissioner of Education, and I have long been deeply interested in vocational education studies and efforts, and we both propose to promote the development of this highly important part of the field of education vigorously. Emphasizing the importance of service to local school officers in the conduct of their total education program, the Commissioner, in accept¬ ing the new responsibilities, said: I wish to assure you that I have a deep sense of the importance of this added responsibility. I will, to the best of my ability, promote the cause of vocational education vigorously and wisely. I trust that this union of educational forces in the Federal Government will increase the effectiveness of the service which the Federal Government renders to the States and local communities in the conduct of their educational programs. Upon the transfer of vocational education functions to the Office of Education the staff of the Board became a separate division within the Office of Education under the immediate supervision of the former director of the Board, who was appointed Assistant Commissioner for Vocational Education. The rest of the Office, which was the former Office of Education, continues under the direction of the Assistant Commissioner of Education. Shortly after this combination was ordered the work in connection with mails and files, supplies, equip¬ ment, personnel, and accounting of the two formerly separate organ¬ izations was combined in the administration division under the general direction of the chief clerk and the work in connection with publica¬ tions was combined in the editorial division of the Office of Education. No other changes in organization have been made up to the present time. 2 . IMPORTANT EDUCATION PROBLEMS OF THE YEAR CURTAILMENT OF EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES In communities of 5,000 and under the opportunities for attendance in elementary schools returned, in most school districts, to near normal. This was made possible through financial aid from Federal sources. The restoration was not fully brought about, however, until 256 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 the second semester as, in the first half of the year, aid was extended only to communities of 2,500 and under. Even so, in some States there was not full opportunity for many children recently emancipated from labor, for the Federal grants permitted no increase in teachers nor in number of pupils enrolled. In larger cities few if any schools were closed for the year but in many cases a month or more was lopped from the school term. To meet the financial situation a host of teachers worked at reduced and often greatly reduced pay. In many communities funds were raised by private subscription or a tuition was charged for those who could pay. The citizens were determined that the schools should be kept open as far as possible and the teachers did their share, and more, to meet the situation. Even where there has been no limitation of opportunity to attend school it should not be overlooked that in a certain percentage of schools there has occurred a loss of some privileges in that certain activities pertaining to general culture and the use of leisure, such as art and music, have been dropped from the curriculum. It would seem as if, at the present day, these activities deserved to be stressed even more than formerly and it is to be hoped that local boards will take second thought as to their importance in modern life. In some instances the health service of the school has been crippled or aban¬ doned, which is hardly in accordance with the principle that health is the first objective of education. In the realm of higher education the opportunities for schooling were, in most instances, available although many colleges and univer¬ sities have labored under financial difficulties. The problem with students and their parents was that of meeting tuition fees and living expenses. Present conditions have, of course, greatly reduced the opportunity for self-help through student employment and many ambitious young people who would gladly have earned their way found that way doubly barred. The attempt to meet this situation by Federal funds, to be used in furnishing suitable types of work for needy students, has been of help, but it is not an altogether simple matter to arrange for such employment. The situation of the seeker after higher learning is by no means wholly relieved although thou¬ sands of worthy students have thus been enabled to pursue their studies. YOUTH PROBLEMS During this present period of unemployment, the opportunities for youth to obtain work are meager to a degree not experienced in pre¬ vious periods of economic depression. The codes of fair competition operate properly to give jobs to adults. Continuation schools have largely ceased to exist. Apprenticeship opportunities are meager indeed. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 257 Two and a quarter million young people reach the age of employa¬ bility each year. Since October 1929, more than 10 million have reached the employable age. Other millions below 21 years when the depression began are now between 22 and 26. From these 16 million young people, 18 to 25 years of age, are recruited the increasing army of transients, the pathetic idlers loafing on the street corners of every village and city in the country, and the startlingly long list of names on the rosters of our penal institutions. It seems imperative that something more comprehensive than the Civilian Conservation Corps should be worked into the national recovery machinery of government for these millions of young people. In April 1934, a preliminary conference with representatives of the various governmental agencies carrying on some activities in the interest of youth was called by the Commissioner of Education. With the unanimous approval of these representatives and with the aid of funds provided for that and similar purposes by the General Edu¬ cation Board of New York, a larger conference of about 70 people was called by the Commissioner on June 1 and 2. At this conference persons from all sections of the country interested in (a) employment, (b) education and guidance, and (c) leisure- time activities worked out a statement of basic principles which should guide the develop¬ ment of a program for youth. They also outlined the activities which were thought to be essential for such a program. They furthermore recommended that, in close relation with the Office of Education, a commission should be set up to study the questions further, and to do what it could to carry out a suitable program in the interest of youth. The Commissioner of Education subsequently appointed three members of the staff of the Office of Education as a continuing com¬ mittee on out-of-school youth. FINANCING EDUCATION During 1933-34 education was struggling under a most distressing financial load. While the numbers of children and youth demanding education continued to increase rapidly; while this increase came at the most expensive levels, namely, in the high schools and post-high- school courses ; and while the unemployment among both parents and youth added to the variety and urgency of the demands for education, the budgets for education were severely cut. Not only was the building of schoolhouses almost completely stopped, but other items, intimately associated with the service of education, were severely curtailed. Needed school books were not bought, teachers of many subjects which are mistakenly regarded by some boards of education as nonessential, were dismissed, other teachers were dismissed, thus necessitating larger numbers of children per room, teachers’ salaries 258 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 were disproportionately reduced in many places, and finally to come within the reduced budgets, school terms were shortened or teachers kept schools open without pay. In such a critical situation the Office of Education has naturally been deeply concerned. It has sought in every way possible to cooperate in checking the tendency to cut educational budgets unduly, and to find sources of financial aid. Cooperating with the American Council on Education, it aided in the Conference on the Crisis in Education called by President Hoover in January 1933. As a result of this conference a movement was set on foot to establish in many communities of the country Citizens Councils on Constructive Economy. These are proving effective bulwarks against unreasona¬ ble slashing of school budgets. In August 1933, the Commissioner of Education called a conference to canvass the question of how the Federal Emergency Relief Admin¬ istration might incorporate into its work-relief program measures that would aid education. Representatives of education at all levels as well as representatives of the Federal Emergency Relief Administra¬ tion participated. Out of that conference grew the proposals which resulted in the creation of the Education Division of the Federal Emergency Relief Administration, through which has been admin¬ istered the relief work for rural schools, nursery schools, adult educa¬ tion both vocational and general, and for college students. It was recognized, however, that the financial needs of schools and colleges could not be met most effectively from funds appropriated for relief. Therefore, it was desired to have the Congress give thor¬ ough consideration to the needs of education. Accordingly, the Commissioner of Education took the initiative in developing a pro¬ gram of Federal legislation for the financial aid of education. In November 1933, a small group of leaders was called together by the Commissioner. This group called a conference after three meetings, adopted a legislative program, and appointed a special committee to do what might be done to aid in the passage of the proposed legislation. While the bills sponsored by this large conference were not passed by the Congress, it is believed that significant progress was made toward a better understanding and a more sympathetic attitude by members of the Congress with respect to the problems involved. EDUCATION PROGRAMS TOR THE UNEMPLOYED During the past year the condition of widespread unemployment has presented difficult problems in the field of education, more particularly in the field of vocational education. It may be noted that the mandate under which the Federal Office of Education and the cooperating State vocational education staffs administer vocational education funds is, in the phraseology of the SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 259 Federal act, a mandate to safeguard the use of such funds under public supervision and control, so as to insure that they shall be used to fit workers for and keep them fit for useful employment in industry, agri¬ culture, and the home. The theory underlying this statutory mandate is that only workers fit for employment can be employed under any conditions and that labor should not be permitted to continue un¬ employed in any period — either of normal activity or depression or of recovery — for the reason that training has not been made avail¬ able to render displaced unemployed workers fit for employment in such jobs as become available. Employers and employment agencies have found that even during the period of extreme depression and in larger measure as we have entered upon recovery in different lines of economic activity the un¬ employed worker has in thousands of instances not received the train¬ ing required to render him fit for employment in any available job. To the extent that it can be attributed to the failure of the community, to provide the training needed to qualify workers for employment under the rapidly changing conditions of work unemployment must be recognized as being a responsibility of vocational education. Pro¬ vision of adequate vocational training, furthermore, is a condition of recovery itself, since neither industry nor agriculture can resume normal operations with a man power untrained in the new technics of production and service. Federal and State vocational staffs have during the past year realized this responsibility for rendering labor fit for employment, and assisted local communities to modify their vocational programs ac¬ cordingly. Relief of unemployment has in fact been a dominant interest in vocational education during the year. Services rendered under the cooperative efforts of Federal and State vocational staffs have included an extensive survey of changing con¬ ditions in industry, agriculture, and the home, to determine specific needs for training, and the modification of vocational programs required to meet these needs in keeping labor fit for employment; analysis of the vocational training needs of, and organization of training programs for, youths assembled in Civilian Conservation Corps camps ; develop¬ ment of suitable courses in public schools for youths in the ages of 14 to 16 years who are not any longer permitted under State laws and National Recovery Administration codes to enter into or continue in regular employment, and who must therefore be either in school or completely unemployed; the development of vocational training adapted to the needs of farmers operating under the agricultural ad¬ justment programs for the rehabilitation of agriculture and improve¬ ment of the employment situation in that broad field; development of subsistence homestead farming programs; survey of handicraft occupations, and of training needs for such occupations, as available 260 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 resources for unemployed workers under certain conditions; formula¬ tion of live-at-home programs for those with part-time employment; survey of training needs of individuals and families returning to farms from industrial centers where unemployment has prevailed, to adjust such individuals and families to employment conditions in the rural community; development of home-making programs adapted to the needs of individuals and families on relief, or with incomes reduced by unemployment, and generally of home-making programs for safe¬ guarding the welfare of the family under conditions imposed by un¬ employment and diminished family incomes; conduct of surveys to determine the number and training needs of unemployed disabled persons, and of employment opportunities available for such persons; expansion of services being rendered for the vocational rehabilita¬ tion and return to remunerative employment of unemployed physi¬ cally handicapped persons; and development of cooperative working relations between State employment offices and vocational rehabili¬ tation departments, under section 7 of the Wagner-Peyser Act passed during the year to promote a national system of employment offices. While many of these services have during the past year taken on the aspect of emergency services, and have involved extensive co¬ operation with emergency agencies organized specifically for dealing with the prevailing unemployment situation, they are not essentially new in character. On the contrary they are all of them implied as required to be rendered under our established national programs for cooperation with the States in the promotion of vocational education and rehabilitation. 3. COOPERATION WITH EMERGENCY AGENCIES FEDERAL EMERGENCY RELIEF ADMINISTRATION Shortly after the creation of the national relief program, offers of cooperation were made of all facilities of the Office of Education with reference to the fields of general education, vocational education, and rehabilitation in order to assist in developing a Nation-wide program of work relief for professional people qualified to teach in developing various educational projects. Preliminary conferences were held from time to time to discuss the matter and the Commissioner called a meeting of State superintendents to discuss possibilities. Arising out of these preliminary contacts a representative of the Office of Education was officially designated as liaison officer repre¬ senting general education and adult education, while another member of the Office was designated as liaison officer to represent vocational education and rehabilitation. These two staff members, together with the Commissioner, worked in formulating several authorizations creating work relief in various educational projects and then developed SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 261 outlines for State plans to take advantage of these authorizations. When, later, an educational division was set up, the two liaison officers were lent for full-time service. It became evident that an authorization should be formulated to take care of children of preschool age from unemployed underprivi¬ leged families. The services of a specialist in nursery-school educa¬ tion were accordingly lent to the relief organization to organize this work and this developed into a full-time loan through the fall and winter for the administration of this special activity. In order to stimulate the use of the relief program in providing a proper proportion of the emergency educational services to take care of the special needs of the colored race, a specialist in Negro education was loaned to the Relief Administration and he has spent part of his time ever since on this activity. The critical condition in the rural schools of many of the States indicated that a special relief program would be needed. To deter¬ mine which financially destitute rural school districts would be eligible to receive the benefits of the new authorization, the services of the statistical staff of the Office of Education were made available. Members of that staff and three experts supplied by the General Education Board were sent to the State departments of education to work with them and the State relief offices in devising individual State forms to secure the desired information and pass upon the claims of various rural school districts. Committees representing various college associations conferred with the specialists in higher education of the Office and with Relief Administration officials to consider the problem of developing a program of part-time jobs for needy college students who would other¬ wise be unable to continue their work in school or enter college the second semester. Growing out of these conferences authorization was made providing for 100,000 such part-time jobs open to all col¬ leges and universities organized on a nonprofit basis. A statement of the fundamental conditions providing for participation by the insti¬ tutions was accordingly formulated with the aid of representatives from the Office of Education and this program went into active effect at once. To assist in the development of certain specialized forms of educa¬ tion in ways which could not be financed by the State departments of education or the relief funds made available, the Commissioner took an active part in securing special grants from the General Educa¬ tion Board which greatly aided the development of the nursery school program, parent education, and workers’ education in the various States. Both the Commissioner and the Assistant Commissioner have actively participated throughout the year in serving on national 262 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 advisory committees, notably in the field of nursery school and parent education to assist in the furtherance of these programs. A meeting, open to representatives from the States engaged in the emergency educational program, was held in connection with the annual program of the American Association for Adult Education and separate programs in these States were participated in by a number of the members of the staff of the Office of Education. As a result of the serious situation arising in certain sections of the country this summer in the drought areas, the Federal Relief Adminis¬ tration officially requested the Office of Education for assistance in making a study of the special educational needs in the drought areas and two staff members have been officially assigned up to the present time to assist in making this study. NATIONAL RECOVERY ADMINISTRATION Members of the staff of the Office of Education have devoted much time during the year to conferences with representatives of the National Recovery Administration, the Agricultural Adjustment Administration, and other recovery agencies. These conferences have taken up certain aspects of the recovery measures which nave an educational significance. The home eco¬ nomics education service of the Office, for example, has cooperated with the States in furthering the recovery program by distributing such literature as has been made available at National Recovery Administration and Agricultural Adjustment Administration head¬ quarters, dealing with problems confronting homemakers in safe¬ guarding the interests of consumers. The service planned a confer¬ ence on consumer education to develop ways and means of increasing the effectiveness of such education in school programs at all educa¬ tional levels. The service has cooperated with State staffs also through regional and other conferences, and by correspondence, in making materials on consumer education available to teachers, and in aiding teachers of home economics to initiate instruction along these lines in their teaching programs. Similar cooperation has been effected through the Agricultural Education Service of the Office with the Agricultural Adjustment Administration in adapting vocational agriculture programs to emergency conditions. One development of cooperation with the National Recovery Administration deserves special mention. During the year industrial occupations have been very generally brought under “codes of fair competition.” Under these codes many important questions have arisen regarding apprentice training, as well as training of adult workers. An analysis was made in the trade and industrial service of the Office of Education of all codes approved over a period of 6 months. The volume of this material may be inferred from the fact SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 263 that as published in printed or mimeographed form it occupies some 6 feet of shelf room. The objective in making this analysis was to determine what provisions had been incorporated in the codes for apprenticeship and other forms of training. As a result of the analy¬ sis and of conferences with representatives of the National Recovery Administration, a Federal committee on apprentice training has been established by the Secretary of Labor, under an Executive order of the President to advise the Secretary and perform such other func¬ tions as the Secretary may direct. This order defines an apprentice to mean “a person of at least 16 years of age who has entered into a written contract with an employer or an association of employers which provides for at least 2,000 hours of reasonably continuous employment for such person and his participation in an approved program of training as hereinabove provided.” The committee as established under this order comprises 1 representative and 1 alter¬ nate from the Division of Vocational Education of the Office of Educa¬ tion, 1 from the Department of Labor, and 1 from the National Recovery Administration. This formal recognition of the need for organized apprentice train¬ ing is consistent with, and a long step forward in the direction of more effective realization of the policies of the National Vocational Educa¬ tion Act of 1917, which specifically provides for cooperation with the States in the promotion of such training. The Office of Education cooperated with the National Recovery Administration in its study of the application of codes of fair compe¬ tition to privately controlled colleges and universities. As a result of the study, the National Recovery Administration ruled that the Edu¬ cational activities of privately controlled, non-profit-making college? should be exempt from the operation of codes if their public service nature was attested by the exemption of their educational property from taxation under the provisions of their charters. Since the code for the textbook publishing industry was intimately related to school costs members of the staff advised with the Administration relative to fair practices in the production and distribution of textbooks. THE CIVILIAN CONSERVATION CORPS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM The plan for an educational program in the Civilian Conservation Corps as approved by President Roosevelt December 7, 1933, was the joint product of Dr. George F. Zook, United States Commis¬ sioner of Education, Mr. Robert Fechner, Director of Emergency Conservation Work, and Gen. Douglas MacArthur, Chief of Staff, War Department. In the conduct of this program the Office of Education acts in an advisory capacity to the War Department. It is charged with the • selection and appointment of the educational staff, and it recom- 264 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 mends to the Secretary of War the outlines of instruction, teaching material, and types of teaching procedure for use in the camps. The original plan provided for an Educational Director, working under the guidance of the Commissioner of Education, a corps area educational adviser at each of the nine Army corps area headquar¬ ters, a camp educational adviser in each of the 1,468 camps, and an enrollee in each camp chosen as an assistant leader to help the camp educational adviser. Unfortunately, the budget of the educational program for the 12- month period, April 1, 1934, to March 31, 1935, when finally ap¬ proved did not carry sufficient money to provide an educational adviser in each camp. Consequently a total of 1,087 educational advisers are now serving the 1,468 camps. As of the date of this report, the Civilian Conservation Corps educational program stands at full strength in administrative and teaching staff about as follows: Washington and corps area administrative staff _ 12 Camp educational advisers _ 1, 087 Assistant camp leaders _ 1, 468 Total full-time educational staff _ 2, 567 Additional part-time teaching staff (estimate) _ 5, 000 Total administrative and teaching staff (estimate) _ 7, 567 As an educational staff operating in one particular type of educa¬ tional enterprise, this is one of the largest in the world. For two reasons it is difficult to determine the actual number of enrollees who are participating in the camp educational programs: (1) The large migration of camps in the late spring greatly disturbed the schedules, and (2) the large turnover of enrollees both in April and July made statistics of class attendance practically useless. In one way or another the presence of an educational staff in camp, and the operation of an educational program, together with the sanc¬ tion and fostering of educational interests by the Army and Forestry and Parks staffs are not without benefit to every Civilian Conser¬ vation Corps enrollee. The more formal educational interests of enrollees, i.e., interests which are expressed through enrollment in classes or groups for sus¬ tained study, fall into these several fields: (1) Vocational subjects. — Enrollees because of their economic plight are mostly interested in better preparation for lines of work which they have followed or for new lines of work. (2) Fundamental subjects. — Probably half of the enrollees have not gone beyond elementary school and a considerable proportion of that half did not complete elementary school; many had no schooling, and others who had a few years of schooling are func¬ tionally illiterate. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 265 (3) Academic subjects. — This group includes those subjects common to the high school or college curriculum, such as English, history civics, etc. (4) Self-expression subjects. — Dramatics, glee club, debate, spelling bees, hobby crafts, etc. The handbook for Civilian Conservation Corps educational advisers, prepared by members of the staff of the Office of Education and issued by the Secretary of War, contains the following statement of aims of the Civilian Conservation Corps educational program: (1) To develop in each man his powers of self-expression, self-entertainment, and self-culture. (2) To develop pride and satisfaction in cooperative endeavor. (3) To develop as far as practicable an understanding of the prevailing social and economic conditions, to the end that each man may cooperate intelligently in improving these conditions. (4) To preserve and strengthen good habits of health and of mental develop¬ ment. (5) By such vocational training as is feasible, but particularly by vocational counseling and adjustment activities, to assist each man better to meet his employment problems when he leaves camp. (6) To develop an appreciation of nature and of country life. Participation of enrollees in the educational program is voluntary, not mandatory. Classes and discussion groups meet in the evenings and at other times that do not conflict with the regular working hours on forestry projects and other work projects. There is abundant evidence that intelligent and imaginative edu¬ cational advisers are conducting educational programs under camp conditions with beneficial results to many thousands of enrollees. PUBLIC WORKS ADMINISTRATION The National Recovery Act specifies preferences which must obtain with respect to those given jobs on public works projects. One such preference relates to place of residence, the first preference being given to the residents of the county where the project is located. Strictly interpreted, this provision of the law would prevent col¬ lege students from working on public works projects unless the students lived in the county where the projects are located. The so-called “cooperative colleges ” which depend upon getting educa¬ tionally significant jobs for their students as a part of the regular curriculum requirements, found this residence provision a very serious obstacle to their work. Only such students as lived in the county where the college was located could be placed on jobs in tha.t county. When the matter was brought to the attention of the Public Works Administration by the Office of Education, a ruling of far-reaching importance was obtained. It was held, in effect, that for purposes of the National Recovery Act, a student is a resident 266 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 of the county where the institution is located which he is attending. Furthermore, that if the curriculum calls for work on a project in a county other than the one where the institution is located, that other county becomes the seat of the institution for the students assigned to that project. Hence, the students so assigned are resi¬ dents of the county where the project is located. The residence preference difficulty was thus overcome in the case of students in cooperative colleges. This ruling made possible the continuation of cooperative colleges of engineering through this period, when about the only engineering activities are those connected with Public Works projects. When funds were made available for school building and repair the Office furnished all State, city, and county superintendents, and all presidents of State colleges and universities full information on the subject and offered its services in expediting the consideration of applications for school-building projects. By February 1934, grants and loans had been made to schools in 116 cities and 17 counties in 41 States, and by the end of the fiscal year, a total of over $100,000,000 had been allotted to schools and colleges. FEDERAL EMERGENCY RELIEF ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH The Office of Education approved and sponsored research projects in three universities, Columbia, New York University, and Chicago. The research workers were paid from emergency relief funds. A total of more than 1,700 workers were employed for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than 6 months. The experience with these projects revealed how effective universities are as agencies to give work relief to needy persons of highly specialized training. II. OFFICE OF EDUCATION 1. RESEARCH AND INVESTIGATION EDUCATION DURING THE DEPRESSION There has been a large demand from various sources for informa¬ tion concerning the effects of the depression on the schools and much time has been spent by the Office in collecting data to meet these requests. In a circular on City Schools and the Economic Situation we furnished information concerning comparative expenditures and budgets for 1933-34 and for recent years, the changes in enrollment and in teaching force, and changes in special services and special classes. In the Economic Outlook in Higher Education we presented data on the reduction of teaching staff and changes in salary, the trend SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 267 of indebtedness of these institutions, and the present income and expenditures as compared with other years. Material in these studies and other data available were combined and presented in popular form in The Deepening Crisis in Education. SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION PROBLEMS How to economize in school expenditures is a question that for the past few years has been confronting school administrators. In order to indicate how this problem may be solved in part, the Office of Education has prepared a series of publications on possible economies in school administration. In all, 11 numbers of the series have been issued, several of which were prepared in 1932-33 and reported for that year. Those not reported that year and completed this year are: (1) Economies Through the Elimination of Very Small Schools Bull., 1934, no. 3. This study was prepared (a) to present data show¬ ing how prevalent and wide-spread the small-school problem really is; (b) to examine concrete evidence of the cost of extremely small schools; (c) to cite ways and means employed both in this country and abroad in reaching a solution to the problem. (2) Economies in Class and School Organization (Cir. No. 113). This study presents procedures which have to do with the organiza¬ tion of classes and schools and with the distribution of pupils in the elementary school grades. (3) Techniques for Teaching Large Classes (Cir. No. 114) which summarizes some of the studies on class size and the methods em¬ ployed in a number of school systems in teaching large classes. (4) High School Instruction by Mail (Bull., 1933, No. 13). This study shows that by means of correspondence courses inordinately small secondary school classes may be eliminated, that the offerings in small high schools may be increased, and that such courses provide a means of education for children unable to attend school because of distance or some physical handicap, and also for adults. (5) Operation and Maintenance of the School Plant (Cir. No. 115) which shows how savings and economies have been effected in many school districts by looking after details in the matter of operating and maintaining the school plant. (6) Economies Through Budgeting and Accounting (Cir. No. 116) which cites examples and uses relevant excerpts on procedures in budgeting and accounting. (7) A Selected and Annotated Bibliography on Economies (Cir. No. 118) whicji aims to furnish to school officials a selected list of materials dealing with the administration of schools during the depression. 87859—3* - 18 268 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The financial aspects of the consolidation of schools and of the transportation of pupils is a problem in which much interest was manifest. As a result of a conference on the subject called by the Office of Education, Circular No. 117, Financial Implications of the Consolidation of Schools and the Transportation of Pupils, was prepared. This report includes data showing what economies may be effected by consolidating schools and school districts. A study was made to show to what extent school support in the cities of the country has decreased and what some of the effects of such decrease has been (Cir. No. 124). Another study was made which summarizes the condition of the public schools in the States in 1932-33 and the prospects for 1933-34 (Cir. No. 119). Studies in progress nearing completion are Compulsory School Attendance Laws and their Administration and State Provisions for Equalizing Educational Costs. EDUCATIONAL LEGISLATION The paramount educational legislation problem during the year consisted in replenishing insufficient school funds. Facing grim realities, there was a general realization on the part of legislators that many traditional local school systems had outlived their usefulness; and in a few States legislators disclosed a willingness to follow the theory that education is a State function to its logical conclusion. Since the founding of statehood both legal and educational theories have regarded education as a State function, but the proposition that the State should assume a sizable or major amount of the financial responsibilities for the support of public education has been a slow legislative development. The economic depression has given pro¬ found impetus to this movement. By reason of the deep concern over the financial difficulties of education correspondence concerning school legislation was greatly increased and the services rendered considerably extended. During the fiscal year the Office continued its policy of issuing circulars on current legislative action affecting education and three such circulars were issued, each entitled “Legislative Action in 1933 Affecting Education”, one of which summarized legislation affecting the finan¬ cial support of schools. One circular has also been issued on legis¬ lative action in 1934 affecting education and another circular is now in progress. Reviews of significant phases of current educational legislation were also prepared for publication in October, December, and June issues of School Life. Other studies completed in the field of school law include an analysis of the principal provisions of State-wide systems for the retirement of, public-school teachers (Bull., 1934, No. 6), and The Legal Status of Married Women Teachers (Pamphlet No. 47). SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 269 School legislation studies now in progress include a biennial review of outstanding educational legislation for 1933 and 1934, and a school legislation handbook consisting of summaries of legislative tendencies and present legal status of major phases of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Much of the work in the field of nursery-kindergarten-primary education during the past year has been directed to further emergency programs and to meet the widespread interest aroused in the education and welfare of very young children. Information regarding the State and city support of educational programs for children 4 and 5 years of age was summarized for dis¬ tribution. This summary indicates that local interest and informa¬ tion concerning the values of educating children prior to 6 years of age are as potent factors in securing educational programs for children of this age as is legislation. However, in support of legislation, the summary shows that more cities maintain kindergartens when State laws require that parents’ petitions for such schools must be granted and where the laws designate that their support shall be cared for from the general school fund rather than from an easily eliminated local or special tax. Summaries of studies were made which show the relative progress through the upper elementary grades of children starting school with and without kindergarten experience. Material to aid parents in carrying on educational activities in the home has been put in per¬ manent form. Bibliographies have been prepared on nursery educa¬ tion, on the teaching of reading and arithmetic, on pupil rating and pupil progress and on sources of help for classroom teaching problems. SECONDARY EDUCATION During the year the publication of the monographs of the National Survey of Secondary Education was completed; the entire report of the survey is now available. In cooperation with the national com¬ mittee on research in secondary education we have made a study of needed research in secondary education, the pubb cation of which will serve as a sequel to the survey. An analysis of numbers of schools, teachers, and pupils at the high-school level in cities of over 10,000 population was made. The study dealt with different types of high schools and showed trends over the period 1918-32. STATISTICS OF EDUCATION The function of the Office as a clearing house for data on all forms of education on a national scale has made the collection, tabulation, and dissemination of statistical information one of its major duties. 270 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The use of a small field staff not only enables the Office to obtain approximately 100 percent of the reports, but provides experts in school records and accounts who can help local educational authorities with their recording and reporting problems and aid in establishing more uniform record systems in all parts of the country. The emergency in education created a major statistical problem during the year. The demand by Congress and the public for infor¬ mation on the condition of schools necessitated special studies for city schools, all public schools, and for institutions of college grade. Our file of statistical reports was used especially by the Public Works Administration, Reconstruction Finance Corporation, Federal Emergency Relief Administraton, and Tennessee Valley Authority in checking data on school systems and institutions. The statistical field force spent considerable time assisting the Federal Emergency Relief Administration. Special notice should be taken of the fact that the statistics of State school systems, 1931-32, published this year, include a fuller analysis of data and graphical presentation than usual, and for the first time a number of tables giving State figures for rural and urban schools in comparable form. In the interest of more uniform reporting the State Department of Education of Iowa was assisted in setting up a new system of records and reports. Table 1. — Review of statistical work 1933-84 Subject of study Type of study • Biennial Periodic Special Statistical summary of education _ ... _ _ _ _ _. T State school systems: Personnel and finances . . _ _ T Consolidation and transportation of pupils _ T Effect of economic situation _ _ _ C-T City school systems: Personnel and finances.. _ c Per capita costs _ C-T Effect of economic situation _ C-T Grade enrollment . . _ _ _ _ _ T Expenditures of operation of plant _ .. T Expenditures for fixed charges _ _ T School buildings _ T Higher education: Personnel and finances T Land-grant colleges _ _ _ _ _ C-T Effect of economic situation _ C-T Cost of going to college .. _ _ C-T Student aid _ _ C-T Residence and migration of college students _ .. T Financial problems of colleges _ C-T Secondary schools: Public: Personnel .. _ _ _ c Subject enrollment _ C Private: Personnel _ _ C-T Subject enrollment _ C Accredited . . . . . C-T 1 C is collected; T is tabulated. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 271 Table 1. — Review of statistical work, 1983-34 — Continued Subject of study Type of study Biennial Periodic Special Elementary schools: Public: Administration, city, county _ _ _ _ _ C-T Private: Personnel _ C-T C-T Commercial schools, private: Personnel . _ Teaching staff, physical care of teachers _ _ T Negro education - _ _ T Personnel and finances _ _ Availability of rural education _ C-T T Guidance, case studies _ COLLEGIATE AND PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION The financial distress of colleges and universities has been a problem of major importance this year. Minor investigations required to sat¬ isfy requests for information occupied considerable attention of staff members. Two studies of wider scope were made: (1) The eco¬ nomic outlook in higher education, and (2) financial status of the smaller colleges. Teacher unemployment and the danger of lowering of standards of teacher education led to the conduct of a study on the certification of teachers which is now in progress. This study follows the virtual completion of the 3-year program of research by the National Survey of the Education of Teachers, authorized by Congress and conducted under the auspices of the United States Office of Education. A study of graduate work in American colleges and universities has been completed. This study shows the development of graduate work since 1642 and the evolution of standards and practices for the awarding of the master’s and doctor’s degrees. A cooperative study sponsored by the National Committee on Music in Education concerning the preparation of music teachers, was begun in 1933. The returns have been received and a report is being formulated. An investigation was made of the cost of going to college in 1,600 institutions of higher learning throughout the United States. The educational directory was changed in organization, bringing together in one place all the facts about each institution and also bringing together all the institutions in each State. A study of the supervision exercised by States over privately con¬ trolled institutions of higher education was completed during the year. This study showed for each State the legal requirements with which such colleges and universities must comply in obtaining their charters of incorporation, and the laws providing for their supervision after the charters are granted. A special phase of the study gives in- 272 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 formation regarding the States which have adopted restrictions upon privately controlled institutions in the conferring of academic degrees. A study of the extent and historical development of privately con¬ trolled higher education in the United States laid special stress upon the relation of the colonial and State governments to privately con¬ trolled colleges and universities. TEACHER PREPARATION AND PERSONNEL Research was conducted by the Office of Education during the past year in the field of teacher preparation and personnel through the National Survey of the Education of Teachers, a 3-year investigation authorized by Congress at a cost of $180,000. The survey is practi¬ cally completed, and the printed report will be available in 6 vol¬ umes. One, a bibliography on the education of teachers, was dis¬ tributed last year. A second, which discusses the education of Negro teachers, was distributed during 1934. Three of the remaining four volumes, on teacher personnel, teacher education curricula, and spe¬ cial survey problems, have been sent to the printer. The last, a summary volume, will be completed during 1934. The results of this investigation, which is the most extensive ever conducted, are in con¬ siderable demand throughout the country by investigators and work¬ ers in teacher preparation. One example of this demand is afforded by the National Society of College Teachers, which plans to devote its current yearbook to a discussion of survey findings. Both insti¬ tutional and State authorities, as well as strictly professional groups, should find the results of the survey of assistance in the develompent of their local and State programs of teacher preparation. EDUCATION OF NATIVE AND MINORITY GROUPS The Office of Education has continued its services — research, infor¬ mational, and advisory — in the education of native and minority groups in continental United States and its outlying parts, involving the educational welfare of approximately 15 million people widely scat¬ tered throughout the world. Two bulletins completed during the year are now in page proof ; one a description of educational conditions and progress in Puerto Rico, and one similar in type concerned with the Virgin Islands. These are the result of personal investigations in the respective insular groups. Two extensive reports were finished; one on Education among Native and Minority Groups in Alaska, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, and Hawaii for the January 1934, issue of the Journal of Negro Education; the other, a comprehensive description of educa¬ tion in rural communities of the United States prepared for the Inter- American Education Federation conference to be held in Santiago, Chile, in September 1934. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS t 273 The division has continued its services on educational problems concerned with the teaching of English to children from foreign lan¬ guage speaking homes. Bilingualism offers difficult problems in teaching, both in continental United States and outlying parts such as Puerto Rico, the Philippine Islands, and Hawaii. Bibliographies on different phases of the problems involved have been prepared and one covering the subject as a whole completed during the year is now being printed as No. 23 of the Good Reference Series. EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN This service of the Office of Education continues to stand for ade¬ quate educational adjustment for all children who deviate seriously from normal in physical, mental, or emotional status. The program of the past year has included consideration of classroom problems, research projects, and bibliographical work. To help the teacher of exceptional children in the classroom, the series of pamphlets begun during the previous year on “Teachers’ Problems with Exceptional Children” has been developed. Of the 8 pamphlets projected, each dealing with a particular type of child, 6 have either been released or are in press. In addition to these, specific suggestions for classroom activities for retarded children have appeared both in a printed bulletin and in three supple¬ mentary typed loan books available for circulation. A similar book containing activities for gifted children has been prepared and is in use. Also a set of lantern slides depicting these activities is in circu¬ lation. All these materials have proved to be much in demand. Foremost among the research projects undertaken has been a survey of employment possibilities of the deaf and hard-of-hearing financed by the Federal Civil Works Administration. This study was launched primarily as a guidance project, with the objective of ascertaining for which occupations deaf and hard-of-hearing children can most successfully be trained. Extensive field work, involving the services of over 300 persons in 27 States and the District of Columbia, has been completed and tabulations are in progress. A second research project of lesser scope has been continued from the previous year in cooperation with a city -school system, and is designed to throw some light upon the value of special classes for retarded children. A series of circulars was issued as supplementary to a bibliography on the education of exceptional children printed several years ago. EDUCATION OF NEGROES Four major studies on the education of Negroes have been issued by the Office during the past year, namely: (1) Survey of secondary education for Negroes; (2) survey of the education of Negro teachers; 274 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 (3) a study of rural education among Negroes under Jeanes super¬ vising teachers; and (4) a background study of Negro college students. Another study which is nearly completed investigates the avail¬ ability and accessibility of schools and the quality of education fur¬ nished Negro children in rural communities. All the data for this study have been collected and tabulated, and the report is now being written. Through the cooperation of the Federal Emergency Relief Adminis¬ tration a follow-up investigation of the background study of Negro college students was begun. The immediate aim of this study is to ascertain the relation of certain background factors to subsequent success in college. The ultimate purpose, however, is to establish trends and to evaluate procedures in the field of student personnel. The preparation of the proceedings of the National Conference on fundamental problems in the education of Negroes is now under way and is expected to be issued by the Office in the fall. This will consist of a digest of the committee reports made to the conference, together with some of the more important addresses. It will also contain suggestions helpful to schools, teachers, administrators, and organizations in appropriating some of the important values of the conference and in adapting them to their local and special needs. SCHOOL HYGIENE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION The teacher can only do her best work when she is in her best con¬ dition, physically and mentally. While her fitness depends largely on her own conduct her employers have a considerable responsibility for her welfare. We have completed an investigation into what school authorities, in cities of 5,000 population and over, are doing to preserve and promote the health of teachers in the way of medical service, and the granting of sick leave and absence for study or recreation. While instruction in the effects of alcohol and other narcotics has long been required by law, the repeal of the eighteenth amendment renews the importance of such instruction. As an aid to those who are preparing courses of study in this field we have prepared a brief review of earlier pedagogical methods and of present trends in such education, together with selected references on the subject. All phases of school health work center in the elementary grade teacher, but for her work in this field she needs adequate preparation. A few teacher-training institutions are giving the needed instruction, and we have asked these schools for an account of their methods which we hope to publish. Studies of the physique and carriage of school children were made during the year, and the project in this field is about completed. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 275 GUIDANCE AND INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION As a result of the growing recognition of the importance of guidance in the program of education, attention is being directed not only to provisions for new and specific agencies, such as counseling, for the realization of guidance objectives, but also to an analysis of various kinds of school activities that may be made to contribute to the guidance function. In line with this tendency this Office made studies of two kinds of school activities that have guidance values. One of these was a study of opportunities provided in high schools for instruction in occupational information. It has been known that, for a score or more of years, some high schools of this country have been giving instruction in this subject, but to what extent such courses were being given was a matter of speculation. The study conducted by this Office included special reports from 1,111 representative public high schools, of various kinds and sizes, that cooperated in providing for publication, information on instruction given in occupational information. The other study dealt with school clubs and had as its aims the determination, by means of representative sampling, of the extent of the development of clubs in public high schools, the kinds of school clubs, their organization, and the kinds of work carried on in this extra-curriculum type of school activity. Junior and senior high schools to the number of 883 cooperated with this Office in supplying information for the study which was compiled for publication. An increasing interest in technical and industrial education is manifest in all industrial countries. This Office assisted the Inter¬ national Bureau of Technical Education, in the study of this phase of education in many countries, by furnishing information on the situation in the United States. The material gathered by the Inter¬ national Bureau was published and became the basis for discussion at the Conference on Technical Education held at Barcelona, Spain. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENT Service in this field was continued with the objective of encouraging more accurate methods of evaluation and direction of education. One study in line with this objective has been that of the use of tests and measurements for the determination of admission and guidance of entering college freshmen. The resulting bulletin (in press) describes the techniques necessary for setting up the more accurate methods for predicting college success and gives the results of investigations. A study of the techniques and tests which may be used to dis¬ tinguish between the strengths of the abilities of pupils has been published under the title “Differential Diagnosis of Ability in School Children.” 276 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 An analysis of the possible use of tests for purposes of determining high-school accreditation has been made. It was found that the test results ordinarily found in high schools are not sufficient for the pur¬ pose. The methods which may give accurate results have been discussed. This study is being issued in the (mimeographed) circular series. A study, under way in the elementary field, is concerned with the methods used by schools in promoting pupils. This study will attempt to bring together some unity in the thinking in this field and will show the actual practices of the schools. ADULT AND PARENT EDUCATION Adult education activities of the specialist in this field have been conducted principally in connection with the Federal Emergency Relief Administration. A study was completed during the year of the activities and projects of many agencies and institutions now at work in parent education. In addition to colleges and universities this includes the work of State teachers colleges, State departments of education, public schools, and organizations of various kinds. Suitable literature has been pointed out to parents in various ways, through the preparation and distribution of bibliographies, reading courses, and during the past year particularly, by the prepara¬ tion and distribution of a series of reading guides called “Search¬ lights.” Parent-teacher associations have become increasingly important to public and private schools. Such associations in elementary schools are becoming generally more successful but difficulties have been met in adjusting programs and projects to the needs of parents of high-school boys and girls. In response to an invitation from the national congress of parents and teachers the Office has instituted a study of successful organizations and programs of associations for high schools. COMPARATIVE EDUCATION The associate specialist in foreign education spent 2 months in Czechoslovakia studying its educational system. Studies were made of institutions of higher education in Denmark; education in India; national aid for school-building construction in England, France, and Belgium; courses in organic chemistry in secondary schools in Germany; and schools of fishing in foreign countries. A compre¬ hensive list of references on foreign and comparative education was prepared. Mainly by correspondence, but occasionally by personal contact, the division aided and directed 153 studies in comparative education ranging in scope from term papers to theses for the doctorate. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 277 Among these were the collection of data from 12 European countries on the training of handicapped children for the New York City school authorities, teacher-training in Switzerland, and nurse-training in other countries. A record of current foreign education publications was prepared for the use of students and published in the Elementary School Journal. VISUAL EDUCATION AND EDUCATION BY RADIO Much of the time of the specialist in this field was occupied with the preparation for and attendance at the International Congress of Educational Cinematography which was held in Rome. Two con¬ ferences on education by radio, called by this Office, are mentioned in more detail elsewhere in this report. SCHOOL LIBRARIES The rural-school library study which has been carried on under a grant-in-aid from the Carnegie Corporation was completed this year and was published by the American Library Association under the title “A Study of Rural School Library Practices and Services.” The subject matter consists largely of first-hand information which was secured by the specialist in school libraries in visits to 42 States. In addition to this piece of work a study of Aids in Book Selection for Secondary School Libraries has been completed. STATUS OF NATIONAL SURVEYS All of the 28 monographs reporting findings of the national survey of secondary education came from the press and are now available from the Superintendent of Documents. During the fiscal year of 1933 the Superintendent of Documents sold 13,868 copies of these monographs. The manuscript of the National Survey of the Education of Teach¬ ers is completed. The sections entitled “ Selected Bibliography ”, and “Education of Negro Teachers” were published during the year and the remainder of the report will be available in the near future. The third national survey, that on school finance, was completed and published before the beginning of the fiscal year. HISTORY OF EDUCATION In line with a policy of long standing the Office has this year published two volumes on the history of education: The History of Education in the State of Washington, by Dr. Frederick E. Bolton, and The Federal Cooperation in Agricultural Extension Work and Vocational Education and Vocational Rehabilitation, by Dr. L. E. Blauch. 278 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 2. STIMULATION AND COORDINATION OF RESEARCH COLLECTION OF UNPUBLISHED RECENT RESEARCH For the past few years we have been developing a record of con¬ temporary research conducted in various educational institutions and have collected as far as possible and made available for general use, the studies completed by those seeking advanced degrees in colleges and universities. Our 1932-33 bibliography of research in education lists 4,061 masters’ and doctors’ theses and faculty studies in the various fields of education completed between September 1, 1932, and August 31, 1933, reported by 128 colleges and universities. We have, available for interlibrary loan, 1,394 masters’ and doctors’ theses on all phases of education, placed in our library by 54 colleges and universities. Several institutions have made us a depository library for receiving and loaning copies of all of their theses in education. The thesis collection is in constant use in the library and a total of 446 theses has been loaned to colleges through¬ out the country. We have author and subject catalogs of this collection. In response to letters from graduate students and faculty members of institutions of higher education, we compile lists of theses available for loan, and lists of those reported to us as having been completed since the last printed bibliography, to assist them in determining what studies have been made in the various fields in which they are working. Annually we issue mimeographed lists of research and investiga¬ tions carried on by State departments of education and State educa¬ tion associations, and by city school systems, containing studies completed during the previous school year which are on file in the library, those in progress and those contemplated. COOPERATIVE STUDIES The Office is working with other organizations on certain projects in which mutual assistance seems desirable. With the National Association for Nursery Education we are making a bibliography on nursery education; with the National Committee on Research in Secondary Education we are preparing a list of suggested research studies; with the National Committee on Music Education we are investigating the status of music in education; with the Society for the Promotion of Engineering Education we are conducting a survey of graduate work in this field; with the National Congress of Parents and Teachers we are studying the problem of improving programs of parent-teacher associations in high schools and with SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 279 the school systems of Minneapolis, we are investigating the values of special classes for retarded children. 3. SURVEYS CONDUCTED BY THE OFFICE The following surveys of educational work were completed during the year or are in progress: Rockland County. — At the request of citizens interested in the improvement of the educational program of Rockland County, New York, a survey of that county was undertaken by this Office. The present school plant and services, the social composition of the component communities, the major population movements of the county and other pertinent conditions are being examined to deter¬ mine: ( a ) The various types of education which would constitute an optimum program of education suitable to the needs of all groups comprising the county, and ( b ) the best present utilization and future development of school buildings and equipment in relation¬ ship to a modern comprehensive program of education. Appalachian region. — A statistical and graphical survey of the southern Appalachian mountain region recently made by this Office is now being published by the United States Department of Agri¬ culture. In the making of this survey it became apparent that social and economic conditions in many of the southern highland counties were so undeveloped as to constitute a peculiar educational problem which should be examined more analytically. A study was, there¬ fore, undertaken to make these peculiar problems stand out and to show how these problems are being attacked. This study is now nearing completion. Public school needs for Federal aid. — The statisticians of this Office, with the assistance of the directors of education research in Arkansas, West Virginia, and Texas, were requested by the Federal Emergency Relief Administration to aid the States in ascertaining how much Federal aid was needed in order to keep the schools open the normal term in places of 5,000 population and less. When the applications had been received the Office statisticians were asked to check the returns in cooperation with the State educational and relief officials to determine the final amount to be alloted to each State. Oklahoma City. — The Office has assumed the direction of the curriculum study of the colored high school of Oklahoma City. This work will extend over a period of a year or more, and will include a limited social and economic survey of the community; a study of the drop-outs and graduates of the high school during the past 10 years; and a personnel study of the present student body. Also, some attention will be given to the relation of the elementary schools 280 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 to the high school. It is to be a cooperative enterprise involving the teachers as well as the patrons. Cincinnati. — In June we accepted the invitation of the Cincinnati Bureau of Governmental Research to make a comprehensive survey of the public schools of that city. The invitation followed the formal resolution and request of the Cincinnati Board of Education to the Bureau to have such a study made. This survey presents a somewhat unusual problem in that the survey of Cincinnati’s schools is in reality a part of a larger study of all child-welfare serv¬ ices of the community including recreation, health, and care of juvenile wards, each phase of the study being made by a separate group, but with the assistance of the Bureau of Governmental Research. 4. CONFERENCES Conferences called by the Commissioner in regard to the financial situation in schools and colleges and with reference to the problem of unemployed youth are mentioned in the first section of this report. In addition, meetings were arranged by this Office for the discussion of the following subjects: Educational measurements. — Persons engaged in the administration of and experimentation with tests and measurements in secondary schools were called together for a conference on equivalent and com¬ parable scores on the secondary school level. There was a discussion of (a) the desirability of having equivalent and comparable scores and (b) how such scores might be established It was the consensus of opinion that there was a need for such scores in order to facilitate the use of cumulative records for guidance purposes. It was recom¬ mended that further study of the problem be made and the United States Office of Education take the initiative in the project. Education oj Negroes. — The National Conference on Fundamental Problems in the Education of Negroes had for its object a considera¬ tion of the special and peculiar problems involved in the education of Negroes which arise from their economic and social status, and to focus the attention of the Nation on the educational disadvantages experienced by them. The work of the conference was performed by 14 committees over a period of several months. More than 1,000 per¬ sons registered for the meeting, 500 of whom were from 28 different States. Motion pictures in education. — On the invitation of the Commis¬ sioner, 35 representatives of various governmental, educational, and motion-picture agencies met to prepare a composite report on the use of motion pictures in education. This report was issued as a mimeo¬ graphed circular of the Office. Motion-picture appreciation. — In cooperation with the Payne fund, a National Conference on the Teaching of Motion-Picture Appreciation SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 281 was held. About 30 representatives of the Government and national voluntary agencies participated in planning an experiment in teaching motion-picture appreciation. This experiment is being carried out in the high schools of Connecticut, Ohio, North Carolina, Iowa, and California. Overworked textbooks. — Reduction in expenditures has, in many schools, extended to the purchase of textbooks with the result that these are used by more pupils in the same session and for a longer period of years. As a result the books become not only unsightly but insanitary. A conference on this subject called by the Office resulted in the publication of a circular, Overworked Textbooks, which warns of the menace from this method of economy. Financial aspects of the consolidation of schools. — This conference was called at the request of a number of directors of finance in State de¬ partments of education to consider the results from the financial point of view of consolidation of schools and the combination of dis¬ tricts. Reports presenting data from county and State-wide studies in six States showed material economies effected by such procedures. Two conferences were held to consider means of aiding the Office in its work with the Federal Emergency Relief Administration’s program for the development of nursery schools. Representatives of three professional organizations attended the meetings. 5. OTHER EDUCATIONAL SERVICE COOPERATION WITH PROFESSIONAL AND PUBLIC-SERVICE GROUPS There is an increasing demand on the Office for cooperation with educational agencies making studies and conducting conferences on current problems in education. The amount of service that can be rendered by the present staff is, however, limited. We mention here some of the agencies with which the Office worked during the past year: For the Bureau of Internationale d’Education, Geneva, Switzerland, we prepared a report on education in the United States for the year ended June 30, 1933. We helped the yearbook commission of the department of superintendence of the National Education Association in the preparation of its yearbook. We assisted the Bureau Interna¬ tionale de L’Enseignement Techniques, Paris, France, in the selection of topics for discussion at/ the meeting called by the Bureau and pre¬ pared information on technical education in the United States which was published in the report issued by the Bureau. A staff member served as chairman of the National Education Association committee on social-economic goals of America, which prepared a report on 10 major goals in these phases of educational objectives. One of the staff served as a member of the National Association of High School Prin¬ cipals’ Commission on the Reorganization of Secondary Education. 282 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Manuscripts submitted by contestants in the prize essay contest of the Gorgas Memorial Institute were graded. The State Department of Education of Iowa was assisted in the organization of a new system of records and accounts. The national committee on research in secondary education was aided in its work. We assisted the com¬ mittee on standards in industrial arts of the American Vocational Association in the preparation of a report on standards of achievement in the junior high school. The committee on State guidance programs of the National Vocational Guidance Association was aided in the preparation of a report on guidance activities sponsored by State departments of education. The American Library Association was assisted in a study on library planning. A section on school health work was prepared for the yearbook of social work of the Russell Sage Foundation. A member of the staff participated in the institute for the training of field workers conducted by the National Tuberculosis Association. We assisted the State Parent-Teacher Associations of Maryland and South Carolina in the organization of their programs of study, and a number of colleges were advised relative to the use of certain specific tests for predicting direct and differential college SUCC6SS CONSULTATIVE AND ADVISORY SERVICE Besides service rendered through cooperative undertakings, by surveys, through participation in general conferences, through publi¬ cations of the Office, by contributions to educational journals, and through public addresses, much of the time of the staff is given to the assistance of school administrators, teachers, students, parents, and others in their individual problems. Many persons seek information and advice by personal interview and there is a host of requests by correspondence for specific data and for direction in studies in every field of educational interest. ARTICLES AND ADDRESSES Although the staff of this Office was much reduced, more than 75 articles were written for publication in periodicals and yearbooks, and during the year over 200 addresses were' made before National, State, regional, and local groups. Thirteen radio talks were prepared and broadcast. EVALUATION OF FOREIGN CREDENTIALS AND ASSISTANCE TO STUDENTS ABROAD The division which deals with comparative education problems handled, at the request of college and university registrars and com¬ mittees of admission, 504 cases of evaluation of foreign student credentials with 1,197 separate documents in 21 different languages. With respect to country of origin the cases came from 70 political SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 283 ■divisions, the largest number being from the Germanic language countries. In addition, 77 cases were reviewed for one or another reason. Many visitors from other countries, including India, China, Western Australia, Union of South Africa, France, and England, who came to the Division were aided and we advised other foreign visitors by letter. We made arrangements for an official delegation to attend the Third International Conference on Public Education held at Geneva, Switzerland, in July of 1934; wrote letters of introduction for and gave advice to Americans going abroad to study education; advised with and aided the Institute of International Education to prepare a guidebook for foreign students in the United States, and selected a list of American educational publications for the Institute of Intellectual Cooperation in Paris. LIBRARY SERVICE The library has continued its work of building up as complete collections of official publications as possible to furnish original source material; these include annual reports from State and city school departments, proceedings of State and National educational associa¬ tions, complete files of educational journals, files of catalogs of higher educational institutions, textbooks used in the schools as far back as possible and to date, and books and monographs. A collection of old educational periodicals and textbooks from 1850 to date, was cataloged during the year; a section of very old and rare American textbooks dating back to 1780 was listed with descriptions; an already large collection of courses of study both State and city in the various subject fields was augmented during the year, and a revision of the published list of such courses is well under way. PUBLICATION SERVICE The editorial and duplicating sections of the Vocational Education Division were consolidated with the regular Office Editorial Division during the year. As a result of this merger, the Editorial Division now handles such duties for the entire Office. The work of putting informational material into print and the distribution of publications is furnished in the following statistics: I. PREPARATION Number Manuscripts read and edited for: Number of pages 1. Printing _ 68 1 2 3 6, 752 2. Mimeographing and multigraphing _ 57 1, 900 3. School Life (10 issues) _ 275 1, 650 Galleys of proof read _ _ 1, 796 !In addition. 4,417 bibliographical entries were read and edited. 284 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 i. preparation — continued' Pages of proof read _ News releases for newspapers and magazines _ Radio transcripts for broadcasting _ II. DISSEMINATION Bulletins, pamphlets, leaflets _ Circulars (mimeographed) _ School Life (10 issues) _ Reprints from School Life, extra editions, index _ Circular letters and miscellaneous mimeograph, multigraph and rotoprint information _ pages__ Good reference series (mimeographed) _ Reading courses, etc _ Price lists (mimeographed and printed) _ General information notices and advertisements _ Number of Number pages 4, 249 229 55 13 130 Free, 1934 Sales, 1933. 243, 400 150, 630 113, 268 19, 100 117, 624 1934 22, 500 1, 008, 268 5, 530 11, 300 82, 000 434, 906 Sales of vocational education and rehabilitation bulletins, in addi¬ tion, totaled $2,674.32 during the year. The Office issued 125 publications during the year, 68 printed and 57 mimeographed, multigraphed, or rotoprinted. Improvement in appearance of Office bulletins through use of additional illustrations, more artistic typography, and better quality paper, continued to result in general commendation and increased sales. School Life. — This official monthly journal of the Federal Office of Education continued to enjoy the largest sale of any Government subscription publication. Sales of School Life in 1934 jumped to 117,624 copies from the 1933 sales of 82,638. During 1934 School Life reported the latest facts and statistics on the emergency in education, with special emphasis on the national recovery program and its educational implications. Through an authorization by the Bureau of the Budget, School Life was increased in size from 20 to 24 pages during the year so as to report vocational education information gathered by vocational education specialists now on the regular office research staff. News releases. — Fifty-five news releases announcing new Office publications and important educational information were prepared and mailed during the year to educational journals and newspapers in general. Directories. — One of the major tasks of the Editorial Division during the year was the compiling of the 1934 Educational Directory, widely used by educators, citizens, and business people. The Direc¬ tory was issued in four parts: Part I, Principal State and County School Officers and Other Education Directories; Part II, Principal City School Officers and Catholic Parochial School Superintendents ; SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 285 Part III, Colleges and Universities, Including all Institutions; and Part IV, Educational Associations, Boards, and Foundations. Radio service. — Through the courtesy of the National Broadcasting Co., the Federal Office of Education is now on the air to furnish important educational information once a week over a national net¬ work of radio stations. Nine such weekly broadcasts were made- since this new method of disseminating Office of Education reports, and current educational news was inaugurated. Exhibits. — The Office supplied exhibits of its publications andi services at approximately 25 educational meetings and conventions including the summer and spring conventions of the National Educa¬ tion Association. A special exhibit was prepared for display at the Century of Progress Exposition. 6. ADMINISTRATION APPROPRIATIONS Because of the reduction in appropriations it was again necessary during the year to eliminate a number of persons from the staff. The total number eliminated since April 15, 1933, is 17. In this number were included specialists in fields which must again be repre¬ sented on the staff as soon as circumstances permit. For the fiscal year 1934, Congress appropriated the sum of $250,000 for salaries in the Office of Education, not including those for voca¬ tional education and rehabilitation. Of this amount only $215,725 was made available for expenditure during the year. The amount available for 1935 is $228,801. The increased amount available for 1935 is not due to any expansion in the staff, but is due entirely to the partial restoration of salary reductions. HOWARD UNIVERSITY Howard University was inspected during the year 1933-34, by the Office of Education, according to law. Among the developments of the year the following are of particular interest: The school of education and the courses in art and home economics were merged in the college of liberal arts. The graduate school and the school of engineering and architecture were established and will begin functioning in the fall of 1934. In order to offset losses in enrollments the trustees provided special scholarship funds and opportunities were offered needy students to participate in the aid provided for by the Civil Works Administration. The law school was elected to full membership in the American. Association of Law Schools. There has been some reduction in the number of the teaching staffs and drastic reductions have been made in income and expenditures. Great improvements in the physical plant are now under way. 286 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 There has been a great increase in all artistic activities of the university. The purchase of a new organ has been authorized for the school of music. Student body. — The grand total enrollment of the university for 1933-34 was 1,626, of whom 939 were men and 687 were women. For the year preceding the enrollment was 1,893, of whom 1,094 were men and 799 were women. This indicates a net loss of 267 students or approximately 14 percent of the enrollment as compared with the net loss of 571 or approximately 23 percent for the preceding year. One hundred and three students out of this net loss of 267 are to be accounted for by the discontinuance of the correspondence and theological college courses in the school of religion. Of the remaining 164 a loss of 151 is indicated in the undergraduate colleges, principally in the college of education where there was a loss of 144. This loss is almost wholly traceable to the discontinuance of the summer school which registered 291 students last year, 170 of whom were students in the college of education. Medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, and law registered a net loss of only 11 students. Teaching staff. — The teaching staff of the university in 1933-34 included a grand total of 237 members, of whom 135 were full-time and 102 were part-time. These are the equivalent of a full-time staff of approximately 154 teachers. This shows a decrease of 18 full-time teachers and 20 part-time teachers from the number of teachers em¬ ployed in 1932-33. These reductions have been found necessary by reason of the decrease in enrollment and by curtailment of the income of the university. Financial statement. — In 1933-34 the total income of the university was $1,180, 958. 34,* 1 of which $715,282.76 2 was from the Federal Gov¬ ernment and $465,675.58 from private and institutional sources. In 1932-33 the income from the Federal Government was $661,422.27 and from private and institutional sources $429,422.52, a total of $1,090,844.79. However, 1933-34 includes extension fund income and gifts of $122,051.50 as compared with $51,815.61 for the preceding year and receipts from the Federal Government for reconditioning and repairs of $77,801.85, without counterpart in the preceding year. In 1933-34 the total operating expenditures were $1,040,418.94, as against $1,046,328.47 in 1932-33. Physical plant. — During the year 1933-34 the contract was let for the construction of the new classroom building at a cost of $460,000 and considerable progress had been made in the construction of this new unit by the end of June. The contract had also been let for the erection of the new chemistry building at a cost of $475,500. The 1 Including extension fund $122,051.50 as against $51,815.61 the preceding year. 1 Including reconditioning and repairs of $77,801.85. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 287 plans for the new heat, light, and power plant were ready for bids and the final plans for the new library were expected to be ready in August 1934. Considerable delay was caused in all this construction by the labor strikes incident to the new code arrangements. An appropriation of $98,811 by the Public Works Administration enabled the university to carry through extensive alterations and repairs in connection with the buildings and grounds. This work was enhanced by additional allotments of labor and materials from the Civil Works Administration. REPORT ON LAND-GRANT COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES The Secretary of the Interior is authorized by Congress to require annual reports in detail from the treasurers of the several land-grant institutions of the disbursements of the annual income received by them under the Land Grant Act of 1862 and supplementary acts, and annual reports from the presidents regarding the general operations of the institutions. This duty has been assigned by the Secretary of the Interior to the Office of Education. Land-grant colleges and universities, generally known as agricul¬ tural and mechanical colleges, were established following the passage of the first Morrill Act of 1862. By the terms of this act, each State was entitled to receive an amount of public land (or land scrip) equal to 30,000 acres for each Senator and Representative in Congress to which such State was then entitled for the “endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one college where the leading object shall be to teach such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanic arts in order to promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pursuits and professions in life.” This land is being gradually sold to create an endowment fund which in 1932-33 totaled $22,781,465. In addition there remained more than $6,000,000 worth of unsold land. The income from such fund and lands amounted to $971,254 for that year. By the second Morrill Act of 1890 and the Nelson amendment of 1907, the Federal Government aids these institutions further; since 1911 each State has received from the United States Treasury in accordance with the Morrill-Nelson Acts $50,000 annually to be applied to salaries and facilities for instruction in specified subjects. Of the total appropriations in 1932-33 ($2,550,000) spent for instruc¬ tion in specific subjects. The expenditure for salaries was $2,541,128 and $18,537 for facilities for instruction. These figures include $7,592 balance from previous year, and $8,038 interest on deposits. Balance, $5,962.78. Thirty States and three Territories — Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico— maintain 1 land-grant institution each; Massachusetts main¬ tains 2; and each of the 17 Southern States maintains 2, 1 for whites 288 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 and 1 for Negroes. About 175,000 regular students of college grade enroll annually during the academic year in the land-grant colleges, about 1 out of every 6 college students in the United States. The inventory of the land-grant institutions (1933) revealed that $550,- 305,675 was invested in the 52 institutions for white students, of which half was in buildings. In 1932-33 the total receipts of the 69 institutions amounted to nearly $140,000,000, of which there was derived from Federal funds a total of $20,626,900. Since 1890 the land-grant institutions have depended upon the prompt and regular annual payment during July of the Morrill- Nelson appropriations. On June 10, 1933, the President of the United States issued Executive Order No. 6166 affecting the payment of this money as follows: Sec. 18. The following functions are abolished in part * * * Endow¬ ment and maintenance of the colleges for the benefit of agriculture and the mechanic arts, 25 percent thereof. This order affected these continuing appropriations, and only 25 percent of the appropriation was mailed on August 2; another 50 percent was mailed during September. The question of the remain¬ ing 25 percent was in doubt until February 6, 1934, when in Executive Order No. 6585 President Roosevelt upon further investigation determined that the provisions of section 18 above-mentioned were not in the public interest or consistent with the efficient operation of the Government, and revoked the section. Shortly thereafter the final 25 percent payment of Morrill-Nelson moneys was made so that in the end the land-grant colleges received the same allotment as usual for 1933-34. VOCATIONAL EDUCATION LEGISLATIVE BASIS OF NATIONAL PROGRAMS The Federal-State programs of Vocational Education and Voca¬ tional Rehabilitation have their basis in special acts of Congress and special State acceptance acts which provide appropriations of Federal and State matching funds for carrying on the work. The obvious intent of this Federal legislation is to stimulate and aid the States in maintaining specific types of vocational training and rehabilitation for workers in trade and industry and on the farm, and for home¬ making, which would not otherwise be provided for in the regular public-school systems. Acts administered by the Office of Education, under the direction of the Assistant Commissioner for Vocational Education, include the following: The Vocational Education Act (Smith-Hughes), to provide for cooperation with the States in the promotion of vocational education. (Approved Feb. 23, 1917.) SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 289 The Vocational Rehabilitation Act, to provide for the promotion of vocational rehabilitation of civilians disabled in industry or other¬ wise and their return to employment. (Approved June 2, 1920, as amended June 5, 1924, June 9, 1930, and June 30, 1932.) An act extending the benefits of the vocational education and vocational rehabilitation acts to the Territory of Hawaii. (Approved Mar. 10, 1924.) An act to provide for the vocational rehabilitation of disabled residents of the District of Columbia. (Approved Feb. 23, 1929.) An act (George-Reed) to provide for the further development of vocational education in the several States and Territories, author¬ izing for the years 1930 to 1934 additional appropriations for voca¬ tional agriculture and home economics. (Approved Feb. 5, 1929.) An act extending the benefits of the vocational education and voca¬ tional rehabilitation acts to the island of Puerto Rico. (Approved Mar. 3, 1921.) An act (George-Ellzev) to provide for the further development of vocational education in the several States and Territories, authoriz¬ ing for the years 1935 to 1937, additional appropriations for voca¬ tional education. (Approved May 21, 1934.) The George-Reed Act of 1929, authorizing annual appropriations for the 5 years 1930 to 1934, expired June 30, 1934, and Congress provided in the George-Ellzev Act of 1934 for continuation of annual appropriations during the years 1935, 1936, and 1937, additional, as were those of the George-Reed Act, to appropriations made b\^ the Smith-Hughes Act. Allotments of appropriations made under this new act, based on the farm, the rural, and the nonfarm population of the States and Territories, were certified to the Treasury to be sent to the States in semiannual payments July 1 and January 1. Interpretation of the provisions of this act, and the formulation of policies to be followed in the States in utilization of the funds pro¬ vided under it, especially with reference to utilization of these funds for the relief of unemployment, so far as the provisions of the act permit, has required special consideration by the Federal staff, and lias necessitated a very considerable amount of correspondence and conference with State administrative and supervisory officials. COOPERATIVE SERVICE TO THE STATES Services rendered to the States in all fields of vocational education — agricultural, trade and industrial, commercial, home economics, and vocational rehabilitation — during the past year have dealt largely with emergency activities. The staff has cooperated extensively with recovery agencies, one member of the trade and industrial staff devoting his entire time as liaison officer, to advise with the Administrator of the Federal Emer- 290 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 gency Relief Administration relative to the development of emergency relief programs in education and rehabilitation, and a member of the agricultural education staff devoting about half of his time to rendering similar service. Other staff members have assisted State departments in formulating plans for emergency relief educational programs. Services have been rendered also in connection with the organization of training programs for Civilian Conservation Corps camps, and for transient camps. These services have assisted the States in reor¬ ganizing their established vocational programs, State and local, and adapting them to the emergency situation. To this end conferences have been held with supervisors, teacher trainers, and teachers in all sections of the country. At the same time the regular field services have been rendered during the past year as in other years, including the conduct of regional, State, and local conferences for administrators, supervisors, and teacher trainers to assist States and local communities in improv¬ ing their regular vocational programs; inspection of schools; participa¬ tion in summer conferences; and promotion of regular programs. Teacher training courses have been given by members of the staff at summer schools, and assistance rendered in organization of training programs to meet local community needs. These services rendered for the promotion of the established vocational and rehabilitation programs have extended to all of the States and to Hawaii and Puerto Rico. The Farm Credit Administration, agricultural production-control, erosion-control, agricultural-planning, and land-utilization programs have developed new problems in farm financing, marketing, and management. The establishment of subsistence homesteads, the formulation of rural rehabilitation programs, the Emergency Relief Administration program of work relief for unemployed teachers, and the adoption of educational programs for Civilian Conservation Corps camps, as well as the continued backflow of population from city to country in the unemployment situation prevailing in industrial centers, and the unprecedented drought conditions, extending over a very large section of our agricultural areas, have created urgent de¬ mands for services of members of the agricultural education staff in cooperation with State staffs. As a result of these concerted efforts the 5,000 agricultural teachers have been enabled to cooperate effectively in all sections of the country with Federal, State, and local agencies of agricultural adjust¬ ment and relief, in coordinating the established program of vocational agriculture with the programs of the newly established agencies. In the field of trade and industrial education the reorganization of industry under the National Recovery Act has greatly increased the demand for conference work. Members of the trade and industrial SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 291 staff have conducted conferences in many of the States for training conference leaders and industrial supervisors. Surveys, either com¬ pleted or in process during the year, have been made of changes in employment conditions under National Recovery Administration codes to determine specific needs for training; and an analysis made of all National Recovery Administration codes approved over a period of 6 months to determine provisions for apprentice training and for training adult workers in the codes. Cooperative services have been rendered to assist States in reor¬ ganizing part-time general continuation schools, in developing multi- occupational programs, in developing training programs for selected industries and trades, in providing suitable training opportunities for boys and girls in the ages 14 to 18 who are not, in the present situa¬ tion, being permitted to enter upon or continue in employment under State labor laws and National Recovery Administration codes, and in providing job-changing and occupational adjustment vocational traiuing for unemployed adults. The Federal home economics education staff has cooperated with the Federal Emergency Relief Administration at national head¬ quarters in outlining and compiling materials to be distributed to the States to aid in the emergency work. It has cooperated with State staffs in safeguarding the welfare of the family under the prevailing conditions of unemployment and diminished family incomes. It has planned with State staffs for locating production and service jobs in the community, and devising ways and means for bringing the unemployed workers of families in contact with such jobs. It has assisted States in developing training programs for home makers based upon surveys of local conditions affecting home life, and of actual conditions found in individual homes. Particular emphasis has been given to the development of adult programs of consumer education for the training of homemakers as buyers for the family, and conservers of family resources, as well as producers in the home. Emphasis has also been placed upon adapting day and part-time homemaking programs to local home and family needs in the emer¬ gency, and aid has been given State and local staffs in establishing and maintaining through homemaking departments, free school lunches for needy children. To promote economical utilization of family resources homemaking programs have particularly emphasized instruction in canning, drying, and otherwise preserving foods for future use, in economical selection, preparation, and service of foods, in gardening for home consumption, in renovating, repairing, and constructing garments; in renovating to make still usable in the home, cast aside furniture and household furnishings; in encouraging simple arts and crafts in the home as a source of revenue and in planning, at little or no cost, wholesome family recreation. 292 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Homemaking staffs and classes have cooperated in locating families without resources and in helping them to help themselves in alt possible ways, and have cooperated extensively with State staffs in promoting recovery measures through conferences on consumer education held to develop ways and means for incorporating such education into school programs. Field services to aid the home¬ making teachers, supervisors, and teacher training staffs in the States in promoting established programs of home economics have been continued during the year as in other years, by means of regional conferences, participation in State and local conferences, official visits to States, and distribution of helpful materials. In the commercial field, service has been rendered in counseling and advising State and local school authorities in developing training- programs for distributive occupations. In response to requests for such services, 13 cities were visited by a member of the Federal staff during the period covered by this report. The year was characterized by expansion of the program for vocational rehabilitation of persons disabled in industry or otherwise and their return to employment. The State of Washington initiated its rehabilitation program at the beginning of the year, bringing the* number of cooperating States under the national program to 45. Some indication of the extent to which the program has expanded and the demand for service to aid the States in promoting this work has increased, may be given by noting that the number of disabled persons rehabilitated and placed in employment increased 44 percent,, and the number of persons served in the States increased 20 percent, over the year; that the scope of occupations in which the physically disabled are being rehabilitated has been broadened; that better cooperation has been secured from employers; that an increased personnel in the States has been provided for carrying on the work; that cooperation with other State and local agencies has been more effective; that new types of service have been rendered; and that material reduction in cost per case served has been effected. The expansion of this service bears evidence of increased support by the public, by employers, by other State and local departments of govern¬ ment, and generally by private agencies engaged in rendering different types of service for disadvantaged persons. In part the expansion of the rehabilitation service has been made possible through Federal Emergency Relief Administration funds made available for allotment to the States in proportion to their population, needs, and ability to use this additional fund effectively. During the year surveys were made to determine the number of disabled persons in selected cities, communities, or States. Earlier studies of this character had found the number to be approximately 6 per thousand population, but the surveys conducted during the past SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 293 year have found the number to be much greater. In the State of Mississippi, for example, which was completely covered by a house to house canvass, a recent survey found the number to be 30 per thousand population. On the basis of these more recent surveys the number of the permanently disabled persons may be conservatively estimated to range from 15 to 20 per thousand population. Measures taken for the relief of unemployment under programs of vocational agriculture have included instruction in gardening in cooperation with organized charities; organization of class gardens for the needy of the community, and collection and processing of surplus foods for distribution to them; formulation of live-at-home programs for those with part-time employment; surveys of families returning to farms from industrial centers to determine their training needs; and training leaders for agricultural relief work. The 80,000 members of the Future Farmers of America also, comprising farm boys enrolled in vocational classes or graduates from such classes, have aided in rural relief work. Unemployment in the trade and industrial field, as in other fields, is in large part a consequence of changing conditions, migrations of industries, mechanization of processes, introduction of labor saving machinery, substitution of mechanical power for man power, intro¬ duction of new materials and products, and the development of new technics of production. Such changes create demands for new trade skills and for occupational adjustment training of displaced labor groups. Vocational training agencies cannot create jobs for the unemployed, but training programs must be, and have during the past year been, continually modified to take account of the new requirements being imposed upon workers. Every effort has been made during the year, as, for example, through an extensive survey of changing economic and social conditions of the character noted above, to promote the development of programs to meet the needs of workers who have been thrown out of adjustment in their work environment and added to the number unemployed. Many adults in this situation have received instruction in vocational classes which has enabled them to secure employment. As noted elsewhere, the home economics staff has cooperated in the unemployment situation with State staffs and with emergency recovery agencies through the formulation of programs of consumer education adapted to the needs of families with incomes reduced in consequence of unemployment of the family breadwinner. It has emphasized cleanliness, sanitation, and health in the home and the rendering of homes comfortable and attractive without money expendi¬ ture. 294 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 CONTRIBUTION TO THE RELIEF OF UNEMPLOYMENT Provision of Federal Emergency Relief Administration funds enabled the States to make censuses of the disabled, survey industries for employment opportunities, and render constructive relief service in the form of vocational rehabilitation, thereby removing large numbers of the disabled from unemployment and dependency relief rolls, and enabling them to support themselves and in some instances their dependents. These programs have accordingly contributed materially to the relief of unemployment. During the year cooperative working relations between State employment offices and rehabilitation departments have been set up in a number of States under section 7 of the Wagner-Peyser Act. NEW PROBLEMS IN ALL-DAY SCHOOL VOCATIONAL PROGRAM It may be noted that the public policy given effect under National Recovery Administration codes and child labor legislation, excluding from employment juniors 16 years of age and under, and in some States and some occupations those of more advanced ages, may be accepted as a permanent public policy for safeguarding the welfare of youths in these ages who in past years have entered part-time employment and attended part-time vocational schools. Temporarily this new policy has developed problems of unemployment and unad¬ justment among the youth of the population in all fields of vocational education. Effort has been made to bring these youths back into full-time school attendance, and to provide vocational programs in the day schools to meet the needs of such youths who, as is being generally realized, in many instances cannot benefit by additional instruction of academic character. The character of the new and serious problems developing under National Recovery Administration codes and child-labor laws during the past year will be sufficiently obvious from the foregoing statement. In general these problems have developed in situations where school revenues have been reduced under pressure for economy and in the face of increasing enrollments of youths being excluded from em¬ ployment and returned to the schools under compulsory attendance laws. Further problems have developed in respect to the conven¬ tional school program of instruction, which very generally has been developed along lines of academic disciplines, rather than of prac¬ tical vocational interests. It is being realized that if these youths are to benefit from continued schooling, the instruction and training provided in the all-day school must be adapted to meet their needs and interests. The problems of the all-day school constitute in fact one large phase of the problem of our vocationally and socially unad¬ justed, and in many thousands of instances foot-loose, youths. In SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 295 the trade and industrial field especially these developments have meant practically complete discontinuance of the general continua¬ tion school for the 14- to 16-year-old group, and an increasing demand for expansion of full-time trade preparatory vocational programs, APPRENTICE TRAINING In another section of this report attention has been called to the establishment of a Federal committee on apprentice training by the Secretary of Labor under an Executive order of the President. A member of the trade and industrial staff has served on this committee as representative of the Division of Vocational Education of the Office of Education. The development of formal apprentice training plans under approved National Recovery Administration codes of fair competition will create new responsibilities for trade and industrial vocational programs, and new demands for service on the part of the Federal staff to aid the States in meetng these responsibilities. OCCUPATIONAL ADJUSTMENT TRAINING While in general working conditions for adult workers in different trades and industries have been improved under National Recovery Administration policies, many important questions involving the training of these workers have arisen. The new order of affairs with reduced hours and increased rates of wages has emphasized the im¬ portance of securing higher degrees of efficiency in the working personnel. Greater responsibility for securing and maintaining efficiency is being placed upon supervisory staffs throughout industry. Increasing opportunities for employment, following the prolonged period of depression, have developed new demands for occupational adjustment training to insure promotion of regularly employed workers to new jobs becoming available, to safeguard the welfare of workers in older age groups who require training in the new technics of industry or for new jobs in cases where the old job has been taken over by the machine or has been eliminated in the course of developing these new technics. Under these conditions management in industry is realizing as never before the need for developing practical training programs that will up-grade their working personnel. Recent trends have been in the direction of a better understanding and a closer and more effective cooperative relationship between industrial leaders, labor groups, and State authorities responsible for the promotion of trade and industrial education. PERMANENT vs. ANNUAL APPROPRIATIONS Under the terms of the Smith-Hughes Act appropriations for voca¬ tional education were made permanent and continuing. This pro- 296 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERICIi, 1934 vision was written into the act to enable States accepting the act and local communities in these States to plan their budgets for utilizing Federal funds in advance, and with the definite assurance that Federal money would be available for reimbursement of their expenditures in designated amounts. During the past year the general policy of making permanent continuing appropriations has been brought into question for Con¬ gressional inquiry, and after careful consideration of all conditions many such appropriations have been made subject to annual review by Congress. The Senate Committee on Appropriations of the last Congress, however, to whom the bill providing that certain continuing appropriations should in the future be subject to annual consid¬ eration and appropriation was submitted, recommended that the appropriations under the Vocational Education Act be continued as permanent appropriations, as provided in the original act. The committee reported that: “It is proper to make continuing appropria¬ tion of funds payable to the States so the legislatures thereof may unquestionably rely upon the receipt of such funds in making up State or county budge ts.” RESEARCH During the year the survey and analytical study of changing social and economic conditions and of the significance of these changes for programs of vocational education, begun 2 years ago at the request of the American Vocational Association, has been continued. This study has been made by a committee representing the agricultural, trade and industrial, and home economics staffs in the Vocational Education Division of the office. A general report covering the inquiry was in press at the close of the year. Other research in progress during the year has included a study of sheet metal working in the aircraft industry to determine what should be included in a vocational training program for workers in this field; a study of retail salesmanship, to be used as a guide in adjusting commercial education training programs to include appro¬ priate training for salesmen; a study of fireside or handicraft occupa¬ tions, particularly in New England and Southern States; a study of the need and use of photographic films in vocational education; a cooperative survey of the vocational education needs of the city of Seattle; a survey made in cooperation with the American Vocational Association, State agricultural colleges, and other agencies, of investi¬ gations and studies in the field of agricultural education; a case study of former vocational agriculture students now operating farms; a study of potential locations for agricultural departments in high schools ; a study of the organization of vocational agriculture training in small high schools; a study of possible bases for the evaluation of the home economics curriculum in high schools; curriculum revision SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 297 41 1 all educational levels as it relates to home economics education; a study of consumer buying at the secondary school level; complete surveys of vocational rehabilitation programs in a number of States, six of which have been completed ; a study of data to be incorporated in a handbook for rehabilitation workers ; and a study of material to be incorporated in a bulletin on office procedure in vocational rehabili¬ tation. PUBLICATIONS Vocational education publications issued during the year in the four fields — agricultural education, trade and industrial education, home ■economics education, and vocational rehabilitation — have included five publications prepared and issued by the agricultural service, as follows: The Earning Ability of Farmers Who Have Received Vocational Training. Bulletin 167. Analysis of Special Jobs for Farm Forestry. Bulletin 169. Emergency Programs of Vocational Agriculture. Bulletin 177. Reorganizing the Individual Farm Business. Monograph 18. Suggestions for Teaching the Job of Grading Feeder and Stocker Steers. Teaflet 4. Publications prepared by the trade and industrial education service have included: Vocational Training for the Pulp and Paper Industry. Bulletin 168. The Status of Vocational Teacher Training in the Industrial Field. Bulletin 176. The Development of Social Intelligence Through Part-time Education. Bulletin 176. Apprenticeship in England, France, and Germany, a publication composed of reports made available through the Department of State. One bulletin and several miscellaneous publications were issued by •the Home Economics Service, as follows: The Home Project in Homemaking Education. Bulletin 170. Report of Committee on Training for Publicity. Miscellaneous 1484. Outcomes from Instructions in Homemaking. Miscellaneous 1496. Home Economics Content That Is Effective. Miscellaneous 1497. Homemaking Education in Relation to Recovery. Miscellaneous 1512. Description of Home Project Material for Use as Case Studies. Miscellaneous 1524. Summary of the Educational Program in Homemaking in the Central Region. A! iscellaneous 1532. Securing and Interpreting Facts Regarding Family and Community Conditions .Relative to Foods. Miscellaneous 1543. Management of a Play School. Miscellaneous 1544. Suggestions to Home Economics Teachers of High School and Adult Classes on Education of the Consumer Buyers. Miscellaneous 1550. 298 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 19343 Vocational rehabilitation publications have included: Office Procedure in Vocational Rehabilitation. Bulletin 171. Manual for Case Workers. Bulletin 175. Vocational Rehabilitation. Miscellaneous 1473. In addition preliminary drafts of studies made in several of the different fields listed under “Research” have been prepared. APPROPRIATIONS 1934 AND 1935 Table 1 shows vocational education and vocational rehabilitation appropriations for allotment to the States and Territories for the fiscal years 1934 and 1935, and table 2, allotments to the States under the several acts providing Federal funds for 1934. The increases in appropriations shown for 1935 over 1934 represent in the case of the Smith-Hughes funds a restoration of these appro¬ priations to the basic appropriations made in the Vocational Educa¬ tion Act of 1917. This act provides permanent and continuing appropriations for cooperative vocational education in agriculture, trades and industries, and home economics, and teacher training,, which increased to a maximum of $7,167,000, for 1926 and annually thereafter. The appropriations as provided in the act were made available each year from 1918 to 1932, inclusive. Under the Economy Act of June 30, 1932, the appropriations for 1933 were reduced by 10 percent, and this reduction was continued in 1934 under the acts of March 3 and March 20, 1933. Acting under authority of tho act of March 20, 1933, the Bureau of the Budget further reduced these cooperative appropriations for 1934 by 15 percent of the portion estimated to be expended from the appropriations for sala¬ ries, and by 7.5 percent of a balance of the teacher-training appro¬ priation. The George-Reed Act of 1929 authorized additional appropriations for allotment to the States for vocational agriculture and home eco¬ nomics education of $500,000 for 1930 and for each year thereafter for 4 years an amount exceeding by $500,000 the appropriation of the preceding year. Under these provisions the following amounts were authorized: For 1930, $500,000; for 1931, $1,000,000; for 1932, $1,500,000; for 1933, $2,000,000; and for 1934, $2,500,000. These amounts were made available to the States in the appropriations for 1930, 1931, and 1932. For 1933 the appropriation was continued in the same amount as for 1932. The appropriation for 1934 was continued in the same amount as for 1933, subject to the 15 percent reduction under the act of March 20, 1933. The period of the George-Reed Act expired June 30, 1934, and in the George-Ellzey Act Congress authorized appropriations annually for the 3 years 1935, 1936, and 1937 in the amounts shown in table 2. The full amount authorized was appropriated for 1935. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 299 Appropriations for Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the District of Columbia, which had been reduced in 1934 under the economy and other acts, were restored for 1935 to the amounts authorized in the original acts. Appropriations for administration of the acts, and for research and service to aid the States in developing their vocational education and vocational rehabilitation programs were in the following amounts for 1934 and 1935: 1934 1935 Smith-Hughes Act _ $175, 000 68, 000 $180, 000 George-Reed Act _ _ George-Ellzey Act _ _ . 60,000 58,000 Rehabilitation Act _ 55,000 Table 1. — Appropriations for allotment to the States and Territories for vocational education and vocational rehabilitation: Years ending June 80, 1934 and 1935 Appropriation 1934 1935 SMITH-HUGHES ACT Total . . . . . - . - $5, 940, 000. 00 $7, 167, 000. 00 Vocational agriculture _ _ _ 2, 520, 000. 00 2, 510, 000. 00 910, 000. 00 3, 027, 000. 00 3, 050, 000. 00 1, 090, 000. 00 Vocational trade, industry, and home economics . . Vocational teacher training . . . . GEORGE-REED ACT Total . . 1, 275, 000. 00 V ocational agriculture _ - 637, 500. 00 637, 500. 00 Vocational home economics _ _ _ GEORGE-ELLZEY ACT Total . . . . . . . . . 3, 084, 603. 00 V ocational agriculture _ _ _ _ _ _ 1, 031, 019. 75 1,032, 191.60 1, 021, 391. 65 Vocational trade and industry _ _ Vocational home economics . . . . . . . . Vocational Rehabilitation Act _ _ 969, 000. 00 25, 700. 00 84, 000. 00 11, 000. 00 1,097, 000.00 30, 000. 00 105, 000. 00 15, 000. 00 Hawaii _ _ _ - - _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ Puerto Rico _ _ District of Columbia _ _ __ _ _ —34 - 87859- 20 Table 2. — Allotments of Federal money to the States and Territories for vocational education and vocational rehabilitation. Year ended June SO, 1984 300 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 8 288£8S8g382SSS&88£8©£og83g8 ca ” •ill 1 llislllislsllllllg§slssllll «,a 9 o ©.2 1 »«»^oo‘^odo^oo«*g^«2woo^o‘«w^god‘oodod 8 ca m a a o .2 a S i SllillllSSSglS3ISg|§l5llllg 'SilS o-^ 0-0 > 8 ® I J-offgjcd'gjjCbjggH ^wtC^ToojogOTtro c 8 1 iiiisl§ssisiiiiisii3lgiisis o E-1 U3 £ r-T «e- ^rf^^^^S8^S8gsrf!^gfor^S?Sg‘Sff^-rgf^«s‘ 8 a u oc §8-2 1 ■■g’l.S ISs > o § 00 00' of OO CC © 00 O of oo" - 8 2 o tg © d o iO £*3 82 gfrfg S £8 8 8 d'SgfS 32 fe 1 rf o <1 m ® rP ‘-3 d ©"S g'gs* ? bo d w X3 8 '9 g p §3-2 1 I m *3 8 g o 3 1 O T3 > bJQ CD 03 & S &§3g£8£88S8S22233c;3g32£338£8 1 mimmmmmmmmm O e S ? fl” § a a © ■§ 'll 'O <* Hill i S8-SSS H Jl I Table 2. — Allotments of Federal money to the States and Territories f or vocational education and vocational rehabilitation. Year ended J une 80, 1984 — Continued SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 301 Vocational Rehabilita¬ tion Act $29, 411. 89 8, 840. 00 91,613.01 23, 072. 53 8, 840. 00 48, 373. 1 1 17, 437. 82 8, 840. 00 70, 094. 72 8, 840. 00 12, 654. 33 8, 840. 00 19, 042. 68 42, 390. 91 8, 840. 00 8, 840. 00 17, 625. 67 11,378.03 12,584. 75 21, 389. 40 8, 840. 00 Vocational home economics education 1 $8, 282. 11 3, 733. 56 24, 372. 64 27, 844. 49 6, 694. 90 25, 236. 28 18, 571. 72 5, 473. 99 36, 543. 25 614. 21 16, 133. 71 6, 628. 87 20, 289. 96 40, 524. 85 2, 849. 80 2, 841. 10 19, 302. 56 8, 008. 05 14, 600. 38 16, 339. 89 1, 833. 96 606. 79 2, 010. 09 feorge-Reed Act Vocational agricultural education $2, 728. 66 3, 301. 78 14, 984. 74 33, 301. 00 8, 269. 35 21, 089. 54 21, 315. 19 4, 655. 45 17, 831. 39 342. 96 19, 075. 60 8, 121. 80 25, 298. 65 48, 960. 63 2, 408. 47 2, 350. 01 19, 789. 24 6, 342. 85 9, 347. 94 18, 338. 42 1,522. 60 71.35 3, 742. 45 Total $11,010. 77 7, 035. 34 39, 357. 38 61, 145. 49 14, 964. 25 46, 325. 82 39, 886. 91 10, 129. 44 54, 374. 64 957. 17 35,209.31 14, 750. 67 45, 588. 61 89, 485. 48 5, 258. 27 5, 191. 11 39, 091.80 14, 350. 90 23, 948. 32 34, 678. 31 3, 356. 56 678. 14 5, 752. 54 Vocational teacher training $27, 593. 80 8, 349.71 85, 949. 99 21,646.31 8, 349. 71 45, 382. 94 16, 359. 91 8, 349. 71 65, 761. 84 8, 349. 71 11,872. 10 8, 349. 71 17, 865. 57 39, 770. 54 8, 349. 71 8, 349. 71 16, 536. 14 10, 674. 70 11,806. 83 20, 067. 22 8, 349. 71 8, 700. 00 12,000.00 ts < I Vocational trade, industrial and home economics education $120,437. 18 8, 231. 49 379, 497. 33 29, 208. 92 8, 231. 49 162, 568. 25 29, 635. 73 17, 663. 77 235, 645. 44 22,918. 15 13, 383. 82 8, 231. 49 32, 335. 61 86, 177. 09 9, 603. 40 8, 231. 49 28, 332. 12 31,902. 85 17, 727. 17 56, 042. 76 8, 231. 49 8, 500. 00 * 48, 000. 00 3 w a I Vocational agricultural education $32, 668. 34 14, 726. 83 96, 136. 54 109, 831.06 26, 407. 66 99, 543. 10 73, 255. 12 21, 591. 84 144, 142. 84 8, 347. 54 63, 638. 56 26, 147. 23 80, 032. 65 159, 848. 05 1 1, 240. 89 11,206. 55 76, 137. 89 31, 587. 30 57, 590. 39 64, 451. 80 8, 347. 54 8, 500. 00 24, 000. 00 Total $180, 699. 32 31,308.03 561, 583. 86 160, 686. 29 42, 988. 86 307, 494. 29 119, 250. 76 47, 605. 32 445, 550. 12 39, 615. 40 88, 894. 48 42, 728. 43 130, 233. 83 285, 795. 68 29, 194. 00 27, 787. 75 121,006. 15 74, 164. 85 87, 124. 39 140, 561.78 24, 928. 74 88 II tj <5 1 £ a A I m 1 'O GENERAL EDUCATION BOARD REPORT OF THE TREASURER This corporation, which was created by an act of Congress approved January 12, 1903, section 6 of which requires the corporation to file annually with the Secretary of the Interior a report, in writing, stating in detail the property, real and personal, held by the corporation and the expenditure or other use or disposition of the same or the income thereof during the preceding year, has for its object the promotion of education within the United States. On June 30, 1934, principal fund, belonging without restriction to the Board, amounted to $45,664,670.50. This fund is invested in stocks and bonds. In addition the sum of $10,847,681.41 is reserved to pay appropriations to various educational institutions. This fund is also invested in stocks and bonds. Lapses and refunds on prior years’ appropriations amounted to $2,896,003.75 and $526.60 respec¬ tively. The sum of $2,634,655.06 was paid during the year ended June 30, 1934. Appropriations from income during the year aggregated $3,028,- 723.93. Lapses on account of prior years’ appropriations amounted to $1,214,971.55, however, leaving a net increase in income appropri¬ ations of $1,813,752.38. The income from the above funds, together with income from undisbursed income (and including the sum of $252.19 received on account of income from the estate of Lucy M. Spelman) amounted during the year to $2,498,252.79. The balance of income from the previous year as of June 30, 1933, amounting to $11,955,984.86, together with sundry refunds amounting to $19.85, increased the total to $14,454,257.50. Disbursements from income during the year were as follows: WHITES Colleges of liberal arts: General endowment, build¬ ings and other purposes _ $159, 673. 72 Science of education: Schools of education _ $83, 885. 22 Special projects _ 325, 663. 56 - 409, 548. 78 Natural sciences _ 57, 455. 17 Social sciences _ 9, 187. 86 302 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 303 whites — continued Medical sciences: Schools of medicine _ $250, 763. 18 Special projects - 18, 563. 85 Humanities _ Industrial art _ Public education: Fellowships _ $26, 522. 73 Special divisions in State depart¬ ments of education _ 188, 208. 72 Teacher training _ 128, 496. 76 Library training _ 37, 035. 16 Studies _ 16, 091. 26 Other purposes _ 11, 615. 38 Miscellaneous _ General education _ Child growth and- development _ Training of personnel for the advancement of knowledge _ _ _ $269, 327. 03 187, 511. 19 905. 35 407, 970. 01 33, 428. 09 150, 070. 43 90, 412. 23 15, 410. 95 $1, 790, 900. 81 NEGROES Colleges and schools: General endowment, build¬ ings and other purposes _ Natural sciences _ Social sciences _ Medical sciences: Schools of medicine _ $205, 274. 78 Special projects - 6, 043. 49 Public education: Summer schools _ 5, 948. 72 Anna T. Jeanes foundation _ 40, 000. 00 John F. Slater fund _ 37, 500. 00 Rural school agents _ 123, 664. 22 Fellowships _ 54, 451. 83 Special divisions in State depart¬ ments of education _ 3, 000. 00 Teacher training _ 3, 000. 00 Other purposes _ 7, 641. 38 Miscellaneous $480, 800. 74 10, 407. 19 10, 000. 00 211, 318. 27 275, 206. 15 7, 272. 16 Surveys and studies __ Miscellaneous projects Administration _ 995, 004. 51 5, 800. 35 7, 505. 19 320, 114. 20 3, 119, 325. 06 This leaves an undisbursed balance of income on June 30, 1934, of $11,334,932.44, which is invested as follows: Securities, $7,278,453.47; certificates of deposit, $1,500,000; cash on deposit, $2,280,842.57; and 304 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 193 4 accounts receivable, net $275,636.40. It should be noted, however, that against this balance of $11,334,932.44 there are unpaid appropri¬ ations amounting to $8,202,675.97, leaving unappropriated income amounting to $3,132,256.47. The Anna T. Jeanes fund, the principal and income of which are to be used for Negro rural schools, amounted, on June 30, 1934, to $157,744.16. This sum is invested as follows: Bonds, $82,839.16; stocks, $16,645; and cash on deposit, $58,260. During the year the sum of $26,750 was appropriated from principal, which added to the balance unpaid June 30, 1933, totaled $31,740. Payments during the year amounted to $28,742.50, leaving $2,997.50 available for unpaid appropriations. The income from this fund during the year was $5,329.14. Added to the balance from previous year, the total available income amounted to $8,627.46. The sum of $2,619.69 was paid, leaving $6,007.77 accounted for in cash on deposit. There were no unpaid appropria¬ tions from income outstanding June 30, 1934, therefore this sum was available for appropriation. BUREAU OF MINES Scott Turner, Director FINANCES The total funds available to the Bureau of Mines for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934, including direct appropriations, departmental allotments, reappropriated balances, and sums transferred from other departments for service work, were $1,885,586.04. Of this amount $1,481,111.98 was spent, leaving an unexpended balanceof $404,474.06. Owing to uncompleted work in the helium program for the Army and Navy there was a carry-over of $53,895.04 of helium-plant funds of which $50,000 was reappropriated for the fiscal year 1935. On the regular work of the Bureau $1,254,695.90 was expended^ this figure is subject to slight corrections due to unpaid obligations. In addition, for the helium program, which is purely service work for the Army and Navy and has no part in the regular plans of the Bureau, $237,056.04 was appropriated directly to the Bureau, and $64,000 was transferred from the Army and Navy for the purchase at cost of helium produced by the Bureau for national defense. Table 1 presents classified and complete information regarding the financial history of the Bureau since its establishment in 1910. 305 306 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 19 34 Table 1. — Bureau of Mines appropriations and expenditures, fiscal years ended June 30, 1911-34 Fiscal year Appropri¬ ated to Bureau of Mines Depart¬ mental allot¬ ments 1 Funds transferred from other agencies 2 Total funds available for expenditure Unexpend¬ ed balances Total expenditures Expenditures exclusive of service items 3 1911 _ $502, 200. 00 $34, 200. 00 $536, 400. 00 $22, 818. 27 $513, 581. 73 $513, 581. 73 1912 . '475, 500. 00 45, 640. 00 521, 140. 00 6, 239. 77 514, 900. 23 514, 900. 23 1913 583, 100. 00 47, 850. 00 630, 950. 00 4, 087. 20 626, 862. 80 626, 862. 80 1914. . 664j 000. 00 57, 307. 79 721, 307. 79 4, 678. 29 716, 629. 50 716, 629. 50 1915. _ 730i 500. 00 55’ 424. 60 785, 924. 60 4, 178. 11 781, 746. 49 781, 746. 49 1916 _ 757, 300. 00 48j 710. 87 806, 010. 87 9, 058. 63 796, 952. 24 796, 952. 24 1917 _ 981, 060. 00 52, 400. 00 1, 033, 460. 00 48, 588. 10 984, 871. 90 984, 871. 90 1918 _ 1, 467, 070. 00 51, 901. 98 4$3,062‘,b00".66 4, 580, 971. 98 395, 745. 10 4, 185, 226. 88 1, 172, 939. 64 1919 _ 5 3, 245, 285. 00 49, 542. 86 3 8,600, 000. 00 11,894, 827. 86 2, 452, 236. 78 9, 442, 591. 08 1, 137, 471. 37 1920 _ 1, 216, 897. 00 52, 800. 00 1, 269, 697. 00 9, 592. 18 1, 260, 104. 82 1, 245, 891. 36 1921 _ 1, 362, 642. 00 62, 618. 72 666, 720. 00 2, 091, 980. 72 13, 985. 89 2, 077, 994. 83 1, 412. 923. 15 1922 _ 1, 474, 300. 00 59, 800. 00 182, 200. 00 1, 716, 300. 00 52, 120. 45 1, 664, 179. 55 1, 483, 038. 47 1923 _ 1, 580, 900. 00 70, 814. 30 97, 100. 00 1, 748, 814. 30 10, 959. 08 1, 737, 855. 22 1, 640, 840. 57 1924 _ 1, 784, 959. 00 50, 710. 00 347, 820. 00 2, 183, 489. 00 38, 085. 43 2, 145, 403. 57 1, 804, 800. 41 1925 _ 2, 028, 268. 00 57, 500. 00 236, 465. 86 2, 322, 233. 86 107, 743. 20 2, 214, 490. 66 1, 998, 669. 20 1926 _ 1, 875, 010. 00 81, 220. 00 510, 501. 15 2, 466, 731. 15 28, 891. 78 2, 437, 839. 37 1, 841, 150. 80 1927 . 1, 914, 400. 00 94, 443. 39 325, 000. 00 2, 333, 843. 39 44, 871. 29 2, 288, 972. 10 1, 926, 910. 12 1928 _ 3, 025, 150. 00 113, 266. 45 328, 000. 00 3, 466, 416. 45 7 736, 235. 62 2, 730, 180. 83 1, 997, 270. 66 1929 _ 2, 725, 118. 00 103, 000. 00 205, 500. 00 7 3, 753, 094. 67 8 152, 701. 34 3, 600, 393. 33 2, 280, 960. 68 1930 _ 2, 274, 670. 00 123, 300. 00 166, 200. 00 8 2, 684, 386. 38 8 135, 714. 93 2, 548, 671. 45 2, 216, 995. 72 1931 _ 2, 745, 060. 00 120, 680. 91 166, 500. 00 8 3, 134, 595. 10 195, 534. 37 2, 939, 060. 73 2, 304, 121. 45 1932 _ 2, 278, 765. 00 137, 866. 48 194, 500. 00 '0 2, 770, 712. 18 ii 344, 689. 43 2, 426, 022. 75 2, 186, 799. 92 1933 . 1, 860, 325. 00 75, 100. 00 221, 808. 42 2, 398, 947. 38 12 491, 052. 22 1, 907, 895. 16 1, 710, 762. 02 1934 . 1, 574, 300. 00 50, 230. 00 77, 000. 00 72 1, 885, 586. 04 is 404, 474. 06 1, 481, 111. 98 1, 254, 695. 90 Total— 39, 126, 779. 00 1, 696, 328. 35 15, 387, 315. 43 57, 737, 820. 72 5, 714, 281. 52 52, 023, 539. 20 34, 550, 786. 33 1935 _ 44 1, 258, 877. 00 50, 000. 00 127, 000. 00 73 1, 485, 877. 00 is 1, 308, 877. 00 1 Includes printing and binding, stationery, and contingent funds. 2 Includes proceeds from sales of residue gas. 3 Service items include Government fuel yards, helium, and other investigations and services for other departments. ‘ 4 Includes gas investigations for War Department. 5 Includes $1,586,388 for Government fuel yards. 6 Includes War Minerals Relief Commission $8,500,000. 7 Includes $719,476.67 unexpended balance reappropriated. 3 Includes $120,216.38 unexpended balance reappropriated. 8 Includes $102,354.19 unexpended balance reappropriated. 70 Includes $159,580.70 unexpended balance reappropriated. 11 Includes $214,713.96 unexpended balance reappropriated. 72 Includes $184,056.04 unexpended balance reappropriated. 73 Includes $50,000 unexpended balance reappropriated. 14 Includes 5 percent salary restoration. 18 Estimated. A statement of the distribution of congressional appropriations to the branches and divisions within the Bureau and the expendi¬ tures of these funds in 1934 by the various divisions of the Bureau is given in table 2. Table 2. — Bureau of Mines expenditures , fiscal year 1934 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 307 w - r w’O.q UMBbD -•5 Pis'3 ®3 btW (3 o-° cs: r ' I.aal ® O'C+3 &1 S5 pq ” >? M •d+s a Q So oo eo co co © CM* X ~ 00 c n CO , © a > o 2 CO #w be bfi co o co M-w “ C *5 e-SH r-g-ss i>a§ ; A o -a 5 *3 )T3 os e> 5?, *C 05 2§8! CO i-H oo cd a © © a O* C5 CO (N cd 05 kO 00 ON CO C is .2 g c3.22 w ® P 5 C<5 >«.2 o C m O ° ° 36*2 §S‘3o5 ee-o oo >S§ §5 o‘2 “ d o*>3 3?S«i lSs."° S'SoQ-aSfl g O > =3 pq ® ® o‘b£Q a co r2 ■§§53= o c.~ ,d M5> o S J2 -c 'S .2 "o 'o S'S*© ®-9*3 pq > so S •H o SI? n73 o o S =3 Wot cS el 3.S isisiss I® ° 8 2 i flO OS0 ® =3 oSoPntf sU “20 33 60*7 13 3 ® ~«a2 S3 S 3 o o ITable 2. — Bureau of Mines expenditures , fiscal year 1934 — Continued 308 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 SUNMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 309 ORGANIZATION It is the province of the Bureau of Mines to study methods of pro¬ ducing, treating, and utilizing ores, mineral oils, gases, and other mineral substances. The purpose is to reduce or prevent waste in the mining, quarrying, metallurgical, and other mineral industries, to •conserve the country’s resources, and to safeguard the health and lives of miners. The Bureau is specially charged to study the causes of mine accidents and the means of preventing them; to conduct research in the use of coal, oil, and other fuels; and to make economic studies of the various mineral industries. Investigation of the causes and pre¬ vention of mine accidents includes research on explosives and tests of mechanical equipment used in mines and quarries, while economic studies include compilation of statistics on the production and con¬ sumption of minerals. The Bureau is essentially a field organization, with administrative headquarters in Washington and with experiment stations and field offices in the several mining and oil-producing regions of the country. It is organized in four branches — Technologic, Health and Safety, Economics, and Administrative. Technologic work. — The Technologic Branch, which conducts most of the research investigations other than those pertaining to safety and health, consists of six divisions; Mechanical, Mining, Metallurgical, Petroleum and Natural Gas, Experiment Stations, and Explosives. The Mechanical Division is charged particularly with the study of problems of fuel utilization and investigations dealing with mining machinery, especially electrical equipment used in mining. The Mining Division gives attention to problems of economy and efficiency in mining, and the prevention of accidents. The Metallurgical Division deals with problems of efficiency in the treatment of ferrous and nonferrous metals. The Petroleum and Natural-Gas Division is concerned with the production, transportation, treatment, and utiliza¬ tion of these products. The Experiment-Stations Division administers the 11 experiment stations (at Pittsburgh, Pa. - New Brunswick, N.J.; Minneapolis, Minn. ; Tuscaloosa, Ala. ; Rolla, Mo. ; Bartlesville, Okla. ; Reno, New; Salt Lake City, Utah; Tucson, Ariz.; Berkeley, Calif.; and Seattle, Wash.), where most of the research investigations of the Bureau are conducted. Each station gives special attention to the problems of the mineral industries of the adjacent regions. The Explosives Division studies the safe use of explosives in mining, with particular emphasis on “ permissible explosives.” Economics in mining and marketing of minerals. — The Economics Branch, which was established on January 1, 1926, conducts studies dealing with economic conditions and problems, as distinguished from scientific and technologic problems of the mineral industries. 310 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The branch comprises 5 divisions: Coal, Mineral Statistics, Petroleum Economics, Rare Metals and Nonmetals, and Common Metals. These divisions collect, analyze, and publish data relating to economics of various mineral commodities. Health and safety work. — The Health and Safety Branch investigates hazards affecting the health and safety of workers in the mineral industries and includes the Health, Safety, and Demographical divisons. The work of the Health Division, which was chiefly investigative and concerned physical conditions affecting the health of workers, was recessed during the fiscal year 1934 because of lack of funds. The major activity of the Safety Division is instruction in mine safety and accident prevention and in mine rescue and recov¬ ery work; investigations include studies of causes of accidents and methods of prevention. The Demographical Division collects sta¬ tistics covering accidents in the mining and metallurgical industries and the production of explosives. Administrative Branch. — The Administrative Branch is composed of the Office-Administration Division and the Information Division; the chief of the branch also acts as assistant to the Director of the Bureau. The Office-Administration Division handles general routine business of the Bureau under the supervision of the chief clerk, and is composed of accounts, personnel, clerical assignment, legal, multi¬ graphing, mails and files, and property sections. The Information Division edits and supervises the publication of results of Bureau investigations, answers inquiries regarding the work or publications of the Bureau, and is responsible for motion-picture production and distribution. It is composed of the publications, editorial, motion- picture production, library, and graphic sections. TECHNOLOGIC BRANCH MECHANICAL DIVISION Electrical section. — A supplementary testing station was established at Roslyn, Wash., and operated for a time to determine the permis¬ sibility of certain electrical equipment used in coal mines in that State. Cooperation with the Underwriters’ Laboratories regarding require¬ ments of the two organizations for approval of devices was completed. A single schedule would require additional refinements not thought necessary for mining machinery. Thirty-seven new designs of electrical equipment met the Bureau’s requirements, 110 approvals previously granted were extended to cover changes in design, and three trailing cables were tested and listed as “specially recommended.” The maintenance of permissible electrical equipment in a safe condition was studied in six mines. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 311 Use of fuels. — A bulletin was published giving quantitative experi¬ mental data on the principles of underfeed combustion, which were so illustrated and expressed for the first time. The report furnishes rational information for use in the design of stokers using the under¬ feed principle. The removal of ash as a fluid from furnaces using powdered coal requires knowledge of the fluid properties of the complex slags pro¬ duced. The results of 5 years of study on the subject were presented to the American Society of Mechanical Engineers; they were highly commended as promoting this method of ash disposal and thus en¬ larging the market for coals having the lower fusing temperature of ash. Fuel-economy service. — The fuel-economy service for Government plants is a connecting link between the Bureau’s fuel studies and the use of fuels by the Government and consists of fuel-efhciency tests, the selection of fuels, power-plant advice, equipment-acceptance tests, and general consulting service to many Government depart¬ ments on fuel problems, all with the object of economy. Many thousands of dollars are saved the Government each year from this work. A Bureau fuel engineer served as chairman of the fuel com¬ mittee of the Procurement Division, Treasury Department. The coal purchases, methods of award, and specifications used by the various agencies throughout the entire Government were studied. Standard analytical specification limits for different coal areas were developed. Many changes and recommendations were made which are being adopted rapidly by the various Departments. Fuel inspection and coal analysis. — The most extensive and impartial body of information regarding the quality of American coal is gathered, compared, and compiled by the Bureau’s Fuel Inspection Service. By the aid of this information Federal departments are helped to select their coal and advised as to the quality of coal shipped on their contracts. During 1934, the Bureau analyzed 6,066 samples of coal and coke bought on Government specifications, 1,134 samples incident to research work, and 171 miscellaneous samples. Fifty-four samples were collected at bituminous-mine tipples, 67 at anthracite breakers, and 17 at tidewater piers. The section acted in an advisory capacity in rewriting coal specifications for the entire Federal service. Constitution of coal. — At the request of the Pennsylvania State Geological Survey the coal beds of the Brookville area, in western Pennsylvania, are being correlated by means of characteristic plant constituents shown by microscopic examination. The coals involved are the Lower Kittanning, Clarion Rider, Clarion, Brookville, Upper Mercer, and Lower Mercer. The Bureau’s continued cooperation with scientific associations during the past several years resulted in the development of a system 312 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 of classification of coal by rank based on fixed carbon and British thermal units. Coals are grouped according to their degree of meta¬ morphism in the natural series from lignite to anthracite. This classification scheme, based on an intensive study of numerous American coals, was accepted as a tentative standard by the American Society for Testing Materials and will be presented to the American Standards Association for approval. Carbonization and byproducts of coal. — A survey of the gas-, coke-, and byproduct-making properties of American coals, begun in 1929, was extended to cover five additional coals. A monograph covering the first 30 coals of the survey, giving complete tabular data on their carbonizing properties as well as their physical and chemical properties, was prepared. A very small-scale laboratory method having some merit for evaluat¬ ing the coke-, gas-, and byproduct-making properties of coals was devised. A small-scale laboratory test was developed for obtaining informa¬ tion regarding the caking properties of coals. The method is an approximate measure of the amount of that material in coal which fuses and becomes plastic on heating. Sections of high-volatile gas coal heated in an inert gas at various temperatures revealed through the microscope the initial stages of coke formation and the temperatures at which the several microscopi¬ cally visible constituents of coal fuse and swell. Physical chemistry. — Processes have been developed on a laboratory scale for producing acetylene from methane, the chief constituent of natural gas, and for producing gasoline and lubricating oil from ethy¬ lene, which is readily obtained by thermal decomposition of natural gas. An equation has been developed that permits calculation of the yields of acetylene from methane under any given set of conditions. Calculation of thermodynamic functions of hydrocarbon gases has been applied to all available spectroscopic data for hydrocarbon gases and has given the most accurate values of heat capacities and free energies yet obtained. By studying the mechanism of gas explosions a new theory of flame propagation was developed. The use of explosion data for calculating specific heats of gases at high temperatures was demonstrated. All these fundamental theories and energy relations in gas explosions shed light on the way explosions occur in mines and on means for their prevention. Conclusions. — Since no fundamental data are available on the com¬ parative carbonizing properties of American coals, such as those obtained by the Bureau of Mines- American Gas Association method, there is need for extending the survey to cover all coals of the country suitable for carbonizing purposes. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 313 Future work should stress the effect of blending, washing, and weathering or mild oxidation on carbonizing properties. Continued and repeated requests by subdivisional code authorities and others for unprejudiced and reliable information on composition and prop¬ erties of American coals indicate that the Bureau should conduct such work. Facilities are adequate, but the available personnel should be increased. MINING DIVISION Metal mining. — The study of metal mining and milling methods and costs, one of the principal problems of the Mining Division for several years, has resulted in an interchange of technical and cost data invalu¬ able to mine operators. Individual papers have now been published on most of the large metal mines and mills in this country, as well as representative establishments in Canada, Mexico, and Cuba. More¬ over, summary papers have been prepared on each of the mining methods and on certain primary mining and milling problems pre¬ senting technical developments and costs. Bulletins on gold-mining, mine-accounting, shaft-sinking, and underground scraper practice have been published, and bulletin manuscripts on lead-zinc, copper, tungsten, placer mining, mining copper concentrates, metal-mine ventilation, and use of airplanes in mining were completed. As these manuscripts could not be published due to lack of printing funds, abstracts for mimeographing have been made of the manuscripts except that on ventilation. This year greater attention has been given to the problems of small-mine operators. There has been a growing demand for infor¬ mation on methods of exploration, mining and treatment costs, types of equipment, and plant costs for small operations. Field work on methods and costs of developing and equipping small mines was begun during the winter of 1933, and this direct field contact by Bureau engineers with the operators has already resulted in an interchange of technical details and costs among the small operators, causing less wasted effort and expenditure and more intelligent planning of operations. Certain outstanding examples of good practice were selected and papers prepared, describing their operations in detail. Eight have already been issued, and six are in course of editing and publication. A general summary of these field studies was completed and is being issued as Information Circular 6800. Of general interest to mine owners is Information Circular 6748, Essentials for a Prelimi¬ nary Report on a Small Lode-Gold Mine or Prospect, with Notes on Sampling, and Information Circular 6774, Leasing System as Applied to Metal Mining, both of which were issued during the year. The chapter on mercury was prepared for the Minerals Yearbook. 314 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Nonmetal mining. — Information circulars giving operating costs and technical details of the mining methods used at one crushed-stone quarry and one underground limestone mine were issued during the year. The latter paper is of especial interest to engineers, as it describes the first attempt at mining limestone by caving methods for its value as stone only. A report was compiled which collects recent information on the mining, processing, grading, and uses of mica. Because operators in the nonmetallic field were unwilling to prepare papers without compensation, insufficient material was received to supply the data necessary for additional detailed studies of the various operating steps in nonmetallic mining. In consequence, the working plan of the section was altered and this phase left for future develop¬ ment when funds are available. Instead, attention was necessarily directed toward assembling available information in a series of papers dealing with the technical problems involved in mining and treating nonmetallic minerals, by commodities. Compilation of five parts of the third paper in the series on sand and gravel production, entitled “Excavation,” was completed. Plotting the location of the principal producing nonmetallic deposits on maps of the States was begun; separate maps are being made for related commodities. Such information is helpful in determining the relative importance of producing areas and as a guide in planning technologic studies. Owing to the transfer of section personnel this work was suspended temporarily. Publications of the division are being cataloged and indexed to provide a cross reference for producers searching for comparative information on operating details concerning both metals and non- metals. This work was also suspended temporarily due to lack of personnel. The chapter on crushed and broken stone was prepared for the Minerals Yearbook. Geophysics. — The geophysics section has contributed valuable improvements to seismic, magnetic, and resistivity methods of geophysical prospecting. Field work was performed with the mag¬ netometer in determining the underlying geologic structure of Govern¬ ment helium properties in Texas and with the potentiometer in determining the depth of bedrock at the Grand Coulee Dam site in the State of Washington. Application of the magnetometer in out¬ lining large magnetite-hematite deposits in Puerto Rico was also successfully demonstrated. Geophysical apparatus for measuring the vibration of ground due to nearby blasting operations was designed, contructed, and tested in the field with satisfactory results. The abstracts of articles on geophysical prospecting, particularly those published in foreign countries, were issued each month; an information circular, Patents on Geophysical Prospecting Issued in SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 315 the United States, England, Canada, Germany, France, and Russia, was prepared for publication; and a technical paper, Induction Prospecting for Shallow Ore Deposits and Small Metallic Objects, will be issued soon. Falls of roof and coal. — Owing to curtailment in appropriations, it was necessary to suspend the important and valuable studies of falls of roof and coal on July 15, 1933. Ventilation. — Ventilation studies were continued in the anthracite region throughout the year, and two papers — one on the Glen Alden Coal Co. mines and the other on the Hudson Coal Co. mines — were completed. Many other mines in this field were visited, and much additional information was obtained. The ventilation problem in the anthracite mines is complicated, and where ventilation is not studied and planned systematically much power is wasted in the attempt to deliver fresh air to all the working places; moreover, the cost is excessive. Conclusions. — The dissemination and analysis of technical data from all the principal mining districts in information circulars hav® been valuable services, particularly to large mine operators. Further field studies are necessary to complete manuscripts on the open-pit mining method, core-drilling methods and costs, methods and costs of mining iron ores, hoisting practice, mine drainage, and on a number of milling problems. For the present, however, efforts are to be con¬ tinued to extend all possible service to the small mine operators. METALLURGICAL DIVISION New 'processes . — Four new processes have been carried to the stage of development where they are ready for industrial application. These are the natural-gas smelting of zinc ore and of iron ore, the explosion shattering of ore as a substitute for grinding, and the alternating- current magnetic separation of minerals. All of these processes, together with the related theoretical work, have been described briefly in a series of progress reports. Metallurgical fundamentals. — The collation of existing data on high- temperature specific heats has been completed and published as Bulletin 371, Contributions to the Data on Theoretical Metallurgy: II, High-Temperature Specific-Heat Equations for Inorganic Sub¬ stances. The data on vapor pressures have also been compiled and prepared for publication. Experimental work is under way on the thermodynamic constants of chromium compounds. Metallurgy of copper. — In the field of copper metallurgy reduction in the staff has necessitated restricting investigations to a study of the 87859—34 - 21 316 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 flash roasting of concentrates. One paper giving the results of this research was published during the year. Metallurgy oj lead and zinc. — The work on handling zinciferous charges in the lead blast furnace, which has been under way for the past 2 years, was completed and prepared for printing. Publication has been delayed for lack of funds. Metallurgy oj gold. — Methods for the recovery of gold have continued to have a great public interest, and the division has devoted consider¬ able time to the study of methods for treating refractory ores. Metallurgy oj iron and steel. — Activities in the field of direct iron and steel have included a survey of iron-ore resources with respect to amenability to rigorous concentration, development of a new method for reducing iron ore by natural gas, direct production of wrought iron from ore and from sponge iron, and a comparison of the properties of total steel made from scrap and from sponge iron. Studies on the most efficient operation of the iron blast furnace have included research on the relative reducibility of natural ores, sinters, and briquets, as well as on the role of manganese in the desulphurization of pig iron. Ore dressing. — Work on power consumption in ball milling has been continued, and the list of nonsulphide minerals which can be recovered by soap flotation increased substantially. Special studies. — Investigations of the magnetic properties of min¬ erals have progressed steadily; and in February the development of a new type of magnetic separator was announced in which separation was accomplished by repulsion, rather than attraction, of the magnetic mineral. Methods of using this separator have been described for the following ores: Chromite, ilmenite, hematite, magnetite, ferberite, heterogenite, pyrite, limonite, and pyrrhotite. In the field of explosion shattering, perfecting a satisfactory valve for continuous operation has permitted actual cost studies of steam consumption to be made; it has been found possible to reduce the cost of steam to less than 5 cents per ton of -48-mesh dolomite produced from K- to %-inch material with the laboratory machine. All indica¬ tions are that a commercial machine will be much more economical in steam consumption. Conclusions. — The results obtained during the year have demon¬ strated the value of fundamental studies of metallurgical processes in improving their usefulness and in developing new ones. The greatest need of the division is for supplies and personnel to expand these fundamental studies and develop new metallurgical procedure that will result therefrom. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL-GAS DIVISION Cooperative investigations. — The practical value of the Bureau’s engineering studies in oil and gas fields, many of which are conducted SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 317 in cooperation with various States, associations, and other agencies, continued to be demonstrated during the year. The following typical requests for cooperative help are of interest. (1) The Michigan Department of Conservation requested and received assistance in determining the economic value of the natural- gas reserves in that State. (2) Gas operators in the Texas Panhandle requested a technical study of the practicability of returning natural gas, stripped of its gasoline content, to the producing formations. Enormous volumes of this gas are now wasted. An important element of the problem is whether the relations governing the flow of natural gas from the produc¬ ing formations to the surface, discovered by Bureau engineers, apply also to gas injection. (3) The Kansas State Board of Health sought assistance in devising a method for disposing of oil-field brines. The gravity of the problem is indicated by estimates that in one field 400 tons of chloride salts, a hazard to fresh-water supplies, are produced daily as brine. (4) In cooperation with operators the Bureau studied the flow of wells and reservoir conditions in east Texas and Oklahoma fields. This work supplied data of a type not previously available, which have been used to improve operating practices and to conserve resources. Production o/ oil and gas. — Continuing work on subsurface relations of oil and gas evolved better methods of determining the energy avail¬ able from expansion of gas from natural-reservoir crude oil, augment¬ ing findings reported in a paper on the solubility and liberation of gas from natural oil-gas solutions. Improved technic which will minimize waste should result from this information. A preliminary report was published dealing with a laboratory in¬ vestigation of the oxidation of crude oils by air used to stimulate production. In the experiments paraffin-base oil was affected less seriously by oxidation than naphthene- and intermediate-base oils. The Bureau’s methods of gaging and controlling gas wells, including wells treated with acid, were applied extensively, and a comprehen¬ sive report was prepared. A technical paper was issued describing a convenient method for measuring the viscosity of natural gases that is adequate for practical application. Natural-gas transportation. — A report was published giving simpli¬ fied formulas, curves, and charts to facilitate economical design of parallel pipe lines, which will prove especially useful where existing natural-gas transportation systems are to be augmented. Moreover,, initial studies were made of solids, thought to be hydrocarbon hydrates,, that form in natural-gas pipe lines. Engineering field studies. — Water encroachment, remedial meas¬ ures, and other producing-horizon problems were studied in Permian Basin fields of Texas and in the Oklahoma City field. A report soon 318 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 to be issued describes equipment used in the Oklahoma City area, the proving ground for improved and recently developed oil-field machinery. An engineering report was completed dealing with sub¬ surface conditions in the Zwolle (La.) field and the use of acid in that area to stimulate production. The widespread treatment of wells with acid makes this report timely. Special engineering problems . — Removal of mud sheaths from oil- sand faces is important, especially where formation pressures are low; otherwise, quantities of oil are trapped. A recent Bureau report -describes a chemical method for removing mud sheaths by adding powdered limestone to the drilling mud. Later inhibited hydro¬ chloric acid acts upon the calcium carbonate. The method is being applied in the field. Two papers on evaporation losses were completed. One deals with the handling and transportation of petroleum and gasoline, the other with bulk-storage stations. Data were given to the gas industry in a Bureau report on the cor¬ rosion of steel by gases containing traces of hydrogen sulphide, with particular reference to effects of pressure and moisture, representing the first authentic information on a type of corrosion that if uncon¬ trolled may nesessitate large expenditures for replacement of equip¬ ment. A companion paper deals with the comparative resistance of certain commercial ferrous materials to gaseous hydrogen sulphide corrosion. Chemistry and refining. — The removal of free sulphur from gasoline by lime and hydrogen sulphide was discussed in a report published in the technical press; another paper, describing a continuous laboratory topping apparatus developed in the Bartlesville Laboratory, was presented before a scientific society. Reports giving tabulated ana¬ lytical data on all crude oils from Texas heretofore analyzed by the Bureau of Mines (298 samples) and detailed analyses of crude oils of the Louisiana Gulf coast area were submitted for publication. Cur¬ tailed funds prevented surveys of the characteristics of gasoline sold to the general public. Helium section. — The Amarillo helium plant produced 6,534,270 cubic feet of helium for use by the Army and Navy in airships. The purity of the plant’s output was better than 98.2 percent and re¬ covery about 90 percent. Acquirement of the Cliffside reserve was completed, giving the Government control in fee of more than 50,000 acres, covering a closed geologic structure containing helium-bearing natural gas. The rock pressures of the wells indicate a depletion of only 2 percent of the gas reserve after producing 58,000,000 cubic feet of helium in 5 years of operation. Thus the Nation is assured a sup¬ ply of helium for many years. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 319 The Cryogenic Laboratory, formally opened by Mme. Marie Curie on May 21, 1921, continued research on the conservation, production, and purification of helium and other industrial gases. Several reports were published for the benefit of the industry. Such investigations have been important in reducing the cost of helium to a point thought impossible a few years ago. Although curtailed demand reduced the" plant's output to less than half that of former years, total expendi¬ tures in plant and gas-field operation were less than $10.25 per thou¬ sand cubic feet of helium produced, and the Government's net operating cost, taking account of returns to the Treasury from the sale of residue gas, was only about $7.50 per thousand. Before the Amarillo plant was built helium cost $34 or more per thousand feet. On recommendation of the Secretary of the Interior, the President set aside Helium Reserve No. 2 on public land in Utah. This reserve, although small, contains gas of high helium content and will be held for a national emergency. ' Conclusions. — The Bureau's work on oil and gas has been crippled seriously. Curtailed appropriations caused termination of studies that had reached a point where definite results of practical value were assured. There is need for investigations of fluid-energy relations pertaining to optimum well spacing, performance of wells under con¬ trolled production, water encroachment, and economical withdrawal of oil and gas. Research into fractional distillation should be expanded to include methods of obtaining petroleum products without excessive refining costs. Further unification and centralization of all production and refining studies will be made to place collected data in a form usable by industry. Construction of an engineering laboratory at the Petroleum Experiment Station, Bartlesville, Okla., would remove the handicaps of inadequate equipment and improper working conditions. Funds should be supplied to drill 2 new wells and repair 3 wells on the Cliffside structure to protect the helium reserve from waste and assure an uninterrupted supply of gas. The helium-investigations appropriation should be restored, permitting necessary Cryogenic Laboratory studies and helium-bearing gas surveys to continue and thereby reduce operating costs and strengthen the national defense. EXPERIMENT-STATIONS DIVISION The Experiment-Stations Division has administrative control over and coordinates the work of the 1 1 experiment stations at which most of the technologic studies of the Bureau are conducted. In addition, the chief engineer of the division has technical supervision over the Bureau's research on nonmetallic minerals, coal preparation, coal chemistry, gas chemistry, and physical chemistry. 320 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Nonmetallic minerals. — The most significant accomplishment in nonmetallic minerals research for the year has been the successful mechanical separation of sylvite (KC1) and halite (NaCl), hitherto Tegarded as impossible because of the close similarity in properties of these salts. In addition, the program of research to develop methods for extraction of potassium salts from polyhalite was virtually com¬ pleted. The possibility of substituting domestic chalk and powdered limestone for imported products in the whiting industry has been proved. Concentration of 'potash ores. — Starting with a sylvinite ore con¬ taining about 40 percent potassium chloride, the Mississippi Valley Experiment Station of the Bureau of Mines (at the Missouri School of Mines and Metallurgy, Rolla, Mo.), by classification and tabling or by jigging in brine solutions has recovered a product containing almost 88 percent potassium chloride. The mechanical separation of halite from sylvite, heretofore regarded as impossible, should provide a low-cost treatment process. Recovery of potassium salts from poly halite. — High recoveries and concentrations of potassium sulphate were obtained on a chemical engineering scale at the nonmetallic minerals experiment station, New Brunswick, N.J., in the continuous hot extraction of calcined polyhalite, a step essential to several processes. A new process for simultaneous utilization of polyhalite and sylvinite to produce potassium sulphate, a fertilizer ingredient now imported, was de¬ veloped and tested on a laboratory scale. Retarders for Portland cement. — Research at New Brunswick has shown that calcium hydroxide delays the hydration and set of trical¬ cium aluminate and retards the set of Portland cement. The retard¬ ing action is due to the formation of stable and insoluble hydrated tetracalcium aluminate at the surface of tricalcium aluminate and hindrance by the tetracalcium compound of metastable direct hydra¬ tion of the aluminate to the tricalcium hydrate. Tricalcium silicate hydrolyzes with moderate rapidity to give calcium hydroxide. The retarding action of gypsum and other calcium compounds is due to formation of active calcium hydroxide. Solubility of sodium sulphate. — The solubility relations of sodium sulphate in solutions containing a number of other sodium compounds have been determined at elevated temperatures at New Brunswick. These data are important in conditioning boiler water to prevent formation of scale and corrosion and in the recovery of sodium sul¬ phate from natural or artifical brines. Studies of whiting and chalk. — A study at the Northwest Experiment Station of the Bureau of Mines, Seattle, Wash., in cooperation with the State university, has shown that domestic chalks and powdered limestones can be used satisfactorily in putty, ceramics, rubber, SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 321 linoleum, and paints. The color of chalk was not improved appre¬ ciably, except by chemical precipitation. Coal washing. — At Seattle comparison of flotation by mechanical agitation with the Elmore vacuum process under test conditions showed similar cleaning efficiencies, but less reagent and power were required by the vacuum process than by the agitation method. As a result of Bureau of Mines studies at its Southern Experiment Station, Tuscaloosa, Ala. (in cooperation with the University of Alabama), on the washability of the Mary Lee coal bed, a plant erected by one company produced coal containing 8 percent ash, the lowest thus far produced commercially from this bed. Washability studies of fine slack coal from the Thompson and Woodstock beds were completed. CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF COAL Grindability of coal. — Due to the importance of powdered coal as an industrial fuel, a standard test that will measure the relative ease or difficulty with which various coals may be pulverized is an imperative need of the industry. The Northwest Experiment Station has studied the several methods already proposed for measuring grindability and has developed a test the Bureau believes to be superior to any other so far proposed. GAS RESEARCH Analyses of mine gases. — The Pittsburgh Experiment Station analyzed 1,222 gas samples, taken in mines and tunnels, for deter¬ mining the cause of mine explosions, studying the extinguishing of mine fires, and improving ventilation in working places. Warning agents for propane gases. — Materials were investigated that might prove suitable for imparting to propane, a comparatively odor¬ less product of natural gases, properties making it perceptible to the senses to apprise persons of leakages that might create explosive hazards. The two most satisfactory substances found were ethyl mercaptan and refinery propane-propylene mixtures. In-flammability of gases and vapors. — It was discovered that 50 to 70 parts by liquid volume of carbon tetrachloride rendered such ma¬ terials as pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, gasoline, and solvent naphtha incapable of producing inflammable vapor-air mixtures. The inflammable limits of vapors of propylene dichloride, dioxan, and divinyl ether were determined. Studies of the causes of and remedies for underground explosions in manholes and sewers in Boston, Mass., have aided in decreasing the number of explosions and the attendant hazards to property and life. Devices for respiratory protection. — A schedule of material and per¬ formance requirements for safe filter-type dust respirators has been 322 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 prepared. New approvals granted during the year include a mask for protection against hydrocyanic acid gas, a speaking diaphragm face- piece, and many extensions of approval to changes and improvements in hose masks. Conclusions. — The foregoing accomplishments in nonme tallies re¬ search were achieved by a staff of 11 technical employees — 6 at New Brunswick, 2 at Seattle, and 3 at Tuscaloosa — plus the part-time services of 2 men at Roll a for 3 months. The gas research was con¬ ducted by nine men. Considering the small staff, the output is large and represents a big return on the investment. Gravity methods have been applied successfully to the preparation of sylvite from its ore. Coal-cleaning research has led to the building of a new plant that produces the lo west-ash coal the particular bed has ever yielded. Contributions have been made to the treatment of fine coal. Domes* tic substitutes for imported whitings have been found. All will mean increased financial return for the domestic mineral industry. Chemical agents to indicate the leakage of bottled gases have been developed. The inflammable limits of 3 vapors and the effect of car¬ bon tetrachloride in inhibiting the inflammable properties of gases and vapors of 6 chemicals have been determined. Gas masks have been approved as to permissibility. A schedule was developed pre¬ paratory to undertaking similar approval of dust respirators. These activities have added to the safety with which workers in the industry may be employed and with which mineral products can be used. If such significant progress can be made under the handicaps of the past year, it is obvious that still greater accomplishments can be expected if former appropriations are restored. In the field of non- metallic minerals investigations the extension of research on the chem¬ ical and physical properties of fine particles in relation to their solution, dispersion, coagulation, and settling in various media is urgently needed (a) to reduce pollution of air by fly ash from power plants burning powdered coal, ( b ) to prevent stream pollution from coal- washery wastes, and (e) to collect finely divided minerals from slimes in metallurgical plants. In gas research the fundamental investigations on ignition and prop¬ agation of gas explosions should be extended, since the results to be obtained have such wide applicability to safety. The origin and evo¬ lution of combustible and irrespirable gases in mines and tunnels, the relative hazards in underground use of various fuels for internal-com¬ bustion engines, the prevention and removal of dust, air conditioning, gas diffusion, and extinguishing of underground fires should be given intensive study. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 323 EXPLOSIVES DIVISION Permissible explosives. — The work of the Explosives Division was restricted to tests, in connection with the list of permissible explosives, which are promised as a service to industry in published schedules. Summary. — All study of explosions and all research work in explo¬ sives was recessed. The division was operated without an explosives specialist as division chief. Forty-nine reports and 224 analyses were made and 8 articles published. The explosives work of the Bureau was at the lowest ebb in its history. OFFICE OF CHIEF MINING ENGINEER Experimental mine investigations. — At the request of the Leasing Division of the United States Geological Survey, tests were made of the compressibility and bearing strength of large specimens of potash salt taken from the mine of the United States Potash Co. at Carlsbad, N.Mex., operating under lease from the Government. These data are to furnish a basis for estimating the size of pillars required to sup¬ port the mine roof. It was found that under load the salt acts as a plastic material, and time studies of compression were required. Tests of four specimens indicated that the mineral would support a load of 3,000 pounds per square inch indefinitely but would fail slowly at 4,000 pounds. Funds allotted for the fiscal year were insufficient to continue tests of the explosibility of coal dust, except for a few demon¬ strations for groups of mining men. The work was suspended at midyear to permit a threatening mine fire on adjacent property to be extinguished and repairs within and without the Experimental mine to proceed; both projects were made possible by allotment from the Civil Works and Public Works Administrations and occupied the balance of the year. Laboratory dust-inflammability investigations . — Work of this type was limited, but test determinations of dust from airways of the Holland Tunnels between New York and New Jersey disclosed that it was highly inflammable and should be removed or treated. Mine Safety Board. — The board held 18 formal meetings to consider questions submitted to it by the Director of the Bureau of Mines and to formulate more safety decisions. A summary of 25 approved decisions, with explanatory text, was prepared and published. International cooperation on interchange of information on mine safety. — Cooperation with foreign government bureaus corresponding to the Bureau of Mines continued to function by the interchange of quarterly reports and correspondence on specific technical questions with the official testing stations of Belgium, France, Germany, and Great Britain. A report prepared by a member of the British Safety in Mines Research Board on work carried on during his year’s detail at Pittsburgh, concerning further development of standard 324 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 laboratory methods for dust-inflammability testing, will be published by the Bureau. Consulting duties. — The consulting duties of the chief mining engineer involved preparation of reports for the Director and division chiefs on questions of safety and special details; for example, at the request of operators a field investigation of “ bumps” in coal mines in the Cumberland Mountains of Kentucky and Virginia was conducted. Conclusions. — The results of the investigations have already led to saving thousands of miners from explosions of gas and dust. To continue the work adequately requires additional allotments. ECONOMICS BRANCH COAL DIVISION Service to coal industry . — The Coal Division maintains an information service for producers, distributors, and consumers of coal which in¬ cludes a series of current reports that follow the short-time movements of supply and demand and detailed annual reports that provide a background for the prompt, current service and trace the underlying economic changes in the industry. A total of 31,550 individual services was rendered during the year by mail, telephone, or personal interview. This does not include distribution of regular publications to established mailing lists. Speeding up oj work— The outstanding achievement of the year was the speeding up of the work and releasing the final annual figures much earlier than in previous years. The annual chapter on Coke in 1931 was delivered to the editor on January 5, 1933, Coke in 1932 on October 31, 1933, and Coke in 1933 on May 18, 1934. The annual chapter on Coal in 1931 was received from the printer on December 30, 1932 and Coal in 1932 on October 31, 1933. The final annual figures for 1932 were mimeographed and released to the public in advance of being delivered to the editor for publication, as has been the custom in the past. These mimeographed reports for 1932 were distributed much earlier than in previous years. Special effort was made to release the reports earlier to comply with many requests from the N.K.A. During the past year the Coal Division prepared some 50 special tabulations for use of the N.K.A. , in addition to furnishing all of the available published material on the coal and coke industries. The district code authorities also made many requests for information during the past year. Economies in publication. — The policy of collecting statistical reports through trade agencies, which was expanded in the previous year to reduce costs, was continued in 1933-34. The cooperative arrange¬ ment with the National Association of Purchasing Agents for the col- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 325 lection of current reports on coal stocks and consumption has proved to be very satisfactory and has been continued. Large savings were made in publication costs by combining existing reports and condensing tables to make more efficient use of available space. Editions were reduced, and the cooperation of the national coal-trade associations in reprinting extra copies was obtained. Special investigations. — Results of special investigations published during the year include a study of the movement of coal by truck. The record of advancement of mechanized mining in the anthracite industry was followed with care. Effect of economy program. — Reduction in personnel at the beginning of the fiscal year resulting from the impounding of appropriated funds in connection with the economy program threatened the maintenance of a number of the division’s statistical series, including current reports on coal stocks, consumption, and distribution and production by fields. Through the release of a portion of these funds by the Bureau of the Budget to enable the Bureau of Mines to preserve certain essential statistical services the division was able to continue publication of the reports named. Conclusions. — Passage of the National Industrial Recovery Act taxed the facilities of the division to the limit to furnish data on the coal and coke industries. In addition to supplying information to the bituminous-coal code authority, the division has answered many requests for information from the Reconstruction Finance Corpora¬ tion, the Public Works Administration, the Division of Subsistence Homesteads, the Federal Emergency Relief Administration, and the Tennessee Valley Authority. • In all such work the division service is limited to finding and certifying the facts that may be established by the statistical record or derived immediately therefrom. Departure from its role as a fact-finding agency conducted in a spirit of independ¬ ent scientific inquiry would impair public confidence in its findings. Even though there is a large fund of information available in the Coal Division, it frequently happens that the division is unable to supply the data desired by the many newly established Government agencies. For illustration, the bituminous-coal code authority is in serious need of current data on production by code authority districts and current data on destination of shipments of coal by code authority districts. With additional funds and personnel the division could supply the code authority with this information. Among the immediate needs to increase the efficiency of the service rendered by the division are provision for resumption of printing of such analytical tables and diagrams of the annual reports on coal, coke, and byproducts as it has been necessary to drop since 1930; for payment of the 20-percent surcharge for rapid service at the Government Printing Office to avoid present delays in the publication 326 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 of the division’s annual reports; and for printing manuscripts on coal distribution, marketing, partings in coal seams and their effect on costs, and similar economic studies. The publication of many additional current data on supply and demand, competition of sub¬ stitute fuels, etc., which should be made available to industry, would be possible also if additional funds were provided. The provision of funds for field trips to collect information for annual and other reports and to keep abreast of developments also would materially enhance the value of the division’s service to industry and the public. The following basic information of national scope is greatly needed by both producers and consumers of coal, in their mutual interest: 1. Annual detailed surveys of the distribution of coal from each producing to each consuming market. This information, collected in 1929, proved extremely useful and is now urgently needed to show changes under altered conditions in the industry. 2. Annual statistics of the domestic fuel market, involving the equivalent of 160,000,000 tons of coal, would assist the coal industry to hold its proper share of this market. 3. Current information on changes in production capacity would afford industry a guide to the probable effect of such changes on market conditions and possibly discourage unnecessary or unwise expansion. 4. Economics of byproduct recovery; studies of supply and present and potential demand for the many byproducts of coal processing. MINERAL-STATISTICS DIVISION Minerals Yearbook. — Publication of the new Minerals Yearbook 1932-33 early in September 1933 marked the greatest advance toward the early release of annual statistical and economic information on minerals achieved in more than a half century of Government effort in this field. The Minerals Yearbook 1932-33, comprising 61 chap¬ ters covering the principal metals, mineral fuels, and nonmetals, was issued relatively soon after the close of the year it covered and repre¬ sented a gain of many months over the tardy appearance of previous annual volumes. The early availability of reliable annual statistics of minerals was particularly important in 1933 in connection with difficult economic problems affecting the mineral industries, because of the need for up-to-date information in code negotiations under the National Recovery Administration, and as a source of data re¬ quired by various Government agencies concerned with emergency projects. The manuscript for the Minerals Yearbook 1934, comprising 72 chapters, was submitted to the printer on June 15, 1934. This second volume of the Minerals Yearbook series includes many improvements that will enhance its reference value. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 327 In addition to preparing about 60 chapters for the Minerals Year¬ book, the division compiles statistics on world production of mineral commodities and cooperates with State geologists and mine inspectors in statistical studies. Field offices maintained at Denver, Colo., Salt Lake City, Utah, San Francisco, Calif., and Joplin, Mo., collect data and supply direct service to the mining industry. They also prepare for publication 14 annual reports covering metal mining in all important producing areas. Current reports. — Data gathered in over 100 annual statistical surveys of metals and nonmetals are released in mimeographed form before the Yearbook is published. Monthly reports on cement pro¬ duction, shipments, stocks, foreign trade, and other related data are compiled regularly. Similar reports on the gypsum industry are issued quarterly. The reports of this division comprise the only information available on production and marketing problems of many mineral commodities. Conclusions. — The services of the division were required frequently during the year to provide information both to mineral producers and to Federal agencies concerned with the economic problems resulting from the depression. In some instances specialists of the division were loaned the newer Government agencies. The statistics and information maintained by the division are the sole source of reliable official data for a large portion of the mineral industry. Experience during the past year has shown that current statistical services should be inaugurated for many minerals, especially those utilized in the construction industry, and that additional information should be obtained in the annual canvasses to meet the demands of both industry and Government. This needed information can be made available by a moderate increase in the professional and clerical staff of the division. PETROLEUM-ECONOMICS DIVISION The work of the Petroleum-Economics Division during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934 may be divided into two parts — the regular work done before August 19, 1933, the date on which the President signed the Petroleum Code, and the enlarged duties thereafter. Routine and special work. — The present statistical reports of the division are the outgrowth of years of effort by specialists in the Bureau of Mines (since 1918) and the Geological Survey (prior to 1925). They are the official Government statistics on the petroleum industry; hence it was logical that when the Department of the Interior was named the Federal agency to administer the provisions of the code, the reports of the Bureau of Mines should supply the statistical background so important to any program of regulation. Where additional data were needed, as with interstate movements 328 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 and stocks of crude, arrangements were made whereby the necessary information was collected by the Bureau of Mines, with the assistance of certain Petroleum Administrative Board employees detailed for the purpose. Under this arrangement a series of monthly reports was initiated showing a break-down by States of crude runs to stills, crude stocks at refineries, interstate shipments of crude, and move¬ ments by the three common methods of transportation — pipe lines, tankers, and tank cars. This new report has supplied the basic data for consumer demand that are necessary to allocate the total allow¬ able production equitably among the various producing States. The new questionnaire for reporting crude-oil stocks in detailed form, which was prepared in cooperation with the Petroleum Ad¬ ministrative Board and the Planning and Coordination Committee, has been the basis of a new table showing stocks by location by States, which was included in the Monthly Petroleum Statement, beginning with August 1933. This new questionnaire stipulated that com¬ panies holding 100,000 barrels or over should make weekly reports of crude stocks by districts. These data, which cover about 98 per¬ cent of the total stocks, have been compiled by the Bureau of Mines and published by the Department every week since October 7. When used in conjunction with the weekly reports of production and crude runs to stills compiled by the American Petroleum Institute, they give a reasonably accurate picture of the current statistical position of the industry. Annual reports. — The demands on the time of the division by the new Federal agency have necessarily been reflected in a slowing- down of the work on the annual and special reports of the division. The annual reports include chapters for the Minerals Yearbook on crude petroleum and petroleum products, natural gas, natural gaso¬ line, carbon black, and asphalt and related bitumens. The special reports cover important phases of the industry, such as growth in refinery capacities, trends in refinery fuel consumption, sales of lique¬ fied petroleum gases, and growth of pipe-line mileage and storage capacities. In spite of the additional work these reports, with one or two exceptions, are being prepared as usual, thus fulfilling the Bureau’s obligation to maintain the basic statistics of the industry as in an unbroken series. Conclusions. — The method used in computing the crude-oil allow¬ ables for August 1934 was revised from that previously used to provide for enough fuel-oil production to meet reasonable consumer demands. This fact alone justifies the recommendation that the Bureau be encouraged to obtain data on fuel-oil distribution similar to those compiled from 1926 to 1931. Further recommendations are that the division be given the authority and funds to compile data on natural- gas wastage and oil reserves. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 329 RARE-METALS AND NONMETALS DIVISION Summary of work. — Individual market and economic studies on more than 125 different mineral commodities are now available in publications prepared by the Rare-Metals and Nonmetals Division, and facilities for effective assistance to buyers and sellers of minerals have been created and maintained. Most of the commercially im¬ portant commodities in the division’s diversified field of activity have now been covered, and although general informational summaries on sundry other minerals and metals remain to be done this basic pro¬ gram has proceeded far enough to afford a foundation for intensive studies of individual industries and industrial groups and of their broader economic implications. During the fiscal year a 60-percent reduction of the active personnel resulted in abandonment of minor objectives; but, notwithstanding the necessity of maintaining routine services and responding to specific inquiries for market and technical data, the division prepared 25 reports for publication by the Bureau and 25 articles for the techni¬ cal press (exclusive of reprints and digests of Bureau publications). In addition, at the end of the year 15 reports were ready for Bureau publication and 1 article for outside publication. The division also supplied data to many authors of Minerals Yearbook chapters on rare metals and nonmetallic minerals that were not prepared by the division. Advance estimates of domestic production. — Supplementing the annual production canvasses, which are rarely completed until several months after the close of the calendar year, and to assist those desiring to make long-term forecasts, the division has endeavored to develop a technique for estimating domestic production and other trade data from available barometers. Interim forecasts on such diversified items as barite, china clay, fire clay, phosphate rock, crushed stone, and sand and gravel and quarterly statements on gypsum consump¬ tion, by methods originated in this division, can now be made. With respect to phosphate rock, the estimate for 1933, which was available 3 months ahead of the final figures, was in error by only 1.75 percent. Intensive market studies on long-term trade trends in the lime industry and in the roofing-slate industry were completed during the fiscal year. Summary study of volume and price data. — The tabulation and preliminary presentation of the basic factual data on the nonmetallic mineral industries have been completed in the form of a summary study of volume and price data. General indexes of productive activity and consumption, as well as prices in allied and barometric industries, are therein presented in parallel form to facilitate economic planning in connection with this group of industries, which hitherto 330 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 has escaped the attention of acadeixdc economic commentators. This report supplements an introductory report entitled “Economic Notes on the Nonmetallic Mineral Industries” and an information circular containing summary tables of the value of production of all nonmetallic minerals other than fuels and including thumbnail sketches of individual industries. Conclusions . — During the last 5 years the division has built up a well-correlated mass of information and statistics on virtually all the rare metals and nonmetallic minerals. Meanwhile a technique for market analysis and economic service has been developed to assist in summarizing and marshaling these data into reports. For the near term the activities of the division will be restricted mainly to main¬ taining its status as the principal repository of information on the commodities in its field in responding to current inquiries from those seeking economic and technical information. Notwithstanding the fact that the momentum of previous activities has been largely dissi¬ pated, the essential factors for economic planning by industry and the Government are being maintained and facilities for effectively utiliz¬ ing these stores of information may be speedily reconstructed. With fortified personnel the building-materials section, in particular, is prepared to take an active part in any program in connection with the upbuilding of the capital goods industries. COMMON-METALS DIVISION The mineral commodities in the field of this division are gold, silver, copper, lead, zinc, aluminum, tin, nickel, iron, manganese, chrome, sulphur, and pyrite. Economic aspects of most of these commodities assumed wide-spread national interest during the past year, and demands upon the division for statistical and other infor¬ mation regarding them increased accordingly. Service work. — The changes in the value of the dollar and the fixing of the price of newly mined silver inspired studies on the status of the monetary metals, not only by the Treasury but by Members of Congress, banking and commercial interests, economists, and others. A large volume of inquiry on these metals was answered by this division or assisted by studies undertaken by the division. A paper was published concerning the effect of 64.64-cent silver upon the value of ores of base metals. Another was written upon the origin of the monetary use of metals. Preparation of the codes of metal industries by the National Indus¬ trial Recovery Administration was guided largely by consideration of fundamental data concerning the several metals. The division pro- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 331 vided various compilations required for this purpose; its specialists attended many code hearings and served at times as advisors to the deputy administrators concerned. Special services were rendered several other Government agencies, including the Federal Trade Commission. Special studies. — Studies were conducted upon the following sub¬ jects, among others: Facilities, plant capacity, and ownership applying to the production of synthetic cryolite and fluorides; the power requirements for mining in the tri-State and southeastern Missouri mining districts; the cost of sulphur production; reserves of bauxite ore; sources of domestic silver with respect to various kinds of ores; the effect of relative price levels for lead and zinc upon the use of pigments made from them ; the effect of low-cost copper upon domestic industry; the economic background of tin smelting in the United States; the use of ammonia-free zinc scrap for making zinc chloride; and the raw materials of sulphuric acid manufacture. Conclusions. — The division also produced its usual quota of chapters for the Minerals Yearbook and of other routine papers and reports. On the whole, it met demands for service by the public and by other Government agencies more adequately than might have been expected in view of the severe curtailment of its personnel and the loss of time caused by moving twice during the year. PRINCIPAL MINERAL TECHNOLOGIST The principal mineral technologist handles specimens referred to the Bureau of Mines for determination, writes chapters entitled, “Molybdenum”, “Tungsten”, and “Radium, Uranium, and Vana¬ dium” for the Minerals Yearbook, and makes special effort to keep abreast of the knowledge on these subjects. Work on commercial gases other than helium and those used for fuel has been begun. He is engaged in rewriting and enlarging A Glossary of Mining and Metallurgical Terms. During the year more than 1,400 letters on 198 different subjects were written, 1,450 determinations of minerals were made, and more than 600 people called personally to consult about mineralogical and mining subjects. Letters were received from every State, Alaska, Puerto Rico, Hawaii, the Philippines, and 18 foreign countries. Lectures on mining and mineralogical subjects vrere delivered in New York, Philadelphia, and Spruce Pine, N.C. Little knowledge concerning the production, quantities, and uses of gases other than those used for fuel has been published, and such information is being gathered for publication in the Minerals Yearbook. 87859—34 - 22 332 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 HEALTH AND SAFETY BRANCH SAFETY DIVISION Safety records of 1931 , 1932, and 1933. — The calendar year 1931 established a record low rate of mine-accident occurrence in both coal and metal mining, 1932,s rate was almost as favorable, and 1933 had by all odds the best or lowest accident rate in the history of coal mining, in spite of the fact that periods of financial depression, with a recession of activity in mining, have been accompanied almost invari¬ ably by sharp increases in mine-accident rates. During the fiscal year 1934 only one major disaster occurred — in September, with a loss of 7 lives ; the annual record was by far the best in the history of the United States as regards avoidance of major coal-mine explosion disasters. For 11 months in the fiscal year 1934 as well as 11 months in 1933 no major explosion occurred in the coal mines of this country, the best records in the present century. Various factors undoubtedly are responsible for these excellent safety records, but unquestionably the efforts of the United States Bureau of Mines to advance health and safety in mining are having a vital influence. During the past 7 years the Bureau has trained nearly 520,000 persons in the mining and allied industries in first aid or mine rescue; first-aid-trained men not only avoid accidents to themselves but help to prevent accidents to others. Rock-dusting, long advocated by the Bureau to prevent wide-spread coal-mine explosions, is now preventing numerous such disasters and saving many lives annually. In addition, largely as a result of various Bureau activities, many accidents from falls of roof, haulage, explosives, electricity, and other causes are now prevented; proof is offered in data from individual mines, mining companies, and other organizations, and State inspec¬ tors where cooperative safety activities have definitely reduced accidents from the various causes enumerated. Safety training. — Among its varied activities during the fiscal year 1934 the Safety Division's total field personnel of 22 engineers and 23 safety instructors gave full first-aid or mine rescue courses to 56,728 persons in the mineral industries in 462 communities in 31 States, a decrease of approximately 24 percent from the previous year, or slightly less than the percentage of decrease in funds and personnel available for this work. To date the Bureau has given these courses of safety training to 812,378 persons; 455,970, or more than 56 percent, were trained in the last 5 years. It is believed that, as a result of this work, several hundred lives are saved annually by direct application of first aid and several thousand nonfatal accidents avoided by use of safer mining methods. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 333 To June 30, 1934, certificates were issued to 1,148 mineral estab¬ lishments indicating that all their employees had received the Bureau of Mines first-aid course. During the past fiscal year, 111 of these 100-percent certificates were issued, covering the training of 20,133 persons, or about 35.5 percent of the training done by the Bureau. The accident-prevention course in bituminous-coal mining, for in¬ structing bituminous-coal-mining officials in up-to-date accident- prevention methods, is so extensive that several weeks are required for presentation, and necessarily the classes are relatively small. In 1934 the full course was given to 529 mining officials, and nearly 600 others took part of it; 5,513 bituminous-coal-mining officials have taken the full course since it was instituted in the late fall of 1930. In all, 550 first-aid instructors’ certificates were issued during the year, bringing the total to 4,567 since this training was begun in 1930; these certificates are eagerly sought, as holders thereof are being given preference in employment by many agencies and industries. Holmes Safety Association. — At the annual meeting, on March 5, 1934, of the Joseph A. Holmes Safety Association, an organization sponsored by the Bureau of Mines, 12 medals were awarded to indi¬ viduals for deeds of heroism, and 70 certificates of merit were awarded for outstanding safety achievements in the mineral and allied in¬ dustries. The recognition given meritorious safety effort in these industries through the Joseph A. Holmes Safety Association awards stimulates safety effort; scores of excellent safety records have been made by mining organizations during the past few years either through the attempt to obtain one of these awards or to equal or surpass the accomplishments on which past awards have been based. In fact, a dozen or more coal mines have been given awards for operating a year or more without one lost- time accident, which was deemed impossible a few years ago. In the past year 32 community safety clubs were organized as Holmes Safety chapters, with a new membership of 6,707 persons. Approximately 200 chapters are now functioning actively, with a membersliip approximating 60,000. Safety Division field men made •safety talks before about 200 Holmes chapter meetings during the year; the mimeographed Holmes Safety Chapter Notes were, how¬ ever, discontinued due to the necessity of economizing under the radically reduced allotments available. Aid at accidents. — The Safety Division personnel rendered assist¬ ance and had contacts of various kinds at explosions, fires, and other -accidents in the mineral industries during the year as follows: 26 explosions in 6 States (28 persons killed and 55 injured); 18 fires in 8 States (6 persons killed and 3 injured); and 55 miscellaneous -accidents in 13 States (52 persons killed and 93 injured). 334 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Safety inspections. — Making safety inspections and reports ort mines and other mineral plants continued to constitute a major activity of t-lie Safety Division in promoting health and safety in mining. Division field men made 221 confidential reports based upon safety examinations or inspections of mining properties during the year; 61 were transmitted to operators for their confidential information, but no reports of this type are published. Safety meetings. — Attendance at safety meetings and general par¬ ticipation in the proceedings or discussions are part of the duties of the personnel of the Safety Division; usually these meetings are held at night, after a full day in or around mines in forwarding some phase of the Bureau’s safety work. In the fiscal year 1934 the field men of the Safety Division attended 612 safety meetings in 30 States, attended by about 107,000 persons in all. These meetings are in addition to those of a routine nature in giving first-aid or mine rescue training or the accident-prevention course; such courses are also given at night meetings. Publications. — More than 50 reports relating to safety in mining were published during the year. Conclusions. — The very heavy reduction of funds for the fiscal year 1934 not only forced dismissal of 13 engineers and field safety workers of the Safety Division, as well as 3 clerks and 2 cooks, but also so severely curtailed travel and supply funds for the 45 field men who remained that they were able to function with but limited efficiency. As one of the results of the diminished funds for the work in the fiscal years 1933 and 1934 it has been found necessary to abandon 8 of the 10 mine rescue cars temporarily, and the safety work of the Bureau is being handicapped very seriously thereby. Although the accident rate of the mining industry was greatly improved in the calendar years 1931, 1932, and 1933, it still has by far the highest rate of the major industries in the United States as well as in the countries of the world where mining is done to any considerable extent. That there is no necessity for this is now proved by the fact that many individual mines or mining companies have been operating for at least a year during the past 5 or 6 years without accidents and in doing so have reduced not only the misery due to them but operating costs as well. The 20 or more years of effort by the Bureau of Mines have been rewarded by the reduction of mine- explosion disasters 90 or more percent in number and in fatalities. Indubitably, other types of mine accidents, such as those from falls of roof or of persons, haulage, explosives, and electricity, can also be reduced 75 to 90 percent if all mining people can be educated to the idea that such accidents can be avoided. The Federal Government,, through its Bureau of Mines, is the agency by far the best-equipped to do this educational work, which has been put under way largely SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 335 in the past half decade. Results thereof have already been reflected in virtual avoidance of major disasters during that period and in jthe lowest fatality rates in American coal-mining history during 1931, 1932, and 1933. HEALTH DIVISION Although the Health Division was recessed as of July 15, 1933 because of the severe curtailment of Bureau of Mines appropriations many health studies were made in and around mines during the past fiscal year, one of the most important being an investigation of illumi¬ nation. Special work was done on numerous phases of the use of explosives in mines, on the dustiness of mine air and its effect on health, on conditions that cause various kinds of accidents in mines, on the various items that enter into the cost of accident occurrence in the mining industry, and on the use of protective clothing. Many of the papers published by the Safety Division referred to health in and around mines. There is now a much greater demand for investi¬ gations into health features of the mineral industries than in any other period of the Nation’s history. DEMOGRAPHICAL DIVISION Through the collection and analysis of statistics known to be impartial, the Demographical Division supplies the factual basis needed for investigations of accidents in mines and quarries and of means for their prevention. Two outstanding facts were revealed by the work of the past year: 1. Minerals produced in the United States in the calendar year 1933 were, in general, obtained at a smaller loss in life and limb per ton. 2. A rapidly increasing number of companies are operating their properties not only without fatal accidents among their employees but also without a lost- time injury to any worker. Bituminous-coal mines. — Although complete statistics for the calendar year 1933 are not yet available, partial information indi¬ cates a gratifying reduction in the accident-frequency rate per million man-hours of exposure to mining hazards and a more notable reduc¬ tion in the frequency of accidents per million tons of coal produced. The industry employed more men, produced more coal, and worked a larger number of man-hours in 1933 than in 1932, judging from reports from a number of companies whose mines were in operation during both years. The reduction in the accident rates for 1933 was accom¬ panied by a decrease in the production of coal per man-hour of work performed. Available information regarding the rates for the first 6 months of 1934, covering fatal accidents only, shows further progress, though slight, compared with the first half of 1933. Anthracite mines. — Records now available indicate that the accident rate for anthracite mines, both on a man-hour-of-exposure basis and 336 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934' on a tonnage basis, was lower and therefore better in 1933 than in 1932. Reports for identical mines operating in both years showed a larger number of men employed in 1933 but a smaller output of coal and a smaller number of man-hours worked. Metal mines. — The accident rate for the metal-mining industry increased in 1933, although the number of men employed at the mines and the number of man-hours worked during the year were less than in 1932. The tonnage of material handled per man-hour was slightly larger in 1933. Nonmetallic mines. — Mines producing nonmetallic minerals ex¬ perienced a higher accident rate in 1933 than in 1932. Although fewer men were employed the number of man-hours of work increased, and the tonnage of material mined also increased. Stone quarries , cement mills , etc. — With a larger number of em¬ ployees but with fewer man-hours of employment or exposure to occupational risk, the stone-quarrying industry and such related activities as rock-dressing and the manufacture of cement and lime had a higher accident rate in 1933 than in 1932, according to reports from identical companies operating in both years. Accident-prevention contest. — Definite evidence of increasing interest in accident prevention and of tangible benefits and savings that follow is furnished by the participation of 332 mines and quarries in the ninth national safety competition conducted by the division. Sta¬ tistical analysis of the accident reports from the participating com¬ panies for the past year showed an increasing number of mines and quarries achieving perfect safety records, that is, conducting their operations without an accident causing loss of time to an employee. Particularly gratifying was the operation of six bituminous-coal mines, which are enrolled in the contest, without an accident. Infor¬ mation received from many of the companies indicates that national competition in accident-prevention effort is a potent means of pro¬ moting safety and of maintaining the interest of management and employees in safety throughout the year. Moreover, as the accident reports from the companies and the reports of man-hours of work performed are certificated by the companies as to completeness and accuracy, they constitute a source of reliable data indicating possible trends in technological and economic studies of the mineral industries, in addition to serving their immediate purpose — the prevention of accidents and maintenance of interest in safety. Explosives. — Nearly 70 percent of all explosives used for industrial purposes in the United States are consumed by the mineral industries. The actual production of explosives in 1933 was 33,927,443 pounds of permissible explosives, 157,849,273 pounds of other high explosives, and 64,210,675 pounds of black blasting powder. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 337 Conclusions. — Although excellent progress in reducing human and economic waste due to accidents is being made by many mining and quarrying companies, other large sections of the industry continue to operate under high accident rates. Intensive statistical research should be conducted to reveal more fully prevailing conditions in those sections of the mining industry in which progress in safety is slow or absent. The loss of 4 from an already undermanned force of 15 employees has seriously handicapped the division in conducting its work, which involves the collection, compilation, and analysis of reports from all mines and quarries in the United States. The most pressing need of the division is an adequate personnel trained in the science of statistics as applied to the mineral industries. The cost of such personnel would be infinitesimal compared with that of accidents which might be prevented by applying the results of appropriate statistical research. ADMINISTRATIVE BRANCH OFFICE ADMINISTRATION DIVISION The Office Administration Division is charged with handling per¬ sonnel matters, property records, accounting, multigraphing and mimeographing, clerical assignment, and general administrative routine. On July 1, 1933, there were 63 employees in the division, 31 of whom were terminated or transferred to other divisions during the fiscal year, due to reduction of force. This reduction of 49 percent in personnel, compared with an average of 33 percent for the Bureau as a whole, made it impossible to supply the usual prompt service to the other divisions. Some temporary help, mostly for the dupli¬ cating service, was hired late in the year to bring a large accumulation of work up to date. In the clerical service section, which during the 2 preceding fiscal years supplied a large amount of stenographic and clerical service to the entire Bureau, 8 of the 9 employees on duty July 1, 1933, were terminated or transferred, a loss of 89 percent. The loss of personnel in the other sections ranged from 36 percent in the accounts section to 48 percent in the multigraph and property section and 50 percent in the mails and files section. The Division needs the following additional employees to function properly and provide the minimum of service needed by the present reduced Bureau personnel: 1 graphotype operator, 1 multigraph operator, 2 assistant messengers, 1 junior messenger, 1 file clerk, and 2 clerk-stenographers. The curtailed personnel in the Office Administration Division, as well as in other divisions of the Bureau, has necessitated shifting the 338 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 duties of many employees who remained. In some instances these changes have increased the responsibilities of employees to such an extent as to warrant higher allocations; in others, although reallo¬ cations are needed, the grade would remain the same. Personnel. — On June 30, 1934, there were 523 full-time appointed employees on duty at the Bureau, including 22 employees hired temporarily for job work; in addition, there were 3 full-time cooks who had been hired under field agreements. The appointed employees were distributed as shown in the following table: Classification and number of appointees Profes¬ sional Subprofes¬ sional 1 C.A.F. Custodial 2 Total Washington _ _ _ _ 3 38 4 131 7 180 Pittsburgh _ _ _ 4 62 28 41 42 173 Field in general.. . . 6 96 24 31 19 170 Total.. . . . . 6 196 56 203 68 523 1 Includes instrument makers, safety instructors, laboratory aids, assistants, etc. 2 Includes motor-truck drivers, janitors, laborers, messengers, etc. 2 Engineers, 17; chemist, 1; miscellaneous, 20; total, 38. 4 Engineers, 30; chemists, 25; miscellaneous, 7; total 62. 5 Engineers, 50; chemists, 24; miscellaneous, 22; total, 96. 6 Total, engineers, 97; chemists, 50; miscellaneous, 49; grand total, 196. In addition to the foregoing full-time employees, the following persons were engaged on a “when-actually-employed” basis: 24 laborers, etc., employed on field agreements; 1 consulting mineral¬ ogist; and 60 other employees holding classified, unclassified, or ex¬ cepted appointments on a part-time basis, making a total of 611 employees, a decrease of 280 employees compared with the number on duty on June 30, 1933. Property. — The property records, as of June 30, 1934, show accounts as follows: Automobiles and trucks _ $78, 618. 22 Canvas and leather goods _ 2, 985. 84 Drafting and engineering instruments _ 9, 926. 37 Electrical equipment _ 64, 686. 67 Hardware and tools _ 33, 087. 93 Household equipment _ 19, 863. 93 Laboratory apparatus _ 468, 835. 66 Medical equipment _ 8, 355. 61 Office furniture and equipment _ 290, 692. 21 Photographic apparatus _ 26, 806. 45 Machinery and power-plant equipment _ 1, 004, 805. 54 Land, buildings, and improvements _ 1, 364, 945. 97 Rescue cars and specialized apparatus _ 403, 678. 31 Total _ 3, 777, 288. 71 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 339 This property is located in Washington and at the various field stations and offices of the Bureau. The total given above indicates a decrease of $959,341.63 under the figure for June 30, 1933, due principally to the transfer of the Govern¬ ment Fuel Yards to the Procurement Division of the Treasury Department. INFORMATION DIVISION The Information Division comprises five sections concerned with dissemination of information resulting from the various investigations of the Bureau. Publications. — During the past year the publications section super¬ vised the distribution of 107,600 copies of the free editions of the Bureau’s printed publications and approximately 160,000 reports of investigations and information circulars. These were sent, however, only as the result of a direct request by the recipient either for a specific publication or for all publications on a particular subject. In addition, about 100,000 copies of the Bureau’s printed reports were sold by the Superintendent of Documents. Numerous brief press statements, announcing the issuance of new publications or giving particulars in regard to current investigations, were furnished to the daily and technical press. These short items were widely printed and served effectively in acquainting the public promptly with the results of the Bureau’s work. The section answered more than 50,000 letters requesting publica¬ tions or information regarding the Bureau’s activities and general mining subjects. Editorial. — During the past year 9 bulletins, 4 technical papers, 1 economic paper, 101 Mineral Resources and Minerals Yearbook separate chapters, and 6 miscellaneous papers — a total of 121 printed publications — were edited and sent to the printer. Owing to lack of printing funds, however, only part of the Bureau’s output could be issued in tins manner; consequently, 115 papers had to be published in the technical and trade press by technical societies, cooperating educational, State, and municipal institutions, or similar outside agencies. The section also edited 44 reports of investigations and 73 informa¬ tion circulars. These are papers designed to supply promptly to the mining industry and the general public the essential results of the Bureau’s investigations, which are usually described in detail in later printed reports, or to present salient facts on subjects of interest in a concise form suitable for use in reply to inquiries. Motion-picture production. — As a means of disseminating informa¬ tion regarding safety and efficiency in the mineral industries, the Bureau maintains what is perhaps the largest library of educational 340 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 motion-picture films in the world. These films, prepared under the supervision of the Information Division and through the cooperation of industrial concerns which bear the entire cost of production, show where essential minerals are found and how they are extracted from the earth, manufactured or refined into useful everyday products, utilized, and conserved. The prevention of accidents and the pro¬ tection of human life have been given special attention, and several pictures deal specifically with this important subject. During the past year 7 film subjects were revised, and 578 addi¬ tional reels were obtained for circulation. Library. — The year’s accessions to the library comprised 2,487 books and pamphlets; 300 periodicals were currently received; and 4,187 books were loaned for use outside the library. Graphic section. — In addition to drafting and photographic service, the graphic section circulates the Bureau’s motion-picture films. This work is centralized at the Pittsburgh Experiment Station, but there are 12 subdistribution centers throughout the country, selected with regard to accessibility. The films are loaned to schools, churches, clubs, civic and business organizations, miners’ local unions, etc. No charge is made for use, but the exhibitor is asked to pay transpor¬ tation charges. On June 30, 1934 the Bureau had 1,104 sets of films, including 1,242 reels, aggregating 1,730,000 feet. During the year the films were shown on 49,457 occasions before an estimated audience of 4,069,000 persons. Conclusions. — The Information Division, as the outlet through which the results of the Bureau’s scientific investigations are made available to the mining industry and to the general public, rendered valuable and efficient service during the year in editing more than 350 manuscripts, distributing a quarter of a million publications, revising and circulating educational motion-picture films, answering letters and inquiries, and preparing statements that were widely printed in the daily, trade, and technical press. The full practical value of scientific investigations conducted by the Bureau obviously cannot be realized by the mining industry unless the results are made generally available in printed reports. The Bureau is greatly handicapped by lack of adequate printing funds. The allotment of $104,800 in 1932 was cut to $37,000 in 1934 — less than that of any year since the first year of the Bureau’s establishment. As a result it was possible to print only 9 bulletins and 4 technical papers in 1934 compared with 25 and 36 in 1932. It is highly im¬ portant that the Bureau’s printing funds be increased by at least 100 percent to permit printing the results of investigations and make them available to the industry. DIVISION OF SUBSISTENCE HOMESTEADS AND FEDERAL SUBSISTENCE HOME¬ STEADS CORPORATION (Charles E. Pynchon, General Manager) ESTABLISHMENT OF SUBSISTENCE HOMESTEADS PROGRAM Authority for a subsistence homesteads program was established by 'Congress in section 208, title II, of the National Recovery Act, which empowered the President to designate an agency to make loans and otherwise aid in the purchase of subsistence homesteads. Congress voted an appropriation of $25,000,000, with the specification that homesteaders’ repayments should constitute a revolving fund. The Subsistence Homesteads Division of the Department of the Interior was organized August 23, 1933, pursuant to an Executive order of July 21, 1933. The Federal Subsistence Homesteads Cor¬ poration was created by the Secretary of the Interior to act as the Division’s operating agency. The Division of Subsistence Homesteads operated during the first months of its existence under the direction of Dr. M. L. Wilson, who resigned as of June 30, 1934, to become Assistant Secretary of Agri¬ culture. The Division is now under the direction of Charles E. Pynchon, general manager of the Federal Subsistence Homesteads Corporation. The first 10 months of the Division’s existence have seen the subsistence homesteads program proceed through the earlier formative stages to a present stage where progress may be measured in acres under improvement, houses constructed, and families living in their new homes and working upon their homesteads. PROGRESS TO DATE The close of the first 10 months of the Division’s existence finds 57 projects approved and allotted their portion of the $25,000,000 fund. Of these projects, 40 have been publicly announced. An additional project, designed for rural rehabilitation in northern Wisconsin, has been transferred to other Government agencies which are undertaking this type of work. 341 342 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Substantial advances have been made to 27 projects. As of June 30, 1934, allotments totaled $16,533,970; advances and authoriza¬ tions, $2,121,355.79. Land has been purchased for 25 projects. House construction has been started on 9 projects, and preliminary work is well under way on numerous others. As an important corollary to its main function, the program of the Division, at the end of the fiscal year, was giving employment outside of the administrative and technical personnel to 1,851 persons, whose wages for work performed in June 1934, totaled $106,010.93. In the following section will be found a concise summary of each project. PROJECT SUMMARY AND STATUS Birmingham, Ala. (No. 1). — Allocation, $750,000; number of homesteads, 300; acreage, 2,109. A workingman’s garden project outside of Birmingham; com¬ plete project calls for 300 homesteads, estimated to cost $2,500 each; project to begin with a 60 homestead unit. Surveys have been made; work on 60 wells under way; bids now being asked for construction of 60 houses in first unit. Jasper-Putnam Counties , Ga. (No. 2). — Allocation, $1,000,000; number of homesteads, 500; acreage, not yet determined. An experimental agricultural project furnishing an opportunity for tenants to become owners. Development to start with initial unit of 50 homesteads; 15,000 acres have been purchased; 8 houses built. Pender County, N.C. (No. 8). — Allocation, $1,000,000; number of homesteads, 300; acreage, 4,825. An experiment in rural rehabilitation. The first develop¬ ment is for 200 families. Personnel selected; 4,500 acres purchased; 325 addi¬ tional acres to be purchased. One thousand acres cleared; half planted to crops. Ten houses being constructed by force account; additional house plans being prepared. Decatur, Ind. (No. 4)- — Allocation, $125,000; number of homesteads, 48;. acreage, 80. Homesteads costing approximately $2,500 each will have 3-, 4-, or 5-room houses. Homesteaders will be selected from industries of Decatur. Land acquired; land planning completed; house plans approved and bids re¬ quested; water and street utilities constructed. Hightstown, N.J. (No. 8). — Allocation, $500,000; number of homesteads, 200; acreage, 1,197. Individual homesteads on 1 acre lots; settlers, unemployed or partially employed skilled Jewish needle workers. There will be a community owned dairy farm, truck farm, general store, and small clothing factory. Land acquired; project manager, engineer, and architect appointed. Phoenix, Ariz. (No. 9). — Allocation, $500,000; number of homesteads, 300; acreage, not yet determined. Complete project will have units scattered through¬ out the State. Units I and II, near Phoenix, provide for 49 homesteads. Houses of adobe construction; each homestead will cost approximately $2,700. Eighty acres of land selected for unit I, 24 homesteads; 75 acres of land selected for unit II, 25 homesteads; ground and house plans approved; bids being requested. Land selected for unit III at Tucson; titles being examined. Youngstown, Ohio (No. 10). — Allocation, $500,000; number of homesteads,. 137; acreage, 300 (approximate). For white collar type homesteaders, employed an average of 34 hours per week at average annual salary of $1,320. Planned for 137 homesteads costing approximately $3,600 each. Land optioned, selection being made; house plans approved; bids being asked. SUMMARIES OF BURFAU REPORTS 343 Dayton , Ohio (Nos. 12 and 38). — Allocation, $50,000 (unit I), $309,400 (units II to V); number of homesteads, 35 (unit I), 165 (units II to V); acreage, 160 (unit I), not yet determined (units II to V). Planned for development in five separate units; to accommodate workers in the city’s industries. For unit I money was loaned to a local corporation; houses under construction. The four additional units will be under Federal management; one to take care of Negro workers. Duluth , Minn. (No. 15 ), — Allocation, $104,000; number of homesteads, 40; acreage, 400. Situated 7 miles from Duluth. Homesteads are working men’s gardens, planned to cost approximately $2,500 each. Land purchased and being cleared; roads and utilities under construction; house plans being prepared. Austin , Minn. (No. 16). — Allocation, $125,000; number of homesteads, 44; acreage, 216. Situated near Austin; drawing homesteaders from workers in Hormel Packing Co. Provides for 44 homesteads, to sell for approximately $2,800 each. Land acquired; construction of public utilities completed; house plans approved and bids requested. Wilmington , Del. (No. 18). — Allocation, $210,000; number of homesteads, 70; acreage, 309. Situated 5 miles outside of Wilmington. Complete homesteads planned to sell at approximately $3,000. Project manager, architect, and engineer selected; house plans in preparation. Houston , Tex. (No. 21). — Allocation, $250,000; number of homesteads, 80; acreage, 320. For wage earners with incomes of from $80 to $150 per month. Homesteads expected to cost $3,000 each. Five miles of streets completed; 20 houses completed; remaining 60 houses to be completed by October 1, 1934. Dallas-Fort Worth , Tex. (No. 22). — Allocation, $250,000; number of homesteads, 80; acreage, 593. For industrial workers. Units to sell for from $2,500 to $3,000. Land purchased; 205 acres improved; roads constructed; house construction to start within 2 weeks under contract calling for 80 houses at approximately $140,000. Wichita Falls, Tex. (No. 23). — Allocation, $125,000; number of homesteads, 50; acreage, 210. To accommodate workers in the oil industry; homesteads to sell at average price of $2,500. Land purchased; road construction completed; contract let for construction of 50 houses at approximately $80,000. House construction now in progress. Three Rivers, Tex. (No. 2J+). — Allocation, $125,000; number of homesteads, 50; acreage, 160. For workers in glassware industry; homesteads to sell at esti¬ mated $2,500. Project includes low-cost housing program for Mexican laborers. Land purchased; roads constructed; irrigation system being built; entire tract planted to cover-crops. Contract let for construction of 50 houses at approxi¬ mately $70,000; construction to begin within next month. Beaumont, Tex. (No. 25). — Allocation, $125,000; number of homesteads, 50; acreage, 205. Located in a great oil area; to consist of homesteads averaging 7 acres each, to sell at approximately $2,500. Land purchased; roads constructed; public utilities being constructed. House construction under contract calling for $75,000 for 50 houses to begin within a month. McComb, Miss. (No. 27). — Allocation, $80,000; number of homesteads, 25; acreage, 264. Designed to take up slack of seasonal employment. Development almost completed. Fourteen houses, 20 garages, and 10 barns and outbuildings completed; 6 houses almost completed; bids being asked for remaining 5 houses. Laurel, Miss. (No. 28). — Allocation, 80,000; number of homesteads, 25; acreage, 238. Designed to accommodate industrial workers. Homesteads to be located on 5 acres with 3 to 5-room house; complete homestead to cost $2,500. Ground plans approved; roads constructed; land cleared and 50 acres planted; bids received for house and utility construction. 344 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Tupelo, Miss. (No. 29). — Allocation, $80,000; number of homesteads, 25; acreage, 170. To accommodate textile workers. Homesteads complete, expected to sell for approximately $2,700. Land purchased and cleared; roads built. Contract let for construction of houses at cost of $44,000; construction to start within next month. Richton, Miss. (ATo. 80). — Allocation, $400,000; number of homesteads, 58;: acreage, 8,000 (approximate). Designed to demonstrate better utilization of cut-over land. Families will depend on agriculture for subsistence and to a limited extent for cash. Land purchased. Meridian , Miss. (No. 31). — Allocation, $80,000; number of homesteads, 25;, acreage, 233. For industrial workers. Homesteads planned to sell at $2,750.. Land purchased; road work completed; crops planted; bids being received, for houses and utilities. Rochester, N.Y. (No. 82). — Allocation, $100,000; number of homesteads, 33 ;; acreage, 50. Homesteads to consist of 1% acres each, costing an estimated $3,000. Homestead group will be selected from technical, professional, and skilled occupa¬ tional workers. Land purchased; ground plans approved; house plans being prepared. Hattiesburg, Miss. (No. 33). — Allocation, $80,000; number of homesteads, 24; acreage, 129. For workers in seasonal, part-time, or casual employment. Homesteads will average seven acres each; planned to sell at approximately $2,750. Land purchased and cleared; roads built; contract let for house con¬ struction at approximately $46,000. Jasper, Ala. (No. 34)- — Allocation, $244,000; number of homesteads, 100; acreage, 2,096. Designed to aid in rehabilitation of coal miners. Each homestead will contain 20 acres and sell for approximately $2,900. Land purchased; budget, prepared covering first unit of 24 houses; bids asked. Longview, Wash. (No. 86). — Allocation, $160,500; number of homesteads, 60; acreage, 150 (approximate). Will draw homesteaders from lumbering industry. Each homestead will cost approximately $2,675 and contain approximately 2)4 acres. Land under option, now being purchased; streets being constructed. Los Angeles, Calif. (No. 87). — Allocation, $410,000; number of homesteads, 140; acreage, 140. Provides for 140 homesteads of 1 acre each. Homesteaders from partially employed industrial workers. Each homestead will cost estimated $3,000. One hundred acres purchased; bids being requested for house con¬ struction. Granger, Iowa (No. 39). — Allocation, $125,000; number of homesteads, 50; acreage, 224. Four- to five-acre homesteads for part-time miners. Average homestead will sell for approximately $2,500. House plans prepared in Wash¬ ington office. Taylors, S.C. (No. 40)- — Allocation, $100,000; number of homesteads, 40; acreage, 231. For workers in bleaching and textile industries; average annual income about $900. Five and three-quarters acres for each homestead; houses to be built at cost of $1,800 each. Land purchased; project manager appointed. La France, S.C. (No. 41). — Allocation, $50,000; number of homesteads, 20;: acreage, 116. Workingman’s garden type for textile workers; average annual income per family about $800; each homestead allotted 5% acres. Houses to be built at estimated average cost of $1,800 each. Land purchased; project mana¬ ger appointed. Marshall, Tex. (No. ^7). — Allocation, $125,000; number of homesteads, 35,*; acreage, not yet determined. Designed for part-time workers in seasonal in¬ dustries. Homestead units to sell for estimated average of $2,500. Lake County, III. (No. 49). — Allocation, $275,000; number of homesteads, 90;; acreage, 900 (approximate). Contemplates 10-acre homesteads, to be distrib- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 345 uted in units of from 2 to 10 homesteads. Homesteaders will be drawn from industrial centers north of Chicago. Project manager and architect selected; preliminary plans being prepared. Tulsa , Okla. (No. 55). — Allocation, $125,000; number of homesteads, 48; acreage, 100 (approximate). Workingman’s garden project; homesteaders em¬ ployed by factories, in building trades, and in stores and offices. Homestead will consist of 2 acres with house of 4 or 5 rooms. Estimated cost of average home¬ stead, $2,600. Bastrop, La. (A Jo. 57). — Allocation, $112,500; number of homesteads, 50; acreage, 250 (approximate). Proposes 5-acre homesteads near Bastrop. Houses will cost estimated average of $1,600 each. OTHER PROJECTS Six projects for stranded industrial groups have been established or planned. These are described in the section of this report dealing with stranded groups. Reeds ville Experimental Community is described in a special section. Not included in the above list of projects are a number which are still in the planning stage, or are being studied with a view to their eventual adoption or rejection. These are located in the following States: Connecticut, Colorado, Pennsylvania, Alabama, Montana, Ohio, Arkansas, Virginia, North Carolina, Michigan, Florida, Kentucky, South Carolina, Maryland, Missouri, New Hamp¬ shire and New York. Tentative allocations of funds have also been made for problem areas of which studies are being made. In addition to States where projects are already estab¬ lished or planned, Utah and Oregon are included in this tentative allocation. PURPOSES AND FUNCTIONS In carrying out the intent of Congress as expressed in section 208, the Division of Subsistence Homesteads has conceived its purposes to be as follows: 1 . To assist in the decentralization of the overbalance of population of crowded industrial cities. 2. To encourage this decentralization by demonstrating that part- time wage work may be profitably combined with part-time work on small farms and gardens. 3. To test whether through this means stranded industrial groups can be rehabilitated without being transplanted to new areas, and, to this end, to induce industry to come to potential employees ready and anxious to work rather than to move the people to the industry. 4. In a more limited way, and in special areas, to conduct demon¬ strations of rural rehabilitation, thereby attracting the inhabitants of urban areas back to the land. 5. In all cases to raise the standard of living of the homesteaders affected, and to demonstrate that a livelihood which allies pay-roll employment and subsistence farming and gardening will make for economic stability, not only of the individual but of the Nation. 346 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 6. To act as experimenter and demonstrator, so that States, munic¬ ipalities, and private enterprise may be encouraged to undertake subsistence homestead programs of their own, and in their under¬ takings be able to follow a path thoroughly tested and proven by this Federal Division. It should be emphasized that the principal responsibility of the Division of Subsistence Homesteads is to assist families who are on an economic level above that of the sheer relief group. Congress specified that loans, not grants, should be made and that home¬ steaders should repay these loans. The Division must, therefore, select homesteaders with a reasonably assured income. TYPICAL SUBSISTENCE HOMESTEAD The average homestead approximates 5 acres in size. A typical house has from 4 to 5 rooms. In nearly all cases, with the homestead go essential farming and gardening tools, seed and fertilizer, and some livestock. Costs vary, but the attempt is made to create a homestead which will sell complete, land, buildings, equipment, and livestock included, for an average of approximately $3,000. ORGANIZATION During its early months, various modifications of the original organization of the Division were found necessary. The Division was organized, approximately on March 1, 1934, into three main sections: Planning, construction, and operations (now community management). Beginning in June, steps were taken to bring about a further reor¬ ganization, now in process, the object of which is to integrate the work of the Division into a still more efficient pattern. A principal motive behind this last reorganization lies in the fact that on April 13, 1934, the character of community supervision was amended by an order of the Secretary of the Interior ending project management through local corporations and completely federalizing all projects. (See section of the report on “legal problems.”) PROJECT PLANNING The Division of Subsistence Homesteads has had little opportunity to originate projects for its own program. It has had to depend chiefly upon outside individuals to supply the suggested locations and types of projects. Out of proposals and requests of all types, 601 projects requesting loans approximating $500,000,000 have been considered in some degree worthy. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 347 PROJECT TYPES In establishing homestead communities, the following types of development have been considered: Most numerous and most important of the project types is that designed to accommodate part-time or low- wage industrial workers. A second type deals with the so-called stranded industrial population. A third type, limited to a few projects, has been established to deal with stranded agricultural populations. Projects are established without discrimination as to race, creed, or color. The important problems faced by Negro populations, both in the South and in the North, are being dealt with. There are several projects in the process of planning which will serve the Indian popu¬ lation. The Mexican element in the Southwest has been provided for. It was also considered that certain of the insular possessions should receive their portion of the allocation; a project, therefore, has been planned for the Virgin Islands. FUTURE PLANNING The future of the Division contemplates the origination of projects within the Division rather than through outside sources. An origi¬ nating unit has been set up whose function is to survey the country as a whole in such a way as to determine where the various types of projects may be most effectively undertaken. CONSTRUCTION In developing the planned projects, the Division has faced the problem of providing land adequate in size and fertile enough in nature to grow the necessary foodstuffs, and houses sound, well designed and of sufficient size to accommodate the homesteaders' families — all this within a very limited budget. HOUSES The standards of the Division require: (1) Simplicity in design; (2) suitability to local climatic conditions and traditions; (3) planning to encourage the usability of all rooms; (4) provision of living rooms with adequate space for family use; (5) arrangement for easy access between kitchen and living room (due to cost, few dining rooms can be provided); (6) provision of kitchens with cross-ventilation, and space and built-in equipment essential to convenient operation; (7) adequate bedroom space for each member of the family. It is seen to that the materials used are of the best possible quality, commensurate with the homesteader's ability to liquidate the cost of his homestead. Homestead houses must be of such sound con- 87859-34- -23 348 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 struction that maintenance costs will be low over the extended purchase period. These essential features must be achieved at a minimum cost. Earlier houses have cost somewhat more, but houses now under construction will cost, it is estimated, as low as $2,000 or even $1,500. Progress to date indicates that this cost level can be attained. Homestead houses vary in size from 3 to 6 rooms, but only such 3-room houses are designed as may be expanded to at least 5 rooms with a minimum of alteration. COMMUNITY MANAGEMENT As the development of the Subsistence Homesteads program has proceeded, the operations section, in the future to be known as the “community management section ”, has grown in importance and duties. To date 23 projects have progressed to the stage of operations. A total of 13,934 applications have been received for 2,176 home¬ steads, exclusive of the stranded group projects. Tentative selections have been made of 618 applicants, and 145 homesteaders definitely have been accepted. The average annual income of families accepted is $1,258.85; the average size of the families is 3.77; one member of each family has employment in local industries. The selection of homesteaders is based on age, health, cash income, nationality, farm experience, adaptability and attitude toward a subsistence homestead life. All homesteaders must be American citizens. Agricultural production has been started in the case of several projects. To date, 1,244 acres of land are under cultivation; feed and food commodities are being grown, and 14,377 quarts of vegetables have been canned. STRANDED GROUPS Allocations have been set aside for six projects, to be developed under the self-help plan, for stranded groups of unemployed to whom the future, even with complete economic recovery, holds no industrial promise. One project, Westmoreland, was located in southwestern Pennsyl¬ vania; Tygart Valley was selected in central West Virginia; Cumber¬ land Homesteads in central Tennessee ; southern Illinois is the site of another project. Two more projects have been located, one in central Pennsylvania, another in Kentucky. The last two projects above were approved so recently that nothing had been started in their development prior to June 30. The Illinois project is just getting under way. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 349 Progress in more detail on the three projects furthest advanced is as follows: Westmoreland County, Pa. — At Westmoreland, 92 homesteaders have been selected, 82 of whom are working on the project. Work is going forward on the house construction. A large flock of pure-bred chickens is being raised. One hundred acres of hay and 68 acres of wheat have been harvested, and crops of potatoes and truck vegetables are flourishing. Tygart Valley, W.Va. — At Tygart Valley, 99 homesteaders have been selected, 61 of whom are working on the project. The foundations of 15 houses have been completed and the first-story framing of 14 houses is up. Three hundred acres of land have been planted to vegetable crops. A limestone quarry has been opened up. Crossville, Tenn. — At Cumberland Homesteads, 167 homesteaders have been selected of whom 115 are working on the project. Nine houses are under con¬ struction, while 25 barns, 38 poultry houses, and other small outbuildings have been completed. Three hundred acres of land have been planted. A sawmill, operated on the project, has sawed 430,000 feet of lumber and 400,000 shingles from timber cut off the property, which is being used in the construction of houses and outbuildings. A stone quarry has been opened up to supply building material for the houses. REEDSVILLE EXPERIMENTAL COMMUNITY Reedsville Experimental Community, near Reedsville, W.Va., while one of the stranded group type, falls into a distinct category. The project involves the establishment of subsistence homesteads for the families of 200 stranded coal miners from the closed mines of Preston and Monongahela Counties. But in addition to performing the homestead function common to all projects, the Reedsville project is also an experimental undertaking. At Reedsville, preference is given to homesteaders who have large families of young children. Homesteaders are being employed on land improvement, construction work, and community farming prior to the establishment of factories which are expected to be brought to the community by private interests. Each homestead comprises approximately 5 acres. The first 50 houses consist of remodeled portable houses with full basements, hot air pipe furnace, and modern plumbing. These houses are now com¬ plete, and 32 are occupied as of June 30, 1934. The 150 houses still to be built will be of standard frame construction equipped with a combination cook stove and blower heating plant, a small basement for vegetable storage, and modern plumbing. The land so far acquired, comprises approximately 1,100 acres. Additional land may eventually be purchased. An original allocation of $600,000 is expected to be increased when plans for further develop¬ ment of the project have been completed. Reedsville Experimental Community, as its name has indicated from the first, has been, and will continue to be, the testing ground 350 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 where the Division of Subsistence Homesteads conducts various experiments in communitj^ planning, community farming, house con¬ struction, education, and in other fields where the solution of some particular problem will prove of benefit to the entire subsistence home¬ steads program. Through the experiments at Reedsville, the Division has already been able to cut costs and apply tried methods of planning, construction, and management in the case of other projects. LEGAL QUESTIONS The Division of Subsistence Homesteads has been faced with numerous legal questions. The first problem was the formulation of an administrative vehicle which could serve as an agency for the estab¬ lishment and operation of subsistence homestead communities. Pursuant to the departmental order of December 2, 1933, the Federal Subsistence Homesteads Corporation was formed under the laws of Delaware. It was decided that for each subsistence homestead project, a sub¬ sidiary corporation should be organized, the stock of the subsidiary corporation to be subscribed for by Federal Subsistence Homesteads Corporation. This plan of operation was followed in the case of 30 projects and was continued until April 13, 1934, when the Secretary of the Interior ordered its termination and the operation of projects directly by the Federal organization. The decision to operate the subsistence homesteads on a Federal project basis raised several urgent questions touching upon the status of the homesteads and their occupants. The statutes with reference to the purchase of real property, the awarding of contracts, and the exemption of Federal property from local taxation raised problems which have been submitted for opinions to the Solicitor of the Depart¬ ment of the Interior and the Attorney General of the United States. At the close of the fiscal year preparation is being made for the organization of homesteaders into cooperatives for the operation of community farms, community stores, community workshops, com¬ munity dairies and orchards. Work is likewise going forward for the preparation of contracts to be entered into by Federal Subsistence Homesteads Corporation with local authorities for the payment of gross cash sums annually in lieu of taxes, so as to compensate local governments for special services which they may render to subsistence homesteads projects, such as police protection, fire protection, and the provision of roads and school facilities. Division of Subsistence Homesteads and Federal Subsistence Homesteads Corporation — Allotments and expenditures, June 30, 1934 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 351 » Laud 'ot purchased and paid for June 30, 1934. Amount shown is acqi and Federal Subsistence Hhomesteads Corporation — Allotments and expenditures , June 30, 193 4 — Con. 352 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 THE SOIL EROSION SERVICE Hugh H. Bennett, Director ESTABLISHMENT OF THE ORGANIZATION AND ITS OBJECTIVES The Soil Erosion Service was established in October 1933 under the office of the Secretary of the Interior, to administer a grant of $5,000,- 000 made by the Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works for erosion work. An additional $5,000,000 was allocated for the same purpose at a later date and became available for expenditure in late March 1934. The objectives of the Soil Erosion Service are: (1) To demonstrate that the impoverishment and destruction of our remaining areas of good agricultural land by continuing erosion can be largely controlled ; and (2) to lay the foundation for a permanent national erosion-control program of adequate scope to meet the acute land crisis created by wasteful methods of land utilization. THE PROBLEM Accelerated soil erosion resulting from improper land-use practices has been manifest since the early settlement of the country. The evil has been spreading up from year to year. It is estimated that the annual cost of erosion amounts to at least $400,000,000 in directly depreciated soil values, not to count the ultimate cost in terms of land destroyed or impoverished, in the resultant silting of reservoirs, streams, and harbors ; increased volume and frequency of floods, damage to low- lying fields by overwash of infertile erosional debris, and the impover¬ ishment of farming populations. At least 35,000,000 acres of formerly valuable cultivated land already have been essentially ruined insofar as further practical crop use is concerned; and 125,000,000 additional acres, most of them still in cultivation, have been largely stripped of the productive topsoil, with a resultant decline in productivity ranging up to 90 percent. At least 100,000,000 acres of our remaining valuable agricultural lands are heading rapidly in the direction of land stripped of its topsoil, and thus are being transformed into marginal and sub¬ marginal land. The most conservative estimates, such as leave out of consideration flood damage and the costly problem of silting of reservoirs and 353 354 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 streams, indicate that the full value of land impoverished and de¬ stroyed, together with the losses incurred through the creation of stranded populations, already amounts to not less than $10,000,- 000,000. Actually, the cost has been much greater than this. It is not possible to calculate the financial equivalent of losses incurred through the destruction of the prosperity of whole regions, the disrup¬ tion of farming communities, and the scattering of their populations by way of throwing hundreds of thousands of persons upon relief rolls or into a condition of meager subsistence obtained through bankrupt farming on erosion-depleted land. Neither is it possible to calculate the value which the 160,000,000 acres of formerly productive farm land, now either devastated or vastly reduced in value, would have at some future time under conditions of increased population, such as might call for the utilization of every possible productive acre. Unless the evil is curbed in a far-reaching way, the possible losses from erosion during the next 50 years are obviously enormous. The annual $400,000,000 direct loss in soil values washed away alone would accumulate to probably not less than $20,000,000,000. To this would have to be added the values of, (1) great reservoirs filled with the products of erosion, (2) the unmeasurable cost to the Nation of economic disaster to irrigated areas dependent on such reservoirs, (3) transfer to relief rolls of tremendous farm populations, (4) virtual abandonment of large agricultural sections, and (5) economic devas¬ tation of large western areas dependent on grazing. Furthermore, within something like 50 to 75 years an estimated area of about 250,000,000 acres of valuable agricultural land will either have been essentially ruined insofar as further important agricultural use is concerned, or will have had its productivity reduced by from 30 to 90 percent. There would then remain not a great deal in excess of 150,- 000,000 acres of fully productive agricultural land; an area which might be insufficient to support adequately the population of the country. From a future point of view, the value of lands destroyed and impoverished by erosion probably will be measured not so much in terms of present market value as in terms of the value of the land plus the human values involved. If the evil of unrestrained erosion is permitted to continue, it is possible to predict with a considerable degree of mathematical certainty the time when American standards of living will begin to decline. CHARACTER OF PROGRAM To meet the threatening situation involved with this wastage of our most basic national resource, the Soil Erosion Service has estab¬ lished a series of representative watershed demonstration areas within the different major geographic and agricultural regions of the country where destructive erosion is prevalent. In each area there SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 355 has been set up a staff of specialists experienced in the technical aspects of erosion, land, agronomy, forestry, etc., who are rapidly getting under way a practical program of erosion control, seeking not only to protect the land but to increase the absorption of rainfall and to reduce the hazards of floods and silting. This program differs from any other ever undertaken in this country. The plan of pro¬ cedure is not one of employing single and unsupported implements of attack, but it is definitely one wherein all practical measures of erosion control (which involves control of run-off by increasing absorp¬ tion of the rainfall) are utilized in a coordinated, correct land-use program. This is not an agronomic program or a soils, forestry, or engineering program, but a program employing all of these measures in accordance with the needs and adaptability of every acre of land requiring treatment, so coordinated that the integrated activities will support one another to effect complete control of the erosion, flood, and silting problems of entire watersheds. Necessarily then, it is definitely an experimental-demonstrational procedure, since if the work succeeds in reducing silting or in minimizing the flood hazard, as a supplemental accomplishment to the primary purpose of erosion control, here will be for the first time in our history an example, experimentally determined, of the practical possibilities of focusing all our technical knowledge against the greatest destroyer of soil values and one of the principal contributors to increased floods and silting. The procedure followed in the establishment and operation ' of typical demonstration watershed projects involves the following steps: (a) The project areas are carefully selected, consideration being given to the representative character of the problems presented therein, their suitability to the application of a unified, well-conceived, effective program of land treatment, and the willingness of the farmers and land owners to cooperate in and help carry out the work. The regional directors are selected on the basis of long experience in related fields of activity, such as executive ability, and knowledge of the local soils, agriculture, and climatic conditions. Each director is provided with a competent staff of agronomists, soil specialists, agricultural engineers, and other technicians. (b) The watershed projects, the regional directors and their staffs having been selected, the next step involves the preparation of a comprehensive practical plqn for the control of erosion and reduction of floods and silting over all the lands within the watershed areas. This plan is based on the physical and chemical characteristics of the soils involved, the slopes, the climate, the vegetation, adaptable crops, and the agricultural practices of the areas, and applies all known methods of control, chosen for their particular adaptability to the particular situation. In the detailed plans careful considera- 356 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 tion is given to the needs of the farm as an economic unit in order that the property owners may not suffer financial loss and that their enthusiastic cooperation may be obtained. (c) On the basis of carefully prepared land-use plans, 5-year agreements are entered into between the property owners or opera¬ tors and the Government, whereby the owners or operators agree to carry out the land-use practices advocated by the Soil Erosion Service and to contribute certain labor and materials necessary for construction and installation of control devices, such as check dams, strip crops, terraces, contour furrows, new fences, and relocated fences. In return for these undertakings by the owners or operators the Government agrees to lay out the work, to provide the supple¬ mentary labor and material (which the farmer cannot supply) needed to put the cooperatively approved plan into operation, and to furnish seed, trees, and shrubs for the planting of areas taken out of cultiva¬ tion because of their highly erosive character and consequent dan¬ gerous relation to good lands lying below. (d) Upon the completion of the cooperative agreements, actual field work gets under way and the plans are put into effect as rapidly as is permitted by the local climatic and agricultural conditions. An important phase of the program relates to the establishment of practical methods for the utilization of marginal and submarginal lands, since such lands must be retired from cultivation if erosion is to be effectively controlled. When this type of land occurs in a scat¬ tered fashion interspersed with productive fields, it is being planted to pasture or trees in such a manner as will make possible the produc¬ tion of supplementary income to replace that which the owners or operators formerly obtained through cropping and other land-use practices that caused exhaustion of their capital land assets. Where practicable, types of vegetation are utilized which furnish a food supply and coverts for the development of game resources, such as the farmers may make profitable use of by way of disposing of hunting privileges. A much more difficult land-utilization problem is presented in those regions where marginal and submarginal lands exist in such large blocks that they cannot be profitably operated under private and indi¬ vidual ownership. Where such areas occur, it is the present plan to encourage their purchase by the Federal Government, the States, or the local communities, and to establish jthereon State, country, or municipal forest or grazing reserves. These forests, if operated on a perpetual yield basis, would not only control erosion, but would also furnish a stable source of local employment to a considerable per¬ centage of those impoverished farmers now living on the lands which would be purchased. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 357 The object of the erosion-control demonstration areas is to put into practice those measures of control and correct land-use which have been established as effective regional implements of control through experiment and practice. There arise, however, problems and ques¬ tions which require investigation and special studies if the measures are to be successful to the highest degree. Accordingly, in cooperation with other Federal agencies and with certain non-Federal agencies, the Soil Erosion Service has inaugurated investigations and experi¬ ments dealing with (1) the relations between rainfall, stream flow, and water-table levels, on the one hand, and land-use practices on the other; (2) the amount, intensity, and duration of rainfall within the project areas; (3) deposition of eroded material over flood plains and in streams and reservoirs; (4) establishment of geologic norms of erosion; (5) development of new and more economical or efficient methods of controlling erosion; and (6) the effect of soil erosion and erosion-control work on economic and social conditions. It is obvious that adequate information must be obtained on all of these subjects if erosion-control programs are to be carried out on the most practical and economic basis. THE STATUS OF THE PROGRAM AS OF JUNE 30, 1934 The Soil Erosion Service was established in October 1933 with an initial grant of $5,000,000 from the Federal Emergency Administra¬ tion of Public Works. An additional grant of $5,000,000 became available for expenditure during March 1934. The first few weeks of the organization’s existence were occupied with the strenuous efforts of developing an effective administrative and technical staff. The first project was established in Coon Valley, Wis., in November 1933. Thereafter additional projects were established as rapidly as areas could be selected and adequate operative organizations set up, until in January 1934, with the establishment of project no. 10, on the Navajo Indian Reservation, sufficient work had been undertaken to obligate the first $5,000,000 allotment. No additional projects were established until after the second $5,000,000 allotment became avail¬ able. The first of this second group of projects went into operation in March 1934 on the Muskingum Watershed in Ohio. Additional projects were established with comparative rapidity until the setting up of project no. 24, the latter part of April, had exhausted the second allotment, although, of course, a sufficient reserve was kept to provide for unforeseen contingencies and to carry out special surveys and to develop plans as need might arise. Demonstration watershed 'projects. — Twenty of these projects were under way, varying in size from 25,000 to 200,000 acres, covering a total area of 2,620,000 acres. Each project involves such reorganiza¬ tion of land-use practices and the installation of such measures as are 358 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 needed to control both wind and water erosion, conserve water, control floods, and place farming on a practical perpetual-yield basis. Thir¬ teen percent of the total work to be done under this allotment had been completed, 157,000 acres having been put under control on 2,178 farms. Out of allotments totaling $7,050,000, $1,066,635 had been spent or obligated. In evaluating these figures consideration should be given to the fact that 11 of the projects were established with funds which did not become available until March 1934, and that consid¬ erable time is required to complete necessary planning operations before a project gets into full operation. The element of crops already planted necessarily enters into the speed with which erosion- control operations can be put into effect, since certain phases of the work cannot get under way until the crops are harvested. Projects on federally controlled land. — Two of these projects had been established, one on the Navajo Indian Reservation with an area of 15,000,000 acres, and one on the Gila River Watershed in Arizona and New Mexico, with an area of 8,200,000 acres. The Navajo project is on lands which contribute vast quantities of silt to Boulder Dam, and involves the preparation and application of comprehensive erosion-control, land-use and range-control measures. It also involves the reorientation of the entire agricultural-economic system of 45,000 Navajo Indians. This project was allotted $1,000,000 of which $284,711.14 had been expended or obligated. The completion of the work will require years and additional funds. The Gila project in¬ volves seriously eroded lands which contribute great quantities of silt to the Coolidge Reservoir. The work has been initiated with Civil Works Administration and Emergency Conservation Work labor, under supervision of the Soil Erosion Service. It is estimated that at least $5,000,000 will be required to complete the stabilization of this important area. j Experimental and erosion-survey projects. — Two of these projects had been established, one in New York and one in Pennsylvania. These are regions in which erosion factors and methods of control are little understood. The New York and the Pennsylvania projects were about 5 percent completed. A proposed project in the Tennessee Valley had been held up by difficulties of land acquisition, and the funds for it may have to be reallotted. Cooperation with the Civil Works Administration and the Director Emergency Conservation Works. — From December 15 to May 1 large numbers of Civil Works Administration laborers were utilized on the various projects. The most outstanding work being done on the Gila Ri v cr Watershed in Arizona. Beginning with the current period, 2- Emergency Conservation Work camps were assigned to the Soi1 Erosion Service. Recent assignments of additional regular and SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 359 drought relief camps have increased to 51 the number of erosion camps being supervised. Financial status. — Total expenditures and obligations of the Soil Erosion Service to June 30, 1934, were $1,519,461.60 out of a total allot¬ ment of $10,000,000. It is estimated that the remaining funds will be required for the completion of the projects now in operation. It should be pointed out that heaviest expenditures for equipment and material were made during the initial stages of the program and that hereafter relatively small expenditures will be required for this pur¬ pose, with larger expenditures devoted to employment. Employment. — On June 30, 1934, 2,200 persons were employed by the Soil Erosion Service and approximately 5.744 man-months of employment had been furnished by the program since its inception. With the establishment of projects under the second $5,000,000 grant, the curve of employment began to rise much more rapidly and it is expected to reach a peak employment of 6,500 some time in October or November. Thereafter, the curve will probably drop somewhat due to the difficulty of performing field work in cold weather. It will rise again during the spring of 1935. THE FUTURE OF EROSION CONTROL It will be impossible to maintain permanent prosperity over large areas of the United States if the present rapid destruction and im¬ poverishment of our most valuable agricultural lands by accelerated erosion is permitted to continue. This process seriously threatens the welfare of large farming populations and, eventually, will result in the virtual abandonment of large regions and serious impairment of standards of living in other parts of the country, if not vigorously combated without further delay. These conclusions are not merely expressions of opinion, but rather statements based on physically determined facts. The remedial step that inevitably must be taken is the application of a coordinated land-use and land-protection program applied in accordance with the specific needs and adaptabilities of all valuable land needing treat¬ ment. There can be no alternative, and the seeking of one will mean merely the putting off of those things which must be done, with a consequently enlarged and more difficult and costly job pushed off into the future. Whatever may be the wishes or inclinations of the people of the country, this task of increasing land destruction and impairment must be fought from now on. This enemy to the con¬ tinuing welfare of the nation is out in the open and can never again be driven back into cover by essays, round-table discussions, and the academic opinions of those who do not know the land, what is taking place on it and what must be done to save it. Actually the job of control is one of the most difficult that mankind ever undertook, and 360 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 in America it is by far the most pressingly ‘important undertaking standing out ahead of us — one that grows more difficult to handle, as well as more costly, with every succeeding rain heavy enough to cause water to run down hill across unprotected slopes. It can be handled only by pooling the best brains of our specialists (of whom there are pitifully few), who know the multiplicity of soil conditions stretching across the country, their anatomical constitution, their numerous differing susceptibilities to erosional impairment and their imminent needs, as determined by their physical characteristics. With determined leadership, adequate funds and national under¬ standing of the importance of overcoming the evil, the battle can be won. Without these things it cannot be won. The entire problem of erosion control and watershed stabilization is so complex and wide-spread, and the chances for doing ineffective work which would destroy public confidence in the program are so great, it seems evident that the Federal Government must take the initiative in inaugurating and carrying out an adequate national land-use and land-protection program. Furthermore, the problem is interstate in character and its most threatening aspects relate equally as much to national welfare as to the welfare of States, communities, or individuals. Land misuse in the upper Missouri Valley may well contribute to flood damage along the lower reaches of the Mississippi Kiver. Watershed denudation in New Mexico contributes to de¬ structive floods and the silting of Federal reservoirs in Arizona. The creation of stranded farm populations on erosion-depleted land necessitates vast expenditures for relief purposes by the Federal Government. The intensified character of drought damage in the Midwest due to unnecessary loss of rainwater through accelerated run-off is reflected in the increased price of foods throughout the entire Nation. The Federal Government spends vast sums to reduce crop surpluses, much of which is produced on highly erosive lands that would be removed from cultivation under any intelligent land-use program. Examples of the effect of land misuse on national welfare could be multiplied indefinitely. The acceptance by the Federal Government of the main responsi¬ bility for initiating and carrying out a Nation-wide land-use and ero¬ sion-control program would not in any way imply that the States, their minor subdivisions, and the property owners concerned should not play a highly important part in the work. In fact it is almost essential that they should play such a part and that they should pro¬ vide a fair share of the necessary funds. The States in particular would have to be brought into close cooperation, since in them rests the power to tax and to establish zoning regulations required to control the use and misuse of land. An arrangement will need to be worked opt under which the States and the' Nation jointly share the responsi- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 361 bility for the program but with the technical control and the general guidance of the work left in the hands of the Federal Government. Any permanently effective land-use and erosion-control program will probably have to contain the following essential elements: (1) The establishment of national, State, or local land-use zoning ordinances which will prohibit those types of land misuse which contribute to erosion and the production of floods. (2) The conditioning of Federal grants for the control of erosion upon the establishment of suitable zoning regulations. (3) The purchase by the Federal or State governments, or by local communities, of marginal and submarginal lands to be used as na¬ tional, State, or community forests and grazing areas. (4) The establishment of suitable mechanisms for the assessment of costs incurred in rehabilitating land and the determination of those percentages which must be contributed by the Federal Government, the States, the local communities, and the landowners, respectively. (5) The organization of the program in such a manner that it will utilize effectively and in a productive fashion the large amounts of relief labor which apparently will be available in this country for many years; plans to be completed well in advance of actual construc¬ tion so that the program could be rapidly expanded and contracted as the needs of the unemployment situation might dictate. Should a permanent national program of erosion control and land use be inaugurated, there would open up unlimited possibilities for the effective use of vast numbers of unemployed persons now de¬ pendent upon the Federal Government for their existence. If the tre¬ mendous expenditures now being made on unemployment relief were to be utilized in providing relief through a comprehensive program of erosion control, which would expand or contract its activities in ac¬ cordance with the number of persons unemployed, there would be furnished not only a means for accomplishing the objectives of the program with relatively small additional expenditures, but also a solution would have been found to the demoralizing influences which tend to associate themselves with “ made-work” programs such as are now being carried out with relief funds. The work which unem¬ ployed persons would do on such national program would in no sense be classed as “made-work” but rather would be considered to be just as worth while an activity as any other form of employment, since the objectives, quite aside from the purpose of providing employment, would be of paramount national importance. Such work would create values and improve and restore productivity to land resources. If the program were extended over a long period of years, it would afford exciting new fields of endeavor to the graduates of our technical schools who are now so largely either unemployed or engaged in uninteresting work. 362 REPOET OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Tabulation showing accomplishments of the soil-erosion service as of June SO, 1984 Acres surveyed by aerial methods - 20, 102, 000 Acres surveyed for soils, slope, and erosions - 1, 525, 052 Farms surveyed and mapped for soils, slope, and erosion _ 3, 925 Acres of ultra extensive range reconnaissance completed _ 17, 200, 000 Acres of extensive range reconnaissance completed _ 67, 000 Acres planned for land use and erosion control _ 430, 724 Farms planned for land use and erosion control _ 2, 647 Cooperative agreements signed _ 2, 108 Acres covered by cooperative agreements _ 433, 168 Farms covered by cooperative agreements _ 2, 179 Acres on which erosion was controlled _ 157, 960 Acres agreed to be retired from cultivation _ 24, 562 Acres agreed to be strip-cropped _ 42, 022 Acres actually strip-cropped, June 30, 1934 _ 28, 850 Acres agreed to be terraced _ 48, 166 Acres actually terraced on June 30, 1934 _ 26, 278 Acres agreed to be contour-furrowed _ 9, 414 Acres actually contour-furrowed _ 4, 403 Gully-control structures built _ 23, 831 Acres protected by gully-control structures actually built _ 43, 348 Number of trees planted _ 3, 213, 517 Acres planted to erosion-resisting crops _ 61, 901 Acres on which erosion-resisting crop rotations agreed _ 181, 859 Acres on which erosion-resisting crop rotations underway _ 151, 899 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 363 Soil Erosion Service , Department of the Interior tabulation showing financial status of program employment and Emergency Conservation Work camp assignments as of June 80, 1984 o a 8 J State Date estab¬ lished Allot¬ ment Expended and obligated June 30, 1934 Esti¬ mated total man- months employ¬ ment to be fur¬ nished To June 30, man- months of em¬ ploy¬ ment fur¬ nished Num¬ ber persons em¬ ployed June 30, 1934 Num¬ ber Emer¬ gency Conser¬ vation Work camps assign¬ ed to project Washington administration. $225, 000 $134, 865. 08 134 79 1 Wisconsin _ _ Nov. 1933 300, 000 133, 795. 69 2, 142 808 70 i 2 Missouri _ _ ...do _ 650, 000 118, 714. 62 4, 641 278 110 8 3 Illinois _ _ _ _ Dec. 1933 300, 000 98,860. 82 2, 142 253 54 4 4 Temple, Tex . . Nov. 1933 350, 000 41, 243. 91 2,499 135 43 2 5 South Carolina _ _ do _ 350, 000 83, 893, 20 2, 499 374 191 3 6 Washington _ _ _ Dec. 1933 350, 000 62, 667. 45 2, 499 197 80 1 7 California _ .. do _ 175, 000 24, 304. 71 1, 428 180 111 3 8 Tennessee _ _ Apr. 1934 300,000 9, 711. 19 2, 142 21 5 9 Oklahoma. . . . . Dec. 1933 350, 000 129, 637. 55 2,499 930 427 3 10 Navajo _ _ _ Jan. 1934 1, 000, 000 284, 711. 14 7, 140 1, 200 432 10A ( Arizona 1 _ _ \New Mexico 1 2 _ 5 11 Kansas _ _ _ Dec. 1933 3oo, 655 72, 511. 51 2, 142 246 80 3 12 North Carolina . . Feb. 1934 650, 000 47, 417. 46 4, 641 117 50 3 13 West Virginia . . Apr. 1934 300, 000 28, 875. 32 1,428 96 84 2 14 Ohio _ _ _ _ Mar. 1934 425, 000 30, 042. 28 3, 034 91 57 2 15 Louisiana _ ...do _ 500, 000 36, 957. 59 3, 570 113 104 1 16 Nebraska _ _ ...do _ 275, 000 31, 698. 82 1,943 57 32 2 17 Arkansas . . . Apr. 1934 300, 000 13, 879. 48 2, 142 281 52 1 18 Alabama _ _ do _ 300, 000 25, 192. 53 2, 142 33 22 3 19 Georgia . Mar. 1934 300, 000 21, 764. 26 2, 142 22 17 1 20 Lindale, Tex... . . Apr. 1934 150, 000 15, 656. 93 1, 071 11 11 1 21 Mississippi _ . _ do _ 350, 000 22, 362. 36 2,499 45 39 1 22 Virginia _ _ do _ 350, 000 17, 448. 20 2,499 36 19 l 23 Pennsylvania _ _ .. do _ 50,000 5, 006. 07 357 28 25 24 New York . . . . _ do . . 50, 000 3, 885. 48 357 8 6 Century of Progress. . 10,000 457. 26 Reserve fund for equipment. 50,000 24, 391. 69 Total.. . . . 8, 635, 000 1, 519, 952. 60 59, 598 5, 744 2,200 51 Reserved for distribution as project needs develop 1, 365, 000 1 Gila River. * Emergency Conservation Work and Civil Works Administration project only. 87859—34 - 24 ST. ELIZABETHS HOSPITAL (William A. White, M.D., Superintendent) MOVEMENT OF POPULATION On June 30, 1934, 5,191 patients remained in the hospital as compared with 4,981 on June 30, 1933, an increase of 210. This is accounted for by a relatively large number admitted and a smaller number of deaths and discharges than usual. The total number of patients under treatment during the year was 5,875, as compared with 5,841 for the preceding year, an increase of 34. The total number of admissions during the year was 894, as compared with 911 the preceding year, a decrease of 17. The total number of discharges for the year was 426, as compared with 582 for the preceding year, a decrease of 156. Included in the large number of discharges during the year 1933 were over 100 patients transferred to Veterans’ Administration Facilities, and about 40 transferred to the Department of Justice hospital at Springfield, Mo. The total number of deaths for the year was 258, as compared with 278 for the preceding year, a decrease of 20, or approximately 8 percent. The total number of discharges and deaths, combined, was 684, compared with 860 for the preceding year, a decrease of 176, or about 20 percent. There were 57 burials in the hospital cemetery, as compared with 61 the preceding year. With the cooperation of the War Department the bodies of 3 service men, honorably discharged, were buried in the Arlington National Cemetery without direct money outlay; and 34 bodies were buried in Arlington Cemetery either at Federal or private expense, by outside undertakers. The remaining 164 bodies were taken for burial in various other cemeteries throughout the United States, one having been shipped to the Philippine Islands. The daily average patient population was 5,049, an increase of 13 over the 5,036 for the preceding year. 364 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 365 Movement of patient population , fiscal year 1934 Male Female rnAfQ| White Colored Total White Colored Total 1 Otoi Remaining on rolls June 30, 1933 - - 2,625 753 3,378 954 649 1. 603 4,981 Admitted during year ended June 30, 1934.. 437 129 566 226 102 328 894 Total number under care and treat¬ ment during year ended June 30, 1934. . . . 3,062 882 | 3,944 1, 180 751 1,931 5, 875 Discharged as— Not insane. . . . 7 2 . 0 1 1 10 Recovered . . 74 19 93 17 11 28 121 Improved . . . 93 25 118 12 8 20 138 Unimproved . 106 33 139 13 5 18 157 Total discharged . 280 79 359 42 25 67 426 Died . 111 56 167 50 41 91 258 Total of patients discharged and died.. 391 135 526 92 66 | 158 684 Number of patients remaining on rolls June 30, 1934 . 2,671 747 3,418 1,088 685 , 1,773 5,191 ADMINISTRATIVE DEPARTMENT OFFICE OF THE ASSISTANT TO THE SUPERINTENDENT Supplies. — The supplies produced on the hospital reservation, including farm and garden products such as potatoes, tomatoes, beans, parsley, spinach, squash, turnips, etc., were 273,426 gallons of milk, 112,265 pounds of fresh pork, 12,910 dozen eggs, 6,024 pounds of chicken, etc., 15,224 pairs of shoes and slippers, 5,781 brooms, 2,337 brushes, 800,000 loaves of bread, 3,200,000 rolls, 90,000 pounds of pastry, 2,215 mattresses, 2,055 pillows, 22,736 gallons of ice cream, and the laundering of 10,745,726 articles, in addition to hundreds of other items. Amongst the items raised on the farm, in addition to the garden products, were 1,000 tons of ensilage corn, 88 tons of alfalfa hay, 30 tons of green hay, 71 tons of sudan grass and soybean hay, 75 tons of miscellaneous hay, and 1,000 bushels of ear corn. In addition, large quantities of clothing for men and women were made in the sewing rooms and tailor shops. The patients on the wards, under the direction of occupational therapists, made all the dresses furnished the patients, hemmed all the sheets and blankets, and assisted in making stand covers, screen covers, tablecloths and other items. All the steam, electricity, ice, and refrigeration used on the reservation was manufactured in the hospital shops. Printing department. — As explained in the last report, a new electric press has been purchased for use and is being operated by an occupational therapist, with the hope of training some of the patients to assist in this work. It is believed the use of patients on the 366 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 presses will have a therapeutic value. During the past year there were turned out 105,000 copies of various classes of printed matter. Dairy and cow barn. — The Holstein-Friesian herd has again been tested for tuberculosis and there were no reactions. The herd con¬ sists of 250 cows, 9 bulls, 92 heifers, and 63 calves, a total of 414 animals. This is the twentieth year that there have been no reactions from tuberculosis and is very satisfactory, as this is one of the largest accredited herds in the country. Bang abortion disease manifested itself in the herd in 1932, and while in a way it has been eliminated it made a sudden reappearance during the past 3 months of the fiscal year, not in the matter of the number of cows aborting but in the agglutination reaction of the blood of five cows that aborted during the year. All cows have been bled several times by the United States Department of Agriculture, cooperating with the hospital in limiting the spread of this disease and as far as possible removing all those showing reactions. The herd produced 273,426 gallons of milk during the past year, about 6 percent less than the previous year. The herd gave an average production of about 12,000 pounds of butter a year. The quality of the milk, as indicated by about 25 bacteria counts, has been highly satisfactory, the average, well below 10,000 colonies per cubic centimeter (average about 6,800) being well within the requirements for certified milk. The hospital continues to cooperate with the United States Depart¬ ment of Agriculture in the use of purebred bulls from its Beltsville (Md.) Experimental Station. Piggery. — The hospital slaughtered 402 hogs during the year, which furnished 112,265 pounds of dressed pork, 38,000 pounds less than during the previous year. The reduction in the amount of pork deliveries was due to the fact that the piggery has not yet fully recovered from the depletion of the breeding stock due to porcine abortion reported 2 or 3 years ago. However, with the 406 hogs now ready for slaughter this fall and 365 spring pigs intended for slaughter by February, the prospect for a good supply of pork for the coming year is promising. Farm and garden. — The weather conditions played a great part in slowing up production, especially of the garden products. Of the vegetables, carrots, turnips, Swiss chard, beans, cucumbers, eggplant, tomatoes, and cymlings, among others, made a rather poor showing, but the prospect for a good crop in each of these products would seem to be much better at the present writing, provided that the summer of 1934 does not have a drought. Onions, on the other hand, will be short during 1934 because of severe weather killing most of the onion SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 367 sets stored. Rhubarb has not measured up to expectations due to unfavorable conditions. Diet. — The hospital continues the study of the diet. Not only is a greater variety of food being served to the patients and a larger variety of greens continued throughout the year, but efforts are being made to see that the food served is in a more appetizing manner. Detached kitchen, Toner kitchen, superintendent’s kitchen, and A kitchen have been equipped with gas ranges. These replace old worn-out coal-heated ranges and ovens ; at the present time all of the kitchens are equipped with gas ranges, and there are no coal ranges on the reservation. This has the effect of expediting the meals, results in economy, and makes for better working conditions in the kitchens, especially in the summertime. Cafeteria equipment has been purchased for the West Lodge dining room which will add 400 patients to those being fed by the cafeteria system. Plans are being drawn to equip the detached dining hall and the semipermanent dining rooms with cafeteria equipment, such as steam tables, etc., so that the patients fed in these dining rooms may use the cafeteria system. At the present time about 2,000 patients in the hospital are being fed through full or partial cafeteria system methods. The kitchen furnishing food for the semipermanent group of patients, about 500, having been in use about 15 years, has become so dilapidated that it became necessary either to rebuild or replace it. The cost of rebuilding or replacing was more than the available funds. Under such conditions it was found of advantage to close this kitchen and feed the 500 patients of the semipermanent group from the con¬ tinuous treatment kitchen. The total number now being fed from this continuous treatment kitchen is about 1,400 patients, about equal to those fed from the general kitchen. The general kitchen has been painted. The scullery, toilet, and locker rooms in the detached kitchen have been painted. A dish¬ washer has been ordered for Oaks A dining room. Toner dining room has been painted, and the kitchen is now being painted. New dressing rooms, toilets, and showers are being installed at the em¬ ployees’ cafeteria. The dietitians gave their regular course to the student nurses of the regular class, in addition to affiliate nurses from the Portsmouth Hospital and from the Children’s Hospital, of Washington, D.C. Ice cream and pastuerizing plant. — A total of 273,426 gallons of milk, or a daily average of 749 gallons, was clarified and pasteurized at 148° F., and cooled immediately to 42° F., when more than one-half was bottled for distribution to patients and the remainder issued in cans for use in the kitchens for cooking, baking, and for making ice cream. 368 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Approximately 20 gallons of buttermilk were made daily and issued to the various kitchens. A total of 22,736 gallons of ice cream, or a daily average of 62 gallons, was made. Bakery. — -The hospital installed a bread-cutting machine that per¬ mitted the slicing of bread before being wrapped and sent from the bakery. This does away with bread-cutting machines in the larger dining rooms and the possible handling of knives by patients in the smaller dining rooms, minimizing the danger from such conditions. It would also have a tendency of keeping the bread fresh for a longer period, as the bread being wrapped in paraffin paper after being sliced it is not necessary to open the paraffin paper until the bread is actually required to be used. The output of bread during the year was 800,000 loaves, with 3,200,- 000 rolls and 90,000 pounds of pastry. New tile floors have been put in the bakery hall and bread-cooling room to replace wooden floors v Laundry. — The work of the laundry continues to increase. The number of pieces laundered during the year was 10,745,726, about 850,000 increase over the previous year. Notwithstanding this increase, during the year there has not been an increase among the paid employees. Four double presses, two double sleeve ironers, and one 120-inch tumbler dryer have been added to the equipment in order to meet the increased production. Shoe shop. — The work in the shoe shop continues to increase. This work furnished employment to about 38 patients for about 5}i hours each day, except Saturdays and recreation days. During the past year there were manufactured in this shop 5,514 pairs of house slippers; 3,989 pairs of men’s oxfords; 2,514 pairs of men’s high shoes; 918 pairs of brogans; 1,088 pairs of women’s oxfords; 1,043 pairs of women’s strap slippers; 202 pairs of women’s house slippers, and 1,643 pairs of shoes were repaired. In addition to that, in the same shop there were made 2,337 brushes of all classes. Additional machines have been installed in this shop for making belts, suspenders, and mats out of waste material. Lawns and grounds. — The grounds adjoining the continuous treat¬ ment buildings and the south side of the tuberculosis building recently constructed have been regraded and sown with grass seed and 98 holes dug and filled with soil for planting of trees. It is planned to put in about 200 trees in the section around the new buildings this fall. Fires. — There were several small fires without financial damage dur¬ ing the year. Fire extinguishers have been installed in all the new buildings, and regular fire inspections made of every building in the hospital during the year. Inspections have also been made of fire SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 369 hydrants, fire escapes, and frequent fire drills, which included the emptying of the buildings, have been part of the regular work of the fire department. Automatic telephones. — The number of calls during the year over the automatic telephones were 1,369,458, a daily average of 3,751, or an hourly average of 156v Construction. — A tunnel to contain the steam pipes and electric conduits to connect with the new male receiving building has been completed. The wooden floor construction of porches at both ends of P building has been replaced with new floors of reinforced concrete, using a quarry tile finish. The old dairy barn has been entirely reconditioned by removing the wooden floor and wooden beams and replacing same with rein¬ forced concrete and beams. This barn was provided with gutters and floor drains for cleaning; also a concrete manger and feed troughs. Metal stanchions, pens, and gates were installed. An extension was built to the bull pen and yard to accommodate four additional bulls. The old steam pipe tunnel under Nichols Avenue, to the north of the subway, became cracked and showed evidence of crumbling in several places due to the vibration of traffic from above. This was relined with reinforced concrete. Gas mains were laid from the circulating library to Toner kitchen and to the detached kitchen. Also from Nichols Avenue to the A kitchen. One thousand and twenty-six square feet of wood floor in the bakery was reconstructed and replaced with reinforced concrete, using quarry tile finish for floors. The tile flooring in the dishwashing room of the detached dining room was replaced. A steam pipe tunnel was built large enough to contain electric con¬ duits to connect with the new female receiving building. The third floor of the laundry was remodeled, and the repair room moved to this floor. Changes were made on the second floor to in¬ crease space required for the new pressing machines purchased, the room formerly occupied by the repair shop permitting increased space for sorting clothes. Continuous- treatment building no. 2 has been provided with a hospital radio and a speaker on each ward. Twenty-six automatic telephones have been installed throughout the new male receiving building. Four thousand six hundred and thirty-five feet of 100-pair and 791 feet of 50-pair lead covered telephone cable has been placed in the hospital system. This cable extends from the shops building tele- 370 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 phone main distribution frame to what is known as N building, on the east side of Nichols Avenue. Installation of an outlet on the south side of the refrigeration plant to flood the new stack has been completed. The Department of Commerce maintenance man advises that the Department intends to install brackets and move one of the two flood lights now located on the roof of the power house to this new location. This is for protec¬ tion of the various aviators who are flying in this direction at night. The work of remodeling the power house has been completed. The east boiler room was extended 30 feet, and the side walls of the old part were raised 16 feet to accommodate the space required for new and larger boilers. Metal casement windows were installed in all walls extended, which will afford additional ventilation. Approxi¬ mately 200,000 bricks were used in this extension. The roof consists of reinforced concrete slab with a tar and gravel finish. The center section of the roof was provided with a monitor ventilator with pivoted metal sash to afford ventilation immediately over the boilers. A reinforced concrete floor was built in the new boiler room at an elevation of the firing floor. A trench was dug through the old boiler room and lined with con¬ crete to provide for an ash discharge pipe ; also a similar line under the combustion chambers in the rear of these boilers. A 12-inch drain line was laid through this room to provide drainage from the boiler rooms. The drainage line had to be relocated on account of the con¬ crete coal silos which had been erected on the outside of the building. Separate contracts were approved as follows: (1) For razing the old boiler room and foundation of new stack; (2) for three 750 horsepower boilers; (3) for stokers and equipment connected with boilers; (4) for iron work, floors, etc., connected with boiler room; (5) for piping of boilers; (6) for new heaters; (7) for a new stack, duplicate of the old stack; (8) for coal handling machinery, silos, etc.; (9) for ash handling machinery, vacuum system for withdrawing ashes, etc.; and (10) for two new pumps. Practically all of this work has been completed and accepted, except the two pumps and some work on the vacuum ash handling machinery. In connection with this work, additional sewer lines, water lines, steam lines, toilets, lavatories, shower baths, and other installations were required for the use of the employees and to put the buildings in proper repair. Public Works 'projects. — The Administration of Public Works allotted money to the hospital for a new female receiving building and for 13 reconditioning projects. Contracts have been awarded for the new female receiving building, and this work is now under process. It has been delayed to a great extent by strikes and trouble incident to the driving of piles. The work of pile driving is now proceeding under SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 371 3 shifts of labor, and as soon as this is completed the contractor has been directed to put on 2 shifts of men in order to expedite the com¬ pletion of this work. The reconditioning projects are as follows: Federal project no. 2. — Install screens and grilles in continuous treatment buildings. This provided grilles over stairways to prevent patients from jumping or falling and resulting in accidents and screens in corridors and around radiators, for the proper protection of the patients. This work has practically been completed. Federal project no. S'. — Roads and walks around continuous-treat- ment buildings, new buildings just constructed. This work has just been completed. Federal project no. J+. — Roads and walks around male receiving building, a new building just completed. This work has been finished. Federal project no. 5. — Remodeling the plumbing of the old sections. This entire amount has been expended, and as much of the work as could be completed within the sum authorized has been finished. Federal project no. 6. — Replacing old steam pipes in tunnels. This entire amount has been expended, and the work completed within the limitation of the alloment. Federal project no. 7. — Widening and enclosing porches of West Lodge 1. This resulted in replacing wooden floors with fireproof floors of concrete and brick, enlarging and furnishing day-rooms for patients. This work has been completed. Federal project no. 8. — Furnishing cold storage and extension for general storeroom. This has been completed. Federal project no. 9. — Widening roads and providing auto parking space. This work has been completed. Federal project no. 10. — Additional water section including addition to Oaks-A building. This entire amount has been expended, and the work as far as could be done within the allotment completed. Federal project no. 11. — Furnishing water sewers and drains for the new buildings known as continuous-treatment buildings and male receiving building. This work has been completed. Federal project no. 12. — Repair and renovate greenhouses. This work has been finished. Federal project no. 13. — Renovating laboratory. This entire amount has been expended, and the work done as far as could be under the allotment. Federal project no. 14- — New floors throughout the west side service. This work has been completed. Male receiving building. — The male receiving building, which has been under construction for the past 21 months, was completed and turned over to the hospital on June 29, 1934. This building has a 372 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 capacity of 400 beds. It is of monumental design, being 5 stories in height, with a beautiful entrance 2 stories in height, making a proper setting for the building. This is the building in which all white male patients will have their first reception, and efforts are made to give as good an impression upon their reception as possible. Quite a large number of these patients will probably be discharged from the hospital before being transferred to other buildings. This building contains all of the facilities for giving the various classes of treatment required for mental patients. Disbursements. — The total amount of money disbursed by the hos¬ pital from the various appropriations and trust funds during the year was $3,350,000. The total collections, including reimbursements to the regular appropriations personal funds of patients and pension trust funds, were $2,160,000. Supplies. — Orders were placed for supplies during the year amount¬ ing to $1,640,000. Of this amount, $1,183,000 was covered by formal contracts entered into by the hospital directly with contracting parties. These formal contracts entered into by the hospital included the female receiving building and furniture for equipping the male re¬ ceiving building. There were 270 of these contracts. Personnel. — The total number of employees on the hospital rolls June 30, 1934, was 1,549 of which 1,516 were permanent employees and 33 temporary employees, an increase in the permanent force of 102 employees and a decrease in the temporary employees of 60, or a net increase of 42. During the year Congress passed an act reducing the percentage of deduction from wages of employees from 15 percent to 10 percent beginning February 1, 1934, and from 10 percent to 5 percent beginning July 1, 1934. Limitations on the filling of vacancies were continued. Legislation authorized the Public Works Administration, through which allotments were made to the hospital, resulted in the employing of more than 100 men for an average period of from 6 to 9 months. The duties of clinical psychiatrist and director of- laboratories were consolidated upon the acceptance of resignation of Dr. Walter Free¬ man, and Dr. Nolan D. C. Lewis was appointed as director of labora¬ tories in charge of both activities. During the year several of the old employees were retired from the service on account of age, including: William H. Perkins _ Foreman carpenter. Samuel Keese _ Plasterer. Michael F. Drennan _ Charge psychiatric nurse. Robert F. Poston _ Painter. Edward Wilier _ Cabinet carpenter. James S. Cook _ Fireman. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 373 The following were retired on account of disability: Jesse J. Guin _ Hattie L. King _ Maude Butler _ J. S. Edelen _ Alice K. Walter _ Edward D. McKinney. John T. Cook _ Elvira Hanna _ Norman A. Butler _ Gladys Speith _ George W. Arendes _ Samuel II . Todd _ Attendant. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Milkman. Waitress. Psychiatric nurse. Do. Assistant baker. Assistant foreman of laborers. RECREATIONAL VOCATIONAL, AND OCCUPATIONAL WORK Occupational therapy. — During the year this department furnished occupation for 913 patients, slightly less than during the previous year. This work included weaving, sewing, toy making, woodwork, basketry, etc. In the industrial department there were made 24,960 sheets, 11,020 pillowcases, 26,532 towels, and 3,785 dresses. Many of the articles made by these patients were for the general use of the hospital. The approximate value of all supplies made was $31,305. Red Cross. — The Red Cross continued to maintain a hospital unit during the past fiscal year. The psychiatric social workers attached to this unit are primarily concerned in case correspondence and contact work. During the past year that office sent out 3,023 letters and re¬ ceived 3,013 letters concerning patients and their affairs. The psychiatric case-work staff has continued filing pensions and the referring of other types of claims to the proper authorities for action. During the past year Red Cross representatives participated in the handling of 375 claims. Three thousand four hundred tickets of all classes were donated for the use of patients, about the same as during the previous year. These tickets covered baseball, football, athletic events of all sorts, moving pictures, etc. During the year there were 89 moving picture shows in Hitchcock Hall, on the hospital reservation. The athletic director has continued the work of organizing, supervising, and assist¬ ing the patients to participate in about 70 atheltic events. Probably the most important single event of the year was what is known as the Red Cross Institute, which was assembled and con¬ ducted through the cooperation of St. Elizabeths Hospital and the American National Red Cross. This institute began on April 12 and continued through April 14, 1934. The delegates to this institute were experienced Red Cross workers, who had come from all over the United States to the National Convention of the American Red Cross, 374 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 which met in Washington. The Red Cross Institute for Home Serv¬ ice Workers opened at St. Elizabeths Hospital at the Red Cross house. The meeting was addressed by a number of hospital officials who briefly explained the various aspects of the hospital to them. The delegates were then separated into groups and taken on a tour of the hospital; they returned to the Red Cross house where they were given an opportunity to see an occupational therapy and industrial exhibit. In the evening the superintendent of the hospital gave an opening address, his subject being “The structure of the personality.” He was followed by several other members of the staff who spoke on interesting subjects. Clinics were conducted from time to time by various members of the hospital staff and included a round-table discussion where various angles of the approach, contact, and care and treatment of mental patients were discussed. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT Library. — The library is divided into two parts, primarily that noted as the medical library, and that noted as the patients’ library. The number of volumes in the combined library is approximately 30,800. Ninety books were added to the medical library by purchase and gifts, 600 books were added to the patients’ library. The hospital subscribes to several newspapers and approximately 90 periodicals, magazines, etc. About 5,000 magazines, mainly surplus, were re¬ ceived from the Library of Congress and distributed to the various wards. Approximately 150 books are issued daily, and there are about 3,500 books in constant circulation. Social-service department. — The work of this department during the past year included training of students from the hospital training school and from the social-service school. The social service report from July 1, 1933, to June 30, 1934, showed the following: Number of out-patients on rolls July 1, 1933 _ .• _ 149 Number of out-patients on rolls June 30, 1934 _ 93 Average number on rolls per month _ _ _ 131 Number of patients discharged from the rolls _ 65 Number of out-patients under care during the year _ 284 Interviews at the hospital pertaining^ to the work _ 569 Number of visits made in regard to this work _ 2, 791 Training school. — Twenty-four students graduated in the nurse and psychiatric aide class during the year. The total number of students on the rolls July 1, 1933, was 63; there were also 21 affiliate students and 34 postgraduates. On June 30, 1934, there was approximately the same number. As of June 1, 1934, 20 preliminary students were admitted. These were selected from the top of a certified list of the SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 375 Civil Service Commission, consisting of 72 names of applicants who had passed out of a total of 1,100 candidates. Medical and surgical wards. — The treatment of selected cases of pulmonary tuberculosis by the method of artificial pneumothorax, instituted during the previous year, was continued during the year just ended, with satisfactory results. The number of patients treated with high voltage roentgen therapy during the year increased markedly over any previous year and in certain instances with excellent results so far. The new cold quartz ultraviolet ray equipment purchased last year has proved to be of much value in many conditions where the old hot quartz type of equipment could not be used with advantage. Among these may be mentioned the treatment of endocervicitis at the gyne¬ cological clinic. Owing to the fact that for a number of years we have been unable to produce successful inoculations with malaria, of either the tertian or quartan type, in many of our colored paretic patients, we undertook to treat these cases with the form of fever therapy produced by the injections of vaccine of typhoid fever, by the summation method. To date we have so treated about two dozen cases and the treatment is under way with additional ones. We have found no difficulty in producing fever reactions at will, to any degree within desirable limits, and the patients have always stood the rigors of the treatment ad¬ mirably. The result so far as paresis is concerned is still a matter to be determined. Dr. Charles L. Billard, for many years the attending physician for the eye, ear, nose, and throat clinic, resigned, and Dr. Skilling was appointed as attending ophthalmologist. Male services. — The completion of the new male receiving building will result in several changes during the coming year. Continuous treatment building no. 1, which is at present being used as the male receiving building, wall be in condition to receive other patients. At present it is contemplated that these patients will be moved in from P-building, permitting P-building to be used by the female depart¬ ment. During the year efforts have been made to establish in each service a so-called *' ‘occupational index.” A card is maintained for each patient showing the date of assignment to some particular work, the date when the work was stopped and the reason therefor, and the dates of any subsequent assignments and the types of work. Where possible the reason for changing a patient from one type of wrork to another has been briefly set forth, so that we have at all times a longi¬ tudinal section of the patient’s occupational adjustment during his residence in the hospital. This index also enables the physicians at a glance to see the relative number of idle patients on each service. In 376 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 addition, there has also been established an index of the occupations followed by the patients before their admission to the hospital, which permits the physicians to assign patients to the type of work most closely allied to their previous occupations. During the year the Indian patients, numbering 71, receiving treat¬ ment at Canton, S.Dak., were transferred to St. Elizabeths Hospital for treatment and the Canton Hospital closed. The male patients of this class were taken care of in a ward of continuous treatment build¬ ing no. 2. There was quite a decrease in the number of criminal patients con¬ fined in the Howard Hall department, due to the opening of the De¬ partment of Justice Hospital at Springfield, Mo., and the transfer of about 40 patients from St. Elizabeths Hospital to that institution. There has been a general reclassification of patients, with an effort to put paroled patients from Richardson group on the west side, the working patients in the detached group service, and the more helpless patients, showing varying degrees of deterioration, in the semipublic building group. Of course, the biggest problem to overcome in the hospital at the present time is the crowded condition. The patient population seems to be growing more rapidly than additional beds will be provided. Female services. — In this department, as in the male services, the principal problems under discussion are plans for the distribution of patients on wards during the coming year. The buildings are crowded and additional beds are needed. With the limited appropriations it is difficult to get adequate personnel. This seems to be the day of change in the order of things, and one of the problems of the staff is to maintain the high standard of treatment for patients with the pro¬ visions that are at hand. When P-building is released to women this will help in some way to solve the difficulty, and then when the female receiving building has been completed this will go a long way toward giving the additional beds required. Psychotherapy. — A monthly average of 18 selected patients were afforded psychotherapy. With a few exceptions all admission diagnostic conferences have been conducted by the clinical psychiatrist. Two hundred lectures and climes have been given by the doctor in charge and assistants for the local medical schools, schools of nursing, and naval medical officers. Work on the comparative psychiatry of the Negro and Indian has been conducted through the year. An extensive research into the nature and causes of suicide has been carried on during the year, including ethnologic, psychiatric, and psychoanalytic methods of approach. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 377 A comprehensive research problem in dementia precox has been in process of organization during the year. Laboratory. — The work of the laboratory has increased in nearly all respects. Dr. Lewis, the new director of laboratories, has con¬ tinued all the work previously started and efforts are made to branch out into new assignments. NEEDS OF THE HOSPITAL An estimate of $1,218,780 for the support, clothing, and treatment of the patients in St. Elizabeths Hospital for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1936, was recommended. This amount was based on 1,850 patients. The hospital at the present time has 5,200 patients. The average for the fiscal year 1934 was 5,049, as compared with 5,036 the previous year, an increase of 13. The average for the fiscal year 1936, it is estimated, will be 5,510, 310 more than the present number. The 5,510 are divided as follows: 1,850 Federal patients, appropriated under the title of St. Elizabeths Hospital in the Interior Appropriation Act; District of Columbia patients, 3,300, beneficiaries of the District of Columbia, and appropriated for in the District of Columbia Appropriation Act; United States Veterans’ Administration beneficiaries, 120, and carried in the appropriation of the United States Veterans’ Administration; United States Public Health Service beneficiaries, 130, and provided for in the appropria¬ tion for the Treasury Department, under Public Health Service; United States Soldiers Home beneficiaries, 35, and payment for these to be received from that service; Indians, 75, received from the Indian reservations, who will be chargeable to the Bureau of Indian Affairs (conservation of health among Indians). The rate estimated for the care of patients during 1936 is $1.80 per capita per day. This includes the basic salary without the 5-percent deduction at present in effect. At the present time the rates of food supplies, forage, textiles, etc., seem to be on the upgrade. The effect of the N.R.A. action in providing codes for all industries seems to have a tendency to increase the cost of various items, and any increase must be included in the appropriation. Included in the estimate is $200,000 that is essential to keep up the repairs and necessary improvements to buildings and grounds. This is the same amount as authorized for 1933 and 1934. For the year 1935 this amount was reduced to $175,000, due to the fact that funds were allocated to the hospital from the Public Works Adminis¬ tration for reconditioning purposes. Out of these repairs will come funds for keeping approximately 100 buildings in repair, repairing and widening roads and walks, the maintenance of railroad tracks, replacing glass, painting, etc. 378 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The hospital has been growing so rapidly that it is still at a loss to provide the necessary beds, notwithstanding the additional buildings erected. There has just been completed the male receiving building, for 400 beds, and there is now under construction a female receiving building, for 300 beds. The hospital at the present time is over¬ crowded to the extent of about 900 beds. The increase each year is about 200 beds, so during the course of the next 2 years there will be a shortage of from 500 to 600 beds. Included in our estimates is an item for 4 continuous-treatment buildings at the rate of $200,000 each, or a total of $800,000. This will provide approximately 600 beds, and unless there is an unusual increase will permit us to provide a bed for each patient without overcrowding. This form of building would permit the construction at the rate of $1,333 per bed, which is very low for a fireproof building. We believe we can erect these buildings and equip them with all necessary incidental expenses within the amount estimated. REVISION OF LAWS FOR THE ADMISSION OF PATIENTS TO ST. ELIZABETHS HOSPITAL We again recommend that a bill be introduced in the House of Representatives and in the Senate of the United States to change the method of admissions to St. Elizabeths Hospital. We believe that the best manner to have this bill introduced would be through the District Commissioners, the hospital cooperating in the drawing up and the presentation of the proposed bill. With this point in view the hospital has had several conferences with the Board of Public Welfare of the District, at which were present representatives of the corporation counsel's office, and the information furnished on the basis of additional legislation desired. STAFF CHANGES JULY I, 1933, TO JUNE 30, 1934 The following appointments were made during the year: Junior medical officers (internes): Judah Marmor, Meyer Beber, Sidney Berman, Helen Yarnell, Alexander Wolf. Visiting ophthalmologist: Francis C. Skilling. The following resignations took effect during the year: Junior medical officers (internes): E. Gaine Cannon, Myron M. Campbell, Frederick T. Zimmerman, Edward S. Post, Raoul L. Ramos, William L. Blair. Assistant medical officers: Elsie Blanchard, J. Lester Henderson. Director of laboratories: Walter Freeman. Visiting ophthalmologist: Charles L. Billard. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 379 PUBLICATIONS White, William A., superintendent: Some suggestions for the future. (Address at the eighty-ninth annual meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, Boston, Mass., May 29-June 2, 1933.) The American Journal of Psychiatry, vol. XIII, no. 2, September 1933, pp. 227-234. Enlarging responsibilities for the physician. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, vol. 79, no. 5, May 1934, pp. 497-504. How three experts evaluate the Fairfield Plan — A comment on the plan of Connecticut’s New Mental Hospital. The Modern Hospital, vol. XLII, no. 5, May 1934, p. 50. O’Malley, Mary, clinical director: Presidential Address, Quarterly Bulletin of the Medical Women’s National Association, no. 41, July 1933, pp. 14-18. Hall, Roscoe W., clinical director: The Organization of Psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychiatry, vol. XIII, no. 3, November 1933, pp. 671-677. (With Freeman, W. and Eldridge, Watson W.) Malaria Treatment of Demen¬ tia Paralytica. The Southern Medical Journal, vol. XXVII, no. 2, February 1934, pp. 122-126. Eldridge, Watson W., internist and roentgenologist: (With Hall, Roscoe W., and Freeman W.) Malaria Treatment of Dementia Paralytica. The Southern Medical Journal, vol. XXVII, no. 2, February 1934, pp. 122-126. Lewis, Nolan D. C., director of laboratories: Neuropsychiatric Aspects of Female Endocrinology. Medical Annals of the District of Columbia, vol. Ill, no. 4, April 1934, pp. 89-94. Studies on Suicide, I., Psychoanalytic Review, vol. XX, no. 3, July 1933, pp. 241-273. Studies on Suicide II., Psychoanalytic Review, vol. XXI, no. 2, 1934, pp. 146-153. Freeman, Walter, director of laboratories: Disorders of Muscle Tone and Their Localizing Significance. New York State Journal of Medicine, vol. 33, October 1, 1933, pp. 1133-1136. (With Hall, Roscoe W., and Eldridge, Watson W.) Malaria Treatment of Dementia Paralytica. The Southern Medical Journal, vol. XXVII, no. 2, February 1934, pp. 122-126. Murphy, John P. H., senior medical officer: Accidents and Injuries; a Comparative Study of Their Causes among Various Groups. Medical Annals of the District of Columbia, vol. Ill, no. 1, January 1934, pp. 1-7. Karpman, Benjamin, senior medical officer: Psychic Impotence. Psychoanalytic Review, vol. XX, no. 3, July 1933, pp. 274-303. Cohen, Roger S., associate medical officer: The Mild Depressive Reactions. Medical Annals of the District of Colum¬ bia, vol. Ill, no. 6, June 1934, pp. 163-169. Ashby, Winifred M., bacteriologist: Standardization of the Lange Test. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, vol. 31, January 1934, pp. 154-160. On the Relationship of the Dispersion of Gold Sol to the Intensity of Reduc¬ tion as Influenced by pH, and a One-Way Effect Produced in Gold Chlo¬ ride by Changes of pH through Certain Ranges. Journal of Physical Chemistry, vol. XXXVIII, no. 4, April 1934, pp. 427-447. 87859—34 - 25 HOWARD UNIVERSITY (Mordecai W. Johnson, President) The year 1933-34 was the third of the 10 years involved in the pro¬ gram of development approved by the Government. The university continued to suffer from the depression though to a much slighter degree than during the previous year. Summer school, theological college, and correspondence courses, enrolling 394 students last year, were discontinued, but the total enrollment fell only 267 below the previous year. The university suffered further loss of income for current educational expenses from the Federal Government and from private sources, and there were further heavy curtailments of expendi¬ tures for materials and supplies and for educational and scientific equipment. The teaching staff was further reduced by 35 members. Teachers7 salaries remained far below the average agreed upon by the Government and needed advances in rank were delayed for the third successive year. In order to meet the distressing needs of students the trustees devoted 7% percent of all student fees to a special scholarship fund, reduced room and board, and established an installment plan of fee payments. The total budget, however, was kept at balance with a surplus of income over expenditures and the percentage relation between total Government funds and private funds was maintained with a variation of only 0.78 percent from the relation planned for the year 1933-34 in the 10-year program. The university continued to receive help from the General Educa¬ tion Board, the Rockefeller Foundation, and Julius Rosenwald Fund for the development of the libraries, the further improvement of the teaching staff through fellowships, and for the extension of the univer¬ sity grounds. The program of land extension, financed by gifts from the General Education Board and the Julius Rosenwald Fund, drew to its close. The total land acquired, with improvements thereon, was valued at $1,089,398. The teaching staff continued to take encouraging advantage of sabbatical leave, scholarship, and fellowship privileges for self- improvement, more than one-ninth of the full-time staff being away for further study. Limited funds, however, did not permit substantial improvement in the maturity of the teaching staff, so that the number in the professorial rank still remained but little beyond half the number required for adequacy. Teachers were heartened by the 380 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 38 1 return of 5 percent of the prevailing 15 percent salary cut and by tlie trustee adoption of an improved retirement plan. In spite of limited funds for research equipment and assistance, the teachers continued productive of scholarly activity, publishing or having accepted for publication 62 scholarly articles and 6 books. Publication of the Journal of Negro Education was also continued. Through the use of specially appropriated Public Works and Civil Works funds the buildings and grounds of the university were exten¬ sively improved. The contract was let and work was well under way" on a new classroom building, and the contract was let for a new chem¬ istry building. Plans for a new heat, light, and power plant were practically ready for bids, and the plans and specifications for the new library were to be completed in August. The semester system, on the whole, worked satisfactorily during its first year. The colleges of education and applied science closed their last year’s work as separate colleges. Beginning July 1 the work in education passes into a department of the college of liberal arts, and the departments of art and home economics are transferred also from the college of applied science to the college of liberal arts. The work in civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering will thenceforth be done under the auspices of the school of engineering and architecture established by trustee action on January 8, 1934. Further trustee legislation formally organized the graduate school beginning July 1, 1934, and appointed a full-time graduate dean. The graduate school of religion went through its first year’s work with a budget far below its needs. The venerable dean of the school retired and his successor was elected. Throughout the university there was manifest increase of interest in artistic courses and activities, including music, the drama, and the plastic arts. The first step was taken toward the introduction of a formal course for the training of dental hygienists, and the college of dentistry experienced a substantial increase in the new student enrollment (15) for the first time since the establishment of the new plan of instruction. The school of law, hitherto a probationary member of the American Association of Law Schools, was elected to full membership in that body, following a thorough official survey. The need for advancing the maturity of the staff by a substantial increase in the number of competent teachers in the professorial rank is still primary and urgent. Increased scholarship funds are also imperative. The new library seems now assured, but there is great need for more books in every division of the university’s work. Clark Hall, our present men’s dormitory, and the old medical building, now used for dentistry, should be replaced as soon as possible, and the school of law ought to be moved to a point in proximity to the under- 382 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 graduate and graduate student activities, in a building with much greater floor space. The registrar’s unfinished collection of available addresses of the living Howard graduates shows 6,190 of them at work in 43 States and 24 foreign countries. REGISTRATION 1. Enrollment for the year 1983-34— At the opening of the school year 1933-34, Howard University operated on the semester system. The following table (table 1) shows the net total enrollment during the year, including the first and second semesters, and excluding duplicates, as compared with the summer, autumn, winter, and spring quarters of 1932-33. Summary of students enrolled in Howard University for the years 1933-34- and 1932-33 Net enrollments j Divisions of the university 1933-34 1932-33 Total gain Total loss Total Men Women Total Men Women The colleges: College of liberal arts _ 541 381 160 540 375 165 1 •College of education _ 379 83 296 523 113 410 144 'College of applied science _ 67 36 31 77 50 27 10 'School of music _ 49 21 28 41 16 25 8 •Graduate division . . 164 66 98 170 83 87 6 Total _ _ — 1,200 587 613 1, 351 637 714 9 160 (Professional schools: Theological college _ _ 21 20 1 40 32 8 19 Graduate school of theology _ 11 11 0 10 10 0 1 Law school _ 37 37 0 44 44 0 7 School of medicine: Cnllpap. nf mp.dipinft 203 196 7 206 200 6 3 College of dentistry _ . 39 38 1 38 37 1 1 College of pharmacy - 22 19 3 24 22 2 2 Total in professional schools - 333 321 12 362 345 17 2 31 Total in regular courses... 1,533 908 625 1,713 982 731 11 191 Special students in music, law, dentistry . .. _ 93 31 62 96 30 66 3 Correspondence students (religion) . 0 0 0 84 82 2 84 Total special students - 93 31 62 180 112 68 87 Grand total (net) _ _ 1, 626 939 687 1, 893 1,094 799 11 278 This table shows that the total enrollment for the year 1933-34 was 1,626, of whom 939 were men and 687 were women, as compared with the total of 1,893 for 1932-33, of whom 1,094 were men and 799 were women. A net loss of 267 students, or 14 percent, is indicated, as compared with the net loss of 571, or approximately 23 percent, for the preceding year. This loss was mainly due to the discontinuance of the summer school and the theological college and correspondence courses, which together registered 394 students in 1932-33. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 383 There was a loss of only 39 in the group of entering students. In this loss the to-be-discontinued college of education led with 32. Liberal arts, music, dentistry, and pharmacy registered gains in the new student group of 9, 3, 15, and 4, respectively. In the net loss of 39 students 32 were women. Only 3 new women students registered in the professional schools and colleges. 2. Geographical distribution. — Thirty-eight States sent 1,423 candi¬ dates for degrees in 1933-34 as compared with 40 States sending 1,590 candidates in 1932-33. Fourteen of these States sent increased en¬ rollment of from 1 to 9 students. Four States sent 10 or more candi¬ dates for degrees. The percentage of students coming from the Dis¬ trict of Columbia was 30.1 percent as compared with 31.3 percent for 1932- 33. Fourteen foreign countries sent 110 candidates for degrees during the school year 1933-34, as compared with 17 foreign countries, with a total of 123 candidates for degrees in 1932-33. The largest group of foreign students (79) came from the British West Indies. Four came from the Virgin Islands, two of whom were receiving liberal scholarships from Howard University. 3. The scholarship of entering students. — During the year the regis¬ trar of the universit3r made a careful study of the records of 1 ,082 new students entering the undergraduate colleges during the 5-year period, 1928-33. He found that 282, or 26 percent, made records of B (above average) and above; 486, or approximately 45 percent, made the record of C or C plus (average records); while 314, or 29 percent, made records below C (below average). Of this last group 159, or 15 percent of the entire group, made records which caused them to be dropped for poor scholarship, while 155, or 14 percent of the entire group, were able to continue their work at the university. 4. Widening support of the secondary schools. — During the school year 1932-33, 123 secondary schools sent 334 new students to Howard University. During the school year 1933-34 the 306 new students came from 147 secondary schools — an increase of 24 schools, or 19.0 percent. 5. Growth in students of advanced standing. — During the school year 1933- 34, 54 students entered the undergraduate colleges with advanced standing from 33 institutions, as compared with 22 such students from 14 institutions in 1932-33. Fifty-three out of 92, or approximately 58 percent of the new stu¬ dents entering the professional schools last year, were equipped with 4 years or more of previous college training. Of the 1,626 students- in the entire institution 360, or 22.1 percent, were persons holding one or more academic degrees. 6. Scholarships and student aid. — At the beginning of the school year the trustees of the university set aside 7% percent of all student fees 384 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 19 3 4 as a special scholarship fund for needy students. They also made special provision for increased work opportunities for students, reduced the price of room and board, and provided an installment system of fee payments. These plans were strengthened in the second semester by the special aid extended to students throughout the Nation by the Federal Emergency Relief Administration. By these combined meas¬ ures 247 students were helped in the undergraduate colleges, and ap¬ proximately 17 y2 percent of the professional students were also given aid during one or more semesters. All scholarships and student aid were awarded to needy students in the order of excellence in scholastic standing. Support was thereby given to all other measures stimulating earnest scholarly work. These student-aid measures were far from adequate, however. Many worthy students, desiring to enter, could not be helped at all. Many who came were able to remain for one semester only, while others were able to take only a half or a third of a normal student load. Some clung to their ambition against apparently insuperable difficulties. A wider extension of scholarship aid is imperative. GRADUATES In 1933-34 a total of 231 students were graduated. This number represents a decrease of 88 from the group of graduates in 1932-33, indexing the effect of the depression in the 4 previous years. The reduced graduation numbers were shared by all divisions of the uni¬ versity with the exception of the colleges of applied science and medi¬ cine, which shared gains of 2 and 5, respectively. The following table shows the distribution of the graduates by divisions and by sex. Summary of students graduated by Howard University for the years 1983-34- and 1932-33 Divisions of the university Grad 1933-34 uates 1932-33 Total gain Total loss Total Men Women Total Men Women The colleges: College of liberal arts.. _ 51 28 23 64 44 20 13 College of education _ 71 11 60 122 26 96 51 College of applied science 9 8 1 7 3 4 2 School of music _ 2 0 2 4 1 3 2 Graduate division . . 29 14 15 34 16 18 5 Total . . . 162 61 101 231 90 141 2 71 Professional schools: Theological college _ 6 6 7 3 4 1 Graduate school of theology _ 1 1 3 3 2 Law school. _ _ _ 7 7 8 8 1 School of medicine: College of medicine. ... 47 46 1 42 42 5 College of dentistry _ _ 6 6 18 17 1 12 College of pharmacy _ _ 2 2 10 9 1 8 Total in professional schools.. 69 68 1 88 82 6 5 24 Grand total _ 231 129 102 iTT 172 147 7 95 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 385 Of the 29 students who received degrees from the graduate division, 19 were awarded the degree of master of arts, while 10 received the degree of master of science. Of the 51 graduates in liberal arts, 26 received the degree of bachelor of arts, 20 the degree of bachelor of science, and 5 the degree of bachelor of science in commerce. Of the 71 graduates in the college of education, 57 received the degree of bachelor of science in education. Of the 9 graduates in applied science, 3 received the degree of bachelor of science in civil engineering, 3 the degree of bachelor of science in electrical engineering, 1 the degree of bachelor of science in home economics, and 2 the degree of bachelor of science in mechanical engineering. One graduate received the degree of bachelor of music and 1 the degree of bachelor of school music. In the professional schools 47 graduates received the degree of doctor of medicine, 6 the degree of doctor of dental surgery, and 2 the degree of doctor of pharmaceutical chemistry. In the school of law 7 degrees of bachelor of laws were conferred, while the school of religion awarded to 1 the bachelor of divinity degree and to 6 the bachelor of theology degree. Honorary degrees. — No honorary degrees were conferred at com¬ mencement in June 1934. Distribution of living graduates. — During the last 3 years the .regis¬ trar of the university has been endeavoring to secure addresses of all living graduates of Howard University. Thus far he has succeeded in getting 6,191 out of a total of 8,941. Of this group 6,059 are found to be at work in 42 States and the District of Columbia, and 132 at work in 24 foreign countries. It is estimated that approximately 1,000 graduates are deceased while 1,650 addresses of the living remain to be secured. TEACHING STAFF 1. Number of teachers. — There were 237 members of the teaching staff during the year 1933-34, of whom 135 were on full time and 102 were on part time, representing together a full-time equivalent of approximately 154 teachers, as compared with a total of 265 members of the teaching staff during the year 1932-33, of whom 153 were on full time and 122 were on part time, representing together a full-time equivalent of 174$ teachers. This represents a reduction of 38 in the faculty of 1933-34, as compared with the faculty of 1932-33, 18 of whom were full-time teachers. 2. Improvement of staff. — The teachers continued their work of self- improvement through further study. Twelve of them were on leave of absence or under fellowship privileges with contract to accept appointment at Howard University. Of the 12 away, 6 were from the college of liberal arts, 1 from education, 2 from music, and 3 from medicine. 386 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 19 34 During the period of 5 years expiring 1933-34, the university has enjoyed two special grants for the further training of teachers, 1 from the Rockefeller Foundation for the further training of teachers in medicine and 1 from the General Education Board for the further training of teachers in the natural sciences. The use of the Rocke¬ feller Foundation grant has enabled the university to reconstruct the entire work of the preclinical branches of medicine through the train¬ ing and employment of men of superior ability in every department. The General Education Board grant has been of invaluable assistance in building up the departments of chemistry, zoology, mathematics, and physics. These special grants have been accompanied by annual grants from the Julius Rosen wald Fund and the General Education Board which, supplementing the university sabbatical-leave privilege, have made possible increased educational opportunity for teachers in the majority of the departments of liberal arts, education, and music. 3. Maturity of the staff. — Of the 154 full-time and full- time-equiva¬ lent teachers on the staff of Howard University during the current year 35, or 22.7 percent, were professors; 25, or 16.2 percent, were associate professors; 32, or 20.8 percent, were assistant professors, while 62, or 40.3 percent, were in the rank of instructors and below. On the basis of the 10-year program of development which calls for a percentage distribution in the four leading ranks of 40, 10, 20, and 30 percent, the present staff (full-time and full-time-equivalent) should have a distribution as follows: 62 professors, 15 associate professors, 31 assistant professors, and 46 instructors. The university has yet about half-way to go in the development of a staff of mature professors. Examination of university salaries confirms this judgment. The university is spending approximately $175,000 less in salaries than would be necessary to obtain and hold the services of a sufficient number of mature professors. The securing of 27 capable scholars for important positions on the professorial staff of the university is the outstanding educational need. All other improvements are sub¬ sidiary to and wait upon this for their fullest effectiveness. 4. Salaries of teachers. — The salaries of teachers at Howard Univer¬ sity remained as at last year, with the exception that 5 percent of the prevailing 15-percent cut was restored during the second semester. In setting up the 10-year program of development for Howard Uni¬ versity the Go vernment agreed upon a definite salary scale for teachers. The salary cuts struck the teachers before even the minimum salaries in this scale could be uniformly established. The result is that during the year 1933-34, 78 of the 135 full-time members of the teaching staff were receiving actual salaries below the minimum for their rank agreed upon by the Government in the 10-year program, 49 others received salaries slightly above minimum but below the average, while only 8, or less than 6 percent, received a salary at or above the agreed-upon average. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 387 Under these circumstances it appears imperative that the full amount of the prevailing salary cut shall be restored at the earliest possible moment and that additional funds be secured to enable Howard University to improve the salary offerings to its teachers. 5. Retirement legislation. — On April 10, 1934, the trustees of the university adopted new retirement legislation, effective July 1, 1934, replacing temporary arrangements in effect since June 7, 1927. The new legislation sets the compulsory retirement age at 65 and provides that an officer or teacher in the service of the university for 20 years at the time of retirement may receive deferred annuities reaching as high as one-half of the annual salary on condition that the officer or teacher pay monthly premiums of 5 percent of current salary to be supplemented by a further 5 percent paid by the university to the Teachers Insurance & Annuity Association of America. Special pro¬ visions are made whereby officers and teachers now over 45 may be guaranteed an annuity on retirement equal to one-third the basic salary for 1933-34, whereby officers and teachers not in the service for 20 years may receive certain annuities with the help of the uni¬ versity, and whereby employees of the university other than officers and teachers may, upon application, secure the cooperation of the university to the extent of 5 percent of the annual salary toward a deferred-annuity allowance. GRADUATE DIVISION 1. Student enrollment. — During the year 1933-34 there were 164 graduates in residence in Howard University, including 66 men and 98 women, 106 of whom were registered as pursuing graduate degrees in 18 departments of the graduate division. 2. Degrees awarded. — The number of students who received ad¬ vanced degrees in 1933-34 was 29 as compared with 34 in 1932-33, 18 in 1931-32, and 13 in the year 1929-30 — the highest preceding peak years. Of the 29 degrees awarded, 19 were masters of arts, awarded to 7 men and 12 women; and 10 were masters of science, awarded to 7 men and 3 women. Five of the degrees were awarded in chemistry, 3 in education, 6 in English, 1 in French, 2 in German, 6 in history, 1 in mathematics, 2 in physics, 1 in political science, and 2 in psychology. 3. Teaching staff. — The teaching staff of the graduate division during the school year 1933-34 included 47 members as compared with 48 members in the year 1932-33. Of this number 17 were professors, 13 associate professors, 13 assistant professors, and 4 instructors. Thirty-six of the teachers were from the faculty of the college of liberal arts, 7 from the faculty of education, and 2 from the faculty of the school of religion. 4. Research and publication. — The head of the department of zoology is continuing his research in the Marine Biological Laboratory 388 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 in Naples, Italy, under sabbatical leave. Other research was con¬ tinued but severely restricted on account of lack of funds. Teachers and officers published and had accepted for publication 6 books and 62 scholarly articles. 5. The future of graduate work. — The year 1933-34 brought to an end the 7-year experiment with a graduate division of the university, under the control of a committee of instruction appointed by the president of the university from among the several faculties. Begin¬ ning with the school year 1934-35, graduate instruction will be carried forward in a separate graduate school presided over by a dean already appointed. The formal organization of the graduate school on the basis of assured need emphasizes the necessity of the earliest possible advance¬ ment of all those phases of university life which may assure the competence of this work: (1) The securing of an increased number of mature scholars in the professorial rank, with salaries enabling them to devote their full time to their work; (2) the development of a sub¬ stantial number of graduate scholarships and fellowships for the en¬ couragement of advanced students; (3) the rapid advancement of book collections in every department offering graduate work. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 1. General trends. — During the year 1933-34 the college of liberal arts sustained its enrollment and registered a gain of 1, but the number of degrees awarded showed a drop of 9, giving index to the depression losses in former years. Progress was made toward group organization of the faculties and the mortality in freshman English classes was greatly reduced through the sectioning of freshman English classes on the basis of ability determined by preliminary tests. A faculty committee on the improvement of instruction engaged in the preparation of legislation looking toward this end. The construc¬ tion of the new chemistry and classroom buildings offered early prospect of great improvement in equipment. At the beginning of 1934-35 this college will absorb the entire work of the college of education in a department of education, and it will also take over the work of the departments of art and home economics hitherto organized in the college of applied science. It is expected that this change will double the number of students registered in the college of liberal arts, increasing the administrative responsibility to that extent. The size of classes and teaching loads of individual instructors in liberal arts, however, will not be much changed. 2. Students. — The college of liberal arts enrolled 541 students during the year 1933-34, 381 of whom were men and 160 were women. This represents an increase of 1 over the enrollment of 1932-33. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 389 Students in this college were greatly helped by the special scholar¬ ship and student-aid plans of the trustees and by the supplementary student aid coming from the Federal Emergemw Relief Administra¬ tion in the second semester. 3. Graduates.— The college of liberal arts awarded 51 degrees in the year 1933-34, a net loss of 9 in comparison with the preceding year. Of these 51 graduates, 26 received the degree of bachelor of arts, 20 the degree of bachelor of science, and 5 the degree of bachelor of science in commerce. 4. Teaching staf. — There were 69 members of the faculty of the college of liberal arts during the academic year 1933-34, 63 of whom were full-time teachers and 6 part-time, representing together a full-time equivalent of 64% teachers. This marks a loss of 14 teachers, 13 of whom were full-time and 1 part-time. The 69 teachers for the year were distributed as follows: Professors, 19 (17 full-time and 2 part-time); associate professors, 12; assistant professors, 15 (14 full-time and 1 part-time); instructors, 18 (16 full-time and 2 part-time); assistants, 5 (4 full-time and 1 part-time). During the academic year 7 teachers returned from leave of absence for further study, while 5 were away for the same purpose. There were three appointments during the year. Two teachers retired for age, and two members of the staff were taken by death. Members of this faculty published 27 articles and 1 book during the year. It is to be hoped that an early return of normal condi¬ tions will permit the reappointment of native teachers in German and Spanish and the addition of one member each to the depart¬ ments of political science, romance languages, sociology, and physical education for women. 5. Special grants from General Education Board. — The year 1933-34 was the fifth and last year of the privileged use of two special 5-year grants from the General Education Board — one for $29,000 for the further training of teachers in the natural sciences and another of $28,000 for the further development of libraries of the natural sciences. Twelve thousand dollars of the grant for the libraries was used in 1929-30 and $4,000 in each of the 4 succeeding years, for the purchase of greatly needed books in chemistry, physics, zoology, botany, and mathematics. This grant enabled the establishment and initial development of departmental libraries in each case and greatly strengthened the work. Of the grant for the further training of teachers in the natural sciences the University was able to use $21,250 during the 5-year period in aid of more than 13 years of further study for 9 teachers in chemistry, zoology, physics, and mathematics. 390 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 19 3 4 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 1. The discontinuation of the college of education. — The college of education ceases its existence as one of the units of the University on June 30, 1934, as the result of the action of the board of trustees taken at its April meeting 1933. Thenceforth the work of education will be done by the same faculty group in a department of education in the college of liberal arts. 2. Enrollment. — The enrollment of the college of education in 1933-34 was 379, representing a drop of approximately 27.5 percent from the enrollment of 523 in 1932-33. The discontinuance of the summer school, largely recruited from teachers, and the announced integration of the work in education with the college of liberal arts, as well as the depression conditions referred to in the last report, contributed to this loss. 3. Practice teaching. — During the year 58 student-teachers worked at practice teaching in 10 public schools of the District of Columbia, and taught 14 subjects as their majors in fulfillment of requirements for graduation. We are grateful to record that this privilege has been extended to our students for the past 14 years. 4. Graduates. — In 1933-34 there were 71 graduates of the college of education. Fifty-seven degrees of bachelor of arts and 14 degrees of bachelor of science in education were awarded. Of the 29 graduate degrees awarded during the year 3 were in the field of education. 5. Faculty. — The teaching of courses in education was done by 9 full-time teachers, including the dean, and 5 part-time teachers whose major assignments were in other departments. The 2 teachers on leave last year resumed their duties and 2 received the degree of doctor of philosophy from Columbia University during the year. The 9 members of the group published, during 1933-34, 2 books, 8 magazine articles, and 6 book reviews, and completed the second volume of the journal of Negro education which closed with a notable year-book number of 564 pages on “The Physical and Mental Abil¬ ities of the American Negro.,, The number contains 18 pages of carefully selected bibliographical material on this subject which is stated by the editor to “constitute the most comprehensive and up-to-date single source on this topic that can be found in print at this time.” COLLEGE OF APPLIED SCIENCE 1. Organization and curricula. — During the school year 1933-34 the college of applied science offered six curricula in four major depart¬ ments, as follows: Architecture, art, home economics, and engineer¬ ing — including civil engineering, electrical engineering, and mechani¬ cal engineering. The board of trustees voted to discontinue the col¬ lege of applied science at the end of 1933-34 and in its stead to estab- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 391 lish the school of engineering and architecture, a separately organized and administered higher educational unit, with a dean at its head. The present acting dean of the college of applied science has been appointed acting dean of this new school. The departments of art and home economics are to be merged with the college of liberal arts. Until such tune as graduate instruction may be offered by the school of engineering and architecture, the school will follow the policy of directing certain of its graduates to other institutions for advanced work. No new departments will be added to the school at the present time. 2. Enrollment. — During the year 153 individual students pursued courses in this college as compared with 177 during the previous year. Sixty-five of these students enrolled for degrees offered by the college of applied science, equaling in number the G5 students of the school year 1932-33. 3. Scholarships. — Eleven scholarships, including sLx Federal Emer¬ gency Relief Administration work scholarships, were made available to students of the college of applied science during the school year. This represents an increase of eight scholarships over the number available during the preceding school year. 4. Graduates. — The college of applied science awarded 9 degrees in the year 1933-34, as compared with 8 degrees during 1932-33. The 9 degrees awarded were as follows: Bachelor of science in civil engineering, 3; bachelor of science in electrical engineering, 3; bach¬ elor of science in mechanical engineering, 2; bachelor of science in home economics, 1. 5. Teaching staff. — In 1933-34 there were 15 full-time and 1 part- time teachers. One faculty member returned from leave of absence and one earned the degree of doctor of philosophy during the year. One instructor was granted sabbatical leave for the school year 1934-35. A member of the faculty was appointed architect to the Division of Subsistence Homesteads. Three members of art depart¬ ment staff contributed their works to current exhibitions of art, including the annual water color exhibition at the Philadelphia Academy of Fine Arts, the Negro artists’ exhibition sponsored by the College Art Association and the Harmon Foundation, and the Negro artists’ exhibition at the National Galleries, Washington, D.C., sponsored by the Association for the Study of Negro Life and History. 6. Contributions to the community in adult education. — Through the activities of the departments of this college there were several contributions to current community life, especially along the line of adult education. The university’s service was extended to civic groups and associations on such topics as consumers’ education, art appreciation, clothing economics, and special informal short course 392 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 lectures on building construction. This work was closely related to the general program of the college which included exhibitions of works of art, exhibit! ms of fitness, beauty and economy in dress, architectural exhibi 1 ms; and the engineering laboratories’ “open house.” The art department provided 10 exhibitions of art, including 2 on African art, and 8 lectures including 1 on the Bushmen Painters and 1 on Negro art. The art exhibits were attended by 9,581 persons. By loan from the Government to Howard University the department of art acquired the possession and use of 1 1 works painted by Negro artists in connection with the Public Works art project. SCHOOL OF MUSIC 1 . Enrollment. — The enrollment of the school of music again showed .an increase in 1933 -34, in a general trend of increased music enroll¬ ment over a period of 5 years, beginning with 78 students in 1929-30. There was an average enrollment of 140 during the current year, \with 28 new matriculants in the first semester and 12 in the second. 2. Beneficial scholarships. — Eighteen students in the school received scholarship aid during the year from four sources: Seven special uni¬ versity scholarships of $150; gift scholarships from the school of music faculty and the musical arts society, $186.85 ; and work scholar¬ ships through the university and the Federal Emergency Relief Administration. These scholarships were very helpful to the regis¬ tration, scholarship, and morale of the school. 3. Courses and faculty. — Courses were offered in piano by 3 teach¬ ers; in organ by 1 teacher; in voice by 2 teachers; in violin, orchestra¬ tion, string and percussion instruments by 1 teacher; in public-school methods by 1 teacher; in theory and appreciation of music by 2 teachers; and in the junior piano department by 3 teachers. The total faculty of 9 included 2 professors, 1 assistant professor, 5 instruc¬ tors, and 1 assistant. Two members of the faculty were away on sabbatical leave for further study. Representative recitals were given during the year by four members of the faculty in four States and the District of Columbia. Mon tidy recitals were given in the recital hall by all advanced students of the school of music, including this year the departments of voice, violin, and piano, with representation from the junior piano classes. At the end of the year the work of the school found expression in formal recitals in the university chapel. 4. Musical organizations. — Students of the school of music found avenues of expression and service through four musical organizations: The University choir, the University glee club for men, the women’s glee club, and the musical arts society. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 393 5. University concert series. — During the year the Howard Univer¬ sity concert series, maintained to feed and develop the cultural ap¬ preciation of music, was continued under the auspices of the school of music. One singer, two pianists, one violinist, one glee club, and the National Symphony Orchestra of Washington were presented with such a cordial response from students, faculty, and citizens that all bills were paid with a substantial cash balance remaining toward the bud¬ get of the coming year. The warm appreciation of this musical series, considered in relation to the wide-spread interest in the art exhibits and in the student dramatic presentations in the department of Eng¬ lish in the college of liberal arts, indicates an encouraging growth of interest in the arts throughout the University. 6. Graduates. — Two degrees were conferred at commencement: The bachelor of music degree to one student with a major in organ, and the bachelor of school music degree to one student specializing in public- school music. 7. Organ. — The trustees have placed the school of music in position to acquire an organ. This instrument will complete the range of equipment for the school and will enrich its work in many ways. The faculty rejoices. MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS 1. Headquarters’ appraisal oj the work. — Under date of June 11, 1934, the acting chief of staff, Headquarters Third Corps Area of the United States Army, transmitted a letter expressing the gratifica¬ tion of the headquarters over “the excellent results attained by the unit, as shown by the report of inspection recently completed at your institution”, and quoted from the report of inspection signed by command of Brigadier General Tracy: All indications point to a better unit at Howard University. Tremendous strides toward improvement have been accomplished during the past year. There is marked improvement in the efficiency of this unit which, in my opinion, deserves special mention in this report. General rating of the unit: Excellent. 2. Enrollment. — The enrollment in military science and tactics during the year 1933-34 was 266 during the first semester, and 246 during the second semester, with an average for the year of 256. 3. Commissions awarded. — Twenty students were awarded com¬ missions as second lieutenants of infantry, in the Reserve Officers’ Training Corps of the United States Army. 4. Teaching staff. — The teaching staff of military science and tac¬ tics includes 5 members as follows: Professors, 1; assistant professors, 1 ; assistants, 3. 394 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 193 4 SUMMER SCHOOL There was no summer school during the year 1933-34, in accordance with the legislation of the board of trustees providing that beginning with the school year 1933-34 the summer school shall be discon¬ tinued. Enrollment of the last session of this school during 1932-33 was 291. SCHOOL OF MEDICINE The school of medicine is the functional organization which rep¬ resents the cooperative interests of the entire medical unit of the University without superseding the direct lines of authority from the independent faculties of its member units to the board of trustees. Freedmen’s Hospital, an independent institution built upon grounds owned by the University, is functionally a part of the University medical unit. THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE 1. General trends. — The main objectives for the year have been: (1) To hold the ground already gained educationally in face of serious budget reductions; (2) to improve cooperation among the depart¬ ments of instruction in the school and between the school and the Freedmen’s Hospital; and (3) to keep students from becoming dis¬ couraged and withdrawing from school on account of lack of funds. During the year surveys of the school were made by the State boards of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania. A survey by the State of Illinois is now in progress. The council on medical education has announced its plan to make another survey of all the medical schools in the United States. In this forthcoming survey emphasis will be placed on the quality of teaching personnel, the adequacy of scientific equip¬ ment, apparatus, and supplies, and upon the availability of a teaching hospital under proper educational control. 2. Students. — Of a total of 201 applicants for admission, 137 satis¬ fied the minimum requirements. Forty-eight new students were admitted to the freshman class. One hundred and ninety-nine students were registered in the first trimester, 198 for the second, and 195 for the third. Twenty-four of those admitted held the bachelor’s degree, 1 the master’s degree, while all the others presented credit for at least 3 years of approved college work. Eight students with¬ drew during the year but only 3 of these on account of lack of funds. In no case, however, has a medical student with demonstrated ability and of scholastic advancement well above the average been compelled to withdraw on account of lack of funds. The small-payment plan adopted by the University prevented many students from withdraw¬ ing on account of inability to pay their way. The scholarship-aid plan instituted last year has amply justified itself. In accordance with this plan 8 full tuition scholarships and 8 half tuition scholar- SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 395 ships were awarded to medical students. Eighteen other students were aided by the Federal Emergency Relief Administration. 3. Graduates. — Forty-seven graduated with the degree of doctor of medicine. Forty-six of these accepted general rotating intern¬ ships in 13 hospitals. 4. Faculty. — Two full-time appointments to instructorships were made, one in bacteriology and 1 (a former general education board fellow) in neurology and psychiatry. Of a faculty of 97, 17 were full-time teachers as compared with a faculty of 62 in 1929-30, with 3 nominally full-time teachers. Two general education board fellows, 1 in public health and the other in neuroamatomy, have completed their second year of study at the University of Michigan. One of them received the degree of doctor of public health and the other the degree of doctor of philosophy. Their appointments as full-time members of the faculty became effective July 1, 1933-34. One instructor has been granted a fellowship by the Oberlaender Trust for the purpose of advanced study in dermatology and sy philol¬ ogy in Berlin, Germany. One part-time professor was retired after many years of faithful service. There have been 8 scientific publica¬ tions by members of the faculties and 6 other publications are in the press. In the absence of budgeted money for travel 8 members of the faculty attended national scientific societies at their own expense. Two represented Howard University by reading scientific papers, resulting from their research, before the Federation of American Societies of Experimental Biologists, the American Society of Physical Anthropologists and the American Society of Mammologists. Three teachers were elected to membership in national scientific societies. 5. Instruction. — Although some teachers continue to work without adequate help and equipment there has been surprisingly little serious complaint. Instruction has been furnished to medical, dental, pharmaceutical students, and also to a few from the other colleges, including 16 student nurses in anatomy and to 14 in bacteriology. 6. Departmental , interschool , and hospital relations. — Increasing cooperation is noted among the departments of the school, and a very satisfactory series of interchanging lectures has been conducted between the medical and dental colleges and the law school on fields of mutual interest. The relations between the school and hospital remain cordial. On some services in the hospital the clinical material for teaching purposes is adequate in quantity and variety, while in others it is not. Particularly is there a lack of ample clinical material for teaching pediatrics. Facilities for practical teaching of tuber¬ culosis and acute contagious diseases is still lacking. This material should be provided for in the Freedmen’s Hospital group. 87859—34 - 26 396 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY 1. Enrollment. — Thirty-nine students were registered in the col¬ lege of dentistry during the school year 1933-34, representing an increase of 1 over the 38 enrolled in 1932-33. There was, however, an increase of 15 in the enrollment of the freshman class, repre¬ senting the first substantial increase of new students since the college adopted the plan of instruction which requires 2 years of college work for entrance and 4 of professional work for graduation. Two of the new students entered with the bachelor’s degree. Several others are pursuing continuation courses leading to both baccalaureate and dental degrees. 3. Graduates. — Six graduating students were awarded the degree of doctor of dental surgery at the June commencement. Two former graduates returned during the year for postgraduate work. 4. Curriculum. — Official announcement was made of the inaugu¬ ration of a formal course for the training of dental hygienists during the school year 1934-35 and the first faculty appointment was made looking in this direction. In view of limited facilities and teaching personnel the first class will be limited to 10 students. Qualified applicants already exceed this number. 5. Faculty. — The teaching staff continued to include 14 members in 1933-34, 11 of whom were on full-time and 4 on part-time, together representing a full-time equivalent of 12}£ teachers. But before the close of the year the staff was weakened by the death of Dr. Frederick P. Barrier, associate professor, a faithful member of the faculty for 28 years. Long-delayed advancement in rank and salaries kept the staff predominantly composed of men in the instructor’s rank, the distribution being as follows: Professors, none; associate professors, 3; assistant professors, 1; instructors, 10. (7 full-time and 3 part- time). Scientific papers, resulting from the research of the dean of the college, were read before the American Association for the Advance¬ ment of Science and the International Association of Dental Research, abstracts appearing in 2 scientific journals. 6. Physical plant. — Numerous handicaps and inconveniences in connection with the old medical building now used for dentistry have continued to cause the efficiency of the organization to suffer. During the year some progress was made toward overcoming these by a renovation project financed by the Public Works Administra¬ tion. At the close of the year, however, this project was incomplete. The age and general condition of this building will not permit the best modern work in dentistry to be done in it. The cause of dental education will be greatly served when an urgently needed building with modern equipment is made available. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 397 COLLEGE OF PHARMACY 1. Registration. — Twenty-two students registered in the college of pharmacy; 9 in the first year and 4 in the second year of the 4-year course; 2 in the junior and 7 in the senior years of the 3-year course. 2. Graduates. — Two students graduated from the 3-year course with the degree of pharmaceutical chemist. The other 7 students, still pursuing the 3-year course — 2 juniors and 5 seniors — had not completed the work, but must do so by 1936, the last year for con¬ ferring pharmaceutical chemist degree. 3. Faculty. — The teaching staff of five members remained the same for 1933-34 as 1932-33. There were 2 full-time professors, 1 of whom is vice-dean, 1 associate professor, 1 full-time instructor, and 1 part-time (one-fourth) instructor. Two scientific papers were published by faculty members during the past year, both in the Journal of the American Pharmaceutical Association. 4. Curriculum. — The 4-year curriculum leading to the degree of bachelor of science in pharmacy has been revised to conform to the new National Pharmaceutical Syllabus which is official for all boards and colleges of pharmacy. 5. Equipment. — On account of the curtailed budget very little equipment was acquired during the year. Reconstruction of lecture rooms, laboratories, supply rooms, and offices by the maintenance department has added greatly to the teaching facilities of the college. SCHOOL OF LAW 1. General trends. — After a favorable report by the examiner of the American Association of Law Schools the school of law at Howard University was elected to full membership in the association, thus ending its probationary period. The school also acquired member¬ ship in the Association of Law Libraries through the activity of the acting librarian, and entered into the plan of this organization to operate a law library clearing house for the exchange of duplicate books. The enrollment experienced a further decline and there was a further loss in faculty personnel. The average scholarship of students increased in caliber; the library gained 824 volumes, making a total of 15,237 volumes, thus further crowding the already out¬ grown space of the school. The trustees voted to move the school to the undergraduate and graduate campus as soon as building space can be available. 2. Enrollment. — The total enrollment of the year was 38, as com¬ pared with 44 in 1932-33, the decrease being due to the following special factors: (1) the elimination of the part-time school, (2) the marked increase in standards of scholarship, (3) the elimination of 50 percent of the colleges from which students may be accepted, and (4) the acute economic depression among Negroes. 398 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 193 4 During the year the administration of the school of law made a survey of interest in legal education in 17 of the schools whose stu¬ dents are eligible for admission. It was found that interest is increasing. The administration believes, therefore, that the decline in enrollment has reached its lowest level and that from now on increase will be noted. A new ruling of the accrediting organiza¬ tions has also increased the number of schools from which students may be admitted. 3. Graduates. — Seven graduates received the degree of bachelor of laws in June, as compared with eight for the previous year. 4. Faculty. — The faculty of the school of law for 1934 included 11 members, 4 of whom were full-time and 7 of whom were on part- time, together making a full-time equivalent of 5 % teachers, dis¬ tributed as follows: Professors, 4 (2 full-time and 2 part-time); associate professors, 1; assistant professors, 3 (1 full-time and 2 part-time); instructors, 1 (part-time); others, 2 (part-time). Two teachers returned from further study on fellowships at Harvard University, after having earned the degree of doctor of juridical science. One teacher will be away on fellowship at Harvard during the coming year. RELIGION 1. Support. — The school of religion receives no aid from Govern¬ ment appropriation. It is entirely supported from a small endowment and from private gifts. 2. Organization and curriculum. — In accord with the previous trustee action the correspondence, evening school, and college of religion courses were discontinued at the beginning of the school year 1933-34, and the school operated solely as a graduate school of religion requiring a bachelor’s degree from a standard college for entrance. The 21 students who had already begun their course in the college of religion were permitted to continue their work, but no new students were admitted to this course. 3. Students. — The total enrollment for the year was 32, with 11 students registering in the graduate school of religion and 21 con¬ tinuing their courses in the college of religion. 4. Faculty. — The work was conducted by 10 teachers — 2 full-time professors, 1 full-time associate professor, and 7 part-time instructors, together representing the full-time equivalent of 5%o teachers. One full-time instructor resigned at the end of the first semester to enter the pastorate. At the end of the year the venerable dean of the school of religion retired after a lifetime of service in the field of Negro education, and his successor was elected. 5. Extension work. — During the year the faculty conducted the annual convocation for 3 days, the institute for ministers and religious SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 399 workers at Kinston, N. C., for 5 days, and 2 teacher- training classes for the Sunday-school teachers of Washington. 6. Graduates. — Seven men were graduated in June, one with the bachelor of divinity degree and six with the degree of bachelor of theology. THE LIBRARIES 1. Accessions to the book and periodical collections. — During the year there were 6,930 accessions to the book collection, distributed as follows: General library 5,845, law 824, medicine 261. These accessions included gifts from 36 donors, many of which were very valuable. The total usable book collection of the university now includes 85,020 volumes exclusive of pamphlets estimated at 35,000, and of the Veterans’ Bureau collection, distributed as follows: Medicine 7,528, law 15,235, general library and all other branches, 62,257. The libraries subscribe for 498 periodicals distributed as follows: Main library 335, medical library 138, law library 25. Two hundred and eighty-one volumes of back issues of periodicals for the depart¬ ments of the natural sciences were purchased during the year. Five hundred and thirteen volumes of periodicals were bound during the year, including 380 volumes in the main library and 133 in medicine. The main library now has 5,000 volumes of bound periodicals. 2. Special Negro collections. — Valuable additions were made during the year to the Moorland Foundation, a special collection of books by and about Negroes. This collection now contains 4,400 books, about 3,000 pamphlets, and 283 bound periodicals. Forty- three volumes of periodicals pertaining to the Negro were bound during the year. There were 15 loans to college and university libraries from this collection during the year. In 1932-33 the medical library began a collection of reprints of outstanding scientific publications by Negroes in the field of medi¬ cine. This unique and valuable collection is growing at a rate far greater than was expected. It received two especially encouraging gifts during the year. 3. Cataloging. — Six thousand nine hundred and eighteen volumes were cataloged during the year in the main library and 147 volumes were recataloged. 4. Circulation. — In the main library there was a total circulation of 42,922 books during the year, including 844 reserved books, representing an average of 256 books per day. In the medical library there was a total circulation of 35,414 books for the year or an average per day of 118. Three hundred seventy-seven inter- library loans were made in the general library and 100 in the medical library. 400 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 19 34 5. Loans from Veterans ’ Bureau collection. — The university re¬ ceived 46 requests for loans from the Veterans’ Bureau books made available to Howard University and loans were made to 41 institu¬ tions, totaling 29,000 books. 6. Improvements in organization and service. — The main library was organized during the year into four divisions: (1) Cataloging, (2) ref¬ erence and circulation, (3) order and acquisitions, and (4) special Negro collection. This resulted in decided improvements in service and in esprit de corps. Work was greatly facilitated also by increased student assistants made available through special scholarship and student-aid funds provided by the university and by the Government. 8. New library building and the future outlook. — The new library building in immediate prospect holds hope of release from the crowded space in the present building. This greatly needed advanced step emphasizes, however, the painful inadequacy of our collection of books and periodicals in every division of the university. This has been long recognized and the General Education Board, the Laura Spellman Foundation, and the Carnegie Corporation have endeavored to help the university by gifts for the development of the libraries of the natural sciences, medicine, law, and dentistry. These grants have all now expired. Increased funds for books are greatly needed. PERSONNEL 1 . The registrar. — The registrar and his seven assistants continue to conduct the correspondence concerning admissions for all divisions of the university, to keep the student records in all divisions in a manner acceptable to the decisive accrediting agency thereof, to issue official transcripts of records, to develop an accurate classified list of the records of the university, to serve as secretary of five faculties of the university and to perform other valuable committee services. During the year he made a special study of the records of 1,082 freshmen undergraduate students for a 5-year period, correlating the same with the results of the psychological tests, and prepared a graphic chart showing the geographical distribution of the living graduates of the university whose addresses were available. 2. Student health. — By reason of the restricted budget of the university the division of student health was obliged to suffer the loss of both of its half-time assistant physicians. The staff this year consisted of 1 full-time physician, 2 nurses, 1 secretary, and 5 part- time student assistants, working in 6 rooms on the second floor of the gymnasium building, 4-room units on the top floor of the men’s and women’s dormitories and in cooperation with the X-ray unit of the university and the facilities of Freedmen’s Hospital. The staff engaged in the following major forms of service: (1) Detailed physical SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 401 examination of all entering students, recording all defects and out¬ lining correction; (2) consultation service for all illnesses in which 2,900 voluntary calls were made, including 800 calls of the nurse in the women's dormitories, the service being improved this year by the addition of a psychiatrical consultant and by a revised system of records; (3) early diagnosis of tuberculosis; (4) the care of students confined to bed with illness, including 26 men and 31 women in the dormitory infirmaries for an average period of 4 days each, in addition to 25 student cases cared for in the Freedmen’s Hospital and 6 opera¬ tive cases; (5) the routine conduct of community hygiene; (6) the promotion of health education through several media, including poster service, special health exhibit on cancer control and preven¬ tion, etc.; (7) care of athletes; and (8) special inoculation of student candidates for military camps against contagion. The director served as member of the organization committee of the American Student Health Association during the year and the institutional health committee for the conference on fundamental problems in Negro education. 3. The deans of women and men . — The dean of women and the dean of men exercise supervision over the dormitories and the general living conditions of the students; with the advice and cooperation of a faculty committee on student activities they also supervise the extra-curricular activities of students ; and by personal interviews and otherwise they try to acquaint themselves with and to correct any one of many personal factors which may be obstructing the individual student from able intellectual performance and progress. The dean of men reports that the men students quickly took advantage of the reduced dormitory fees and occupied all space in Clark Hall — the sole men’s dormitory — as well as all unused room space in Miner Hall, a temporary administration building. The dormitory enroll¬ ment of women was not substantially increased, however. By reason of the limited budget of the university and the contin¬ uing small residence group of women all boarding facilities for men and women were concentrated in the women’s dormitories. The dean of men’s studies show that men students living in the dormitories in general maintain a higher average of scholarship and show fewer failures. This is indicative of the fact that even our present poorly equipped men’s dormitory affords a helpful stimulus to study. It is hoped that better dormitories may soon be available. Clark Hall is old and expensive to repair and its room furnishings are miserable. The trustees have tried little by little to improve it but it is obvious that it must be replaced at the earliest possible time by a new dormitory affording modern conveniences. 402 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Tlirough the use of specially appropriated Public Works funds in the amount of $98,811 (actual use $77,801.85) and the assignment of men and materials to the university by the Civil Works Administra¬ tion, the buildings and grounds of the university were extensively repaired and reconditioned. A further sum of $89,064.48 was spent from private funds of the university, provided by the general educa¬ tion board and the Julius Rosenwald Fund, and from the income of properties previously purchased through extension funds, for the purchase of additional lands and for the improvement of these proper¬ ties. The total increases in the land resources for the further expan¬ sion of the university, provided from these private gift funds, has now reached the value of $1,089,399.25. The trustees have taken immediate advantage of their ownership of these properties to destroy an entire block of tenement houses which were fitted with sanitary facilities of miserably poor quality and otherwise in such a low state of repair as to be unfit for habitation. Table 13. — Building 'projects in process , 1983-84 Number Description of project Date authorized Total appropri¬ ations 2 . . . Cnnstmetinn and equipment nf a. eheTnistry building May 4,1929 Feb. 14,1931 . __ do _ $475, 500 800, 000 460,000 460, 000 5 . . . . Cnnstmetinn and equipment, nf a. ’library building 7 . Cnnstmetinn nf edneat.innal elassrnnm bnildine 8 . . Construction and equipment of heat, light, and power plant. Feb. 17,1933 The status of the above-listed projects is as follows: Project no. 2 — contract for chemistry building let and building under construction; contract for equipment delayed pending Government action on university’s request for $150,800 additional to complete the contract under the 68 percent increased costs prevailing on April 9, 1934, when bids were returned. Project no. 7 — classroom contract let and build¬ ing construction well under way. Project no. 8 — heat, light, and power plant plans and specifications completed and bids returned; equip¬ ment contract held up pending Government decision on the availa¬ bility of additional money to meet the increased costs under the codes. Project no. 5 — library final plans and specifications are almost ready and are expected to be completed in August. The total amount appropriated by the Congress for buildings at the university, impounded by the Executive and at length restored by the Public Works Administration, was $2,100,000. Since these appropriations — specifically on April 9. 1934 — bids have shown building construction costs to have risen by 17 percent and scientific equipment costs to have risen by 68 percent. Thus far the Public SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 403 Works Administration has awarded to Howard University an addi¬ tional sum of $85,500 or approximately 4 percent, in addition to the sums appropriated by Congress, to make possible the construction of these buildings. FINANCES The year 1933-34 was the first full year of operation with the reorganized system of finances voted and installed by the trustees. All finances and business administration of the university were con¬ centrated in the treasurer’s office, as redefined by trustee statute. All trustee committees formerly engaged in financial supervision of any sort were combined in the finance committee, and the accounting system of the university was operated on a revised basis conforming with a system agreed upon by the American Association of Universi¬ ties and the American Association of Colleges. The new system worked with great advantage, facilitating current control, economy of expenditure, and a balanced budget. I submit herewith the treasurer’s financial statement (omitted from this summary), audited by certified public accountants, showing the balance sheets of the university with assets, liabilities, and funds as of June 30, 1933. A statement of income and expenditures, from current and capital funds, is included, with a further statement showing the distribution of expenditures from Government appropriations, as at June 30, 1934. The total assets of the university at June 30, 1934, were $6,450,335.- 22, exclusive of the unexpended balances of Government appropria¬ tions for the chemistry building, the classroom building, the heat, light, and power plant, and the library. Of the total assets $1,089,- 398.25 represented assets in physical plant extension made possible through private gifts; $861,153.67 represented endowments; $4,280,- 300.28 represented plant fund assets, exclusive of the unexpended balances of Government appropriations for buildings, as indicated above. The remaining $219,483.02 represented assets of the current fund. The total income for the year was $1,269,495.94, including current and capital funds. This represents a gross increase of $210,271.08 over the total income for 1932-33. The total income for current ex¬ penditures was $950,472.49 representing a slight gross increase over the sum of $937,144.26 for 1932-33. The sum $950,472.49 includes however, a special appropriation from the Federal Government of $77,801.85 for reconditioning and repair of buildings. The actual income for current educational expenses from the Federal Govern¬ ment was $605,874.77 or $26,000 less than the income from the Federal Government for current expenses during 1932-33. There was a decrease also in private income for current expense from $377,606.91 in 1932-33 to $343,618.48 in 1933-34. 404 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 The total expenditures for all purposes, current and capital, were $1,200,047.43 as compared with $1,035,269.98 for the previous year, or an increase of $164,177.45. The total expenditures for current purposes, however, were $957,847.59 as compared with $985,482.95 during the previous year, or a reduction of $27,635.36. Attention is respectfully directed to the increase in the amount and percentage expended for administration and to the decrease in the amount and percentage spent for regular operation and maintenance, as well as to slight increase in the amount and percentage spent for the general library. These are trends which the university hopes to maintain. Once again economical administration has made possible an excess of income over expenditures in the amount of $69,448.51 and a conse¬ quent reduction of the current fund deficit from $135,149.70 to $66,189.79. It will be observed also that the income received from the Federal Government and from private sources was kept at balance, varying only seventy-eight one-hundredths of 1 percent from the percentages planned in the 10-year program. The auditing of all the university’s accounts has been done by certified public accountants. All moneys appropriated by the Con¬ gress were expended under the supervision of the Department of the Interior. FREEDMEN’S HOSPITAL W. A. Warfield, Chief Surgeon During the period covered by this report the wards of the hospital, like the preceding year, were filled to capacity* and the number of applicants refused admission on account of a lack of beds was greatly in excess of last year. On the administrative side the work exceeded any previous year. All of the projects made possible by the allotment of $85,000 of the Public Works Administration funds have been completed except one, repairs to the elevator in wing I. This project called for the instal¬ lation of a new elevator but the funds were sufficient for repairs only, which will make it safe for use for some years to come. PATIENTS There were 251 patients remaining in the hospital at the close of the fiscal year 1933, of whom 31 were pay patients, 73 indigent residents of the States, and 147 indigent residents of the District of Columbia. During the year 5,020, including births, were admitted, making a total of 5,271 indoor patients under care, as against 5,139 the preceding fiscal year. Of the number admitted, including births, 637 were pay patients, 1,387 were indigent residents of the States, and 2,996 were indigent residents of the District of Columbia. There were discharged during the year, including births, 5,035, of whom 2,649 had recovered 1,908 improved, 144 unimproved, and 334 died, leaving 236 in the hospital July 1, 1934, of which number 36 were pay patients, 59 indigent residents of the States, and 141 indigent residents of the District of Columbia. The mortality rate for the year was 6.3 percent, notwithstanding 108 died within 48 hours after admission. Autopsies were performed on 30.6 percent of all deaths. There were 2,208 surgical operations; 1,107 major and 1,101 minor. In the dental department 3,367 were treated as against 1,951 last year. Nineteen thousand three hundred and ninety-three were treated in the out-patient department, of whom 7,785 were new patients. Seven thousand three hundred and nine were treated in the emergency 405 406 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 department. This department, like the indoor, was overcrowded. Many applicants could not receive attention because of the small force of employees. It is urgent that additional clerical and social service help be provided for this department. The following table shows the number of visits to the various clinics: Clinic Number of visits Clinic Number of visits Dermatology _ 1,292 245 212 2, 093 2,086 5, 530 3, 726 3, 237 5,290 789 Oral surgery.... 378 5, 509 2, 676 1,442 251 7,485 1,342 282 Ear . . . . Orthopedic _ Nose _ Pediatric _ Throat _ Prenatal Eye _ _ _ _ Postnatal . _ _ _ Urological _ Surgical dressing _ Gynecological _ Minor surgical _ Luetic. _ _ _ _ Tubercular.. _ _ _ _ Medical . . . Total _ _ _ _ 43, 865 Neurological _ . The total number of patients receiving the benefits of the hospital was 24,664, or 3,015 more than last year. In conformity with the action of the American Association of Hos¬ pital Social Workers, in convention at Kansas City, the social service department will be designated hereafter as the Department of Medical Social Service. As in previous years the coordination of the work in this department with the school of nursing consisted in a course of 16 lectures by the director of social service to the senior nurses. Con¬ sideration is now being given by the superintendent of nurses to the assignment of student nurses to this department for observation dur¬ ing their preliminary period. THE SCHOOL OF NURSING The graduate personnel in the nursing department must be en¬ larged, not only to reduce the hours of iservice to 8, day and night, but because adequate care of the patients makes it imperative. The duties of a nurse are very taxing and strenuous, and it should not be expected that she can do her best working from 10 to 12 hours a day, which does not allow proper time for recreation and study. The registration of the school by the State nursing board is in danger of cancelation if the hours of duty are not reduced to a daily basis of 8. This is being required of all schools. To meet this acute situation, 21 graduates are needed and must be provided without delay. NEEDS As stated in the last annual report, the outstanding and most urgent need of the hospital is a larger personnel. In the main the care of the sick may be divided into three major groups: First, physical equipment SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 407 ■such as housing, apparatus, and machinery; second, sustenance, such as food, heat, and medication; and third, service, which embodies personnel. Hospitals are classified according to their preparation to meet the requirements along these three lines and the sick can be cared for only in proportion as the institution is equipped to meet their needs. Loss of rating means inadequate care of the ill, and like¬ wise means inability of those who serve them to receive accredited recognition for their service. The first two elements by which we are judged, physical equipment and sustenance, have been adequately met, but the increase in per¬ sonnel has in no degree kept pace with the steady growth of the hospital, and as a consequence our standing has been jeopardized. Our most glaring deficiency is in the nursing department, were 21 additional graduates must be employed in order that the patients may receive the minimum of required care, and that the hours of duty for the nurses, according to standard requirements, may be reduced to a daily basis of 8 hours. Twenty-six thousand four hundred and sixty dollars are required for this need. Other employees of whom we are in great need in order to satisfy the demands of minimum standards are: 4 residents, 1 clerk, 1 matron, 4 orderlies, and 1 maid. Eight thousand seven hundred dollars will be needed to provide these employees. The correction of these deficiencies is imperative. The request for these additional employees is not a matter of desire but a matter of demand upon the part of those who set the standards and require¬ ments of the personnel needed to properly care for the hospital sick. The hospital can only attain its true aim and be perpetuated by meeting these requirements. Statistical summary 1934 1933 Colored White Colored White Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Total Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Total la hospital July 1, 1932 . . 16 18 34 In hospital July 1, 1933: Pay patients. _ _ _ 13 18 31 Indigents: United States _ _ 26 46 1 73 38 41 79 District of Columbia _ 62 85 147 64 53 117 Total.. . . . 101 149 1 251 118 112 230 408 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Statistical summary — Continued 1934 1933 Colored White Colored White Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Total Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Total Admitted: Pay patients _ 219 352 571 253 418 1 672: 66 Pay-patient births . . 29 37 66 32 34 Indigents: United States . . . 402 807 8 3 1, 220 2,431 167 407 761 3 1, 171 2,319 155 891 1, 526 96 12 2 878 1,429 81 10 2 Births: United States. _ 69 2 74 District of Columbia . . 266 299 565 252 273 1 526 Total admitted . 1, 876 3,117 20 7 5,020 1,896 2,996 14 3 4,909 Total indoor under care . 1,977 3,266 21 7 5, 271 2, 014 3, 108 14 3 5, 139 Stillbirths: Pay patients . 1 3 4 1 2 3 Indigents. . . . 25 20 45 30 27 57 Total . 26 23 49 31 29 60 Discharged, including births: Pay patients: Recovered _ _ _ _ 412 397 Improved _ 207 283 Unimproved.. . . . 13 9 Total . . . . . . . 632 689 Indigents: Recovered . 2,237 1, 701 131 1,991 Improved . . . 1, 733 Unimproved _ _ _ 159 Total . . . . . 4,069 3,883 Deaths: Pay patients _ 27 23 50 27 24 1 52 Indigents _ _ _ ._ 153 127 3 1 284 137 127 264 Total . . . . . 180 150 3 1 334 164 151 1 316 Grand total discharges _ _ 5, 035 4,888 In hospital July 1, 1934: Pay patients . . 14 22 36 13 18 31 Indigents: United States _ 23 36 59 26 46 1 73 District of Columbia _ 60 81 141 62 85 147 Total . . . 83 117 200 88 131 1 220 Grand total remaining _ 97 139 236 101 149 1 251 Day’s maintenance: Pay patients . . . . . 11, 416 26, 083 50, 932 11, 237 "24, 498 Indigents: United States . District of Columbia.. .. 49, 301 Total _ 88, 431 85, 036 1934 1933 Cost per patient per day. _ _ _ _ _ _ $2. 85 $3. 10 Largest number of indigents at any one time . . 252 249 Smallest number of indigents at any one time . . 182 168 Daily number of patients, pay and indigent _ 242 232 Average number of days hospitalization per patient... . 17 16. 48 Daily average number of patients, outdoor _ 180 138 Number of indigents admitted from District of Columbia, including births . 2, 996 2, 846 Number of prescriptions compounded: Indoor . 32,807 34,297 Outdoor . 23,544 22,397 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 409 Financial statement — Receipts and disbursements on account of pay patients 1934 1933 RECEIPTS Private-room patients, at $2 per day . . . _ . . . $6, 492. 00 $6, 358. 00 7, 128. 00 7, 183. 25 168.00 209.00 1, 423. 00 685.00 520.00 175.00 278.00 Ward patients, at $1.75 per day _ _ _ _ 5,964.00 239. 00 163.00 1,231.00 395.00 Children, at $1 per day . . . . . Babies, at 50 cents per day . . ... . . . '. _ Use of operating rooms _ X-ray photos _ _ _ _ _ _ _ X-ray photos (Veterans’ Administration patients).. _ _ Other charges _ _ _ _ _ 48.00 Other charges (Veterans’ Administration patients) Total . . . 14,532.00 24, 127. 25 DISBURSEMENTS Subsistence _ _ _ _ _ . 1, 313. 90 2, 686. 47 10, 239. 94 225.25 Medical and surgical supplies . . . . . . . . 4, 051. 35 18, 001. 35 209.25 Miscellaneous (dry goods, repairs, fuel, etc.) _ . Refund of overpayment by patients _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total . . . 14, 465. 56 22, 261. 95 Unexpended balance _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 66.44 1,865.30 Receipts and disbursements , 1934 RECEIPTS Appropriation, Interior Act: Salaries _ $199, 270. 00 For support _ 76, 860. 00 276, 130. 00 From pay patients _ 14, 532. 00 From Howard University _ 46, 108. 63 Total _ 336, 770. 63 DISBURSEMENTS Miscellaneous, appropriation (fuel, light, clothing, medicine, etc.)_ 36, 666. 59 Miscellaneous, pay patient (fuel, light, clothing, medicine, etc.) _ 12, 926. 41 Miscellaneous, Howard University (fuel, light, clothing, medicine, etc.) _ 45,541.44 Subsistence appropriation _ 39, 579. 50 Salaries _ 177, 260. 88 Pay-patient subsistence _ 1, 313. 90 Refunds, pay patients _ 225. 25 Total _ 313, 513. 97 UNEXPENDED BALANCE Miscellaneous appropriation _ 193. 41 Subsistence _ 420. 50 Salaries (including salary reductions of $17,347.59) _ 22, 009. 12 Pay patient _ 66. 44 Howard University _ 567. 19 Unexpended balance, total _ 23, 256. 66 THE COLUMBIA INSTITUTION FOR THE DEAF Percival Hall, President During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934, there were under instruc¬ tion in Gallaudet College, the advanced department, 142 students, 88 men and 54 women, representing 34 States and Canada. In the Kendall School, the primary and grammar department, there were 70 pupils, 41 boys and 29 girls. There was a net decrease of 2 students during the year, as 44 were admitted and 46 discharged. Sixty-four pupils were from the District of Columbia. The health of the students was uniformly good, partly no doubt due to preventive inoculations against typhoid, smallpox, scarlet fever, and diphtheria and partly due to special pains taken to provide exer¬ cise and good diet, including carefully produced milk from our own dairy. Regular courses of study in Gallaudet College and Kendall School were continued, with a revival of instruction in bacteriology in the college department for a few selected students. Studies have been made during the year by competent engineers of the power, light, and heating needs of the institution, of additional buildings needed, and the size and location of these. These studies show that even with the present plant the heating and lighting loads on our power plant are excessive. Crowded conditions call for the construction of a library and recitation building, for wliich the alumni have already contributed $50,000. Additional funds for a thorough revision and enlargement of the power plant heating and lighting systems and for the additional building mentioned should be provided at an early date. The salary scale of the employees should be improved, and a re¬ search department with at least two workers added. There is a large and valuable field for this type of work, wliich could be economically and conveniently done in our institution. There is no other place in the world where students are assembled whose age range and educa¬ tional range, as well as geographical selection, are as wide as those of our pupilage. The total receipts for the year were $165,701.79; total expenditures, $159,351.42. There was impounded in the Treasury $4,555.54, and 410 SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 411 a balance of $1.92 returned unexpended. Expenses from invested funds amounted to $1,446.70. On presentation day degrees of master of arts in course were con¬ ferred on 6 members of the normal department, degrees of bachelor of arts on 10 deaf students of the college, and degrees of bachelor of science on 13. Honorary degrees of master of arts and doctor of humane letters were conferred on Superintendent Thomas Rod well, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, and Superintendent J. W. Blattner, Sulphur, Okla., respectively. LIST OF STUDENTS FOR 1934 THE NORMAL DEPARTMENT California. — Margaret E. Bruns. Colorado. — Mabel Northern. Kentucky. — Robert Baughman. Minnesota. — Stanley D. Roth. Missouri. — Daniel Pratt Tucker. South Dakota. — Edward W. Tillinghast. GALLAUDET COLLEGE Alabama. — Jones. Arkansas. — Brown (Norman), Collums, Drake, Goodin, Hirschy, Rountree. California. — Aho, Brother, Jacobs, Ladner, Layne, Miller (Robert), Naftaly, Norton, O’Branovich, Ott, Vaughn, Watso, Wight. Colorado. — Culbertson. Connecticut. — Koziar. Florida. — Long (Dan), McNeilly, Wilson (Warren). Illinois. — Burditt, Davis (John), Estes, Holmgren, Hyman, Leicht, Reidel- berger, Yeager, Adams. Indiana. — Fehrman, Whisman. Iowa. — Crawford, Weisbrod, Parks. Kansas. — Benoit. Kentucky. — Logan. Massachusetts. — Antila. Michigan. — Paananen, Blackinton. Minnesota. — Corneliussen, Hillman, Montgomery, Sellner. Missouri. — Goetter, Lusk, Worsham. Mississippi. — Davis (Cecil). Nebraska. — Kelly, Slocum. New Jersey. — Davidowitz, Higgins, Silverman. New York. — Caligiuri, Greenmun, Kowalewski, Marshall, Patrie, Slanski, Susco. North Carolina. — Farnell, Hinnant, Kinlaw, McCord, Parker. North Dakota. — Berg, Clarke, Marsh, Ottaway, Poyzer, Tollefson, Walford. Ohio. — Brown (George), Ellerhorst, Franklin, Gefsky, Marino, Miller (Lynn)* Oklahoma. — Tucker. Oregon. — Grote, Kreplea, Stacks. Pennsylvania. — Adler, Havens, Hanover, Hoffmeister, Long (Calvin),. Muss- man, Nichols, Pristera, Sollenberger, Swope, Ulmer. South Carolina. — Parrott, Wilson (Louise). South Dakota. — John, Servold, Sorensen. 87859—34 - 27 412 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 Tennessee. — Akin, Boyd, Lucado. Texas. — Crockett, Davis (Hazel), Gamblin, Hays, Higgs, Zimmerman. Utah. — Burnett, Curtis. Virginia. — Golloday. Washington. — Delp, Mantz, Jozefoski, Nelson, Olsen, Rath, Stanfill, Travis, Vogt. Wisconsin. — Grabill, Horgen, Kuglitsch, Maertz, Oryall, Ragsdale, Thompson. Wyoming. — Atkinson, Burdett. Canada. — Buchan, Paterson. KENDALL SCHOOL Illinois. — Frederick Olsen. Virginia. — Francis Poe. District of Columbia. — John Adams, Helen Alsop, Byron Baer, Frank Barber, Helen Beavers, Henry Beckert, Edwin Blaisdell, Orval Berrios, Jose Berrios, Marion Bowling, Joseph Cappola, Theodore Chaconas, Ralph Cherrico, Sylvia Cohen, Ruth Colbert, Gilbert Corman, Milton Corman, Hugh Curtiss, Bernard Davidson, Laura Dizon, Milton Dye, Richard Eckert, Maurice Graham, Mar¬ garet Hatch, Thelma Henry, Lucille Hillengas, Ralph Hisey, Dixon Hospital, Stanley Jarboe, Valentine Johnson, Robert Johnston, Ida Juenamann, Harold Lomonosoff, Sarah Louck, Lola Lumpkin, Christine Magee, Orville McPherson, Thomas Mead, John Moore, June Moore, Patrick Murphy, Barbara Myer, Vin¬ cent Rabbitt, William Ramsey, Myrtle Redman, Patrick Reese, Betty Rice, Mary Riley, Anna Schlegel, Meda Scott, Edna Smoak, Homer Smoak, John Steuchler, Keeny Stewart, Mae Stewart, Georgia Satriakos, Wallace Travland, Mary Tsoulias, Louis Val, George Watson, Betty Wood, Estella Wood, Thomas Zimmerman, Woodrow Zimmerman, Helen Brodkin, J. Edwin Hunter, Robert Miller. THE ALASKA RAILROAD (O. F. Ohlson, general manager) GENERAL REMARKS The program of improvements and rehabilitation consisting of ditching, bank widening, grade raising and filling in of wooden trestles, and replacing wooden culverts with concrete pipe of the railroad pro¬ gressed favorably, although it was necessary to utilize maintenance forces during the earlier part of the fiscal year to complete repairs caused by heavy rains and cloudburst that occurred during August 1932; ballasting and bank widening of main track between mile 414 and 443 were, however, commenced as soon as weather conditions permitted at the latter part of fiscal year, which w^ork will be completed by September 15, this year. Twenty steel drop-bottom coal cars were purchased from the Koppel Manufacturing Co., Koppel, Pa. Ten convertible ballast and coal cars were purchased from Pacific Car & Foundry Co., Seattle, Wash. Ten 25-yard air dump cars were purchased from Western Wheeled Scraper Co., Aurora, Ill. INVESTIGATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF MINERAL RESOURCES The Alaska Railroad in cooperation with the Alaskan branch of the Geological Survey continued its investigations of the mineral re¬ sources in the territory tributary to the railroad and aided projects that would contribute tonnage as well as those that affected the general welfare of the Territory. One major field project, the examination of the southwestern portion of the Talkeetna Mountains and adjacent to the Willow Creek gold district, was undertaken during the fiscal year 1934. The investigation showed a northeastern continuation of the gold mineral¬ ization of the Willowr Creek district, but with a tendency for the ore to become lower grade and baser in character. A part of the area is favorable for future prospecting. In addition to the one major field project, numerous examinations of placer and lode prospects extending from Seward to Fairbanks were made. These examinations consisted of the identification of minerals, sampling of veins, and detailed map¬ ping and geologic work to aid further prospecting and development. 413 414 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR, 1934 An examination of the railroad’s coal lease unit no. 7 and plans for its future development as an emergency reserve were made. Exact figures for the mineral production of the area served by the Alaska Railroad are not available, but it is estimated that during the fiscal year 1934 the total value of the mineral production was over $6,000,000. New developments in the mining industry are given below: Base ore developments are still at a standstill due to the prevailingly low prices and gold continues to be practically the only metal mined in the railroad belt. Stimulated by the increased gold price, the producing mines increased their capacities, the development of many new properties was started, and the prospecting of new and old areas was prosecuted with increased vigor. Unfortunately, unsettled labor conditions on the waterfronts of Seattle, Portland, and San Francisco handicapped the movement of supplies and equipment necessary for these projects during the latter part of the fiscal year, but the outlook is encouraging for the future. In the Fairbanks district, prospecting has increased the known area of minable gold-bearing gravels, so that the addition of two new dredges is contemplated. This development will also result in a material increase in the coal production of the railroad belt due to increased power needs. The mechanization of numerous placer gold properties in the Yukon Valley is proceeding vigorously. A number of gold lode properties are meeting with success in their operations and development work in the Fairbanks, Valdez Creek, Willow Creek, Girdwood, and Moose Pass districts. Development work was also started on the Kantishna lead-silver-gold, and the Broad Pass arsenopyrite-gold deposits, which if successful will contribute ma¬ terially to the tonnage handled by the Alaska Railroad, AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT The program of settlement of agricultural lands adjacent to the Alaska Railroad was continued during the year on a lesser scale, be¬ cause the initial investment and capital necessary as a prerequisite to homesteading in Alaska prevented many from making this venture, and for this reason a personal contact agent was not employed to interest prospective settlers. During the year, 4 families settled in the Matanuska Valley, and 2 in the Moose Pass district, taking up homesteads comprising a total of 624 acres. TOURIST TRAFFIC Tourist traffic remained approximately the same as previous year with an indication of an increase, notwithstanding number of cancela¬ tions due to the Pacific Coast longshoremens’ strike, and it is the opinion that travel to Alaska will increase each year. SUMMARIES OF BUREAU REPORTS 415 FINANCIAL Revenue from all sources including nonoperating income was $1,293,684.30, an increase of $77,856.17, or 6.403 percent. The operating ratio of the railroad decreased from 122.73 in 1933 to 117.26 in 1934. Total expenses for rail and river boats were $1,471,496.06, a decrease of $21,588.16, or 1.46 percent. Total deficit for rail and river boat operation and miscellaneous operations was $178,973.33, a decrease of $78,110.40, or 30.38 per¬ cent, less $7,371.53 expended fiscal year from $250,000 provided in Appropriation Act of 1932 for continuation of the investigation of mineral and other resources. Therefore, the annual deficit amounted to $171,601.80. There was a decrease of 3,967 tons in rail fine tonnage during 1934 from the previous year, with an increase of $74,669.78 in revenue over the previous year. The decrease in tonnage was due to reduction in commercial coal shipments, which decreased 6,998 tons under previous year and carries a low rate. The increase in revenue was due to the increased ship¬ ments of l.c.l. merchandise, lumber, gasoline, oils, and outbound fish, which commodities carry a much higher rate. The pay roll for 1934 amounted to $1,242,700.40, an increase of $77,236.33 over the previous year. GENERAL BUSINESS CONDITIONS AND OUTLOOK FOR TRAFFIC IN FUTURE Tlacer and dredging operations in the Fairbanks district and other sections adjacent to the railroad indicate increased and continued activities. A water shortage in 1933 seriously affected the output alance of cash on hand Jan. 1, 1933 _ $271, 433. 46 Total receipts from all sources _ 1,151,174.67 Total disbursements under appropriations made by the Territorial Legislature _ 1, 041, 083. 31 Balance of cash on hand Dec. 31, 1933 _ 381,524.82 ALASKA FUND The Alaska fund is revenue derived from business and trade licenses issued outside of incorporated towns and through the Treas¬ ury of the United States and is divided as follows: 65 percent for construction and repairing of roads and trails, 25 percent for main¬ tenance of schools, and 10 percent for relief of indigents. TERRITORIAL BANKS At the close of the year there were 11 Territorial banks and 4 national banks doing business in the Territory. The Territorial banking board maintains supervision over Terri¬ torial bank institutions and requires published statements of all banks at stated intervals. The total deposits in Territorial banks June 30, 1934, totaled $6,626,573.71, as compared with $5,957,327.75 at the close of jthe pre¬ vious year. Combined capital of Territorial banks amounted to $615,000. Combined capital of national banks on June 30, 1934, totaled $312,500 with a surplus and net undivided profits of $252,- 082.17 and a deposit of $4,374,603.65. COMMERCE OF ALASKA During the fiscal year 1934 there was an increase in the commerce between the United States and Alaska of approximately $7,000,000. About 50 percent of this increase can be accounted for from the in¬ creased production in gold and the balance from the fisheries indus¬ try and the increased production of furs. The balance of trade in favor of Alaska remained about the same as in 1933 or $18,262,968. 4 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA TOURIST TRAVEL Tourist travel to Alaska during the fiscal year 1934 remained about the same as the previous year, with a reduction of five in the number of vessels operating to Alaska. Our passenger ships car¬ ried capacity loads throughout the season of operation. It is believed that a large percent of tourist travel was diverted from Alaska to other points because of the maritime strike on the Pacific coast. All passenger and freight vessels operating to Alaska offers serv¬ ice which compares favorably with that offered by steamship lines elsewhere. Alaskans are not apprehensive about future tourist travel as we are confident that as rapidly as economic conditions return to nor¬ mal that tourist travel to Alaska will resume larger proportions. THE ALASKA RAILROAD The summer passenger-train schedule was in effect on the Alaska Railroad at the beginning of the fiscal year and provided 2 round trips per week between Seward and Fairbanks and 1 round trip between Fairbanks and McKinley Park. In September passenger-train service was reduced to one round trip per week between Seward and Fairbanks, and on June 9, 1934, the summer passenger schedule was resumed with some irregularity due to the maritime strike on the Pacific coast. Weekly mixed train service was maintained on the Chickaloon Branch to serve the coal mines. Regular service with one round trip per week between Seward and Fairbanks was maintained throughout the year, with additional service when required. Steamboat service was maintained throughout the season of navi¬ gation between the rail head at Nenana, Tanana, Ruby, Holy Cross, and Marshall. The combined pay roll, including Chicago, Seattle, and Washing¬ ton offices, was $1,242,700.40. The light snow fall, with extreme cold during the winter months, caused considerable frost heaves and glaciers on the line which in¬ creased the maintenance cost approximately $20,000 over the previous year. 4 The number of rail-line passengers carried amounted to 15,824, with rail-line passenger miles amounting to 2,004,534. Rail-line freight traffic amounted to 93,512 tons, of which 65,009 tons consisted of coal. Passenger revenues amounted to $113,524.26, while freight revenues amounted to $964,918.73. Miscellaneous operating revenues amounted to $130,997.17. Water-line passenger revenues amounted to $10,- 673.05, while freight revenues amounted to $44,438.59. The total rail- and water-line revenues, including nonoperating income, was $1,293,684.30. The cost of maintenance and operation of rail lines, including re¬ placements, was $1,419,932. The operating ratio of the railroad for 1934 was 117.26 percent. The maintenance and operating cost of water lines was $51,564.06. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 5 The total deficit for rail and river boat operations was $185,362.18. The net deficit, including expenses of operation of rail and water lines with miscellaneous operations less revenues of operation and nonoperating income, was $178,973.33, or a decrease of 30.38 percent from the previous year. The program of settlement of agricultural land in the railroad belt continued through the year. However, owing to the general eco¬ nomic conditions prevailing many who desired to take up homesteads were unable to do so because of lack of capital. A few new settlers located and those previously located continued their work of enlarge¬ ment in the cultivated areas. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MINING IN ALASKA IN 1933 The total value of the mineral production of Alaska from 1880, the earliest year for which records are available, to the end of 1933 was $663,595,000. Of this total a little more than 63 percent was furnished by the gold lodes and placers and a little more than 32 percent by copper lodes. The following table shows the distribution of the total output of minerals from Alaska by substances : Total value of mineral production of Alaska, by substances, 1880-1933 Gold _ $418,734,000 Copper - - 214, 682, 000 Silver _ 12, 118, 000 Coal _ 8, 924. 000 Tin _ 1.096,000 Lead _ 2, 030, 000 Other mineral products (including platinum metals) _ 6,011,000 Total _ 663, 595, 000 Mines in Alaska produced $10,366,000 worth of minerals in 1933, as compared with $11,638,000 in 1932. 1933 1932 Quantity Value Quantity Value Gold.. . . . fine ounces. Copper... . . ... _ ... _ _ pounds.. Silver . . . . . . fine ounces . Coal.. _ _ _ ...... .. short tons.. Tin, metallic . . . do. .. 469, 286 29,000 157, 150 92,200 292 1, 157 $9, 701, 000 1,900 55, 000 481, 000 2,300 85, 600 39, 200 493, 860 8, 738, 500 234, 050 102, 700 $10, 209, 000 550, 500 66, 000 513, 500 Lead _ do _ Miscellaneous mineral products, including petroleum, platinum metals, marble gypsum, etc 1,260 75, 600 233, 400 Total . .. 10, 336, 000 11,638,000 In the foregoing estimates, as well as in all the later statements in this article, it should be noted specially that the value of the gold has been computed at the old price of $20.67 an ounce, and does not take into account the fact that for a part of the year gold was quoted at as much as $35 an ounce. This procedure was adopted to make 6 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA the statistics for 1933 comparable with those that have been used for earlier years. Had the average price of gold for the year, estimated as $25.50 an ounce, been used in the foregoing estimates, the value of Alaska’s gold production would have been about $2,250,000 more than the value stated. For the other mineral commodities, the aver¬ age price for the year has been used in the computations. GOLD LODES Alaska lode mines in 1933 yielded $4,549,000, or somewhat less than in 1932, when the production was $4,687,000. The gold derived from lodes was approximately 47 percent of the entire gold produc¬ tion of the Territory for 1933. The proportion of lode gold to placer gold was somewhat more in 1933 than in 1932, when the proportion was 46 to 54. Gold produced from gold-lode mines in Alaska in 1933, by districts District Fine ounces Value Southeastern Alaska _ _ _ _ S _ 163, 749 37, 539 8, 466 10, 304 $3, 385, 000 776, 000 175, 000 213, 000 Willow Creek. _ Fairbanks district _ _ _ _ Other districts _ _ _ Total _ _ 220, 058 4, 549, 000 Nearly three-quarters of the total lode-gold productions of Alaska in 1933 came from mines in southeastern Alaska. The outstanding lode mine of this region is that of the Alaska- Juneau Gold Mining Co., near Juneau. This mine in 1932 was the second largest gold producer in the entire United States and has long been outstanding as an example of a low-grade deposit operated with noteworthy skill and efficiency. The next largest of the other lode mines of this region are in the Chichagof and the Hirst- Chihagof mines on the west coast of Chichagof Island. Several small producing lode gold mines and prospects are scattered from Hyder, in the extreme south¬ eastern part of the region, through Ketchikan all the way to the northern limit of the region. In the Willow Creek district the prin¬ cipal producing mine is that of the Willow Creek Mines, Inc., on Craigie Creek. The ore at this property comes from quartz veins in a diorite country rock. Through selective mining only the richer ore is now being milled and the developments have not yet reached a depth of more than a few hundred feet below the surface. Other producing gold-lode properties in this district are the F ern and Gold Cord, but prospecting and development were carried on at a number of other properties throughout the district. In the Fairbanks district the lode gold occurs principally in quartz veins cutting the schist country rock and apparently have a close relationship to nearby intrusive masses of granitic rocks. The principal producing mine in this district is that of the Cleary Hills Mines in the valley of a tributary of Cleary Creek which was one of the richest placer fields of this famous district. Nearly a dozen other lode mines were active in the district and some of them added notable amounts of gold to the total of the district. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 7 Among the districts that have been grouped together in the fore¬ going table under the heading “ other districts ” the most productive, arranged in the relative order of their output of lode gold, are the Navesna district, which lies north of the Wrangell Mountains of the Copper River region; Kenai Peninsula, including the Nuka Bay area, the area south of Hope, and the hills north of Girdwood; the Bonnifield district, north of the Alaska Range and a short distance east of the Alaska Railroad; the Nixon Fork district in the Kusko- kwim region; and the mines in the vicinity of Valdez, in the Prince William Sound region. In most of these districts the production came from a single mine, so that to avoid disclosing the output of the individuals it has been necessary to combine the statistics. Prospecting for gold lodes was continued at many other places throughout the Territory though, so far as reported, none of them afforded any production of ore except such as was excavated in the course of the development work. Among places of this sort may be mentioned the property of the Ramers, on Golconda Creek, in the Bremmer district of the Copper River region; quartz lodes in the vicinity of Tiekel, some 40 miles east of Valdez; in the Kantishna district on the Quigley properties near Friday Creek, about 60 miles west of the McKinley Park station of the Alaska Railroad; in the Chisana district, north of the Alaska Range near the international boundary; in the Yentna district of the Cook Inlet region; and in Seward Peninsula, in extreme western Alaska. GOLD PLACERS Placer gold produced in 1933 had a total value of $5,152,000. The following table shows, by regions, the output of placer gold in 1933 and in 1932: Value of placer gold produced in Alaska in 1933 and 1932 Region 1933 1932 Decrease or increase, 1933 Southeastern Alaska. _ _ $3,000 51,000 121, 000 3, 716, 000 102, 000 1, 156, 000 3,000 $3, 000 68, 000 114, 000 3, 648, 000 153, 000 1, 533, 000 3,000 Copper River region _ ----- _ _ .. _ _ _ — $17, 000 + 7, 000 +68, 000 -51, 000 -377, 000 Cook Inlet and Sustina region _ Yukon Basin _ _ - _ _ - - _ _ _ ..... _ Kuskokwim region _ _ ... Seward Peninsula _ . _ _ Northwestern Alaska _ _ _ _ _ Total . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 152, 000 5,522,000 -370, 000 As shown by the above table, the largest yield of placer gold came from the Yukon region and the next largest from camps on Seward Peninsula. The present trend is for the placer production to come more and more from larger, well-equipped mines and less from indi¬ vidual or small groups of prospectors. DREDGES The total value of gold recovered by dredges in 1933 was $4,146,000, of which the greater part came from 14 dredges in the Yukon region and the rest from 9 dredges in Seward Peninsula, and one each in 95257—34 - 2 8 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA the Cook Inlet-Susitna and Kuskokwim regions. Over 80 percent of the gold produced from placers in 1933 was mined by dredges. This is an unusually high percentage, but the trend of placer mining seems to be toward this type of mining. It is estimated that 8,889,000 cubic yards of gravel were handled by dredges in 1933, with an average yield of 46.6 cents a cubic yard. COPPER The production of copper from Alaska mines in 1933 was insig¬ nificant, the total quantity being estimated as 20,000 pounds, as con¬ trasted with more than 8,700,000 pounds in 1932. This practical suspension of the industry was brought about by the extremely low price paid for copper, which led to the closing of the two principal copper mines in the Territory — the Kennecott Copper Corporation and the Mother Lode Copper mines — which chose that alternative rather than a heavy operating loss. That there are other places in Alaska where copper minerals occur is well known. That some of these deposits contained enough copper to enable them to be worked at a profit under past conditions is a matter of record. It is extremely doubtful whether any of the known copper deposits that are not now being mined can be worked at a profit under present conditions. As a consequence practically all field investigations of these properties has been discontinued, and doubtless will not be resumed until the price of copper has materially advanced. That there may be deposits, as yet unknown, which might repay development is possible, but the incentive to search for them is so small and the probability of failure so great that prospectors are not willing to take the gamble. At present, therefore, search for new copper deposits or development of those already known has practically ceased. SILVER None of the ores that are mined in Alaska are valuable solely for the silver they contain, and by far the greater part of the silver that is produced occurs as a relatively minor constituent in ores whose principal value lies in some other metal. More than 70 percent of the silver that had been produced from Alaska in the past has been derived from the ores that are principally valuable for their copper content. How small the percentage of silver is that occurs in these copper ores may be gathered from the fact that seldom is it as much as 2 ounces to the ton of ore, and the average amount received is rarely as much as an ounce and a half to the ton. Inasmuch as none of the mines classified as distinctly copper mines were in operation during 1933, it follows that no silver is credited to that source, either. All the gold lode mines yield some silver in addition to their gold, and some silver is also contained in all the gold that is recovered from the Alaska placer mines. The total silver produced in 1933 from all sources in Alaska amounted to 157,150 ounces and valued at $55,000. Compared with 1932 this was a decrease in quantity of about 77,000 ounces, or about $11,000. This decrease in value would have been even greater than the figures stated had the price that prevailed in 1932 held in 1933. Fortunately, however, the price of silver was 6.8 cents an ounce higher in 1933. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 9 LEAD The lead produced from Alaska ores in 1933 amounted to 2,314,000 pounds. At the average price of lead for the year of 3.7 cents a pound, the total value of the output was $85,600. In spite of the lesser quantity of lead produced, the higher selling price that pre¬ vailed — an increase of 0.7 of a cent a pound over 1932, according to estimates made by the Bureau of Mines — resulted in the lead output having a higher value than in the preceding year. PLATINUM In 1933 all the platinum metals produced in Alaska came from placers. The largest amount of placer platinum that was sold during the year came from several streams in the Goodnews Bay district, near the mouth of the Kuskokwim, and a small amount from deposits on Dime and Quartz Creeks in the eastern part of Seward Peninsula. The total production of platinum metals is estimated to be 792% crude ounces, or 605 fine ounces, which, at the average price pre¬ vailing for platinum for the year, $30.75 an ounce, was worth $18,600. TIN Stream tin, or cassiterite, has been found in concentrates in sluice boxes of placer operations at many places in Alaska and tin ma¬ terials have also been found in veins in the mineralized country rock of the York or Port Clarence districts of western Seward Peninsula. In the past, tin worth more than a million dollars has been pro¬ duced from Alaska deposits, but so far as reported only a few thousand pounds of tin ore were shipped from Alaska in 1933. This ore had an estimated content of 2.9 tons of metallic tin and was worth $2,300. COAL The total quantity of coal produced by Alaska mines in 1933 was 96,200 tons, valued at $481,000. This marks a slight decrease from the amount produced in 1932, but it is regarded as a minor fluctua¬ tion rather than a permanent falling off in the industry. In addi¬ tion to the coal mined in Alaska, some 35,533 tons of coal were im¬ ported from fields outside of Alaska and no Alaska coal was ex¬ ported. The principal producing Alaska coal mines in 1933 were the Alaska-Matanuska Coal Co. and the Evan Jones Coal Co., in the Matanuska district, and the Healy River Coal Corporation in the Xenana coal field north of the Alaska Range. PETROLEUM The only petroleum produced in Alaska comes from wells of the Ch'lkat Oil Co., in the Katalla field in central southern Alaska. At that place the company obtains oil from a number of shallow wells, few of which are more than 1,000 feet deep. A small refinery is operated by the company, and the products — gasoline and distillate — 10 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA find a ready market near at hand, especially in Cordova. Con¬ siderable quantities of petroleum products are imported into Alaska from the States. MISCELLANEOUS MINERAL PRODUCTS Many other minerals, including such metals as antimony, arsenic, bismuth, chromium, iron, manganese, mercury, molybdenum, nickel, tungsten, zinc, and such nonmetallic minerals as asbestos, barite, clay, garnet, graphite, gypsum, jade, limestone, marble, mica, stone, and sulphur have from time to time been exploited in Alaska. The Geological Survey does not have records that any considerable amounts of any of these mineral products were produced or sold in 1933. In the table on page 5, which gave the mineral output of Alaska for 1933, the value of all the miscellaneous mineral produced is stated as $39,200. This figure includes not only the miscellaneous mineral products enumerated in the foregoing paragraphs, but also the value of the platinum and petroleum produced in 1933, which were not listed separately in the table. Mineral investigation. — The work of the Geological Survey in Alaska is directed primarily toward aiding in the development of the mineral resources of the country by determining the distribution and extent of those resources and disseminating all pertinent infor¬ mation about them that will be of service to the miner, prospector, or business man who might utilize that information. This has called for the carrying on of field investigations throughout the Territory, in the course of which all of the known productive camps have been examined and nearly 300,000 square miles, or about half of the area of the entire country, mapped geologically and topographically. In the field season of 1933, 4 field projects were undertaken, 2 pri¬ mary geologic and 2 topographic. One geologic project was carried on in cooperation with the Alaska Railroad and one topographic project was carried on in cooperation with the Navy Department. The geological field projects included a reconnaissance of the prin¬ cipal mining camps in the Ruby-Kuskokwim region of central Alaska and reconnaissance investigations of the potential lode resources of the Willow Creek-Kashwitna district of the Cook Inlet-Susitna region. The topographic field projects included continuation of sur¬ veys in southeastern Alaska to extend the mapping northward from areas in the Wrangell district to include areas adjacent to Sumner Strait and a detailed survey of part of the Aleutian Islands. Seven field projects for the season of 1934 had been started by the end of the fiscal year, and field work will continue throughout the open season. This increase in number of field projects over the season of 1933 was made possible by allotments from Public Works Adminis¬ tration funds. Five of these field projects are concerned primarily with geologic investigations and two with topographic mapping. The projects involving new geologic field work were as follows: Areas adjacent to Ketchikan in southeastern Alaska, part of the Alaska Range, including the headwaters of the Copper River Valley and parts of the Tanana Valley, the Kaiyuk Mountains which lie south and east of the Yukon in the region west of Ruby and southeast REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 11 of Kaltag, the northern and eastern part of Kodiak Island in south¬ western Alaska, and the coal fields adjacent to Eska in the Mata- nuska district. The Eska work was financed and carried out at the request of the Alaska Railroad. The topographic projects include the mapping of an extensive tract of Admiralty Island and adjacent parts of the Juneau district and mapping of parts of the Alaska Range at the head of the Copper River, especially in the vicinity of Mentasta Pass and Suslota Lake. ALASKA FISHERIES The fact that the total value of the Alaska fisheries products in 1933 showed a gain of 28 percent over that of the preceding year, notwithstanding a slight decrease in the quantity produced, indicates a marked improvement of conditions in the industry as a whole. The gain was represented chiefly by the higher value of the salmon pack, although herring, halibut, crabs, and a number of the minor fishery products showed an increase in volume and value. Shrimp products increased in quantity but not in value, and clam and whale products were considerably smaller than in 1932. A patrol for the protection of the fisheries was maintained by the Bureau, and careful observations were made of the extent of the runs and the proportion that escaped for seeding the spawning grounds. Attention was given to the improvement of natural propa¬ gation conditions by the destruction of predatory trout, and by the removal of the log jams and other obstructions that prevented the passage of salmon to the headwaters of streams to spawn. The former work was carried on primarily in the important red-salmon tributaries of Bristol Bay under an appropriation by the Territory, and the latter was a project of the Civil Works Administration in southeast Alaska. Both activities were under the supervision of regular employees of the Bureau. SALMON HATCHERIES Salmon propagation in Alaska has been carried on in recent years at 2 Government hatcheries and 1 privately owned hatchery. The total number of young red or sockeye salmon liberated in Alaska waters from these hatcheries in 1933 was 56,126,950, of which $17,400,- 000 were produced at the Government’s hatchery at Afognak, 16,553,- 000 at that on McDonald Lake, and 22,173,950 at the private hatchery on Hugh Smith Lake. After the salmon that had been hatched from eggs collected in 1932 were released, the operation of the Government’s hatcheries in Alaska was discontinued. The private hatchery at Hugh Smith Lake collected 20,650,000 red-salmon eggs in 1933, from which 20,030,000 fry were produced and liberated. At the rate of 40 cents for each 1,000 fry, the operat¬ ing company was entitled to a rebate of $8,012 in Federal license taxes on its catch and pack of salmon in Alaska. STATISTICS OF THE FISHERIES The number of persons employed in the commercial fisheries of Alaska in 1933 was 21,695. Of these, 11,359 were whites, 5,562 12 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA natives, 2,214 Filipinos, 969 Japanese, 905 Mexicans, 597 Chinese, 57 Negroes, and 32 miscellaneous (Kanakas, Koreans, and Puerto Ricans). The total number in 1932 was 20,122, or 1,573 less than in 1933. The total value of Alaska fishery products in 1933 was $32,126,588, an increase of $7,097,688 over the figures for the previous year. The quantity and value of the various products of the Alaska fisheries in 1933 were as follows : Summary of products of the Alaska fisheries in 1933 Products Salmon: Canned _ Mild-cured _ Pickled _ Fresh, for food _ Frozen, for food _ Fresh, for halibut bait. Dry-salted and dried-. Smoked and canned... Fertilizer _ Oil _ Herring: Fresh, for bait _ Frozen, for bait _ Pickled, for food: Scotch cure _ .... Norwegian cure _ Roused _ Spiced _ Dry-salted _ Meal _ Oil _ Halibut: Fresh _ Frozen _ Cod: Dry-salted _ Pickled _ : _ Stockfish _ Tongues _ Whale: Oil _ Sperm oil _ Fertilizer _ Clam: Canned _ Whole, in shell _ Crab: Canned _ Meat _ Whole, in shell _ . Shrimp: Meat _ Whole, in shell _ Trout: Fresh _ Frozen _ Dried _ Sablefish: Fresh _ Frozen _ Pickled _ Rockfish : Fresh _ Frozen.. _ Smelt, fresh _ Flounder, fresh. ... _ Total _ _ cases .. .pounds. . _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ _ cases.. .pounds.. ... gallons .. . pounds .. _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ .gallons. . . pounds. . .—do—. _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ _ do _ . gallons .. —do.— . pounds. . . ..cases .. ..dozen.. ...cases.. . pounds .. . .dozen ... pounds. . _ do _ —do _ —do _ ... do— —do _ —do _ —do _ —do _ ... do.... ...do _ —do _ Quantity 5, 225, 604 3, 923, 200 1, 034, 950 559, 287 4, 236, 252 64, 000 1, 399, 532 450 913,358 35, 700 2, 975, 520 1, 496, 370 12, 651, 328 290, 950 509, 790 1,000 54, 200 22, 030, 860 3, 104, 821 8, 282, 537 5, 786, 374 82, 430 224, 425 31, 220 400 301, 350 11, 200 1, 034, 000 40, 414 50 16,114 90, 360 1,863 317, 012 2,040 29, 322 9, 533 1, 500 8, 990 92, 705 1,400 428 3, 105 500 75,000 Value $28, 376, 014 622, 828 73, 920 30, 601 221, 382 377 55, 281 3,242 14, 679 5, 748 26, 246 12, 263 586, 331 14, 019 17, 474 125 2, 020 349, 522 394, 194 417, 623 308, 739 2, 417 7, 365 3, 085 40 53, 066 2, 150 13, 773 246, 313 25 134, 330 19, 634 1,616 102, 101 281 1,497 438 30 271 4, 134 100 10 109 50 1, 125 32, 126, 588 These figures represent the value of the manufactured product. It is estimated that the value of the catch of the fishermen was approximately $9,089,000. The round weight of the salm n catch REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 13 landed by the fishermen was approximately 467,349,000 pounds, and the corresponding figures for herring, was about 140,580,000 pounds. The cod figures given above do not include the offshore catch from waters adjacent to Alaska, which amounted to 4,860,069 pounds of dry-salted cod and 30,400 pounds of tongues, having a total value of $166,601 landed at ports of the Pacific Coast States. The persons employed in this offshore fishery are not included in the foregoing list. SALMON INDUSTRY Salmon products comprised about 76 percent in quantity and 92 percent in value of the total Alaska fisheries output in 1933. An outstanding feature of the runs was the unusual abundance of red salmon in the important Bristol Bay area. Most of the packers in this region had filled all their cans and had discontinued fishing before the close of the season. The total number of salmon taken in 1933 was 81,876,420, consist¬ ing of 1,966,158 cohos, 7,892,220 chums, 39,772,413 pinks, 608.743 kings, and 31,636,886 reds. The total take in 1932 was 75,685,575, or 6.192,845 less than in 1933. There was an increase in the catch of pinks and reds, and a decrease of cohos, chums, and kings. By district, southeast Alaska and western Alaska showed gains of 4 percent and 28 percent, respectively, while in the central district the catch decreased about 2 percent. Salmon canning. — The output of canned salmon in 1933 repre¬ sented nearly 97 percent of the value of all salmon products. The number of cases packed was 5,225,604, valued at $28,376,014, as compared with 5,254,483 cases, valued at $21,715,801, in 1932 Ninety-one canneries were operated, as compared with 87 in the previous year, and the number of persons employed increased from 15,738 in 1932 to 17,130 in 1933. Pickling of salmon. — The marked increase over the previous year in the quantity of salmon pickled may be attributed largely to the abundance of reds in the Bristol Bay district. Thirty plants were operated, and the number of persons employed was 106. The total production was 1,034.950 pounds, valued at $73,920. Other salmon industries in 1933. — The output of fresh salmon in 1933 was 559,287 pounds, valued at $30,601, and the output of frozen salmon was 4,236,252 pounds, valued at $221,382. In addition to the foregoing, 64,000 pounds of fresh salmon, valued at $377, was sold for halibut bait. The production of dried salmon was 1,384,425 pounds, valued at $54,981 ; dry-salted salmon, 15,107 pounds, valued at $300; and canned smoked salmon 12,888 pounds, valued at $3,242. Byproducts of the salmon industry amounted to 913,358 pounds of fertilizer, valued at $14,679, and 35,700 gallons of oil, valued at $5,748. HERRING Although low prices on herring products continued throughout 1933, the total output was considerably larger than that for the pre ceding year, due chiefly to the increased production of meal and oil. Herring suitable for curing were fairly abundant in all the principal districts except Cook Inlet, where there has been no production since 14 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 1928. In southeast Alaska, Prince William Sound, and the Aleutian Islands region the output of Scotch-cured herring increased over that for 1932; the Kodiak area, however, showed a sharp decline, although it was again the largest producing center, yielding 33 percent of the total output in the Territory. Thirty-one plants were operated in 1933, or 4 more than in the previous year. The number of persons employed increased from 819 to 988. The total value of herring products in 1933 was $1,402,194, as against $1,173,158 in 1932. Scotch-cured herring declined from 12,793,225 pounds in 1932 to 12,651,328 pounds in 1933, and herring for bait declined from 6,486,815 pounds to 4,471,890 pounds, while oil increased from 2,505,709 gallons to 3,104,821 gallons, and meal from 19,218,479 pounds to 22,030,860 pounds. HALIBUT A large part of the American halibut fleet participated in a pro¬ gram for the prevention of overproduction and of overconcentration of stocks, whereby catch limits per man were prescribed and the ves¬ sels were assigned dates on which to make port with their fares. This program was of marked benefit to the industry as a whole, and halibut prices advanced materially, the average for the year being about 40 percent higher than for 1932. There were 569 persons engaged in the halibut industry in Alaska, and the landings of the Alaska Fleet (American vessels) landing more than one-half of their catch in Alaska or British Columbia port, amounted to 14,068,911 pounds, valued at $726,362. Land¬ ings of halibut in Alaska totaled 6,779,768 pounds, valued at $316,310. In 1932 the landings of the Alaska Fleet totaled 13,552,296 pounds, valued at $493,052, while landings in Alaska amounted to 4,562,988 pounds, valued at $134,652. COD In 1933, 35 persons were engaged in the cod fishery conducted from shore stations in Alaska, chiefly in the Shumagin Island region and in the vicinity of Unalaska. The products amounted to 338,475 pounds, valued at $12,907, as compared with 197,263 pounds, valued at $5,583 in 1932. WHALING One hundred and five persons were employed in the whaling industry in 1933, and 182 whales were taken, the products of which consisted of 301,350 gallons of whale oil, valued at $53,066, 11,200 gallons of sperm oil, valued at $2,150, and 517 tons of fertilizer, valued at $13,773, a total value of $68,989, as compared with $91,133 in 1932. CLAMS Partly as a result of the 3 weeks’ strike of the clam diggers in the Cordova region in May and partly because two of the larger plants were closed during the year, the production of clams in 1933 was considerably less than that for 1932. Of the total output, about 55 percent came from the Prince William Sound district, 42 percent REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 15 from Cook Inlet, and the remaining 3 percent from the Kodiak area and southeast Alaska. The number of persons engaged in the industry in 1933 was 687, as compared with 697 in 1932. Products consisted of 40,414 cases, or 1,045,800 pounds, of canned clams (of which 1,041,816 pounds were razor clams and 3,984 pounds butter clams) and 50 dozen clams in the shell, having a total value of $246,338. This is a decrease of 40 percent in quantity and 45 percent in value from the production in 1932, when there were prepared 1.757,016 pounds of clam products valued at $447,368. SHRIMPS Operations in the shrimp industry in 1933 were on about the same scale as in the preceding year. Three companies in southeast Alaska were engaged in the business, giving employment to 139 persons, and one firm in the Prince William Sound area put up a small quantity of shrimp meat in connection with its crab fishery operations. Products of the industry were 317,012 pounds of shrimp meat, valued at $102,101 and 2,040 pounds of fresh shrimp in the shell, valued at $281, a total of 319,052 pounds, valued at $102,382, as compared with 301,786 pounds, valued at $114,136 in 1932. MISCELLANEOUS Crab products were prepared at four plants in southeast Alaska and four in the Prince William Sound area. One hundred and five persons were engaged in the industry, and the products consisted of 90,360 pounds of cold-packed meat, valued at $19,634, 1.863 dozen crabs in the shell, valued at $1,616, and 16,114 cases canned, valued at $134,330, a total value of $155,580, as compared with $90,954 in 1932. The output of trout was 40,355 pounds fresh, frozen, and dried, vaued at $1,965. Sablefish, fresh, frozen, and pickled amounted to 103,095 pounds, valued at $4,505. Other miscellaneous fish were flounders, 75,000 pounds, valued at $1,125; rockfishes, 3,533 pounds, valued at $119 ; and smelt, 500 pounds, valued at $50. FUR-SEAL SERVICE Sealing operations at the Pribilof Islands in 1933 resulted in the take of 54,550 skins, of which 44,448 were from St. Paul Island and 10,102 from St. George Island. This is an increase of 5,214 over the number taken in the previous year. On St. Paul Island 35,746 seal¬ skins were blubbered before being salted. Practically all the killings were of 3-year-old male seals, and a sufficient reserve of this age class was left for breeding stock. The annual computation of the fur-seal herd was made as of August 10, 1933, after the completion of the commercial killing operations. There were 1,318,568 animals of all ages and classes, an increase of 98,607 over the computed number in the preceding year. 95257 — 34 - 3 16 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA Two public auction sales of sealskins from the Pribilof Islands were held by the Government’s selling agents at St. Louis, Mo., and 591 Pribilof Islands sealskins were disposed of at special sales in the fiscal year 1934. At the sale on August 28, 1933, there were sold 24,476 Pribilof Islands fur-seal skins for a total gross price of $469,761.50. Of these, 18,047 dyed black brought $332,111.75, 6,192 dyed logwood brown brought $137,590.50, and 237 miscellaneous — unhaired and raw-salted — brought $59.25. At the sale on April 30, 1934, 28,101 fur-seal skins taken on the Pribilof Islands were sold for a gross price of $575,041.25. Of these, 17,617 dyed black brought $332,598, 10,039 dyed logwood brown brought $241,337.50, and 445 miscellaneous skins — unhaired, dressed, and raw-salted — brought $1,105.75. The 591 sealskins sold at special sales during the year — which con¬ sisted of 431 dyed black, 145 dyed logwood brown, 2 raw-salted, and 13 specially prepared skins for exhibition purposes — brought a total of $13,550.48. These special sales of sealskins were authorized by the Acting Secretary of Commerce. There were also sold at public auction 1,119 blue and 22 white fox skins taken on the Pribilof Islands in the seasons of 1932-33. At the August sale 560 blue pelts were sold for $16,329.50, an average of $29.16, and 22 white pelts were sold for $496, an average of $22.55 each. The remaining 559 blue pelts were sold at the April 1934 sale for $19,967.50, an average of $35.72 per skin. In the season of 1933-34 there were taken on St. Paul Island 214 blue and 23 white fox skins, and on St. George Island 700 blue and 2 white skins, a total of 914 blue and 25 white fox skins. No changes were made in the regulations for the protection of fur seals and sea otters. On June 16 an act was passed repealing the law prohibiting the killing of sea lions in Alaskan waters. The new act provides, however, that these animals shall not be killed except under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Commerce, so as to prevent the extinction of sea lions as a species of interesting sea life in the waters of Alaska. A new edition of the circular con¬ taining the regulations pertaining to walruses and sea lions, dated July 1, 1934, continues in force the regulations that have been in effect for a number of years with regard to the killing of these animals. Construction work at the Pribilof Islands in the fiscal year 1934 was on a very limited scale because of the lack of funds. On St. Paul Island the boat ways at the east landing were completed and a dock was built at the west landing. Work was begun on three dwellings for natives and a cement floor was laid in the garage. On St. George Island the cement foundation and basement framework for a new schoolhouse were constructed, and the watchman’s house at Zapadni was replaced by a new building. There was some exten¬ sion of improved roads on both islands to facilitate the transporta¬ tion of sealskins from the killing grounds to the plants for curing and packing. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 17 The property devoted to the fur-seal service at the Pribilof Islands, including buildings, roads, and other structures, machinery and other equipment, and stores, was valued on March 31, 1934, at $684,291.96 for St. Paul Island and $204,545.16 for St. George Island, a total of $888,837.12. Buildings alone were valued at $275,948.87 on St. Paul Island and at $119,501.50 on St. George Island, a total of $395,450.37, as compared with $386,254.12 on March 31, 1933. GAME AND FUR CONDITIONS AND ADMINISTRATION The Alaska game law (act of Jan. 13, 1925, 43 Stat. 739; as amended by the act of Feb. 14, 1931, 46 Stat. 1111) had the effect of creating an Alaska Game Commission composed of 5 members; 1 from each of the 4 judicial divisions, and the chief representative of the Bureau of Biological Survey resident in Alaska who acts as its executive officer, fiscal agent, and secretary. The commission is closely associated with the Bureau of Biological Survey, and is under the general direction of the Secretary of Agri¬ culture, although each organization carries on many separate duties in the Territory. The Biological Survey conducts scientific studies and investigations on the wildlife of the Territory in its relation to agriculture, grazing, game, and the fur industry. It also adminis¬ ters certain bird reservations, particularly in the Aleutian Islands. The game commission’s fundamental activities are regulatory being chiefly that of adopting suitable regulations and carrying out the provisions of the game laws. General regulations covering open and closed seasons on game and fur-bearers are usually promulgated 6 months or more in advance of the time they become effective. During the past year when economic conditions in the Territory have been at a low ebb special consideration has been given to permitting full utilization of the wildlife resources consistent with maintaining a safe breeding supply. During the past fiscal year a total number of 113 violators of the game laws were apprehended. Of this number the greater part, or 84 cases, involved seizures only. Of the 29 cases prosecuted in the commissioners’ courts penalties totaling $2,655.70 in fines and 300 days’ imprisonment were meted out, in addition to which numerous furs, traps, guns, trophies, and game meats forfeited by court orders produced further revenues. All revenues received by the Alaska Game Commission from sales of licenses, fines, and forfeitures are, in accordance with the provisions of the act, divided equally between the Federal and the Territorial Treasury. During the past year a total amount of $27,260.34 so received, less $721 which was carried forward to the subsequent fiscal year, was divided in this manner. The value of land fur-bearing animals shipped from the Territory during the calendar year 1933 was $1,570,066.03, or $425,224.86 more than for the previous year. This greater revenue is due to a very large take of beaver in central and western Alaska, and to a general increase in the value of raw furs. Peltries rose in value on an aver¬ age of about 15 percent being the first upward swing of the fur rmarket since 1929. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA • 18 FOREST SERVICE Alaska has two national forests, the Chugach in the Prince Wil¬ liam Sound region and the Tongass which covers practically all of southeastern Alaska. On June 30, 1934, the acreage of these forests was: Gross Alienated Net Chugach _ 4, 821, 426 25, 135 4, 798, 291 16, 544, 009 Tongass _ 16, 575, 507 31, 498 The Chugach is estimated to have 6,260,000,000 feet b. m. of com¬ mercial timber, and the Tongass has approximately 78,500,000,000 feet b. m. ; the tree species divided as follows : Western hemlock— Sitka spruce - Western red cedar. Alaska cedar - Others _ Percent — 73 20 3 3 1 The annual cut of timber from this area is between 40 and 50 mil¬ lion board feet. This material is used mainly to supply local needs in the form of saw timber, piling, or ties. Since the first of the year there has been a noticeable increase in timber-sale business, due to the construction of various Government projects and maintenance and general rehabilitation work at canneries. It would be possible, according to present estimates, to cut 1 billion feet annually from the national forests in Alaska, but no great in¬ crease in output can be expected until the material is utilized for pulp and paper purposes, for which it is admirably suited. The financial depression has delayed development along this line. Gross receipts from the national forests for the fiscal year 1934 were $49,753 as against $34,938 for the previous year. ROADS AND TRAILS Roads within the national forests are constructed and maintained by the Bureau of Public Roads, the road-building agency of the De¬ partment of Agriculture, financed from forest highway funds and supplemented by available Territorial funds. A system of roads adjacent to settlements and centers of activity has been approved and construction is being pushed as rapidly as possible. On June 30, 1934, a total of 251 miles had been completed. Property improve¬ ment progresses in proportion to roads constructed, and development in this connection has been very encouraging. Regular trail construction has been supplemented with that done by Emergency Conservation Corps and other unemployment relief crews, who have built 276 miles of trail. Hitherto inaccessible mineralized and recreational areas have been opened up and routes already in existence have been materially improved. Approximately 751 miles of trail have been constructed on the national forests to date. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 19 LANDS On June 30, 1933, 1,051 special-use permits were in effect for fur farms, summer homes, home sites, industrial sites, and other uses, covering 126,422 acres. The demand for home sites continues, and at the close of the fiscal year 556 applications were on file, 77 of which were received during the year. Forty-eight home sites have been eliminated from the national forests so that patents can be secured. Mineral development on the national forests carries no special re¬ strictions and is encouraged by the construction of trails and roads. Prospecting and the filing of mining claims are permitted, and re¬ quire no Forest Service permit of any kind. WATER POWER Southeastern Alaska has excellent and well-distributed water¬ power resources. Many of the sites are highly attractive for mining and industrial enterprises; they show an unusually low installation cost per horsepower, and at the same time the projects are rela¬ tively small, so that financing their development cost is within the reach of mining and industrial concerns and does not call for the formation of separate and large public-utility companies. The For¬ est Service acts as agent for the Federal Power Commission in the administration of the water-power resources of the Territory, and many constructed power projects operating under Federal license or permit are located on the national forests. PUBLIC SURVEY OFFICE Alaska contains the largest area of unappropriated public land in any political subdivision of the United States. Ultimately the usable portions of this domain will pass into private ownership, as has similar land in the States and other Territories. In fact, the eco¬ nomic development of the Territory will have a definite relation to the rate at which the public land becomes privately owned and utilized. Hence it is desirable for the Government to take such steps as may be necessary to facilitate the transfer of title to quali¬ fied applicants under appropriate laws. Authority for surveying the public domain of the United States is vested in the Commissioner of the General Land Office in Wash¬ ington, D. C. The supervisor of surveys in Denver, Colo., is the administrative officer in charge of the surveying division of the General Land Office. The public survey office in Juneau, Alaska, is charged with the responsibility of surveying all public lands in the Territory of Alaska. Records pertaining to each official survey in the Territory are on file in the public survey office in Juneau, and all requests for or information pertaining to surveys should be addressed to that office. Application for the survey of mining claims must be initiated by the claimant and may be filed either in the United States land office at Nome, Anchorage, or Fairbanks, Alaska, or in the public survey office in Juneau, Alaska. Approved printed forms for this purpose may be obtained from each of the above offices, and 20 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA when filed must be accompanied by a certified copy of the location certificate and a deposit sufficient to cover the cost of office work and the amount of deposit required may be ascertained from the Public Land Office. An order will be issued for the survey and given to the claimant, who may then employ any United States deputy mineral surveyor to execute the survey. Applications for the survey of homesteads, trade and manufac¬ turing sites, and soldiers’ additional homestead claims must be ini¬ tiated by the claimant and filed with the United States land office for the district in which the claim is situated. The Anchorage land district embraces the first and third judi¬ cial divisions. The Nome land district boundaries coincide with those of the second judicial division and the Fairbanks land dis¬ trict is identical with the fourth judicial division. Any homesteader on unsurveyed land may have his claim surveyed free if he has complied with the law sufficiently to enable him to submit proof and proceed to patent. Cadastral engineers in the Public Survey Office execute all surveys except those for mineral claims. If the claimants desire to have soldiers’ additional homestead or trade and manufacturing sites sur¬ veyed by the Government, a deposit sufficient to cover the cost of the work must accompany the application for the survey. During the year cadastral engineers have surveyed numerous home¬ steads, lighthouse reserves, Indian allotments, school reserves, and town sites. The extension of the rectangular net to cover the large areas of pulp timber in southeastern Alaska and some of the agri¬ cultural land in the Tanana Valley was continued as a major proj¬ ect. Eight-two miles of the boundary of Mount McKinley National Park was surveyed. For some years the office force has been unable to complete the surveys as rapidly as they have been returned from the field, and there is an accumulation of notes awaiting examination. Authority has been given to employ two extra draftsmen. With this addi¬ tional help it is hoped to complete the most important surveys within the next year. Kind of entry Number of entries Acreage Homesteads _ _ - _ 48 5, 565. 10 324. 00 Soldiers’ additional homesteads _ _ _ 9 Trade and manufacturing sites _ _ 5 68. 50 Mineral entries _ . _ _ 3 3, 395. 181 9, 491. 53 104, 100. 00 Coal applications _ 7 Oil applications _ 41 Indian allotments _ 9 1, 428. 00 Fur-farm applications _ _ _ . _ 5 Grazing-lease applications. _ 1 Total _ _ _ _ _ _ 128 124, 372. 311 Timber applications 160 mount McKinley national park Mount McKinley National Park was established in the year 1917 and was created primarily to protect the large herds of caribou and mountain sheep which live in this section of the Alaska Range. It REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 21 is situated in south-central Alaska and is the second largest of all the national parks, with an area of 3,030.46 square miles, or 1,939,494 acres. In addition to the abundant animal life, which is composed of caribou, mountain sheep, moose, grizzly bears, Alaska brown bears, wolverines, wolves, coyotes, foxes, and many other small fur-bearing animals, there is the grandeur of the main Alaska Range which parallels the south boundary. The paramount feature of the great range is mighty Mount McKinley, which rises to an altitude of 20,300 feet — the highest mountain on the North American Continent and the highest mountain in the world from its base to the top. Mount McKinley, or Denali, the Indians’ name, is situated in the western end of the park, surrounded by many lower mountains and large glaciers. Mount Foraker, the second in size, reaches an altitude of 17,000 feet, and Mount Russell, which marks the southwest corner of the park, rises to an altitude of 11,500 feet. The eastern portion of the park contains many low mountains and grass-covered valleys which provide unlimited forage for the large herds of caribou and mountain sheep which range in this section. Grayling are to be found in nearly all the clear-water streams which head in the Alaska Range; however, they are small in size, as these streams are shallow and do not permit a good spawning ground for large fish. There is a small chain of lakes lying between the Clearwater and the McKinley Rivers which contain lake trout — averaging 5 to 6 pounds. Wild flowers are found in all sections of the park and bloom pro¬ fusely from early spring imtil late fall. There has been cataloged 175 varieties of wild flowers and shrubs within the park boundaries^ NATIONAL MONUMENTS There are three national monuments in Alaska under control of the National Park Service — the Sitka National Monument, the Katmai National Monument, and the Glacier Bay National Monu¬ ment, established in 1910, 1918, and 1925, respectively. The Sitka National Monument is situated at Sitka, Alaska, on the western shore of Baranoff Island, and contains 57 acres. It is a reservation of great beauty and of historical interest, and marks the scene of a massacre of Russians by the Indians in 1802 ; also contains the graves of a Russian midshipman and six sailors, who were killed in the Battle of Alaska in 1804. Among the principal objects of interest in this monument are 16 totem poles, relics of aboriginal life in that region. The old block¬ house which was used by the Russians in the Battle of Alaska has been restored to its original dimensions and appearance by the Department of the Interior. This restoration was made possible through the action of the Alaska Historical Association and the Sitka Commercial Club, through which the necessary funds were raised. The work was accomplished under the direction of the Alaska Road Commission in connection with related work in that vicinity, thus there has been no cost to the Park Service in establish¬ ing this monument. 22 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA Katmai National Monument lies near the base of Mount Katmai, on the Alaska Peninsula, and extends along the shores of Shelikoff Straits. It contains 2,697,590 acres and includes the Valley of Ten Thousand Smokes, in which there are thousands of little volcanoes or fumeroles. Steam rises from these minature volcanoes incessantly and gives the appearance of a smoking valley. In addition to the volcanic phenomena, the surrounding region contains some beautiful lakes and mountain scenery. Waterfowl and fish are abundant, as are the Alaska brown bears or “ Kodiak ” bears, as they are commonly called. This monument is practically inaccessible to any but the hardiest of mountaineers at present; however, when the harbor at Amalik Bay can be developed and a 30-mile trail constructed, explorers and tourists can then take advantage of this unusual scenery and phenomena. The top was blown off of Mount Katmai in 1912 and the country covered with fine ash to a depth of from 1 to 3 feet, killing all vege¬ tation and trees in that vicinity; however, this fine pumice and ash have acted as a fertilizer to the soil, and now the country is covered with vegetation and a new growth of timber is started. Glacier Bay National Monument was erected upon the petition of the Ecological Society of America and the endorsement of the National Geographic Society. This monument is situated on the -shores of Prince William Sound and contains approximately 1,820 square miles of glaciers and ice-covered peaks of the first rank, among which are Mount Fairweather, Lituya, La Perouse, and several others unnamed. This region, aside from being a brown-bear reserve, also contains a great variety of forest covering consisting of bodies of young trees which have been established since the retreat of the ice, and offers unusual opportunity for the scientific study of glacier behavior, of resulting movements, and the development of flora and fauna, and certain valuable relics of ancient interglacier forests. AVIATION Notwithstanding the fact that the effect of the depression has manifested itself in the industries of the Territory, there has been a substantial increase of commercial aviation, and the following sum¬ mary gives a resume of aviation in the Territory since it was first begun : Year Planes in service Number of plane- miles Number of passengers carried Number of passenger- miles Mail and freight carried (pounds) 1929 _ _ _ 8 33, 591 2, 171 272, 999 118, 951 1930 _ 24 338, 422 3, 654 684, 361 120, 733 1931 _ 26 381, 234 7, 947 947, 695 161, 718 1932 _ _ _ 31 742, 854 6, 637 942, 176 496, 680 1933 _ 42 1, 059, 155 7,743 1, 222, 510 785, 586 1934 _ 56 1, 126, 610 10, 194 1, 533, 311 994, 370 REPORT OE THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 23 THE ALASKA ROAD COMMISSION The Alaska Road Commission was created by act of Congress approved January 7, 1905, as a bureau of the War Department. By act of Congress approved June 30, 1932, the activity was transferred to the Department of the Interior. Under orders issued by the Sec¬ retary of the Interior, administration of the activity was assigned to the Governor of Alaska in his capacity as ex-officio commissioner for Alaska, with a chief engineer in direct charge of the work, under the direction of the Governor. The Alaska Road Commission is charged with the construction and maintenance of roads, bridges, and trails in Alaska. Construction and maintenance of air fields, telephone lines, and shelter cabins is also undertaken for the Territory. Funds are made available for the work by annual congressional appropriations, from the “Alaska fund ”, and from contributions by the Territory of Alaska and others. During the past year, in addi¬ tion to the above usual sources of funds, $1,746,000 was allocated by the Public Works Administration under the National Industrial Recovery Act for new road and air-field projects. The total costs to the end of the fiscal year are $19,978,181.65, of which $10,349,284.16 was for new work and $9,628,897.49 was for maintenance and improvement. The total expended to June 30, 1934, was $20,440,743.04. Of this amount, $14,529,306.93 was appropriated by acts of Congress, $4,088,- 432.87 was allotted from the Alaska fund, and $1,823,003.24 from Territorial appropriations and contributions. The work accomplished during the fiscal year may be summarized as follows : New construction : 136% miles of road, 35 miles of trail, 820 linear feet of bridges over 60-foot span, 4,703 linear feet of trestle span bridge, and 3 airplane landing fields. Improvement : 35 miles of road reconstructed, 70.83 miles of road surfaced, 450 metal culverts replaced, and 11 air fields enlarged and improved. Maintenance : 1,543 miles of road, 74 miles of tramway, 573 miles of sled road, 4,759 miles of permanent trail, and 273 miles of tem¬ porary flagged trail. The cost during the year was $1,269,497.76, of which $805,643.11 was for new work and $463,854.66 was for maintenance and improve¬ ment. Total expenditures during the fiscal year were $1,432,881.48. The more important roads upon which new construction was per¬ formed were the McCarthy-Nizina, Mount McKinley National Park, Gulkana-Nabesna, Olnes-Livengood, Dillingham-Snag Point, Nome- Sunset Creek, Iliamna, Lucky Shot Mine, Willow Station, Anchorage- Matanuska, Kodiak-Mill Bay, Cantwell- Valdez Creek, Medfra-Nixon Mine, Flat-Slate Creek, and Seward Peninsula Tramroad extension. New air fields were constructed at Cordova, Nome, and Bremmer. The Richardson Highway was maintained open during the entire season. Improvement to new standard was continued and this road is now in excellent condition for auto traffic. Surfacing the Steese Highway was continued. As a result of the improvement traffic over this route continued to increase. Work was 24 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA continued on the major project of constructing a road from Gulkana, on the Richardson Highway, to Nabesna, through the mineralized belt north of the Wrangell Mountains. The work was started early in 1933 and, except for destructive floods in a few localities, weather conditions were favorable and the work progressed satisfactorily. The work of maintenance and rehabilitation has been pushed, and the roads and trails under the jurisdiction of the commission are in better shape than ever before. The total mileage of roads and trails constructed and maintained by the commission since its inception aggregate 11,484% miles, consisting of 1,798 miles of wagon road, 74 miles of tramway, 1,576% miles of sled road, 7,324% miles of permanent trail, and 712 miles of temporary flagged trail. The roads and trails constructed by the commission have not only opened up to development nearly all sections of the Territory but have effected large savings in freight charges. The major portion of this freight would not have been transported without the roads, and the indirect loss which would have been occasioned by the restric¬ tion on output and development if the roads did not exist cannot be estimated. Under a cooperative agreement with the National Park Service the Alaska Road Commission has undertaken the construction and main¬ tenance of roads and trails in Mount McKinley National Park and the maintenance of Sitka National Monument with funds allotted by the Park Service. At the close of the fiscal year 66 miles of road were suitable for traffic and 21 miles were under construction in Mount McKinley Park. The route selected is one of great scenic grandeur. The Sitka National Monument has been placed in excel¬ lent condition and maintained. BUREAU OF PUBLIC ROADS Funds designated for expenditure by the Bureau of Public Roads have been available for use in the Territory since 1917. Construction and maintenance operations from 1917 to 1920 were handled by joint representatives of the Alaska Road Commission and Bureau of Public Roads. On July 1, 1920, a branch office of district 1 of the Bureau was established and an assistant district engineer placed in charge. Since that date all roads within the national forests have been constructed and maintained by the Bureau of Public Roads. During the period from July 1, 1920, to March 1, 1927, plans for proposed projects and major problems in construction work were submitted to the district office at Portland, Oreg., for approval. On March 1, 1927, district 11 of the Bureau of Public Roads was created with headquarters at Juneau. Federal funds now being expended on the roads within the national forests are provided by the Federal Highway Act, approved June 11, 1916, with subsequent amendments thereto, and by the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933, Federal appro¬ priations have been made available for expenditure by the Bureau of Public Roads, $4,645,184 for roads in and adjacent to the national forests in Alaska. In addition to the Federal funds so provided, $373,793 have been made available by the Territorial board of road commissioners, making a total to June 30, 1932, of $7,018,977. A REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 25 total of 239.376 miles of highways have been constructed and are now under maintenance by the bureau with funds provided under the above-mentioned Federal Highway Act and in cooperation with funds made available by the Territorial board of road commissioners. An additional 17.421 miles are at present under construction and will be completed within the present year, making a total of 256.797 miles of forest highways. A total expenditure of $504,596.61 has been made during the past fiscal year. Segregation of this amount by projects is shown in the following tabulation. All funds have been expended on projects which are a part of a highway-development program jointly recommended by representatives of the Bureau of Public Roads, Forest Service, and Territorial board of road commis¬ sioners and approved by the Secretary of Agriculture. PACIFIC -YUKON HIGHWAY The Pacific- Yukon Highway is the name given to a road project which when completed will connect the northwest part of the United States with British Columbia, Yukon Territory, and Alaska. The proponents of this highway desire a serviceable automobile road throughout western Canadian Provinces to Alaska which can be reached now only by ship or by airplane. It is argued that this highway would open up vast areas in British Columbia, Yukon Territory, and Alaska which are now so inaccessible that development is impracticable. The general route of this highway will likely be along the water¬ sheds following the eastern slope of the Alaska Range. It is pro¬ posed to begin at the International Peace Arch at Blaine, near Van¬ couver, and the northern terminal will probably be Fairbanks. A road has already been built by the Canadians to about 50 miles north of Hazleton, British Columbia. In 1929 the Alaska Legislature adopted a memorial to the United States Congress endorsing the project and petitioning that steps be taken toward arranging for conferences on the subject between rep¬ resentatives of the United States and Canada. The same body also passed acts in 1929 and 1931 for the advertisement of the advantages of the project and appropriating funds to be used for that purpose. In 1930 the Congress ox the United States authorized the appoint¬ ment of a commission to cooperate with the representatives of the Dominion of Canada in a study regarding the feasibility of the con¬ struction of such a highway, appropriating $10,000 for the purpose. Pursuant to this act, the President of the United States appointed as commissioners: Mr. Herbert H. Rice, Detroit, Mich., chairman; Mr. Ernest Walker Sawyer, assistant to the Secretary of the In¬ terior; Maj. Malcolm Elliott, Corps of Engineers, United States Army, president of Alaska Road Commission. The Commissioners studied the project in cooperation with the rep¬ resentatives of the Canadian Provinces involved and since submis¬ sion of their report to the President of the United States have been relieved of further duty in this connection. The conclusions and the recommendations of the Commissioners briefly were that the highway is a feasible project and can be built at a reasonable cost, which should not exceed $2,000,000 for the Alaska .section and $12,000,000 for the Canadian section. 26 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA RIVERS AND HARBORS Alaska is included in the Seattle, Wash., engineer district. The eight works of improvement in Alaska now authorized by Congress are Ketchikan Harbor, Wrangell Harbor, Wrangell Nar¬ rows, Port Alexander, Seward Harbor, Nome Harbor, Lowell Creek flood control, and Salmon River. The improvement of Ketchikan Harbor was completed in 1933 at a cost of $224,945.84 and involved the construction of a stone break¬ water with a concrete cap, 55 feet long, located near the mouth of Ketchikan Creek, and a dredged area back of the breakwater with a depth of 10 feet at mean lower low water, forming a protected basin for small boats. The improvement of a Wrangell Harbor consists of a stone break¬ water with a concrete cap. It is about 300 feet long and extends from Point Shekesti in a northeasterly direction, forming a safe anchorage for small boats. It was completed in 1925 at a cost of $37,321.32. _ The project for Wrangell Narrows as authorized by Congress provides for a steamer channel, 200 feet wide and 21 feet deep at mean lower low water, with increased width on curves, and 300 feet wide and 27 feet deep across Petersburg bar, and was completed in 1928 at a cost of $452,970.93. Maintenance dredging of this waterway has been required at a cost of $177,679.97. Supplementing the work authorized by Congress the modification of the existing project so as to provide for a channel 24 feet deep and 275 feet wide at Shoal No. 1, the easing of curves at Shoals Nos. 5, 6, 7, and 12; the removal of a rock pinnacle opposite Anchor Point, and give small rock pinnacles in the towing channel, as recommended by the Chief of Engineers in House Documents No. 647, Seventy -first Congress, third session, has been included in the Public Works pro¬ gram under the National Industrial Recovery Act. This work was 50 percent complete on June 30, 1934. The improvement of Port Alexander consists of a channel 150 feet wide and 15 feet deep at mean lower low water at the main entrance, and a channel 40 feet wide and 2 feet deep at the entrance to the inner lagoon completed in 1931 at a cost of $17,000. The improvement of Seward Harbor consists of a stone break¬ water 50 feet long and a dredged area behind it with a depth of 12 y2 feet at mean lower low water, forming a protected basin for small boats, completed in 1931 at a cost of $103,202.61. Additional armor rock to replace that removed by heavy wave action was placed on the breakwater in 1933 at a cost of $9,198.31 for maintenance. The project for Nome Harbor provides for two parallel timber jetties, each about 400 feet long, spaced 225 feet apart, at the mouth of Snake Kiver, and a channel 75 feet wide and 8 feet deep at mean lower low water extending from Norton Sound through Snake Kiver to the mouth of Dry Creek in the city of Nome ending in a pro¬ tected small-boat basin of the same depth. The banks of the river have been protected by revetments. The project was completed in 1923 at a cost of $272,950.13 and annual repairs and redredging have been necessary at a cost of $268,631.71 to June 30, 1934. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 27 The project for flood control of Salmon River at Hycler, Alaska, was adopted by the act of Congress approved June 18, 1934, and provides for construction of a dike at an estimated cost of $53,000 with $1,000 annually for maintenance, subject to the condition that local interests contribute $7,000 toward the first cost of the work and $200 annually for maintenance. No work has yet been done under this project. The flood-control works at Lowell Creek, Seward, Alaska, con¬ sist of an intake dam 8 feet high and 300 feet long across the mouth of Lowell Creek Canyon, and a timber flume 12 feet wide, 7 feet deep, and 3,300 feet long, extending from the dam, through the city of Seward, to Resurrection Bay, the project was completed in 1929 at a cost of $113,157.87. Maintenance has been necessary in the amount of $21,541.89, to June 30, 1934. Items for the improvement of Dry Pass, Sitka Harbor, Petersburg Harbor, Kodiak Harbor, Cordova Harbor, Stikine River, Egegik River, and for the further improvement of Wrangell Harbor and Nome Harbor have been recommended to Congress. AIDS TO NAVIGATION Aids to navigation are established and maintained by the Light¬ house Service of the Department of Commerce, the work in Alaska being conducted from the district headquarters in Ketchikan under the direction of the superintendent, where a supply and buoy depot is also maintained. Two lighthouse tenders, both oil-burning steam vessels, built especially for the work in Alaska, are operated through¬ out the year in connection with the work of establishing and main¬ taining aids. These are the Cedar , a large steel vessel, and the Fern , a smaller wooden vessel. A concrete lighthouse was constructed this year at Cape Hinchin- brook Light Station, 54 miles out of Cordova. This building re¬ places the old lighthouse built at the top of an 180-foot cliff in 1910, and now endangered by a receding cliff due to severe earthquake. The building is of reinforced concrete, modernistic design, and fin¬ ished with white Medusa cement, producing an excellent daymark. The building furnished accommodations for three single men and houses all the machinery and equipment required at the station. The fog horns consist of two of the latest type two-tone diaphones, and the main station light is rated at 200,000 candlepower. Construction work was carried on during the year at Tree Point Light Station and Sentinel Island Light Station, in connection with the erection of new light and fog-signal buildings at these stations to replace the present buildings, which are in a serious state of decay due to age. The new buildings at these stations will be of modern design and will be constructed of reinforced concrete. Several new automatic lights and a number of unlighted aids were established during the year and several oil lights were converted to automatic types. The installation of the dry-battery type of auto¬ matic light was extended during the year and has proven successful in Alaska. 28 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA U. S. COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY The three United States Coast and Geodetic Survey ships Sur¬ veyor, Discoverer , and Explorer , continued operations in Alaska dur¬ ing the season of 1933. The Surveyor completed topographic and hydrographic surveys on the north and south sides of Montague Island, at the entrance to Prince William Sound, and finished sur¬ veys of Dangerous Passage, the inlet between Chenega Island and the mainland of Alaska. The position of Middleton Island, lying off the entrance to Prince William Sound, was accurately determined by triangulation, and its coasts and the offlying area surveyed in detail. The surveys completed by the Discoverer , operating in the vicinity of Kodiak Island, southwestern Alaska, disclosed several important rocks in the northern entrance to the harbor of Kodiak and between Woody Island and Kodiak Island. These rocks, heretofore un¬ known, are in the main channel and a menace to navigation. The recent survey also completed for the first time the southern ap¬ proaches to St. Paul Harbor, Kodiak, and all the area embraced by Chiniak Bay. In addition, the Discoverer completed detailed surveys of Kizhuyak Bay and tributaries. At the beginning of the present season the ships Surveyor and Discoverer began work on a survey of the Krenitzin group and the eastern end of Unalaska Island. Detailed surveys of Kazan Bay and Atka Island will be made. This work marks the beginning of a program for comprehensive surveys of the entire chain of the Aleutian Island. In southeastern Alaska the Explorer completed surveys of the area south of Duke Island, developing an important local magnetic area m the vicinity of this island. Nakat Bay, Nakat Inlet, part of Boca de Quadra and Pearson Canal were also surveyed by the Explorer. Agencies for the sale of United States Coast and Geodetic Survey nautical charts are maintained at Anchorage, Cordova, Craig, Hoonah, Juneau, Ketchikan, Kodiak, Petersburg, Seward, Sitka, Valdez, and Wrangell. The annual publication, Tide Tables, Pacific Ocean and Indian Ocean, includes the predicted times and heights of the tide for every day in the year at Ketchikan, Sitka, Juneau, Seldovia, Anchorage, Kodiak, Apokak, and St. Michael. Tidal differences and ratios for approximately 325 other places in Alaska are given, enabling the navigator to determine the time and height of high and low water for practically all of the tidal waters of Alaska. MAGNETIC AND SEISMOLOGICAL WORK The Sitka Magnetic and Seismological Observatory was continued in operation throughout the j^ear. Magnetic observations were also made at various places along the coast by vessels of the Coast and Geodetic Survey engaged in hydrographic and topographic surveys. Especial attention was given to local areas where presence of mag¬ netic material affects the normal behavior of the compass. As a result of an investigation of the area east and southeast of Duke Island in this and previous years lines of equal magnetic declination have been placed on the charts of the region to outline an area of REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 29 marked magnetic disturbance. A new edition of the publication Alaska Magnetic Tables and Charts was in the hands of the Public Printer at the close of the year. Alaskan earthquakes are described in the annual publication United States Earthquakes, and the de¬ scriptions are largely based on voluntary reports by observers. ALASKA AIRWAYS WEATHER SERVICE Airways weather reports from 40 observers throughout Alaska are available to aviation interest ^iaily- These observations are gen¬ erally transmitted by radio twice each day and contain a statement of the ceiling, visibility, and general flying conditions. They are made possible by the Signal Corps having arranged a special network schedule providing a rapid dissemination of this information to strategic points in Alaska. In order to obtain additional upper-air data in the northern lati¬ tudes, pilot-balloon observations are made at Nome, Fairbanks, and Juneau, by means of which the velocity and direction of the winds aloft may be determined. These observations have proven to be of great importance to aviators. UNITED STATES SIGNAL CORPS The Washington Alaska Military Cable System maintained un¬ broken communication service between points in Alaska and the United States throughout the entire year, furnishing prompt and accurate service to all commercial agencies, newspapers, and press associations as well as all Government activities represented in the North. All stations in the system carried on money-transfer service for the benefit of the customers, and during the year transferred the total of $254,942.56. This service is especially popular because of the isolated position of many of the towns. Communications between all stations on the system is by radio. NAVAL COMMUNICATIONS The Navy Department maintains a radio-communication system in Alaska by means of radio stations located at Dutch Harbor on Unalaska Island and St. Paul in the Pribilof Islands. These radio stations serve the naval requirements. In January 1931 the handling of commercial and other Government traffic was turned over by the Navy to the Army Signal Corps. However, com¬ mercial messages and other Government messages from ships in Alaskan waters or from communities served only by naval radio station are accepted by the naval radio stations and delivered to the nearest Army Signal Corps station for further transmission. The stations at St. Paul, Alaska, and Puget Sound, Wash., form the main channel for naval communications between Alaska and the United States, while both St. Paul and Dutch Harbor act as feeders and distributors for their particular territories. These stations render very useful service because of the uniformly excellent atmos- iflieric and electrical conditions peculiar to these sites which enable 30 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA these stations to communicate with merchant ships in the North Pacific Ocean. The naval direction-finder stations at Soapstone Point and Cape Hinchinbrook, Alaska, render service of inestimable value in fur¬ nishing direction-finder bearings to ships making the difficult en¬ trances of Icy Straits and Prince William Sound. A naval direction¬ finder station is also located at St. Paul to assist shipping in that area. MAIL SERVICE The transportation of mails in Alaska is under the supervision of the superintendent of the thirteenth division, Railway Mail Service, at Seattle, Wash. This office exercises supervision over the entire Alaska service and has immediate charge of all service in southeast¬ ern Alaska and all direct steamboat service from Seattle. The chief clerk, Railway Mail Service, at Seward, has immediate charge of the service provided along the south coast, north and west of Yakutat, the service provided over the Copper River & Northwestern Railway and the Alaska Railroad, the upper and lower Yukon River, Tanana River, Kuskokwim River, and the Seward Peninsula. UNITED STATES COAST GUARD The patrol of the waters of the North Pacific Ocean, Bering Sea, and southeastern Alaska was conducted during the season 193S-34 by the Coast Guard cutters Tallapoosa , Northland , Haida , Tahoe , Redwing , Itasca , Chelan , Shoshone , and the 125-foot patrol boats Alert , Bonham, , Ewing , and Montgomery . The patrol will be in progress at the close of the fiscal year 1934. This patrol, which is carried on annually by the Coast Guard, has for its primary pur¬ pose the enforcement of the convention of July 7, 1911, between the United States, Great Britain, Russia, and Japan, and the laws and regulations for the protection of the fur seal and sea otter and of the game, the fisheries, and fur-bearing animals of Alaska. In the prosecution of their work the vessels perform such duties as follows: Furnish transportation to Government officials in the performance of their duties, to local authorities, school teachers, destitutes, the sick and injured, natives, prisoners, and other per¬ sons; carry the United States mails; assist other Federal agencies in the enforcement of the United States laws; apprehend violators of the law; aid in the administration of justice; hold courts; hold in¬ quests and autopsies, settle differences between employers and em¬ ployees; assist vessels in distress; board and examine vessels, deliver food and other supplies and freight to the isolated settlements ; suc¬ cor persons found to be in need; provide medicine and medical, surgical, and dental treatment to the natives, and look after their physical well-being; render medical aid to the crews of American vessels engaged in deep-sea fishing; aid in the control and suppres¬ sion of epidemics; protect the natives against harmful situations; examine into the physical, health, and sanitary conditions of settlements. REPORT OF THE GOVERN- OR OF ALASKA 31 TERRITORIAL SCHOOLS The Territorial public schools, organized for the education of the white and mixed-blood children, are of two classes, namely, schools within the incorporated cities and incorporated school districts, and rural schools located outside the incorporated cities and incorpo¬ rated school districts. Rural schools are further divided to include schools in regularly organized school districts and special schools maintained in communities where the school population is insufficient to warrant the establishment of school districts. The Territorial schools are largely supported by appropriations from the Territorial treasury, augmented by 25 percent of the Alaska fund, which consists of a variety of Federal taxes collected in the Territory. This fund nets the schools approximately $50,000 per year. Schools within incorporated cities and incorporated school districts derive from 20 to 30 percent of their operating costs from local taxation. The remaining 70 to 80 percent is furnished by the Territory. All funds for the support of the rural schools and of the special schools are furnished by the Territory. The Territorial schools, including the elementary schools, high schools, and citizenship night schools, are under the general super¬ vision of a Territorial board of education, with the commissioner of education as executive officer of the board. The teaching staff employed in Territorial schools is excellently trained. Graduation from a 3-year standard normal school or its equivalent is a prerequisite for the Alaska elementarv certificate. High -school teachers are required to be graduates of standard 4-year colleges and to have completed a minimum of 15 semester-hours in education. The average teacher in the Territory has had 9 years of teaching experience, 4 of which have been in the Alaska schools. During the past j^ear the annual turnover of teachers has decreased from about 40 to 18 percent of the total number employed. Four-year high schools, accredited by the University of Wash¬ ington, are maintained in 10 cities, as follows: Anchorage, Cordova, Douglas, Fairbanks, Juneau, Ketchikan, Petersburg, Seward, Sitka, and Wrangell. The high schools at Anchorage, Cordova, Fairbanks, Juneau, Ketchikan, Petersburg, Seward, and Wrangell are also ac¬ credited by the Northwest Association of Secondary and Higher Schools. Nonaccredited high schools are maintained at Haines, Nenana, Nome, Skagway, and Valdez. Following is a table showing schools in incorporated towns and districts, 1933-34. 32 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA Schools in incorporated towns and districts, 1933-3 4 Number of teachers High-school enrollment Elemen¬ tary-school enrollment Total Average daily at¬ tendance Anchorage _ _ 15 no 303 413 336. 8J Cordova.. _ _ 10 58 164 222 200. 09 Douglas _ _ _ _ 8 39 82 121 106. 53 Eagle 1 7 7 6. 59 Fairbanks _ _ _ 15 118 218 336 316. 54 Haines. _ _ _ 5 19 53 72 58. 89 Juneau ... _ _ _ 26 201 571 772 653. 58 Ketchikan.. _ 27 199 599 798 679. 66 Nenana _. _ _ _ 3 11 49 60 55. 37 Nome _ _ _ _ 7 26 95 121 105. 40 Petersburg 15 73 196 269 238. 06 Seward. _ _ 8 56 90 146 121. 90 Sitka _ 8 35 87 122 108. 81 Skagway _ 7 27 76 103 87.31 Valdez .. _ _ 4 13 38 51 43.20 Wrangell1 _ _ _ 10 40 135 175 145. 65 Total _ 169 1,025 2, 763 3, 788 3, 264. 41 Wrangell return dated Jan. 12, 1934. ALASKA AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE AND SCHOOL OF MINES At the twelfth annual commencement of the Alaska Agricultural College and School of Mines at College, Alaska, held on May 21,. 20 students were awarded diplomas, as follows: 1 in chemistry, 3 in geology and mining, 3 in business administration, 3 in agricul¬ ture, 2 in general science, 1 in home economics education, 6 in arts and letters, and 1 in mining engineering. Enrollment was: Freshmen, 64; sophomores, 23; juniors, 15, sen¬ iors, 25 ; specials, 25 • short courses, 87. AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION WORK By virtue of the provisional act of Congress approved February 23, 1929, together with the act of February 20, 1931, the benefits of the Hatch Act were extended to Alaska. This act provides an annual grant of $15,000 to be expended in carrying on experimental work in agriculture. Additional funds to the extent of $3,000 per annum were appropriated by the Territorial legislature for the biennium ending June 30, 1935. With the money thus provided 16 projects have been undertaken at the College station and 8 projects at the Matanuska substation. At the College station the projects are : Administration, publications, buildings, peat, native red top, blueberries, red currants, red rasp¬ berries, potatoes, wheat breeding, pea breeding, 3-acre rotations, vetch, forage plants, seed production, seed increase. At the Mata¬ nuska substation the projects are : Administration, crop rotation, dairying, forage crops, cattle breeding, potato production, small fruits, ornamentals. Beginning with February 1934 the creamery at the Matanuska sub¬ station, operated by the Alaska Railroad, was taken over by the station. Butter fat is purchased from the farmers, manufactured into butter, and sold at several points along the Alaska Railroad. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 33 The experiment-station personnel consists of a director and secre¬ tary with office at the college, a superintendent, a farm foreman, and a creameryman at the Matanuska substation. COOPERATIVE EXTENSION WORK Extension work as provided by the Smith-Lever Act has been in operation since July 1, 1930. The organization consists of a director, who has charge of the work in agriculture ; a veterinarian, in charge of fur production and cow testing; and a specialist in home eco¬ nomics. There are no county organizations, but local clubs and leaders represent a large corps of voluntary workers, receiving and passing on the information obtained from the service. The offices of agriculture and home economics are at the college, while the veterinarian is stationed at Juneau so as to be nearer the fur-farming area. Most of the islands along the southeastern coast are taken up for fur farming, while only a few farms are located in the interior. The farming communities are located in the Matanuska and Tanana Valleys, on Cook Inlet, Kodiak, and at Point Agassiz. Dairying and truck farming are carried on near the centers of population, most of which are visited by the extension workers. Towns along the railroad and the coast, from Seward to Ketchikan, are visited annually by the worker in home economics. The women’s clubs and 4-H clubs cooperate in putting on method demonstrations stressing nutrition, cooking, sewing, home management, home indus¬ tries, etc.* Both natives and whites participate in the work. Home industries, especially among the natives, have been stimu¬ lated. Monthly news letters for farmers and homemakers with a mailing list of 1,500 reach many settlers who reside in remote locali¬ ties from Point Barrow to the outer Aleutians. INTERNATIONAL POLAR YEAR Work of the Polar Year Observatory at College and Fairbanks as described in the Governor’s report of last year was continued through August 31, 1933. A partial program, including magnetic and earth- current observations, was continued until March 31, 1934, at the re¬ quest of the International Polar Year Commission. It was particu¬ larly useful because the polar-year work in the Antarctic continued through this period. At the close of the year work was in progress at Washington on the interpretation and preparation for publication of the records, and it was evident that this observatory had made the important contribution to the polar^ear program that had been anticipated. BUREAU INDIAN AFFAIRS, ALASKA MEDICAL SERVICE The general economic situation, which has affected the Alaskan native as much as other classes of people, has caused an increased demand for medical services. In order to meet this demand with a $20,000 decrease in appropriations it was necessary to make several changes in the type of service offered. The most expensive units 34 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA had to be abolished, and accordingly the Yukon River Medical Boat and the Akiak Hospital did not operate during the year. Many natives live at a great distance from either a hospital or nurses’ headquarters, and in order to bring medical service to as many peo¬ ple as possible it was necessary to place several additional nurses and one physician on a travel status. Only nurses experienced along public-health lines and ones interested in preventative medicine are employed to carry out this line of work. The Wainwright nurse was assigned to Point Hope and Point Lay in addition to Wainwright. The Shismaref nurse traveled to Deer- ing, Wales, Igloo, and Teller. The Nome nurse furnished medi¬ cal attention to Solomon, Golovin, and Elim, and the nurse at Una- lakleet to Shaktoolik and Koyuk. The St. Michael nurse covered all villages between that point and the Mountain Village Hospital. The physician at Mountain Village made trips up the Yukon River as far as Russian Mission, and one of the nurses visited Hooper Bay. With the above changes in effect medical attention was rendered to the natives along over 2,000 miles of the Arctic coast and adjacent rivers. In addition to the above changes the nurse at Nulato has been assigned to Kaltag, Koyukuk, and Galena. The physician formerly at Akiak has been placed on a travel status and has visited all Kuskokwim River and Bay ports during the year. During the lat¬ ter part of the year the nurse stationed at Wrangell Institute was assigned to make a medical survey of conditions on Kodiak Island, and a new position of traveling nurse in the Prince William Sound and Cooks Inlet regions was filled. With service being rendered to a greatly increased number of na¬ tives by trained public-health nurses, an effort was made to concen¬ trate on immunization of all possible natives to diphtheria and smallpox. The plan was very successful and 2,866 native children were immunized against diphtheria; 2,245 natives were vaccinated against smallpox; and 703 were immunized to other diseases. For the past several years diphtheria epidemics have been reported from the Point Barrow region. Diphtheria toxoid was furnished to the mission workers for use at that place and immunization of Point Barrow natives and natives coming to that village, along with similar work done by the Bureau nurse at Wainwright, Point Lay, and Point Hope, has resulted in no diphtheria reports during the year. There has been no serious epidemic of any sort among the native people during the entire year. In October a new hospital was opened at Unalaska and judging from work already performed this hospital will render a very great service to the entire Aleutian Island district. In March statistics regarding mortality rates in Alaska which were collected by the medical director were published by the United States Public Health Service. This information shows that tuberculosis is the primary cause of death among the Alaskan native — 35.5 percent of all deaths over a 5-year period were caused by this disease. An average annual death rate from tuberculosis of 655 per 100,000 popu¬ lation was recorded for the Alaskan natives. This compares with an average annual death rate among the white people of Alaska of REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 35 56 per 100,000 and of 76 in the United States for all races during the same period. Efforts are constantly being made by all medical workers to teach the native people how to prevent the spread of tuberculosis. Hos¬ pital facilities for the care of this disease in Alaska are insufficient. Only a small percent of active cases are hospitalized and an attempt is now being made to secure funds for the construction of several tuberculosis hospitals. The National Tuberculosis Association has become interested in Alaska and it is anticipated that this organiza¬ tion will soon become actively associated with antituberculosis work in the Territory. Other welfare organizations are becoming more and more interested and the combined efforts of all concerned should result in materially decreasing the incidence of this disease during the next several years. Dental service was furnished chiefly to the native children for part of the year. The dentist covered Alaska Peninsula, southeastern Alaska, Prince William Sound, and Alaska Railroad villages. Several United States Coast Guard boats rendered valuable aid to outlying villages. The cutter Northland continued to render medical and dental aid to the Eskimos of Bering Sea and Arctic Ocean villages while on its annual cruise in these waters. Specialists attention to orthopedic and other difficult cases was again given under contract at the Children’s Orthopedic Hospital in Seattle and the Tacoma Indian Hospital in Tacoma. A total of 7,651 hospital days were furnished 30 different patients by hospitals in the States. This corresponds with 6.656 days’ hospitalization furnished by the same hospital during the previous year. Approximately $23,000 of the appropriation “ Medical Relief in Alaska ” was spent for the care of these patients. Much needed repairs were made during the year at the several hos¬ pitals from C. W. A. funds. A large number of destitute natives were given financial aid in this way as practically all the money ex¬ pended was for manual labor. The hospitals at Juneau, Unalaska, Mountain Village, and Kotzebue were able to get complete basements and interior painting. The Tanana Hospital project included re¬ modeling of several abandoned Army buildings into laundry room, staff house, and various other items, such as constructing fire escapes and interior painting. PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE The Public Health Service furnishes medical relief to sick or dis¬ abled seamen at the following ports: Ketchikan, Wrangell, Peters¬ burg, Juneau, Sitka, Cordova, Seward, Unalaska, and Nome. During the past year new acting assistant surgeons were appointed at Wrangell and Petersburg. Beneficiaries at Unalaska are now being furnished treatment at the recently completed Indian Service hospital. The Public Health Service has continued to detail medical and dental officers to the Coast Guard cutters operating in Alaska. An officer of the Public Health Service is detailed as medical director of the Bureau of Indian Affairs in Alaska and another supervises the care and custody of persons legally adjudged insane in Alaska. 36 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA Examination and vaccination of all cannery workers coming to Alaska was continued in Pacific coast ports. Approximately 7,000 of these examinations were performed. RELIEF MEASURES The 1933 Territorial legislature appropriated the sum of $484,060 for expenditure as provided in various measures for the care of dependent children, the pioneers of Alaska, the relief of the aged and indigent, and for the rescue and relief of lost persons. DEPENDENT CHILDREN A board of children’s guardians in each judicial division — com¬ posed of the judge of the district court, the United States marshal, and one woman citizen appointed by the Governor, all of whom serve without compensation and hold office for a period of 3 years — has power to conclude arrangements with persons or institutions for the care of dependent children at such rates as may be agreed upon, not to exceed $25 per month for each child, and to appoint agents. This board is charged with the legal guardianship of all Avhite children under 16 years of age committed to it by the juvenile court. PIONEERS’ HOME AND ALLOWANCES The Pioneers’ Home, located at Sitka, is entirely supported by the Territory. The management of the home is in a board of trustees, of which the Governor is the chairman. Any worthy resident in¬ capable of self-support who is qualified by 5 years’ residence in Alaska, and who has no relative liable under the law for his or her support, may apply to the board of trustees for admission to the home. A completely equipped modern hospital is maintained in con¬ nection with the home, and in every respect the residents are well cared for. A new home is now in the process of construction and will accom¬ modate a larger number of residents. RELIEF OF DESTITUTION The Governor of Alaska is charged with the superintendence of the poor in the Territory, with authority to appoint an advisory board in each judicial division, each board being composed of such officers charged with the administration and enforcement of the laws of the Territory as he may designate. Persons who are unable to earn a livelihood in consequence of bodily infirmities and who have no relatives of sufficient ability to assist them may obtain temporary and limited relief from the Territory. CONSTRUCTION OF NEW PIONEER HOME The eleventh session of the Territorial Legislature created a build¬ ing commission for the purpose of selecting a site, constructing and equipping a building for the aged pioneers of Alaska and make $225,000 available for such use. The Federal Government through a Public Works grant has added $87,900 to this amount. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 37 The site of the old home at Sitka was chosen for the new building and on April 15 building operations were begun. The Pacific coast shipping strike delayed the work of construction at the very time when weather conditions were ideal for such work but it is hoped that the building will be near enough complete to permit of occupancy by January 1935. INCORPORATED TOWNS There are 17 incorporated towns in Alaska. The total assessed property valuation for the fiscal year 1934 was $24,814,110.84, a de¬ crease of $742,030.16 from 1933. The rates of taxation range from 10 to 20 mills. CIVIL WORKS ADMINISTRATION The benefits of the Civil Works Administration activities were ex¬ tended to Alaska and made effective on December 8, 1933, and were continued until April 26, 1934. The Governor of Alaska was appointed administrator of Civil Works for Alaska with the chief engineer of the Alaska Road Com¬ mission as deputy administrator. -All of the engineering and super¬ visory work in connection with Alaska projects were carried on by the Alaska Road Commission with the exception of programs au¬ thorized direct from Washington for the Office of Indian Affairs, the Bureau of Fisheries, and the Alaska Game Commission. The following men were employed : 2,144 in December 1933 ; 3,326 in January 1934; 3,242 in February 1934; 2,614 in March 1934, and 1,004 in April 1934. There was expended a total of $526,513.03. Less than 10 percent of which was expended for materials and slightly over 1 percent for administrative expenses. The Civil Works Administration of Alaska was confronted with serious difficulties in finding work projects that could be carried out during the severe winter months. However, with little loss of time most of the plans were carried to completion and were of a perma¬ nent good to the cities and towns of Alaska. The various localities contributed a large percentage of the cost of materials used in projects of the following nature: Flood control, street repairs, repairs to community buildings, schoolhouses in in¬ corporated towns, reducing street grades in towns, improvement to school grounds, sewer and cemetery improvements, new bridges in incorporated towns, repairs to municipally owned docks, betterment of air fields, and some garment making by women. The Bureau of Fisheries carried on a salmon stream clearing plan in the creeks of southeast Alaska. The Alaska Game Commission employed a number of men in transferring and restocking barren sec¬ tions with rabbit, deer, and marten. The Office of Indian Affairs, employing natives only, did a large amount of repairing to Indian hospitals and schools, bettering playground facilities, and streets in the vicinity of native villages. The value of the relief afforded by the C. W. A. projects in Alaska was inestimable and provided housing, food, and clothing for a large number of persons who would have been otherwise in distress. 38 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA RECOMMENDATIONS 1. Continued growth of Alaska depends largely upon vigorous de¬ velopment of mining — particularly gold mining. Such development would cause expansion of population and increase of all phases of human activity. Title to nearly all the mineral lands in Alaska is in the Federal Government. The Federal Government should assist in the development of this land, and to that end, I urge sufficient appropriations for the United States Geological Survey and Bureau of Mines to do this work and to permit their cooperation with the Territory and the office of the Territorial mining organization. The increase in gold valuation will foster gold mining develop¬ ment, but a system of quick examinations of new and old discov¬ eries would stimulate prospecting and contribute to mining develop¬ ment. The area and resources of Alaska would provide, if developed, relief for the overpopulation of congested centers throughout the country. People brought to Alaska to prospect for gold and finding employment in public works would furnish population that would make markets for agricultural products, timber, and other resources of the Territory. 2. I earnestly urge that the fisheries resources of the Bering Sea and Arctic Ocean be investigated and surveyed in accordance with the program suggested by a memorial (S. J. Memorial No. 2) to Congress passed by the last legislature. 3. The Federal Government ought to grant to fur farmers title to not less than 160 acres of the lands they now occupy through leases or otherwise, and upon which their improvements are located (S. J. Memorial No. 3, Territorial Legislature 1933). 4. There should be greater cooperation by the Office of Indian Affairs and Federal and Territorial agencies in aiding destitute, aged, and afflicted Indians, and Congress should make larger appro¬ priations for this purpose. 5. I believe that the bills introduced in the last Congress by the Alaska Delegate, Anthony J. Dimond, transferring the control of the fisheries and the game of Alaska to the Territory ought to become laws. 6. There should be greater activity on the part of the Federal Gov¬ ernment toward the extermination of predatory animals and other enemies of the fish, game animals, and game birds of the Territory. T. I urge liberal appropriations for the improvement of national parks and monuments and the encouragement of tourist travel in Alaska. 8. Efficient management of the Alaska Railroad has practically eliminated the deficit in connection with its operation. The railroad, as well as highways, air fields, etc., should be treated liberally and their utilization to the fullest extent encouraged. 9. In the development of Alaska, perhaps the greatest need which Government can supply is adequate transportation. I have espe¬ cially in mind roads, trails, bridges, and air service. In order to develop the resources of the Territory the Federal Government should be liberal in contributing to all these things. Right now, perhaps, the matter of paramount importance is the development of air service and of first consequence in air service is air-mail routes. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 39 A mail route through the Territory from the States to Nome with airports in Ketchikan, Juneau, Fairbanks, Nome, and other ports. A route from Fairbanks to the Kuskokwim country at Bethel is also greatly needed. This would require not only funds for carrying the mail but the building and improving of air fields and other aids for aerial investigations where necessar}L Not only is quick distribu¬ tion of mails essential, the operation of planes on scheduled routes would be impossible without mail contracts. I earnestly recommend appropriations for all phases of this transportation scheme. 10. I urge the extension of a comprehensive program of survey for the public domain in Alaska as a means of increasing population. 11. The construction of an international highway connecting the highways of the United States, through British Columbia and Yukon territory, with the highways of Alaska would contribute immeasur¬ ably to the growth of Alaska and it ought to be built at the earliest possible time. 12. I believe the general reindeer supervisor should be given all of the authority that is necessary to carry out his recommendations on the field. 13. The Governor’s office should have at least one more competent secretary at a good salary. 14. Small-boat harbors should be built at Juneau, Petersburg, Cordova, and in all important fishing points, where they are needed similar to the ports built by the Federal Government at Ketchikan, Seward, and Wrangell. Improvement to harbors and waterways should be continued and speeded up. Special attention is called, in addition to projects under way and heretofore mentioned, to provide a breakwater at Haines, which has not yet been in the picture, and Haines is becoming an important point, and developments indicate that its importance will increase. 15. I recommend the continued maintenance of bases for Coast Guard ships at Juneau and Ketchikan and the establishment of two similar bases in the third division. 16. The establishment of naval and Army bases in Alaska is urged. Alaska’s position on the shortest route to the Orient would give sub¬ marines and airplanes command over the sea and make impossible a hostile movement of fleets of warships or transports against the American Pacific coast. To cooperate with the Navy there should be Army airplanes, and other Army forces. 17. And this above all : I urge the granting of a full Territorial government to Alaska. John W. Troy, Governor. o ■ ' UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR HAROLD L. ICKES, Secretary JOSEPH B. POINDEXTER Governor Hawaii ANNUAL REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII TO THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1934 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1934 Fit tale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Price 10 cents CONTENTS Agriculture and forestry _ Archives _ Attorney general’s department _ Banks and trust companies _ Birth certificates, Hawaiian _ _ Commerce _ Imports and exports _ Customs receipts _ County and city and county governments _ Income of counties _ Sources and distribution of revenues in the Territory and counties. _ Courts _ Territorial courts _ Land court _ Federal court _ Education ( see also Public instruction) _ _ Elections _ Feeble-minded home _ Finances _ _ Bonded debt, June 30, 1933 _ Investments by the Treasurer _ _ Taxes _ _ Consolidated statement of operations _ Harbor commissioners _ Hawaii National Park _ _ Hawaiian Homes Commission _ Health, board of _ Tuberculosis _ Hospital for insane _ Health Service, Federal Public _ Immigratioirand labor _ Internal revenue, Federal _ _ _ ... _ _ Lands, public _ Legislature _ . . _ . _ Leprosy _ Libraries _ _ National Guard _ Pineapple industry _ Population and race statistics _ Postal Service _ Prison _ _ Public instruction _ Public works _ Schools, board of industrial _ Schools ( see also Public instruction) _ Sugar production _ Tourist trade _ Unemployment relief work _ University of Hawaii _ Page 36 43 51 18-19 3 30' 30' 31 11 12 13 58 56 53 53 40 10 51 13 13 13 16 23 39 3 7 47 48 48 50 33 31 35 11 49 42 46 4 32 32 53 40 37 45 40 4 5 2 42. in . ' ■ ' REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Executive Chambers, Honolulu, Hawaii, September 18, 1934- The Secretary of the Interior. Sir: Pursuant to instructions contained in your letter of June 21, 1934, I have the honor to submit the following report of the affairs in and of the progress and development of the Territory of Hawaii during the year ended June 30, 1934: During the greater portion of the period under review the affairs of the Territory were administered by Hon. Lawrence M. Judd, whom I succeeded on March 1, 1934. Hawaii’s internal-revenue payments to the Federal Treasury during the past fiscal year amounted to $5,687,486, exceeding payments of Alaska and the Philippine Islands as well as each of the 16 following States: Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Idaho, Mississippi, Montana, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Carolina, South Dakota, Utah, Vermont, and Wyoming. The above figure exceeds the 1933 payment by $2,665,072. In the minds of our entire populace the high light of the history of the Territory of Hawaii was the visit to our shores of Hon. Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States, who remained in the Territory from July 24 to July 28, 1934. This was the first time that a President, during his term of office, has taken the time to visit Hawaii, and this act on his part has left a lasting impression on the minds and hearts of Hawaii’s citizens. Another distinguished official, Hon. Homer S. Cummings, Attorney General of the United States, visited Hawaii a week after the President’s departure. To have officials of the national administration, Senators, and Members of Congress visit Hawaii and secure first-hand information on our problems is gratifying and helpful. I hope that the Secretary of the Interior and other officials of the Department may find it possible in the not distant future to make a trip to this island Territory in the Pacific. During the past year the Army forces, under the command of Maj. Gen. Briant H. Wells; the Navy, through Rear Admiral Harry E. Yarnell, United States Navy, Commandant; the Coast Guard Service, through Commander John S. Baylis; and the Naval Air Service, through Commander E. W. Tod, have rendered valuable service to the Territory of Hawaii. They, as well as other officials of the Federal Government stationed in Hawaii, have cooperated to the fullest extent when called upon. The new immigration station, completed during the year at a cost of $400,000, is a fine addition to Honolulu’s attractive water front. It replaces a wooden structure built in 1904 and which had been characterized by the Territorial fire marshal as a fire trap. 1 2 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII UNEMPLOYMENT RELIEF WORK With the national administration expecting the Territory of Hawaii to assume its share of responsibility in carrying out unemployment relief measures, and following appropriations from the Governor’s contingent fund during the preceding year, on June 2, 1933, at the close of the regular session of the Territorial legislature, Act 209 was signed by the Governor of the Territory for the “relief of unemploy¬ ment in the Territory of Hawaii; providing for a tax upon salaries, wages, and dividends; and providing for the disposition of the pro¬ ceeds thereof for such purpose.” This act created a Territorial unem¬ ployment work relief commission consisting of 10 members, with 7 representatives from Oahu, 1 from Maui, 1 from Kauai, and 1 from Hawaii, replacing a commission appointed informally by the Governor of the Territory in the early part of 1932. On July 1, 1933, approximately 1,900 individuals were carried on a work-relief program through which men were assigned days’ work according to the size of their families, with 1,423 in Honolulu, 385 on Maui and 92 on Hawaii. It should be pointed out that this total was a considerable reduction over the average load the previous months, due to releasing to the pineapple industry at that time over a thousand workers. During the preceding year, approximately 4,500 individuals had been carried either intermittently or con¬ tinuously. All cases at that time placed on the work relief program wefe sub¬ ject to investigation as to needs and were assigned work on a minimum subsistence basis. In December 1933, the Territory was authorized to organize a civil works program, setting up its own organization to undertake engineering and supervision and to place on work projects practically any individual who applied and showed himself to be a bona fide unemployment case. No investigation was required except to make sure that individuals did not leave other employment to come on C. W. A. Under this program the C. W. A. was not dependent upon county governments for supervision and engineering work. This enabled the C. W. A. organization to become entirely nonpartisan as required by the National Government. Within a very few weeks, a peak employment of 6,500 individuals in the Territory was reached with maximum expenditures weekly averaging around $90,000. The Territory was allotted $850,000 for its C. W. A. program. On April 1, 1934, the relief administration was ordered by the national administration to discontinue the C. W. A. program as such and immediately to carry out an investigation of all cases on the relief rolls, but to maintain the same administrative organization as under the C. W. A. It was necessary under the new policy of in¬ vestigation to set up a case work or social service department and to hire personnel qualified to carry out investigations. The local organization later was authorized to establish the farm- relief program in the Territory with the main purpose Qf rehabilitat¬ ing families in the rural districts by making capital investments for them of livestock and equipment, payable back through work assign¬ ments on the F. E. K. A., the objective of the program being to place these families, in a reasonable length of time, on a self-sup¬ porting basis. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 3 Through investigation of cases, and with the opportunity to place men in the seasonal pineapple work, the total number of individuals on relief rolls as of June 30, 1934, w~as 4,548. The following is a statement of expenditures: Receipts Expenditures Work program Total F. E. R. A. funds > Territorial funds Direct relief F. E. R. A. funds Territorial funds July 1, 1933, to Dec. 20, 1933- Balance F. E. R. A _ Dec. 21, 1933, to Mar. 31, 1934. . $281,318.91 47, 602. 44 850, 000. 00 Unemployment relief $186, 985. 07 $146, 872. 70 $34,921.58 $221, 904. 65 $146, 872. 70 C. W. A. $861, 367. 72 $148, 161. 75 $36, 234. 72 $897, 602. 44 $148, 161. 75 Balance C. W. A . __ 897, 602. 44 11,811.82 595, 800. 31 F. E. R. A. Apr. 9, 1934, to June 30, 1934. Grand total expendi¬ tures . . . . $576, 331.38 $110, 868. 65 $30, 780. 75 $607,112. 13 $110, 868.65 607, 112. 13 1, 786, 033. 48 1, 624, 682. 17 405, 903. 10 101, 937. 05 1, 726, 619. 22 405, 903. 10 2, 132, 522. 32 The total of $394,935 appropriated by R. F. C. during the latter part of 1932 was completely expended by August 7, 1933. The total of $150,000 appropriated in the preceding year from the Governor’s contingent fund was expended by June 29, 1933. There does not appear to be any immediate possibility of dropping unemployment measures in the Territory, but it is hoped that gen¬ eral business conditions will continue to improve so that relief rolls can be reduced even more than the figures shown as of June 30, 1934. The Territory has shared in various relief measures of the Federal Government during the past few years as shown in the following table prepared by the Territorial administrator of the Federal Emergency Relief Administration: Unemployment relief: R. F. C. original allotment: October 1932 to December 1932 _ $307, 435. 00 May 1933 to June 1933 _ 87, 500. 00 F. E. R. A. funds — July 1 to November 1933 _ 260, 521. 00 F. E. R. A.: C. W. A. program Dec. 30, 1933 to January 1934 _ 850, 000. 00 E. R. A. program January 1934 to Aug. 1, 1934 _ 1, 100, 000. 00 Home Owners Loan Corporation: All costs except overhead _ 699, 788. 00 Civilian Conservation Corps _ 419, 387. 00 Federal-aid highways: Emergency advance to Territory, Dec. 20, 1930 (to be re¬ funded by Territory, $80,000) _ _ _ 400, 000. 00 E. R. A. funds July 21, 1932 (no refunds) _ 600, 000. 00 National emergency relief funds, June 16, 1932 (no refunds). 1, 865, 062. 00 4 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Reconstruction Finance Corporation: To Bishop Trust Co _ $700, 000. 00 To Chinese- American Bank (pending) _ 250, 000. 00 National Recovery Administration: Administrative expense (approximate) _ 31, 000. 00 Pearl Harbor: 1932, National Emergency Recovery and construction _ 273, 700. 00 N. I. R. A. authorized to spend _ 10, 000, 093. 00 P. W. A. (under National Recovery Act): Non-Federal projects _ 691, 300. 00 Federal projects of the district engineer: Rivers and harbors _ _ _ 1,746,000.00 Military _ 565, 807. 00 Total _ 20, 847, 593. 00 PRODUCTION OF SUGAR The production of sugar continued to be the principal industry of the Territory, and 1,035,548 tons were produced during the 12 months ended September 30, 1933. Of this amount all but 23,566 tons was shipped to the mainland. The value of sugar exported from Hawaii for the calendar year 1933 was $65,495,135, an increase of nearly $8,000,000 over the previous year. PRODUCTION OF PINEAPPLES Two years ago it was pointed out that the pineapple industry was in a bad way due to high production coming at a period of low pur¬ chasing power of the American public. The necessity of adapting production to consumption led to the organization of the Pineapple Producers Cooperative Association in 1932. At first this association was concerned chiefly with cooperative limitation of production. Since the pineapple is not an annual plant this limitation involved the sacrifice of large sums already invested in agricultural operations. Nevertheless the limitation was effected, and the accumulated surplus stocks in the warehouses sold. The members of this Cooperative came to believe that other mar¬ keting features should be put in force and in August of 1933 a new marketing agreement was made effective. Under its terms all the then existing stocks were transferred to the ownership of the Pine¬ apple Producers Cooperative Association and all pineapple canned thereafter similarly transferred as soon as packed. This did not include juice and byproducts. Each member then drew on the Cooperative for goods sold to its customers. The sales of all members were pooled and the realizations prorated to the members on the basis of the value of the contribution of each to the pool. No profit is made on the sales by members to the pool, and all expenses of the Cooperative are met by assessments against its members. Since there seemed to be no advantage in maintaining two asso¬ ciations in the industry, the Association of Hawaiian Pineapple Canners was dissolved and all of its assets passed to the Pineapple Producers Cooperative Association. This the experiment station, maintained on an annual budget of approximately $175,000, is now a feature of the Cooperative. This station has been of great value to the industry, its greatest achievements to date being the discovery of the cause of wilt which formerly took a heavy toll of the fields, and the development of successful methods of control. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 0 The pack for the calendar year 1932 was held to slightly over 5,000,000 cases in contrast to the peak of 12,726,291 cases in 1931. During 1933 there were packed 7,815,540 cases exclusive of juice. Sales have been satisfactory and the unsold carry-over at the end of the pack year on May 31, 1934, was well under a million cases. Active industry advertising has been carried on featuring the valuable place of canned pineapple in the diet. TOURIST TRADE The Hawaii Tourist Bureau, during 1933, continued an aggressive national program of travel advertising for the Territory with a total of 40,510,514 individual messages appearing throughout the year in a carefully selected list of 24 publications. While the size of the advertisements was smaller in many cases than those used previously, a wide coverage of the travel market was obtained. A gage of the effectiveness of this direct-advertising program is found in the Territory’s travel statistics for 1933 in comparison with those of other vacation centers. At the beginning of the year there was a sharp slump in vacation travel to the islands — running about 20 percent under 1932- — but the encouraging sign was the turn that took place in July. The last 6 months of 1933 showed a steady upturn in the tourist travel so that Hawaii finished 1933 with a travel total just slightly under that of 1932. Travel figures for 1933 Arriv¬ als Total cabin passengers Local res¬ idents return Through passengers Tourist total Through steamships _ _ Local steamships 208 54 16 24, 093 6, 812 976 2, 372 2,200 25 17, 173 4, 548 4,612 951 Cruises and miscellaneous _ Total _ _ _ 278 31, 881 4,597 17, 173 10,111 Tourist arrivals during 1932, 10,370; 1933, 10,111; loss 259, or 2.4 percent. The tourist arrivals originated as follows: Arriv¬ als Tourist total From main¬ land From An¬ tipodes From Orient Through steamships _ _ 208 4, 548 4,612 951 3, 782 4, 612 363 403 Local steamships . 54 Cruises and miscellaneous _ 16 951 Total . . .. _ 278 10,111 9, 345 363 403 HAWAII NATIONAL PARK The Civil Works Administration authorized the employment of 50 men on several projects in the Hawaii National Park, beginning December 14, 1933, and ending April 30, 1934. The projects included trail and roadside clean-up, clearing dead and down timber from Bird Park, painting park buildings, widening the utility area road, placing 6 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII two culverts on the Hilina Pali auto trail, and building a tennis court in the rear of the Volcano House. A total of $11,989.46 was expended. A 200-man Emergency Conservation Work camp was organized in January for a period of 6 months, with indications that a second enrollment period will be authorized beginning October 1, 1934. A total of $121,373 will be expended during the first enrollment period. The Emergency Conservation Work means more to the national park than any other of the administration relief measures. It is accom¬ plishing useful and necessary work and also providing relief and greatly improving the physique of the workers. The monthly allotment checks of the 200 enrolled boys, each check amounting to $25, find their way to almost every community on the island of Hawaii, some into families to whom as much as $100 a year income is rare. Routine measurements and observations were continued, and several field trips were made to the summit of Mauna Loa. In June 1933, Dr. T. A. Jaggar, volcanologist in charge, called attention to this volcano by showing through the statistics available that an eruption might well be expected in the near future. In October, following several earthquakes located beneath Mauna Loa, the engi¬ neer, who had made two field trips to the summit and observed that there were surface evidences of movement underground, repeated Dr. Jaggar’s statistics, but cautioned that a definite prediction was not warranted due to lack of scientific measurements on the moun¬ tain. It is of interest that the interpretation of the statistics and observations was confirmed when on December 2, Mauna Loa erupted in its summit crater. The eruption broke out approximately at 5:42 a. m. December 2, preceded by several slight quakes felt locally. A party began preparations immediately for the trip by trail to the summit, arriving there the following day. Through the courtesy of the Inter-Island Airways, Ltd., the park superintendent was able to make a flight to the scene of the eruption and sketch the progress the eruption had made by noon. The long line of fountains made a mag- nificant sight, with silvery pahoehoe flows pouring out over the floor of Mokuaweoweo Crater. The activity was most intense during the first day, gradually diminishing to one fountain in the southwest part of the crater on December 9, which continued in action until December 18. The eruption continued for 16 days and was confined to the summit of Mauna Loa. A total of 229 persons made trips by air to the scene of activity, and 85 by trail. The trail was closed to visitors during the early part of the eruption in order to allow use of the rest house to a crew of enlisted men and park rangers who installed a telephone line to the top of the mountain. The eruption of Mauna Loa in December created a great deal of interest in the mountain, and the Honolulu Ad Club, through the Hui-o-Pele, provided $2,500 for the construction of a rest house at the summit. The construction of this rest house more than doubles the previous accommodations on the mountain and makes an extended stay at the summit possible for the general visitor. During the 12 months of the fiscal year, there was a total of 273,634 visitors to the Hawaii National Park. REPORT OF TPIE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 7 HAWAIIAN HOMES COMMISSION By act of Congress of July 9, 1921, known as the Hawaiian Homes Commission Act, 1920, large areas of the public lands of the Territory were set aside to be administered by the Hawaiian Homes Commis¬ sion for the benefit of native Hawaiians in order to rehabilitate the Hawaiian race and prevent the decrease and possible extinction thereof. Among the purposes of the act are: 1. To place Hawaiians upon the land in order to insure their rehabilitation; 2. To prevent the alienation of such land; 3. To provide accessible water in adequate amounts for all tracts; 4. To financially aid the Hawaiians until their farming operations are well under way ; and 5. To train Hawaiians to become skilled cultivators. Inasmuch as the Hawaiian Homes Commission could not restrict settlement to farmers of skill and experience because of the under¬ lying purposes of the act, viz: to create a healthful and attractive life for people menaced by the stress of labor competition in cities and unorganized rural life in the country, the location of settlements, the sizes of the farms, the crops to be grown, the money return to be expected, all had to be modified to meet these main purposes. The commission has realized that no home-building agricultural project has ever gained success solely through planning it on paper, writing pretty stories about it and then expecting it to just naturally grow. The commission, therefore, has at all times urged the Hawai¬ ians to work diligently and faithfully. The principal activity of the Palaau-Hoolehua project on the Island of Molokai, is the production of pineapples. The initial pineapple contracts between Hawaiian home lands home¬ steaders and Libby, McNeill & Libby were negotiated by the com¬ mission and were consummated in December 1926 for a period of 10 years. Similar contracts were successfully consummated between homesteaders and California Packing Corporation by the commission in 1929. There are at present 128 homesteaders who have contracts with Libby, McNeill & Libby and 25 homesteaders who have con¬ tracts with California Packing Corporation. These contracts guaran¬ tee to the homesteader a minimum price of $23 per ton for no. 1 pineapples, f. o. b. Kaunakakai (the principal shipping point on the Island of Molokai), and the purchase of all pineapples produced. During the fall of 1931 the commission was successful in securing from Libby, McNeill & Libby an extension of the initial contracts for an additional term of 5 years. This was accomplished notwith¬ standing the depressed condition at that time of the pineapple in¬ dustry in Hawraii. Due to the danger of prospective losses from disease and infestation and to excessive costs involved in the cultivation of small scattered areas, the commission in August 1932 negotiated, on behalf of the homesteaders, a cooperative block-planting agreement, the terms of wThich included all of the benefits to the homesteaders contained in the initial and extended contracts. The new agreement will operate until the year 1945. The first area to be planted under this agree¬ ment is known as “ Block I”, consisting of 111.32 acres of land at 8 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Falaau and in which the 22 Kalanianaole homesteaders are partici¬ pating. Pineapples will be harvested for the first time this year. Results to date have proven that the cost of production per acre has been materially reduced and the tonnage produced per acre will be increased considerably. During the fiscal year just ended, 28,209 tons of pineapples were harvested, with a gross value of $610,316.50 and a net return to the homesteaders of $166,958.33. The general opening prices for no. 1 pineapples for 1933 and 1934 were, respectively, $17.90 and $19.24 per ton, but the homesteaders received the minimum guaranteed price of $23 per ton. On June 30, 1934, there were 2,300 acres planted to pineapples, of which 522 acres were under the “block system.” Approximately 389 acres were in course of preparation for 1935 plantings. Approxi¬ mately 690 acres were planted to crops other than pineapples. Good crops of tomatoes, potatoes, watermelons, corn, pumpkin, etc., were harvested by homesteaders during the past year. How¬ ever, considerable difficulties were encountered in the marketing of their products. From the very beginning of its work on Molokai, the commission has been deeply interested in encouraging the diversification of crops. Many varieties of vegetables and fruits have been planted. The population of all Hawaiian Homes Commission projects is as follows: Project During year Popula¬ tion, June 30, 1934 Increase over 1933 Births Deaths Molokai: Palaau-Hoolehua . . . _ . . . _ 19 14 989 5 Kalanianaole settlement . - . . . - 1 3 249 i 2 Kapaakea- Kamiloloa 6 Total Molokai _ 20 17 1,244 3 Hawaii: Kuhio settlement _ _ _ ___ . . - __ 19 4 1,329 15 Waimanu . _ . _____________ 9 Total Hawaii _ _ ... _ _ _ ... 19 4 1,338 15 Oahu: Nanakuli _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ 12 10 635 123 Grand total _ _ _ _ _ 51 31 3, 217 141 E Decrease under number reported in 1933. HAWAIIAN BIRTH CERTIFICATES As has been the practice for many years, applications for Hawaiian birth certificates are received regularly by the department of the secretary of Hawaii and, periodically, trips are made to the islands as a convenience to residents of the various districts who may desire to make applications. An experiment, which was introduced by the 1933 regular session, of creating a revolving fund for birth certificates has proved the wisdom of the experiment. The $1,500, which was carried in the appropriation bill, and to which was added a revolving fund of $3,500, is yet intact, and has been added to, thus obviating the necessity of REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 9 using general revenues to meet Hawaiian birth-certificate expenses. The promise is that the fund will continue to grow. A feature of Hawaiian birth-certificate work, which is now quite noticeable, is the younger age of applicants. In former years, many of the applicants, in fact most of them, were older which, naturally, involved greater research in order to prove a case. The older element have largely been cared for. The larger number of applicants now are children, making the work considerably easier and making it possible, also, to handle a greater number. Issuing birth certificates is one of the highly important functions of the secretary’s department. Until that time arrives when citizens of this Territory are fully recognized as citizens of the United States, a means of proving citizenship is highly necessary to those of oriental ancestry. It is my opinion that the time is approaching when the parent government will recognize not only citizens but all residents of this integral unit of government and thereby remove them from amenability to any law, rule, or regulation that now denies them the rights of free transit between Hawaii and the mainland, but afford them the same rights as residents are accorded in passing over the boundaries between two States. Citizens of Japanese ancestry are continuing, in large numbers, to expatriate in order that they may be relieved from dual citizenship imposed by the Japanese Government. This fact speaks in very definite terms as to their desire to become full loyal American citizens, and to have a part in the civic affairs of the country of their birth. Distribution of birth certificates into years when applicants arrive at voting age Chinese Part Chinese Japanese Part Japanese All others Total Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Total to 1929 _ 2,695 973 96 33 6, 248 1,475 22 9 168 98 9, 229 2,588 1930 . . . 73 73 7 2 796 202 1 1 23 17 900 295 1931 _ 75 61 6 4 655 185 3 2 27 12 766 264 1032 _ 73 63 10 4 655 234 1 1 37 17 776 319 1933 _ 77 52 5 3 735 277 1 36 15 854 347 1934 _ 69 64 6 2 629 292 2 1 29 17 735 376 1935 _ 72 56 31 2 683 320 32 32 790 410 1936 _ 61 53 5 3 628 305 2 2 28 22 724 385 1937 48 68 2 3 568 279 1 19 21 638 371 1938 52 46 1 566 270 2 1 21 22 642 339 1939 _ 35 38 1 1 438 291 1 1 17 25 492 356 1940. 35 21 1 379 269 1 1 14 30 430 321 1941 22 23 1 334 225 18 11 375 259 1942 27 16 1 210 175 9 12 247 203 1943 25 17 141 137 10 15 176 169 1944 . 16 132 120 1 6 9 154 137 1945 15 14 1 96 97 5 5 117 116 1946 . 9 10 54 32 1 4 3 68 45 1947 5 27 25 6 3 38 35 1948. . 4 4 13 17 1 3 1 20 23 1949 2 2 11 13 3 3 16 18 1950 _ 2 2 Total _ 3, 490 1,668 146 57 14, 000 5, 240 38 21 515 390 18, 189 7, 376 Total male and female. 5, 158 | 203 19,240 59 905 25, 565 Grand total 11,817 1, 195 1,030 1,095 1,201 1,111 1,200 1,109 1,009 981 848 751 634 450 345 291 233 113 73 43 34 2 25,565 Total both sexes, all races _ 25,565 Renewals previously issued _ 296 Renewals (fiscal year) _ _ 24 Total certificates issued to date _ 25,885 Total petitions denied _ 7 65 Total cases pending.. _ _ _ . _ 391 Total cases handled tp date 27,043 10 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Hawaiian birth certificates Chinese Part Chinese Japanese Part Japanese All others Total Grand total Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male: Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Male Fe¬ male Certificates granted: Fiscal year _ Previously — ... Total issued _ Certificates denied: Fiscal year _ 85 3, 405 111 1,557 12 134 6 51 554 13,446 445 4, 795 2 36 21 40 475 33 357 693 17, 496 595 6, 781 1,288 24, 277 3, 490 1,668 146 57 14, 000 5, 240 . 38 21 515 390 18, 189 7, 376 25, 565 1 63 8 546 2 111 1 14 10 625 2 128 12 753 Previously . Total denied _ 11 2 6 64 11 2 554 113 15 6 635 130 765 Decision pending in 391 cases. ELECTIONS Territorial general elections are held in November of each even year, and will be held in November of this year, to elect a delegate for 2 years, one-half of the members of the senate for 4 years, and all members of the house of representatives for 2 years. For the island of Oahu are elected a mayor of the city and county of Honolulu, the supervisors, clerk, treasurer, auditor, and the sheriff. The outside counties of Hawaii, Maui, and Kauai elect to the same offices, with the exception of mayor; they also elect a county attorney. In the city and county of Honolulu and in the counties of Maui and Kauai supervisors are elected at large. Since 1913, the county of Hawaii has employed a system of electing 3 supervisors from each of the 2 representative districts, and 1, the chairman of the board, from the county at large. In 1913, a direct primary law was enacted. Provision was made whereby the counties of Hawaii, Kauai, and Maui should hold elec¬ tions separately from Territorial elections. This system was changed by Act 56 of the legislature in its session of 1929 and, beginning with the year 1930, all county elections will be held simultaneously with Territorial general elections on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November. Registered voters , by races , at each general election Racial classification 1 Total Citi¬ zens 21 years of age and over (popu¬ lation, 1930 census) Registered voters 1920 1922 spe¬ cial 1922 1924 1926 1928 1930 1932 1932 gain com¬ pared to 1930 American. _ _ British... _ '. .. . Chinese ... ... Filipino }44, 895 27, 179 63, 052 22, 636 28, 224 139, 631 6,461 27, 588 6, 671 1,999 29, 809 6, 998 1 80 12,751 8, 607 13, 062 302 10, 398 2, 843 592 15, 336 l 695 1, 141 6, 119 831 1,242 6, 934 912 1,499 7, 277 660 2, 016 8, 622 670 2, 906 8, 964 687 3, 950 10, 244 741 4, 402 12, 230 704 5, 356 57 16, 576 5, 006 11,275 185 10, 054 946 1,444 1,986 -37 954 57 895 829 4, 256 . 185 1,943 946 -332 Hawaiian _ _ _ Pait-Hawaiian . _ _ _ Japanese _ ........ Korean 11,219 3, 431 658 11,583 3, 498 970 2 16,817 1,135 2 16,685 1,711 2 17,763 3,092 15, 979 2, 973 4, 839 15, 681 4, 177 7, 017 Portuguese. .. . - - Puerto Rican. . _ _ . 3,091 3, 708 4, 212 5, 203 6,115 7, 057 8,111 Others. . ... _ ... . Total. _ _ Increase 764 855 982 1, 187 1, 401 1,609 1,776 368, 336 85, 442 26, 335 6, 211 28, 806 2, 471 32, 491 3, 685 34, 739 2,248 40, 569 5, 830 46, 058 5, 489 52, 149 6,091 63, 831 11, 682 11, 682 1 Estimated. 2 Includes part Hawaiian. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 11 Registered voters , by races, at each general election — Continued Recapitulation Racial classification 1920 1922 special 1922 1924 1926 1928 1930 1932 1932 gain com¬ pared to 1930 Hawaiian _ _ __ _ 14, 650 9, 886 1, 799 15, 081 11,513 2,212 16,817 13, 040 2,634 16, 685 14, 327 3, 727 17, 763 16, 808 5, 998 18, 952 18, 317 8,789 19, 858 20, 872 1, ,419 21, 582 25, 435 16, 814 1,724 4, 563 5,395 Others . . . . . Oriental . Total... 28, 335 28, 806 32,491 34, 739 40, 569 46, 058 52, 149 63, 831 11,682 Increase: Hawaiian 3,749 1,904 558 431 1,627 413 1,736 1,527 422 3 132 1,287 1,093 1,078 2, 481 2, 271 1,189 1,509 2,791 906 2, 555 2, 630 1, 724 4, 563 5, 395 Others Oriental Total 6, 211 2, 471 3,685 2,248 5, 830 5,489 6,091 11,682 3 Decrease. Note.— Figures from 1920 include male and female voters. THE SEVENTEENTH LEGISLATURE IN SPECIAL SESSION Five months after the sine die adjournment of the seventeenth regular session of the legislature on June 1, 1933, the legislature was called into special session on the 30th day of October 1933, and ended on Thursday, the 11th day of January 1934. Forty-eight acts and two joint resolutions were passed amendatory to the tax laws, financing the employees’ retirement system, inherit¬ ance tax, excise tax on banking corporations, sale, transfer, etc., of firearms, Uniform Automobile Liability Security Act, old-age pen¬ sions, manufacture and sale of intoxicating liquors, business by trust companies, investment by trustees and guardians, amended Hawaii Bank Act, etc. COUNTY AND CITY AND COUNTY GOVERNMENTS Local governments in Hawaii were first established on July 1, 1905, the Territory being divided into four counties. On July 1, 1909, the county comprising the island of Oahu was converted into a city and county, known as the city and county of Honolulu, with a mayor. The other counties are Hawaii, including the island of that name; Maui, including the islands of Maui, Kahoolawe, Lanai, and all of Molokai except the leper settlement; and Kauai, including the islands of Kauai and Niihau. The leper settlement on Molokai constitutes a fifth county, Kalawao, which is under the control of the board of leper hospitals and settlement. Income of counties , fiscal year ended June SO, 1934 12 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 13 FINANCES Bonded, debt June 30, 1984 [The total bonded debt on June 30, 1933, was $32,232,000; $110,000 serial bonds, issued Nov. 15, 1927, matured on Nov. 15, 1933; $63,000 serial bonds, issued May 15, 1928, matured on May 15, 1934] Date of issue Aug. 1, 1911 _ Sept. 3, 1912 _ Sept. 15, 1914 _ May 15, 1916 _ Aug. 1, 1917 _ Sept. 15, 1919 _ Sept. 15, 1920 _ Dec. 15, 1920 _ Dec. 31, 1920 _ June 1, 1922 _ Oct. 1, 1923 _ Do _ Apr. 1, 1924 _ Oct. 1, 1925 _ May 1, 1926 _ Oct. 15, 1926 _ Jan. 15, 1927 _ Nov. 15, 1927 _ Do _ May 15, 1928 _ Feb. 1, 1929 _ Nov. 15, 1929 _ June 30, 1931 _ Mar. 1, 1932 _ Total - Term of years Rate of in¬ terest Sale price Per¬ centage basis Aggregate outstand¬ ing Date due Where payable, principal and interest 20-30 Percent 4 101. 5875 3. 88 $1, 500, 000 Aug. 1, 1941 _ New York and Hono 20-30 4 100. 5887 3. 985 1,500,000 Sept. 3, 1942-.. lulu. Do. 20-30 4 100. 01 4.00 1,430, 000 Sept. 15, 1944.. Do. 20-30 4 100. 00 4.00 1, 750, 000 Mav 15, 1946.. Do. 20-30 4 98. 04 4. 08 1, 500, 000 Aug. 1, 1947... Do. 20-30 4H 102. 614 4. 377 1,500, 000 Sept. 15, 1949.. Do. 20-30 4H 98.01 4. 59 2, 400, 000 Sept. 15, 1950.. Do. 20-30 4 k 98.01 4. 59 200, 000 Dec. 15, 1950... Do. 20-30 4> , 98.01 4. 59 600, 000 Dec. 31, 1950... Do. 20-30 4k 103. 365 4. 25 1,350, 000 June 1, 1952... Do. 20-30 4’k 99. 577 4. 52 1,800, 000 Oct. 1, 1953.... Do. 20-30 4H 99. 577 4. 52 75, 000 . do. . . Do. 20-30 4k 99. 078 4. 56 2, 285, 000 Apr. 1, 1954.. . Do. 20-30 4k 101.042 4. 39 2, 590, 000 Oct. 1, 1955.... Do. 20-30 4 k 105. 125 4. 27 1, 540, 000 May 1, 1956... Do. 20-30 4k 103. 196 4. 26 1, 805, 000 Oct. 15, 1956... Do. 20-30 4k 104. 82 4. 18 385, 000 Jan. 15, 1957... Do. 20-30 4 k 107. 22 3. 98 50, 000 Nov. 15, 1957. . 1932/1956 . Do. Serial 4k 106. 06 3. 98 2,530,000 Do. Serial 4 k 102. 37 4. 07 1, 449, 000 1933/1957 _ Do. Serial 4 k 100. 093 4.24 1, 175, 000 1934/1958 _ Do. Serial 4% 101. 529 4. 62 1.945, 000 1934/1958 _ Do. Serial 4 k 102. 819 3.99 295, 000 1936/1960 _ Do. Serial 4k 100.00 4.00 405, 000 1936/1960 _ Do. 32, 059, 000 Investments as of June 30, 1934 [Statement of investments made by the treasurer of the Territory of Hawaii, as provided by law, of the following funds] SINKING FUND 1,500 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement gold bonds, Aug. 1, 1911, due Aug. 1, 1941, 4 percent, interest dates Feb. 1, Aug. 1 _ $1, 500, 000. 00 87 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement gold bonds, Sept. 3, 1912, due Sept. 3, 1942, 4 percent, interest dates Mar. 3, Sept. 3 _ 85, 476. 33 9 $500 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement gold bonds, series B, Sept. 15, 1914, due Sept. 15, 1944, 4 percent, interest dates Mar. 15, Sept. 15 _ 4, 430. 89 836 $100 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement gold bonds, series C, Sept. 15, 1914, 4 percent, interest dates Mar. 15, Sept. 15, due Sept. 15, 1944 _ 83, 485. 48 38 $500 Territory of Hawaii, refunding bonds, series B, May 15, 1916, due May 15, 1946, 4 percent, interest dates May 15, Nov. 15 _ , _ _ 19,081.38 346 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Aug. 1, 1917, due Aug. 1, 1947, 4 percent, interest dates Feb. 1, Aug. 1 _ _ 341,069.80 23 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Sept. 15, 1920, due Sept. 15, 1950, 4}£ percent, interest dates Mar. 15, Sept. 15 _ 1 _ 29,183.64 172 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, series B, Dec. 31, 1920, due Dec. 31, 1950, percent, interest dates June 30, Dec. 31 _ 167, 780. 20 48 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, June 1 , 1922, due June 1, 1952, 4}4 percent, interest dates June 1, Dec. 1 _ 48,598.14 203 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Oct. 1, 1923, ' due Oct. 1, 1953, 4H percent, interest dates Apr. 1, Oct. 1 - 209. 160. 83 90607—34 - 2 14 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Investments as of June 80, 1934 — Continued sinking fund — continued 10 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Oct. 1, 1923, due Oct. 1, 1953, 4)4 percent, interest dates Apr. 1, Oct. 1 (provided by Act 152, S. L. 1929, and represented by receipt from Federal Insurance Co. of New Jersey) _ 107 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Apr. 1, 1924, due Apr. 1, 1954, 4)4 percent, interest dates Apr. 1, Oct. 1 _ 127 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Oct. 1, 1925, due Oct. 1, 1955, 4)4 percent, interest dates Apr. 1, Oct. 1 _ 66 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Oct. 15, 1926, due Oct. 15, 1956, 4)4 percent, interest dates Apr. 15, Oct. 15 _ 64 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, series A, May 1, 1926, due May 1, 1956, 4)4 percent, interest dates May 1, Nov. 1 _ 51 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, series B, Nov. 15, 1927, due serially Nov. 15, 1935/1956, 4)4 percent, interest dates May 15, Nov. 15 _ 53 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, series A, Jan. 15, 1927, due Jan. 15, 1957, 4)4 percent, interest dates Jan. 15, July 15 _ : _ 76 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, series A, May 15, 1928, due serially May 15, 1935/1953, 4)4 percent, interest dates May 15, Nov. 15 _ 91 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, series A, Feb. 1, 1929, due serially Feb. 1, 1936/1955, 4)4 percent, interest dates Feb. 1, Aug. 1 _ 98 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, series B, Nov. 15, 1929, due serially Nov. 15, 1937/1958, A% percent, interest dates May 15, Nov. 15 _ 295 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, June 30, 1931, due serially June 30, 1936/1960, 4)4 percent, interest dates June 30, Dec. 30 _ 405 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Mar. 1, 1932, due serially Mar. 1, 1936/1960, 4)4 percent interest dates Mar. 1, Sept. 1 _ 3 $1,000 city and county of Honolulu, water works bonds, series A, Apr. 15, 1924, due Apr. 15, 1952, 5 percent, interest dates Apr. 15, Oct. 15 _ 27 $1,000 city and county of Honolulu, water works bonds, series B, Apr. 15, 1924, due Apr. 15, 1954, 5 percent, interest dates Apr. 15, Oct. 15 _ _ 1 $1,000 city and county of Honolulu, public improvement bonds, Dec. 15, 1925, due Dec. 15, 1955, 5 percent, interest dates June 15, Dec. 15 _ 25 $1,000 city and county of Honolulu, public improvement bonds, June 15, 1926, due June 15, 1956, 5 percent, interest dates June 15, Dec. 15 _ 10 $1,000 city and county of Honolulu, public improvement bonds, Jan. 15, 1927, due Jan. 15, 1950, 5 percent, interest dates Jan. 15, July 15 _ 20 $1,000 city and county of Honolulu, public improvement bonds, June 15, 1927, due serially June 15, 1938/1951, 5 per¬ cent, interest dates June 15, Dec. 15 _ 20 $1,000 city and county of Honolulu, public improvement bonds, Jan. 15, 1928, due Jan. 15, 1938, 5 percent, interest dates Jan. 15, July 15 _ 30 $1,000 city and county of Honolulu, public improvement bonds, June 15, 1930, due serially June 15, 1936/1938, 5 per¬ cent, interest dates June 15, Dec. 15 _ 70 $1,000 city and county of Honolulu, public improvement bonds, Dec. 15, 1931, due serially Dec. 15, 1936/1947, 5 per¬ cent, interest dates June 15, Dec. 15 _ $10, 000. 00 107, 213. 10 123, 282. 15 67, 383. 54 67, 390. 68 51, 859. 83 56, 045. 82 74, 603. 04 89, 905. 18 101, 619. 09 308, 151. 00 407, 685. 94 2, 920. 00 28, 794. 53 1, 119. 86 27, 140. 29 11, 386. 07 20, 994. 86 21, 134. 80 33, 520. 77 71, 312. 5a REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 15 Investments as of June 30, 1934 — Continued sinking fund — continued 50 $1,000 county of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Oct. 15, 1929, due serially Oct. 15, 1945/1949, 5 percent, interest dates Apr. 15, Oct. 15_ _ $55, 897. 80 400 $1,000 county of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, Nov. 15, 1931, due serially Nov. 15, 1936/1955, 5 percent interest dates May 15, Nov. 15 _ 400, 625. 10 227 $1,000 county of Maui, public improvement bonds, Dec. 31, 1931, due serially Dec. 31, 1936/1951, 4]4 percent, interest dates June 30, Dec. 31 _ 227, 023. 63 50 $1,000 county of Kauai, public improvement bonds, Dec. 15, 1931, due serially Dec. 15, 1946/1950, 5s _ 50, 062. 50 12 $1,000 Federal farm-loan bonds, Land Bank of Houston, May 1, 1927, due May 1, 1957, 4J4 percent, interest dates May 1, Nov. 1 _ _ _ _ 12,075.00 Treasury warrant notes, interest 5 percent: Nos. 267, dated Dec. 21, 1933 _ 106, 000. 00 Nos. 268, dated Dec. 22, 1933 _ 75, 000. 00 Nos. 269, dated Dec. 23, 1933 _ 105, 000. 00 Nos. 271, dated Jan. 2, 1934 _ 60, 000. 00 Nos. 272, dated Jan. 2, 1934 _ 40, 000. 00 Nos. 273, dated Jan. 3, 1934 _ 34, 132. 00 Nos. 274, dated Jan. 4, 1934 _ 55, 977. 93 Nos. 276, dated Jan. 5, 1934 _ 35, 000. 00 Nos. 277, dated Jan. 10, 1934 _ 12, 537. 61 Nos. 278, dated Jan. 13, 1934 _ 50, 731. 25 Nos. 279, dated Jan. 16, 1934 _ 25, 375. 00 Nos. 280, dated Jan. 30, 1934 _ 25, 421. 88 Nos. 281, dated Feb. 1, 1934 _ 13, 152. 32 Nos. 282, dated Feb. 5, 1934 _ 40, 796. 25 Nos. 283, dated Feb. 5, 1934 _ 15, 262. 50 Nos. 308, dated Mar. 1, 1934 _ 15, 470. 83 Nos. 309, dated Mar. 1, 1934 _ 10, 000. 00 Nos. 312, dated Mar. 1, 1934 _ 10, 205. 00 Nos. 331, dated Mar. 13, 1934 _ 10, 220. 00 Nos. 341, dated Mar. 19, 1934 _ 9, 506. 00 Nos. 344, dated Mar. 21, 1934 _ 500. 22 Nos. 345, dated Apr. 2, 1934 _ 20, 042. 50 Nos. 351, dated Apr. 5, 1934 _ • 50, 799. 28 Nos. 357, dated Apr. 10, 1934 _ 70, 210. 00 Nos. 360, dated Apr. 18, 1934 _ 28, 937. 78 Nos. 361, dated May 1, 1934 _ 72, 647. 71 Nos. 362. dated Mav 3, 1934 _ 29, 153. 35 Nos. 365, dated May 14, 1934 _ 60, 442. 50 Nos. 366, dated June 2, 1934 _ 70, 000. 00 Nos. 367, dated June 7, 1934 _ 72, 407. 97 Nos. 370, dated June 12, 1934 _ 30, 607. 50 6, 172, 951. 15 INSURANCE FUND 50 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, refunding bonds, series A, May 15, 1916, due May 15, 1946, 4 percent, interest dates May 15, Nov. 15- 48, 500. 00 1 $1,000 Federal farm-loan bonds, Land Bank of Houston, May 1, 1927, due Mav 1, 1957, 41/ percent, interest dates May 1, Nov. 1 _ ‘ _ _ 1,007.50 7 $1,000 Federal farm-loan bonds, Land Bank of Louisville, May 1, 1927, due May 1, 1957, 4 34 percent, interest dates May 1, Nov. 1. 7, 052. 50 9 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement gold bonds, Sept. '3, 1912, due Sept. 3, 1942, 4 percent, -interest dates Mar. 3, Sept. 3 _ 8,820.00 16 $1,000 Territory of Hawaii, public improvement bonds, series A, May 15, 1928, due May 15, 1945/56, 434 percent, interest dates May 15, Nov. 15 _ 15, 700. 00 Treasury warrant notes, no. 359 Apr. 17, 1934 _ 8, 000. 00 89, 080. OJ 16 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Taxes collected by years ended June SO, since organization of Territorial government Fiscal year Real property 1 Personal property Specific property Personal 1901 _ $444, 059. 63 $490, 392. 69 $18, 751. 36 $249, 604. 00 1902 _ 532, 637. 09 571, 248. 69 20,412. 19 231, 485. 00 1903 _ 560, 456. 31 592, 325. 37 22, 591. 60 255, 043. 00 1901 _ 618, 890. 81 607, 589. 82 22, 998. 80 240, 736. 00 1905 _ 609, 343. 72 570, 654. 55 23, 543. 50 249, 990. 00 1905 _ _ _ 961, 433. 76 928, 841. 53 47, 989. 70 243, 955. 00 1907 _ 654, 737. 94 631, 326. 36 39, 644. 40 239, 001. 00 1908 _ 640, 051. 42 635, 265. 81 41, 350. 50 244, 832. 00 1909 _ 668, 721. 89 678, 886. 40 40, 988. 00 255, 520. 00 1910 _ 709, 943. 35 720, 252. 58 46, 554. 50 248, 663. 00 1911 _ 766, 429. 68 733, 806. 45 49, 734. 95 241, 915. 00 1912 _ 893, 331. 32 821, 518. 95 56, 930. 55 243, 058. 00 1913 _ 1, 037, 200. 82 ' 915, 470. 52 64, 626. 21 242, 307. 30 1914 _ 1, 068, 267. 52 868, 613. 53 74, 913. 10 286, 246. 55 1915 _ 1, 200, 618. 75 928, 231. 86 89, 817. 75 257, 890. 00 1916 _ _ - _ _ 1, 378, 454. 92 1, 092, 683. 27 110, 230. 97 265, 636. 05 1917 _ _ _ 1, 547, 872. 50 1, 224, 552. 02 152. 572. 99 275, 432. 65 1918 _ _ _ 1, 967, 550. 23 1, 510, 659. 70 205, 901.57 279, 215. 07 1919 _ 2, 413, 759. 22 1, 849, 389. 76 211,236. 98 284, 084. 34 1920 _ 2, 938, 876. 04 2, 433, 058. 01 267, 283. 89 283, 772. 59 1921 _ 3,745,258.54 3, 125, 408. 76 327. 929. 70 311, 857. 34 1922 _ 4, 195, 855. 54 3, 247, 178. 95 40, 988. 81 375, 449. 26 1923 _ _ _ 4, 726, 256. 01 3, 508, 124. 57 24, 439. 84 399, 851. 64 1924 _ 5, 283, 536. 47 3, 771, 054. 83 19, 774. 88 422, 868. 98 1925 _ 5, 677, 116. 14 3, 661,922. 75 18, 254. 77 426, 188. 21 1926 _ 6, 524, 984. 97 3, 839, 322. 61 3, 396. 97 417, 650. 60 1927 _ 7, 578, 693. 78 4, 188, 192. 51 479. 20 410, 901. 65 1928 _ _ _ 8, 075, 089. 38 4, 279, 091. 34 28. 80 420, 920. 41 1929 . .. _ 8, 330, 407. 33 4, 285, 581. 67 433, 658. 00 1930 _ 8, 625, 826. 63 4, 452, 718. 27 444, 752. 15 1931 _ _ 8, 899, 721. 50 4, 745, 134. 40 453, 557. 91 1932. _ _ 8, 031, 305. 92 4, 414, 152. 83 445, 562. 55 1933 _ 6, 082, 408. 15 2, 185, 124. 54 500, 723. 37 1934 _ _ _ - . 5, 094, 300. 25 1, 357, 785. 22 472, 734. 27 Fiscal year Income, general 1 i Income, 1 special 1 Business excise Utilities excise Unemploy¬ ment i 1901 _ _ 1902 _ . - _ $286, 630. 20 202, 526. 44 170,511.71 155,978.87 391,366.65 187,687.91 266,241.74 389,500.94 435, 984. 40 421, 375. 68 488, 415. 96 513, 386. 40 397, 496. 33 373, 349. 09 592, 259. 58 799, 800. 86 794, 427. 22 625, 073. 76 634, 206. 95 1, 149, 339. 98 1, 148, 528. 34 878, 181. 35 1, 784, 705. 39 1, 997, 093. 48 1, 799, 189. 08 1, 526, 672. 30 1, 707, 184. 75 1, 870, 818. 14 1, 944, 832. 02 1, 740, 095. 21 1, 382, 189, 15 946, 442. 88 916, 224. 18 1903 . . _ 1904 _ 1905 1906 . - ----- _ _■ 1907 _ 1908 _ 1909 _ _ _ _ $4, 324. 29 377, 694. 27 379, 698. 89 442, 336. 29 422, 094. 39 116, 162.54 165, 524. 72 268, 369. 85 387, 920. 35 343, 121. 14 283, 281. 75 417, 331. 02 945, 203. 34 643, 925. 67 1, 200. 15 9, 930. 81 8. 95 1910 _ 1911- . . 1912 _ _ _ 1913 . . 1914- _ _ 1915 _ 1916 . 1917 -- 1918 _ _ 1919 1920- . . i 1921 _ 1922. _ 1923 _ 1924 _ _ 1925 _ _ 1926 _ 1927 _ 1928 _ 1929 _ 1930 _ 1931 _ _ 1932 _ 1933 _ $1, 001, 098. 96 2, 065, 482. 37 $311,731.57 662, 320. 44 1934 $452. 406. 90 1 Including penalties, costs, and interests. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 17 Taxes collected by years ended June 30, since organization of Territorial government — Continued Fiscal year Bank excise Penalties, cost, and interest 2 Inheritance Insurance Total 1901 _ _ _ _ _ $9, 294. 58 $939. 29 $3,223.65 $1, 216, 265. 20 1902 11, 847. 92 6,074.34 3, 846. 00 1,664, 181.43 1903 _ 13, 385. 29 1,393. 33 4,685. 11 1,652, 406. 45 1904.. 1 5, 484. 97 70. 00 4, 623. 38 1,681,269. 49 1905 _ ... .. 16, 509. 18 6,271.71 6, 883. 59 1, 639, 175. 12 1906 _ 13, 703. 59 5, 879. 69 8, 760. 61 2, 601, 930. 53 1907. . 21. 435. 83 8,789.74 14, 202. 74 1, 796, 825. 92 1908 _ . 17, 697. 93 21,430.05 13,978.38 1,880,847. 83 1909.. .. 19, 137. 76 17,011.88 26,564.55 2, 0S0, 635. 71 1910 17, 262. 86 150, 153. 11 20, 141. 87 2, 726, 650. 04 1911 _ 14, 657. 90 38, 383. 59 21, 173. 76 2, 667, 175. 90 1912. . .. 14, 658. 02 187,974.95 25,420.95 3, 173, 644. 99 1913 _ .... 11. 158. 27 19,421.54 30, 909. 13 3, 256, 574. 58 1914 _ 30,634.00 30, 385. 34 2, 898, 447. 70 1915 . 9,640.85 53, 543. 58 i 30, 168. 92 3, 108, 785. 52 1916 ... 15, 107.43 171,303.05 l 33, 321. 18 3, 927, 366. 30 1917 14, 705. 43 19,852.44 38, 357. 87 4,441,067. 11 1918. . _ 12, 181. 75 76, 676. 75 48, 718. 40 5, 238, 452. 13 1919 16, 175. 54 1 44, 777. 82 58, 066. 53 : 5, 785, 845. 70 1 920 20, 950. 70 406,562.81 : 64,292.21 7, 466, 334. 22 1921.. 27,467.37 | 83, 605. 35 89,223.23 | 9, 805, 293. 61 1922 . 23,446.98 | 88, 358. 28 87,230.99 9, 850, 962. 82 1923.. 31, 164.85 j 153,593.24 1 75,977.54 i 9, 798, 789. 19 1924 _ _ 43,069.32 62, 954. 09 1 74, 063. 54 11,411,958.31 1925.. 48,400.93 125,402.34 112,771.83 12, 067, 159. 40 1926.. 63, 428. 93 166, 149. 08 101, 751. 22 1 12,915, 873. 46 1927 _ 61, 045. 81 133,456. 12 104,436.90 14,003, 878. 27 1928 _ 69, 957. 09 215, 127. 34 116,701.79 14, 884, 100. 90 1929 _ _ _ _ 50. 350. 54 1 16, 286. 38 122,074. 16 1 15, 209, 175. 92 1930 _ 76, 398. 64 1 174, 793. 94 122, 548. 53 15,841,870. 18 1931. . _ _ 75,736.49 j 298,671.03 132,508.48 16, 345,425.02 1932 . . 50,455.72 213,430.30 89,087.25 14, 626, 183. 72 1933 _ _ $8. 783. 93 47,369.56 1 128.835.21 ! 194,336.04 ! 11,406,852.24 1934 _ _ 22,947. 18 40,697.66 198,644.27 1 136,681.07 11,420, 223.81 2 Except on income taxes. Statement of collections and distribution of liquid fuel tax for the period Jan. 1 to Dec. 31, 1933 City and county of Honolulu County of Maui County of Hawaii County of Kauai Totals Collections _ _ _ _ _ _ $557, 921. 23 $136, 692. 83 $160, 073. 68 $100, 128. 34 $954, 816. 08 Distributions: Territorial highway _ Territorial bonds allotted for Territorial 30, 140. 00 6, 820. 00 8, 210. 00 4, 830. 00 50, 000.00 highways _ _ _ Territorial bonds allotted for county 109, 310. 87 23, 876. 02 23, 722. 42 13, 755. 60 170, 664. 91 highways _ _ County bonds for countv highfra vs 227, 394. 62 174, 520. 00 73, 342. 21 119, 444.58 20, 112.28 440, 293. 69 174, 520. 00 85, 403. 67 33, 933. 81 Deduct from 1933 tax rate 14, 543. 51 2, 012. 23 21, 790. 77 49, 069. 39 12, 361. 07 To be deducted from 1934 tax rate _ 10, 863. 83 8, 696. 68 557, 921. 23 136, 692. 83 160,073.68 1 100, 128. 34 954, 816. 08 Assessed value of real and personal property, 1934, by taxation divisions Taxation division Real property Personal property Total 1934 Total 1933 Percent increase or de¬ crease, 1934 First, city and county of Honolulu... . . .Second, county of Maui . . . Third, county of Hawaii _ _ _ Fourth, county of Kauai _ _ Total for Territory _ $228, 143, 179 20,771,989 29,333,822 15,759,596 $47, 075, 534 20,009,893 19,944,916 14,522,968 $275, 218, 713 40, 781, 882 49, 278, 738 30, 282, 564 $197, 762, 983 20, 307, 874 26, 023, 020 15, 716, 498 +39. 16 +100. 82 +89. 37 +92.68 294, 008, 586 101,553, 311 395, 561, 897 259, 810, 375 +52. 25 18 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Tax rates Year First divi¬ sion, city and county of Hono¬ lulu Second divi¬ sion, coun¬ ties of Maui and Molo¬ kai Third divi¬ sion, county of Hawaii Fourth divi¬ sion, county of Kauai Year First divi¬ sion, city and county of Hono¬ lulu Second divi¬ sion, coun¬ ties of Maui and Molo¬ kai Third divi¬ sion, county of Hawaii Fourth divi¬ sion, county of Kauai 1912... 1. 10 1. 15 1. 18 1. 16 1924_ . . 2. 747 2. 804 2. 792 2. 468 1913 ... 1.11H 1. 17 1. 10 1.23 1. 16 1925 _ 2. 796 2. 966 3. 127 2. 703 1914 _ _ _ 1.29 1.38 1. 26 1926 _ '3. 337 3. 390 3. 511 2. 950 1915- . 1. 2614 1. 273 1.44 1. 52K 1.42 1. 38H 1.415 1927 _ 3. 497 3. 491 3. 793 3. 225 1916 _ 1.332 1928 _ 3. 526 3. 712 4. 136 3. 359 1917 _ _ _ 1.21 1.26 1. 30 1.35 1929 _ _ 3. 769 3. 764 4.317 3. 430 1918 _ 1.83 1.50 1.865 1.81 1930 . . . 3. 794 3. 722 4. 308 3. 481 1919. .. 1. 83 1. 74 1. 83 1. 788 1931 _ 4. 003 3. 935 4. 341 3. 631 1920 _ 2. 29 2. 11 2. 264 2. 364 1932 _ 4. 011 4. 099 4. 558 3. 487 1921 _ _ 2. 57 2. 94 2.74 2. 90 1933 _ 2. 887 3. 633 4. 008 2. 487 1922 _ 1923 _ 2. 89 3. 067 3. 16 3. 274 3. 25 3. 488 3. 02 3. 265 1934. . . 3. 026 3. 933 4. 501 2. 915 BANKS Thirty banks were in operation at the close of the year. These were distributed as follows: Six in Honolulu, 1 at Pearl Harbor, 2 at Waialua and 1 each at Schofield, Waipahu and Wahiawa, on the Island of Oahu; 2 at Hilo, 1 at North Kona, 1 at Kealakekua, 1 at Plonokaa, 1 at North Kohala and 1 at Kau, on the Island of Hawaii; 2 at Wailuku, 1 each at Kahului, Paia and Lahaina, on the Island of Maui, 1 at Lanai City, on the Island of Lanai and 1 each at Lihue, Waimea, Koloa, Kapaa and Kealia, on the Island of Kauai. Six¬ teen are national banks, namely, 1 each at Honolulu, Schofield, Waialua, Wahiawa, Kaliuku, Hilo, Kealakekua, Olaa, Pahoa, Kahu¬ lui, Wailuku, Paia, Hana, Lanai City, Koloa and Waimea. All banks are both commercial and savings banks. At the request of the board of directors of the Chinese American Bank the treasurer of the Territory of Hawaii, pursuant to section 110 of Act 177, session laws of Hawaii, 1931, on September 18, 1933, took over the Chinese American Bank for liquidation. A reorgani¬ zation committee appointed by the stockholders of the bank has applied to the Reconstruction Finance Corporation to assist the bank by subscribing to preferred shares in the amount of $200,000, and the treasurer of the Territory of Hawaii has been granted, by court order, until some time in the early part of October in which to allow the reorganization committee to submit to him a plan for the reopen¬ ing of the bank. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 19 TRUST COMPANIES Twelve trust companies were operating in the Territory, 10 being located in Honolulu, 1 in Hilo, and 1 in Wailuku. Deposits in banks since organization of Territorial Government Fiscal year ;r of s Commercial de¬ posits Dec. 31 Savings deposits June 30 Total 8 $3, 857, 413. 16 $804, 718. 01 $4, 662, 131. 17 9 4, 094, 919. 90 1, 073, 581. 56 5, 168,501.46 9 3, 694, 965. 00 1, 102, 707. 24 4, 797, 672. 24 9 4, 159, 078. 89 1, 372, 157. 00 5, 531, 235. 89 9 3, 993, 052. 90 1, 695, 326. 76 5, 688, 379. 66 9 5, 022, 495. 26 2, 527, 943. 96 7, 550, 439. 22 11 4, 966, 042. 04 2, 777, 554. 40 7, 743, 596. 44 11 5, 074, 836. 16 2, 588, 722. 87 7, 663, 559. 03 11 6, 334, 991. 42 3, 322, 827. 79 9, 657, 819. 21 11 9, 033, 385. 97 4, 290, 919. 57 13, 324, 305. 54 16 10, 289, 707. 89 5, 020, 555. 62 15, 310, 263. 51 17 12, 667, 162. 39 5, 521,973.11 18, 189, 135. 50 17 11,641,901.30 5, 384, 395. 72 17, 026, 297. 02 18 10, 371, 874. 60 | 6, 275, 790. 63 16, 647, 665. 23 19 12, 378, 041. 53 7, 736, 569. 32 20, 114, 610. 85 19 17, 317, 339. 40 9, 061,910. 28 26, 379, 249. 68 22 22, 486, 524. 31 10, 205, 496. 70 32, 692, 021.01 23 24, 620, 004. 80 9, 892, 708. 08 34, 512, 712. 88 26 24, 898, 287. 81 10, 450, 846. 55 35, 349, 134. 36 26 1 36, 975, 335. 93 15, 807, 778.11 52, 783,114. 04 31 » 32, 545, 538. 38 18, 635, 866. 41 51, 181, 404. 79 28 1 28, 379, 489. 19 17, 863, 992. 17 46,243, 481.36 29 1 31,616, 007. 38 21, 765, 731. 51 53, 381, 738. 90 29 1 33, 257, 399. 35 23, 238, 363. 06 56, 495,762.41 29 1 39, 101, 344. 22 21, 708, 371. 75 60, 809, 715. 97 29 1 44, 861, 828. 81 22, 989, 564. 24 67, 851, 393. 05 29 1 47, 922, 072. 59 27, 102, 219. 88 75, 024, 292. 47 31 1 48, 931, 629. 35 31, 278, 434. 34 80, 210, 063. 69 31 1 43, 614, 424. 66 35, 424, 194. 59 79, 038, 619. 25 29 1 46, 232, 391. 03 33, 942, 357. 47 80, 174, 748. 50 29 * 42,217,616. 83 41, 587, 979. 74 83, 805, 596. 57 31 1 38, 653, 331. 79 35, 030, 829. 73 73, 684, 161. 52 31 1 38, 303, 127. 06 36, 032, 334. 45 74, 335, 461. 51 30 1 40, 869, 840. 08 35, 082, 104. 56 75, 951, 944. 64 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910. 1911 1912. 1913 1914. 1915. 1916. 1917. 1918. 1919. 1920. 1921. 1922. 1923. 1924. 1925. 1926. 1927. 1928. 1929. 1930. 1931. 1932. 1933. 1934. 1 As of June 30. Savings bank accounts , by races , June 30, 1934 Population Accounts Deposits Races Esti¬ mated, June 30, 1934 Percent to popu¬ lation Percent to ac¬ counts Number Percent to total Aver¬ age de¬ posit Total Percent to total deposits Japanese _ 154, 662 40.81 39. 34 60, 835 37.46 $138. 74 $8, 439, 999. 64 24. 06 Chinese . . . 26, 989 56, 215 7. 12 60. 72 16, 389 10.09 226. 83 3, 717, 490. 19 10. 60 Hawaiian _ ... ... 14. 84 31.71 17. 828 10. 98 62. 92 1, 121,794. 13 3.20 Portuguese _ ■. _ . 29, 236 7. 72 41.03 11, 997 7. 39 277. 11 3, 324, 477. 17 9.48 Filipino _ ... ... 56, 700 14. 96 34. 08 19, 323 11.90 204. 04 3, 942, 588. 21 11.23 All others . . 55, 146 14. 55 65. 32 36, 021 22. 18 403. 55 14, 535, 755. 22 41.43 Total _ 378, 948 100. 00 162, 393 100. 00 216. 03 35, 082, 104. 56 100.00 Population - 378, 948 Total savings - $35, 082, 104. 56 Average - $108.02 Number of savings accounts _ _ _ 162, 393 (Or 42.85 percent of population.) Number of banks _ _ 30 Combined statement of condition of banks and trust companies, as of June SO, 193\ 20 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 00 00 o 05 CM 05 00 I 00 csi o 05 00 ©~ a> co o S2 X X ^ 05 l>» F-. *C of CM X X 05 CO lO rf CO CO NCOOOO) CO CO CO 05 3 q £ 1 &§.© ^sti§ 3 «4) Cl, W «- S3 02 " &H £ e w 40 <\ *. • « -2 ® r- X i-H <£>,£> w rH a3T3 cs^a a ogs • hcoi^hn co X CO CM 05 t O 05 co 05 - CM CO CO t-h X CM *-< X CO CO CM CO 05 05 CO 40 X CO CM X -J • lONCXHCO CM ^ X h CO 05 P- of CO O CO X CM Of H® 05 p- F^ »o cm" CM X X 05 X O ^ co x CM"x CO X cq 2-ga IS*2 CQ ^ ox r- CM 05 1 F» O 10C0 05’ rH X CO CO CM CO CO *0 X rH CM X iONCO^HX X A 1.S g m8 a+3 o 3 3m 8§§ oaB J_i' ® §3- 3 3 PS'-' H®’ |-2 1= M O 0 CO 2x3 & CD > eg 'X 3H S^--r »W,2 C3 -Q q Lh o a” 3-; CM«5 03 be 3ph O 08 a o s. a ' 3 o fa u &9. a -2 o. q^.g a to O ® ^33' _ > o W vr x , -WO 8 ?q aj oxsqwo ti sis. wo fe >> ^ ._ w fa REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 27 28 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII S S o a O §■=! | § S ce o 6^ o.a © 111 co w 2 I IK |Sft£| •ss g+3 g w£ fcr> bD , r-\ .S3 I -g* 111 si X! cS “ o a g h sa ft S’" CQ rC©~ ■ © CO © © CO © 00 © © CO oo © ^ ^ H(N © H©© CN r s Unclassified . . . . . I 4,508 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 29 r a && ^ P ^ XI 3 o a x « j a a !00 al w O o « E-i c3 a X} sg co “ 5 CO o'® co ,2>3 -Sfetf .S a | -3 °. CD rj So- 1 1|! pq ^ A 'Or o> co ft§ o ce 90607—34 - 3 30 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII COMMERCE Imports and exports during last 10 years Imports Imports Years United Foreign Total Years United Foreign Total States countries States countries 1924 _ $69, 678,434 72, 952, 949 76, 262, 624 79, 665, 662 77, 823, 643 82, 661, 424 $8, 986, 878 10, 887, 749 10, 254, 565 9,171,815 10, 361, 210 9, 753, 510 $78, 665, 312 83, 840, 698 86, 517, 189 88, 837, 477 88, 184, 853 92, 414, 934 1930 _ 81, 726, 404 79, 092, 387 58, 504, 394 57, 894, 488 9, 486, 645 7, 864, 381 5, 051, 628 5, 233, 499 91, 213, 049 86, 956, 768 63, 556, 022 63, 127, 987 1925 . . 1931 .. 1926 . . - 1932 . . 1927 _ 1933 _ 192ft 1929 _ Total _ 736, 262, 409 87, 051, 880 823, 314, 289 1 Exports 1924. 1925. 1926. 1927. 1928. 1929. 1930. 1931. 1932. 1933. Total. United States Foreign coun¬ tries Total Total imports and exports $109, 138, 065 102, 780, 509 98, 260, 941 109, 236, 321 116, 956, 090 106, 312, 833 98, 923, 737 101, 548, 555 82, 688, 205 93, 641, 887 $1, 588, 411 1, 844, 782 1, 884, 079 2, 267, 714 2, 523, 743 2, 126, 270 1, 992, 046 1, 189, 280 760, 091 675, 809 $110, 726, 476 104, 625, 291 100, 145, 020 111, 504, 035 119, 479, 835 108, 439, 103 100, 915, 783 102, 737, 835 83, 448, 296 94, 317, 696 $189, 391, 788 188, 465, 989 186, 662, 209 200, 341, 512 207, 664, 688 200, 854, 037 192, 128, 832 189, 694, 603 147, 004, 318 157, 445, 683 1, 019, 487, 143 16. 852, 227 1, 036, 339, 370 1, 859, 653, 659 Imports and exports, foreign and domestic Countries Imports Exports 1932 1933 i 1932 1933 i Australia _ _ _ . . _ _ _ $18, 146 698, 860 390, 841 98, 090 105, 356 779, 173 317, 792 1, 912, 569 127, 154 262, 456 54, 862 268, 329 $20, 168 322, 119 358, 807 $5, 754 177 59, 933 $1, 710 1,550 6, 764 British India _ _ Canada _ Chile . . China _ _ 47, 696 412, 157 148, 847 852, 989 51,244 166, 086 22, 431 182, 823 17, 379 2,792 10, 436 176, 557 1, 566 317, 089 106, 073 62, 335 5, 519 53 8,409 7, 344 2, 044 120, 441 58, 291 19, 425 Germany. _ _ Hong Kong _ _ Japan _ _ _ _ New Zealand __ _ _ Philippine Islands _ _ _ . United Kingdom _ _ _ Other countries. _ _ _ _ Total _ .. 5, 051, 628 2, 585, 367 760, 091 231, 550 1 6 months of 1933 only, January to June, inclusive. Domestic exports, by articles, calendar years 1932 and 1933 Articles United States, 1932, value United States, 1933, value Articles United States, 1932, value United States, 1933, value Alcohol _ .. . _ _ _ $152,321 97, 583 925, 677 144, 730 249, 368 20, 744, 809 53, 129 $114, 043 94, 868 536, 379 303, 533 112, 963 23, 979, 253 82, 006 Molasses. . . . . _ $318, 303 $201, 002 371,414 65, 495, 134 2, 120, 973 172, 215 93, 583, 783 Citric acid Paper and manufactures of. _ Coffee _ Fish, canned, etc _ _ Fruits (except pineapples) ... Pineapples- . - Hides and skins _ _ Sugar (raw and refined) __ .. United States goods returned. Other articles.. . - Total - - - 57, 588, 502 2, 167, 634 219, 987 82, 662, 063 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 31 Domestic exports to foreign countries, 6 months, January to June 1933 Articles Value 1932 Value 1933 1 Coffee (green and roasted) $250, 995 200, 550 $111,979 79, 158 7, 150 31, 557 Pineapples, canned Fiber insulating board _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ Other articles _ _ - . . . . . . . - -- 169, 166 Total.. . - . . . . . . . 620, 711 229, 844 1 6 months of 1933 only, January to June, inclusive. Customs receipts from all sources for the year ended June 30, 1934 Total customs receipts _ $1, 377, 827. 20 Total public health collections _ 17, 761. 16 Total treasury receipts _ $1, 395, 588. 36 Tonnage tax _ 59, 646. 92 All other commerce collections _ 1, 958. 33 Total commerce receipts _ 61, 605. 25 Head tax _ 14, 008. 00 All other receipts _ 200. 00 Total labor receipts _ 14, 208. 00 Total receipts from all sources _ 1, 471, 401. 61 Shipments of silver and gold from Hawaii to the United States, calendar year 1933, $523,654. UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE The total amount of money collected in the Territory of Hawaii by the United States Internal Revenue Service since the organization of the Territorial government is $130,595,015.51. Total disburse¬ ments during the same period, including salaries, incidental expenses, and refunds, have been $1,089,758.16, leaving net collections of $129,505,257.35. Internal revenue receipts and disbursements, fiscal years 1933 and 1934 1933 1934 Collections on lists: Corporation income tax. Individual income tax.. Estate tax _ Gift tax _ Distilled spirits _ Narcotics _ $1, 572, 049. 85 1, 089, 891. 62 26, 723. 62 21.60 3. 14 2, 212. 98 Wheat, processing tax _ Cotton, processing tax _ Jute, processing tax _ Field corn, processing tax Hogs, processing tax _ Tobacco, processing tax.. Dividend tax. Capital-stock tax _ Excess-profits tax _ Miscellaneous income taxes _ Miscellaneous _ Tobacco . . . . . Cigars and cigarettes.. _ _ Special taxes _ Documentary stamps _ Documentary stamps, stock transfer. Playing-card stamps _ _ _ 20,811.77 2, 191. 55 416. 50 12, 609. 83 75, 342. 66 2, 241. 47 3, 597. 00 $2, 048, 995. 16 1, 221, 417. 55 521, 072. 06 1, 633. 31 2, 018. 79 3, 927. 58 25, 263. 68 102, 728. 28 467, 257. 98 276. 93 28, 288. 66 6, 841. 62 468, 817. 28 380, 313. 87 7, 286.99 17, 178. 65 3, 206. 94 1, 953. 89 188. 30 17, 005. 34 57, 577. 61 3, 518. 32 2, 633. 00 32 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Internal revenue receipts and disbursements, fiscal years 1983 and 1984 — Cont. 1933 1934 Collections on lists— Continued. Distilled spirits, tax paid _ _ _ $12, 219. 11 1, 374. 28 1, 703. 30 32, 402. 09 23, 281. 21 83, 178. 91 6, 210. 30 10, 286.94 63,352. 39 2, 150. 91 61, 977. 55 120.01 47, 657. 87 .25 11.90 Distilled spirits bottle stamps _ Wine stamps _ * _ Fermented-liquor stamps _ _ _ _ _ Tax on matches _ $15, 860. 80 65, 958. 50 6, 325. 36 10, 502. 27 71, 773. 95 1, 675. 15 62, 959. 28 785. 57 23, 281. 87 .25 ^ 12. 80 Tax on electrical energy _ _ _ .... Tax on telephone calls . . . . . Manufacturers’ excise taxes _ Admissions and dues taxes. _ _ Leases on safe-deposit boxes _ Tax on checks, drafts, and money orders _ _ _ Tax on yachts and boats _ . Tax on soft drinks _ Narcotic stamps _ Opium order forms _ Total receipts _ _ _ 3, 067, 249. 39 44, 835. 54 5, 735, 328. 81 47, 842. 33 Total disbursements, including salaries, incidental expenses, etc. _ Total . . . 1 1 3, 022, 413. 85 1 5, 687, 486. 48 HONOLULU POSTAL SERVICE Following are figures of postal business transacted at Honolulu for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934: Postal receipts _ $541, 228. 77 Value of domestic money orders issued _ 1, 746, 555. 13 Value of domestic money orders paid _ 1, 533, 213. 20 Value of international money orders: Issued at Honolulu _ 60, 736. 15 Paid at Honolulu _ 7, 040. 53 Certified to Japan by Honolulu _ 193, 675. 03 Number of articles registered at Honolulu _ 80, 774 Number of pieces insured _ 87, 809 Number of pieces sent C. O. D _ 42, 827 POPULATION AND RACE STATISTICS The population of Hawaii on June 30, 1934, as estimated by the bureau of sanitation of the board of health, was 378,948. . The first census of the Hawaiian Islands was taken in 1832 and was followed by censuses in 1836, 1850, 1853, and 1860. These were very simple and rudimentary in character. There was no provision for taking a census at regular periods until 1865, when the legislative assembly made it the duty of the board of education to make a complete census of the Kingdom every sixth year, counting from the year 1860. These were taken until 1896, and in 1900 the first Federal census was taken. Population of Hawaii , 1832 to 1930 1832 _ 130,313 1836 _ 108,579 1850 _ 84, 165 1855 _ 73, 138 1860 _ 69, 800 1866 _ 62, 959 1872 _ 56, 897 1878 _ 57, 985 1884 _ 80, 578 1890 _ 89, 990 1896 _ 109, 020 1900 _ 154,001 1910 _ 191, 909 1920 _ 255, 912 1930 _ 368,336 Based upon the 1930 census of the United States, the distribution of the population on June 30, 1934, by race, was estimated by the board of health to be as follows: REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 33 Estimated population , Territory of Hawaii, by racial descent, June SO, 1984 Hawaiian _ 21, 796 Caucasian-Hawaiian _ 18, 169 Asiatic-Hawaiian _ 16, 250 Portuguese _ 29, 236 Puerto Rican _ 7, 280 Spanish _ 1, 267 Other Caucasian _ 45, 888 Chinese _ 26, 989 Japanese _ 148, 024 Korean _ 6, 638 Filipino _ 56, 700 Others _ 711 Total _ 378,948 Estimated population, by area, June 30, 1984 City of Honolulu _ 141, 976 City and county of Honolulu (excepting Honolulu City) _ 65, 028 City of Hilo _ 15, 409 County of Hawaii (excepting Hilo City) _ 60, 502 County of Kalawao _ 557 County of Kauai _ 37, 176 County of Maui _ 58, 300 Total _ 378, 948 Estimated population according to race and citizenship, June 30, 1984 Racial classification Citi¬ zens Aliens Racial classification Citi¬ zens Aliens Other Caucasian _ 44, 505 21, 640 13, 139 21, 796 105, 957 3, 965 16, 250 1,383 5, 349 43, 561 Caucasian-Hawaiian _ 18, 169 27, 217 7,280 1,009 686 Chinese. . . . .. Portuguese . 2, 019 Filipino _ _ _ Puerto Rican _ Hawaiian _ Spanish _ _ 258 25 Japanese _ _ _ 42,067 2, 673 All others _ Korean Total _ _ _ Asiatic-Hawaiian _ 281, 613 97, 335 IMMIGRATION AND LABOR Arrivals and departures of steerage passengers at Honolulu, for the fiscal year 1934 ARRIVALS Chinese _ Japanese _ Filipino . . Koreans _ Puerto Ricans. Portuguese _ All others _ Coast Orient Total Men Women Chil¬ dren Men Women Chil¬ dren Men Women Chil¬ dren 22 1 361 148 92 383 149 92 77 16 6 999 873 317 1, 067 889 323 40 1 2 197 66 57 237 67 59 2 17 13 5 19 13 5 1 1 16 5 7 16 5 7 21 5 2 34 5 55 10 2 179 28 17 1,608 1, 105 471 1,787 1, 133 488 Total. 34 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Arrivals and departures of steerage passengers at Honolulu, for the fiscal year 1934 — Continued DEPARTURES Coast Orient Total Men Women Chil¬ dren Men Women Chil¬ dren Men Women Chil¬ dren Chinese-. _ _ _ 28 6 2 496 160 123 524 166 125 Japanese _ _ .. 93 24 8 1, 867 1,302 651 1,960 1,326 659 Filipino _ . - _ 505 7 8 2, 846 415 759 3, 351 422 767 Koreans 4 2 3 4 2 3 Pnp.rtn Ripans Portuguese.. _ _ 38 19 37 38 19 37 All others.. — . . 69 8 4 16 1 1 85 9 5 Total . . 733 64 59 5, 229 1, 880 1, 537 5, 962 1, 944 1,596 INCREASE (+) OR DECREASE (-) Men W omen Chil¬ dren Men Women Chil¬ dren Chinese. . . .... -141 -884 -3, 114 +15 -1 -17 -437 -355 +11 -33 -336 -708 +2 Portuguese _ _ -22 -30 -14 +1 -30 -3 Japanese. . _ ._ . All others _ _ . _ . . Filipino . Total. _ .. .. -4, 175 -811 -1, 108 Koreans . . Puerto Ricans _ _. __ Labor reports of 38 plantations of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Association for the month of June 1934 MEN Racial ancestry American citizens Noncitizens Total em¬ ployees on pay roll Anglo-Saxon _ _ _ _ _ 891 86 977 Japanese. _ _ . _ 4, 183 93 6,534 29, 228 504 10, 717 29, 321 618 Filipino _ _ _ _ Chinese .. _ _ _ _ _ _ 114 Korean _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . 55 467 522 Puerto Rican _ _ _ _ 736 98 834 Portuguese . _ _ 1, 971 292 2,263 91 Spanish _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 38 53 Hawaiian 857 857 All others 37 18 55 Total 8, 975 37, 280 46, 255 WOMEN Japanese _ _ 516 826 1, 342 266 All others __ _ _ _ 163 103 Total _ . . _ 679 929 1,608 MINORS Regular, male .. — _ _ _ 1, 010 101 49 1, 059 104 Regular, female _ _ _ 3 School and vocational _ _ 4, 864 93 6 4, 870 370 Emergency, part time _ 277 Grand total _ 15, 722 38, 544 54, 266 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 35 PUBLIC LAND ADMINISTRATION The legislature in its 1933 session provided for the administration of the public lands and territorial survey departments under one head, effective July 1, 1933. The collections by the office of the commissioner of public lands, from all sources, for the fiscal year, July 1, 1933, to June 30, 1934, totaled $750,031.28, an increase of $34,827.70. Of this amount $563,536.07 was for land rentals; $126,950.17 was for water and land licenses; $27,225.21 was for sale of public lands; $12,952.39 was for interest on sales of public lands; $15,519.24 was for improvements on lands; $2,355.50 was for fees; and $1,492.70 was for miscellaneous revenue. The public lands of the Territory of Hawaii have an estimated total area of 1,588,490 acres. These lands, with the exception of areas set aside for special public purposes, are administered by the commissioner of public lands and are homesteaded, sold, leased, or exchanged, in accordance with the provisions of section 73 of the Hawaiian Organic Act, as amended. The results of the more important activities of the office of the com¬ missioner of public lands during the year are summarized in the following statements: Land-patent grants . — Sixty-two land-patent grants were issued, covering a total area of 199.888 acres, valued at $22,622.35. Deeds. — One hundred forty-seven deeds to and from the Territory were executed during the 37ear. Auction sales. — Fourteen auction sales were advertised. Twenty- nine general leases, covering a total area of 879.797 acres, were offered for sale at a total upset rental of $2,930 and sold for $3,067, an increase of $137, over the upset price. Special sale agreements. — Six special sale agreements were issued, covering a total area of 2.323 acres, valued at $5,872. Five covering a total area of 2.039 acres, valued at $4,237, were for residence pur¬ poses and one covering an area of 0.284 acre, valued at $1,545, was issued for church purposes. Homesteads. — Ten persons took up homesteads having a total area of 88.109 acres, valued at $2,343,80. Transfers. — Forty-two transfers were approved. Six were on homesteads, covering a total area of 157.38, valued at $9,654.25; 9 were of time-payment agreements on residence lots, covering a total area of 6.698 acres, valued at $9,499, and 27 were of general leases, covering a total area of 775.502 acres, carrying a total annual rental of $3,660.50. Cancelations. — Thirty-six documents were canceled for noncom¬ pliance with conditions. Agreements affecting homestead lands and house lots approved. — • Seventy-eight agreements affecting homestead lands and house lots, on time-payment agreements and lands under lease, were approved. Executive orders. — Twenty-four executive orders were prepared for the signature of the Governor, setting aside a total area of 65.176 acres for public purposes, and canceling previous executive orders covering a total area of 20.308 acres. 36 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY Division of forestry. — No additions were made to the forest reserve system during the year, although some anticipatory field work along this line was done by the survey department. The present total area of land in all of the 64 forest reserves on the 5 largest islands is 1,027,299 acres, of which 65 percent, or 670,527 acres, belong to the Territory. Of the 356,772 acres in private ownership, 21,511 acres have been turned over to the care and control of the Territory for various periods under section 593, R. L. H. 1925. On deforested government lands in the reserves 456,148 trees were planted and within or near forest reserves there was destroyed a total of 11,317 destructive wild animals consisting of 4,700 goats, 4,028 sheep, 2,539 pigs, and 50 cattle. The four tree nurseries of the division produced and distributed 808,966 trees and other plants, and of these 265,492 trees were taken and planted by farmers. A program for emergency conservation work, prepared last fall at request of the Governor, was approved late in December 1933, and preparations were made at once to get the work under way. There was some unavoidable delay in the purchase of trucks and establish¬ ment of camps, but by April 1, 1934, the work was in full swing with 392 enrolled men on Oahu and 57 on Hawaii, 54 on Kauai and 52 on Maui, a total of 555 in addition to the supervisory force. One-half of the men on Oahu and those on Maui work out from camps; the remainder work out from their homes. Division of entomology. — The following statement summarizes the work of the plant inspection department of the division of entomology for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1934: 907 vessels inspected, 27,090 passengers’ baggage inspected, 103,454 pieces of baggage inspected, 3,012,538 parcels freight inspected, 7,477 parcels freight fumigated on account of insect infestation, 725 parcels freight contraband horticultural material intercepted, and 903 parcels freight rejected on account of insect infestation. In addition to the above, 21,301 inspections were made of horti¬ cultural material shipped between the islands. One insect pest which has gained a foothold in the islands during the year is the striped datura beetle. This pest probably gained entrance here with fruit and vegetable shipments from California, where it is quite common. Division of animal industry. — The islands of Hawaii and Maui suffered severely from drought, which caused considerable loss in horses and cattle, and the succeeding rains which later brought up lush green feed caused a great amount of sickness in these half- starved animals and increased the tasks of the veterinarians of these islands. While hog cholera is always present, due to the large number of unvaccinated hogs, the outbreaks on Oahu, Molokai, and Hawaii were more severe during this period than usual. Oahu suffered the most, and the demand for aid here was so heavy that it was neces¬ sary to ask for a special appropriation to employ an extra veteri¬ narian and helper. This was done and a very efficient and effective service rendered, not only in checking the outbreak but by putting forth an effort to REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 37 educate the hog raisers to avail themselves of the existing means of protecting their herds. Fish and game division. — This department has consistently followed its regular program, which is an earnest endeavor to maintain and increase the supply of fish and game in the Territory of Hawaii. During the year heavy runs of fish have been reported, and the markets have been well supplied in spite of the fact that prices paid to the fishermen have been the lowest in years. Samoan crabs be¬ came sufficiently abundant to warrant fishing for them commercially, and the board has declared an open season on them from October 1 to March 31 of each year. The commercial fish catch of fishermen during the year was as follows: Fish delivered and sold to markets by fishermen _ Fish delivered and sold to Tuna Packing Co _ Mullet and miscellaneous fish from ponds. Weight pounds | Value 8, 231, 033 $700, 000 5, 156, 732 120, 000 218, 000 40, 000 13, 605, 765 860, 000 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS Expenditures from funds under the jurisdiction of the Superin¬ tendent of Public Works for the fiscal year amounted to $1,718,172.56, divided as follows: Public-works department: General funds _ Loan funds _ Revolving funds _ Trust funds _ Territorial highway department: Revolving funds _ Special funds _ Trust funds _ Federal aid funds _ $89, 642. 07 37, 215. 39 306. 35 195. 73 - $127, 359. 54 73, 229. 97 296, 022. 13 853. 60 1, 220, 707. 32 ■ ■ -- . . . 1, 590, 813. 02 Total _ 1. 718, 172. 56 The landscaping of the grounds at Washington Place, Capitol, Judiciary, and Territorial Office Buildings, War Memorial, Library of Hawaii, Honolulu Vocational School, and the parks at piers 2, 8, 9, and 10, and the Irwin Park opposite pier 11, has been carried on during the past year and these areas are now in first-class condition. The construction of the Haleakala Road on the island of Maui, known as Federal-aid project no. 5-B, was completed at a cost of $498,508.72. The construction of a gymnasium and community hall at Hoolehua on the island of Molokai for the Hawaiian Homes Commission was completed at a cost of $14,760. Plans and specifications were prepared and a contract awarded for the construction of additions to the Hoolehua-Palaau water system at Molokai for the Hawaiian Homes Commission for the sum of $247,000. This is an N. R. A. project in which the Federal Govern¬ ment has authorized a grant of $62,000, which represents 30 percent of the cost of labor and materials. 38 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Territorial highway department. — The National Industrial Recovery Act provided $1,872,000 for Federal road aid for the Territory, and the task of preparing plans and specifications has been successfully accomplished. The new projects completed under this program show a vast improvement in alinement, grades, and details over the old methods and details formerly employed. Plans and specifications have been prepared by the Territorial highway department and the following Federal road aid and United States Public Works projects have been awarded during this period: United States Public Works project no. NRH-9-A, a section of Kamehameha Highway known as the “Puuloa-Aiea Cut-off ” for the sum of $387,099.84; United States Public Works project no. NRH-7-C (reopened) and no. NRH-7-D (reopened), a section of Kamehameha Highway, for the sum of $51,866.62; Federal-aid project no. F. A. P. 7-F (reopened) and E-7-F, a section of Kamehameha Highway at Kipapa Gulch, for the sum of $37,244.67; United States Public Works project no. NRH-7-E, Kamehameha Highway, Waialua District, so-called “ Thompson’s Corner”, for the sum of $58,313.30 and United States Public Works project no. NRH-16-A, known as the “Kunia Road”, for the sum of $388,585.26. The Kunia Road runs from Schofield Barracks to the Ewa-Waianae Road, a distance of 7.81 miles, and is a road long wanted by the military authorities as being very important in the national defense plans. At the Schofield end, it joins Kamehameha Highway by way of Wright Avenue. For the island of Hawaii the following projects were awarded: Federal-aid project no. F. A. P. 14-A, Hawaii Belt Road, (Kapehu and Kaaluu Bridges) for the sum of $75,880.61; Federal-aid project no. F. A. P. 11-B and United States Public Works project no. NRH-ll-C, Kawaihae Road, for the sum of $251,579; United States Public Works project no. NRH-14-C for the sum of $83,060.56. This contract provides for the construction of two reinforced-concrete bridges 27 feet wide and 30 feet long, respectively. For the island of Maui the following projects were awarded: United States Public Works project no. NRH-13-B, Maalaea Air¬ port Spur, for the sum of $25,574.76; United States Public Works project no. NRH-17-A, Paia Spur, for the sum of $177,717.69; United States Public Works project no. NRH-13-C, Lahaina- Wailuku Belt Road, for the sum of $98,627.49. For the island of Kauai, United States Public Works project no. NRH-12-B, Kauai Belt Road, was awarded for the sum of $354,355.63. Advantage was taken of the provisions in the National Industrial Recovery Act, which allowed 30 percent of the cost of labor and materials entering into the work upon projects initiated by the States and the Territory of Hawaii and upon plans and specifications approved by the Public Works Administrator at Washington, to apply for grants for some much-needed projects in the Territory. Thirty percent grants were requested for additions to Oahu Prison, Waimano Home, and the Territorial Hospital at Kaneohe, it being necessary for the Territory to provide 70 percent of the cost of the labor and materials entering into these projects, plus the cost of the preparation of all surveys, plans, and specifications and all the engi¬ neering during construction. The 1933 special session of the legis- REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 39 lature appropriated, by Act 23, $125,000 for Oahu Prison, $125,000 for the Territorial Hospital, and $133,000 for Waimano Home, all subject to the 30-percent Federal grant. The work contemplated at the Oahu Prison is a separate unit for incorrigibles, and additions to the mess hall, kitchen, and chapel wing. The work contemplated at the Territorial Hospital is 1 female violent ward, 1 female convalescent ward, and 1 male convalescent ward. The work contemplated at Waimano Home consists of one ha.f- mile road, 5,280 feet of cyclone fence, 3 dormitories, 1 kitchen and dining room building fully equipped, 1 steam plant and hot-water circulating system, water and sewer systems, electric lines, and a 10-car garage. In connection with these projects the following grants have been made: Oahu Prison _ $28, 500 Territorial Hospital _ 46, 300 Waimano Home _ 53, 200 BOARD OF HARBOR COMMISSIONERS The total revenue for the year was $860,642.95, which is an increase of $30,987.59 over the previous year. The rate for tolls on freight, which was increased in January 1933, in an effort to bring revenues for the biennium to the amount set by legislative enactment, namely, $1,800,000, was found to have the effect of diverting cargo from territorial wharves at Honolulu to those privately owned, since the toll rate at the private wharves was not increased. Therefore, effective September 1 of that year, the terri¬ torial rates were reduced, with the consequent return of a considerable portion of the lost business. The total number of arrivals of overseas vessels at Territorial ports during the year was 1,156, with a gross tonnage of 9,961,723. This is an increase of 56 vessels and 261,032 gross tons over the previous year. Expenditures from the general fund were $174,926.78 and from the loan fund $101,183.98, or a total of $276,110.76 from both funds. The extension to pier 1, Nawiliwili, Kauai, was completed at a final contract price of $135,804.78, after adjustments. The usual maintenance and repair work was carried on, the fol¬ lowing expenditures being made: Island of — Oahu _ $40,627.77 Hawaii _ 3, 193. 93 Maui _ 1, 208. 57 Kauai _ 2, 001, 84 Molokai _ 1, 359. 94 Total _ 48, 392. 05 The principal harbor improvements during the year included dredging between piers 15 and 16, Honolulu Harbor, at a cost of 40 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII $15,000; and installation of an oil pipe line on pier 1 extension, Nawiliwili, Kauai, at a cost of $3,704.60. Following is a tabulation of arrivals of overseas vessels, by ports: Port Num¬ ber of vessels Gross tonnage Port Num¬ ber of vessels Gross tonnage Honolulu. _ _ 674 176 153 34 6,895,889 1, 246, 853 1, 015, 762 100, 168 Nawiliwili _ 14 105 75, 646 627, 405 Hilo Port Allen.. . Kahului _ Total- . . . . 1, 156 9, 961, 723 Ahukini PUBLIC INSTRUCTION During the past year, progress has been made in keeping with the best educational traditions modified by those changes necessary to meet the problems of the day. All children have attended the elementary school and a large proportion have been in the high school. Teachers are aware of the tremendous changes that are going on in society and are cooperating with the home, the church, and other agencies in giving our youth those educational experiences that will prepare them for active constructive citizenship. It is not believed that this can be done by teaching only the traditional subject matter of yesterday. A new social order is in the making. In the field of national politics, it is called the New Deal. Teachers are sensitive to this movement. It has revitalized the social studies and created an interest in social and economic trends never before experienced. It has made the school more aware of the injustices of society. There is an attitude of questioning, of seeking for better ways. The school knows that the working day is becoming shorter and that more boys and girls between the ages of 16 and 20 are unem¬ ployed and must have guidance. It is willing to change itself funda¬ mentally to attack the problems caused by increased leisure, unem¬ ployment, specialization in labor, the high standard of living, and the plenty economy of the present industrialism. If public education ignores these conditions, if it does not show a willingness to help meet them, it will merit the indifference which it will receive from the public. School economies. — The most significant statement that can be made about the effect of the present economic situation upon educa- „ tion is that for the past 3 years expenditures have been declining while the demand for schooling has been increasing. For instance, the total expenditures for the year 1931 were $6,134,327.83 and for the year 1933, $5,055,490.43, a decrease of $1,078,837.40, or 17.59 percent. At the same time, the enrollment increased from 78,672 to 82,355, a difference of 3,683. The decrease becomes more graphic when placed on the basis of per pupil cost. In 1931 the Territory spent $77.97 for each pupil enrolled; in 1933 this had fallen to $61.39, a decrease of $16.58 per pupil. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 41 Number of schools, teachers, and pupils in the Territory of Hawaii, June 30, 1934 Number of schools Teachers Pupils Male Female Total Male Female Total Public . . 185 506 2,033 2,539 42, 103 39, 137 81, 240 Private 1 . 81 134 416 550 6, 373 5, 439 11,812 Total . . . 266 640 2, 449 3,089 48, 476 44, 576 93, 052 1 From report of December 1933. Classification of public school pupils, by citizenship, June 30, 1934 Hawaii Maui Oahu Kauai Male Female Total Per¬ cent¬ age of total Citizens by birth _ _ 16, 863 126 12, 304 152 43, 596 503 7,548 148 41, 592 511 38, 719 418 80,311 989 Percent 98.9 1.1 Foreign born _ Total . . 16, 989 12, 456 44, 099 7,696 42, 103 39, 137 81, 240 100 School costs for fiscal year ending June 30, 1934 [Includes all expenditures under the general and special school funds] 1932-33 1933-34 Difference Elementary _ $3, 594,311.05 $3, 455, 985. 98 $138, 325. 07 General administration (general fund) _ _ _ Teachers’ salaries (general fund).. .. _ Classroom supplies (general fund) _ _ Maintenance , repairs, and equipment (special school fund). Intermediate _ _ _ _ _ . . 107, 652. 47 2, 997, 232. 40 47, 056. 83 442, 369. 35 96, 385. 71 2, 913, 591. 05 44, 845. 43 401, 163. 79 11, 266. 76 83, 641. 35 2, 211.40 41, 205. 56 817, 800. 61 749,681.91 68, 118. 70 General administration (general fund). . . . Teachers’ salaries (general fund) . .. _ .. . . Classroom supplies (general fund) _ _ _ . . Maintenance, repairs, and equipment (special school fund). High _ _ _ 18, 048. 62 691, 002. 35 34, 583. 61 74, 166. 03 17, 300. 00 637, 492. 29 22, 885. 86 72, 003. 76 748. 62 53, 510. 06 11,697.75 2, 162. 27 612, 116. 75 480, 136. 62 131, 980. 13 General administration (general fund) . _ . Teachers’ salaries (general fund) _ _ . _ Classroom supplies (general fund) _ _ _ _ _ Maintenance, repairs, and equipment (special school fund). Total current expenses. _ _ _ _ Capital outlay, new buildings, land and land improvements (special school fund). . . _ _ 10, 309. 61 529, 995. 25 29, 447. 27 42, 364. 62 9, 885. 71 415, 738. 70 13, 367. 21 41, 145. 00 423. 90 114, 256. 55 16, 080. 06 1, 219. 62 5, 024, 228. 41 317, 025. 00 4, 685, 804. 51 137, 011. 38 338, 423. 90 180, 013. 62 Grand total _ _ _ . . . _ 5, 341, 263. 41 4, 822, 815. 89 518, 437. 52 Racial descent of pupils attending all public schools in the Territory, June 30, 1934 Racial descent Num¬ ber of public school pupils Percent of total Racial descent Num¬ ber of public school pupils Percent of total Hawaiian 2, 853 8,906 5, 550 1,435 246 6,603 3, 615 3.49 10. 96 6. 83 1.77 .30 8. 13 4. 45 Japanese _ _ 44, 272 2,028 4, 500 1, 252 54. 49 2.50 5. 54 1. 54 Part-Hawaiian.. _ Korean _ _ _ _ Portuguese _ Filipino _ _ _ Puerto Rican All others. _ _ _ Spanish .. _ _ . . _ Total _ _ _ 81, 240 100.00 Chinese . -- _ Other Caucasian. . . 1 42 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII To an increasing extent the people of this Territory are becoming aware of their university. This is by no means limited to those parents who have sons or daughters in it, undertaking to acquire something of higher education ; for a very large number of our citizens have been discovering that the work of the university is not confined to the teaching of a thousand or so of island youth. In addition to this important function it is performing a wide variety of other services: enriching the cultural life of the community through the efforts of many notable persons brought here for temporary engage¬ ments; assisting industry and business in some of their problems through the work of our experiment station, extension service, psy¬ chological clinic, and other university agencies ; helping many people to improve themselves professionally by means of extension courses and home study. In these and other ways the university served a good many thou¬ sands of people last year. Of regular students seeking a collegiate degree there were 1,260, while some 500 others were registered as part-time students at the Manoa campus and nearly as many more in extension courses in various parts of the Territory. These with the 1,125 who registered in the summer session made a total of well over 3,000 who were enrolled as students during the year. An un¬ known number of other thousands were served by the university through lectures, conferences, consultations, publications, press re¬ leases, radio talks, and pictures. Last year was a year of extreme economy. The 1933 appropriation to the university for the current biennium was about 45 percent less than the amount provided for the same functions in 1931. Fortu¬ nately, however, the Federal aid appropriations were not reduced and income from tuition fees did not diminish. Only 35 percent of the total expended by the university came from Territorial appropriations, some $240,000 out of a total of $675,000. About 17 percent came from the Federal Treasury. The remainder was derived from student fees and gifts from foundations and private individuals; also, it was necessary to draw upon a special reserve fund which was being accumulated for building purposes. PUBLIC LIBRARIES The Library oj Hawaii , Honolulu. — The one cheering note in a year of losses is the 26 percent increase in the number of new readers taking out library cards. This indicates that more people are using the library than ever before in spite of lack of books, fewer hours open to the public, and fewer library assistants available to help the readers during those hours. There were 7,588 new readers registered during the year making a total of 32,176 persons borrowing books from the Library of Hawaii. With a budget cut 45 percent less than the amount granted the Library of Hawaii in the previous biennium, resulting in a 25 percent reduction of a staff, already too small, it was found necessary to decrease by 10 percent the hours in which the library could be open to the public for service. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 43 Since the only book funds available for the Library of Hawaii during this biennium must come from the Honolulu Library and Reading Room Association and from the proceeds of the rental shelf, all of the new fiction has been made to pay its way by means of a charge of 5 cents a week. During the 12 months’ period, there were circulated 23,218 books from the rental shelf, which comprised prac¬ tically 12 percent of the total fiction circulated in the adult section of the library. The purchases of books dropped to one-third the amount of the previous year. This was due to the fact that no Territorial funds were available for books and all that remained for the library to operate upon was the amount obtained quarterly from the Honolulu Library and Reading Room Association. The gifts received totalled 1,418. Summary of statistics , Library of Hawaii Population served _ 207, 004 Honolulu _ 141, 976 Rural Oahu _ 65, 028 Total number of agencies _ 121 Main library _ 1 Kaimuki branch _ 1 Adult stations _ 31 School deposits _ 88 Book collection, July 1, 1933 _ 125, 848 Total additions _ 6, 341 Net withdrawals _ 3, 872 Book collection, June 30, 1934 _ 128, 317 Pamphlet collection, June 30, 1934 _ 14, 740 Picture collection, June 30, 1934 _ 21, 062 Pictures loaned for home use _ 9, 541 Circulation of books, periodicals, and pamphlets _ 748, 295 Main library (fiction 55 percent) _ 536, 103 Stations department _ 212, 192 Periodicals and newspapers received regularly _ 340 Periodicals loaned for home use _ 22, 375 New readers registered _ 7, 588 Total readers’ cards in force _ 32, 176 Adult _ 21, 007 Juvenile _ 11, 169 Reference questions searched for _ 18, 393 Overdue notices sent out _ 14, 862 Reserve cards filed _ 6, 741 Books repaired _ 20, 752 Books rebound _ 514 Meetings held in library _ 111 PUBLIC ARCHIVES The following represent acquisitions during the past year: Mrs. Wayne Pfleuger has placed in the archives a journal kept by Alexander Adams, Honolulu’s first harbormaster. The journals of Stephen Re3molds, 1823-45, have been loaned temporarily to the archives. Mr. Bruce Cartwright has added many items of importance to the extensive Cartwright Loan Collection. Perhaps the most valuable acquisition is the Lucy K. Henriques Loan Collection, consisting of letters and documents of Dr. Rooke; Dr. Peabody; John Young, II; and Queen Emma. These were collected by the late Miss Lucy Peabody and placed in the archives by the trustees of Mrs. Henriques’ estate. 44 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Through the courtesy of the consul for Portugal, the archives now has copies of the lists of Portuguese immigrants missing from the file of ships’ passenger manifests. Dr. Vernon L. Briggs, of Boston, has given a large collection of pamphlets, clippings, and photographs, as well as the cuts for the illustrations used in his book on Hawaii. These cuts may be used by anyone so long as Dr. Briggs is given credit for them. From Col. T. M. Spaulding, U. S. A., was received a manuscript memorandum on Hawaiian history by S. N. Castle and given by him to Colonel Spaulding’s father. The Hawaiian Mission Children’s Society has loaned to the archives a complete file of the Hawaiian Spectator, 1838-39. Other gifts were received from: Vernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, 400 duplicate Hawaiian reports and pamphlets. Hon. V. S. K. Houston, correspondence as Delegate in Congress. Mr. Charles Crane, Planters’ Monthly, vol. X (bound). Mr. Louis J. Warren, copy of Treaties and Conventions of the Hawaiian Islands. The Librarian, collection of Hawaiian commemorative ribbons, trade coins, and photographs. Col. Gerald C. Brant, U. S. A., photographs of Honolulu Harbor. Commander E. Wayne Tod, U. S. N., photograph of Honolulu Harbor. For the Captain Cook Memorial Collection, but one purchase was made, a set of Vancouver’s Voyages. Use of the material in the archives has increased greatly, not only by local people but by mainland residents who write for data on all subjects pertaining to Hawaii, or for information about some relative who “once lived in those islands.” Perhaps those who appreciate most the value and efforts of the archives are the professors and research students from the University of Hawaii. Their cooperation and interest have been a great incentive in carrying on the work and in making plans for future development. During the past year 1,437 persons were given assistance in looking up material, not in¬ cluding those furnished information by letter. Eight hundred and seventy-one persons were aided in searching the ships’ passenger lists, of which 686 were furnished certificates of arrival or departure. For 632 of these, the required fee of 50 cents was paid, the other 54 being issued to the United States Immigration Bureau and other govern¬ ment departments. A total of 2,308 individuals was served during the year. The most important work done during the year was the copying of letters and documents in the archives of the British consulate at Honolulu. Through the interest of Hon. M. B. T. Paske-Smith, British consul, the librarian was, for the first time, given permission to make copies of the records in that office. These have been com¬ pleted from 1825 to 1846, indexed and filed with the foreign office documents. The foreign office files have been reindexed through 1845. Translating and indexing of the interior department land files have been completed. The miscellaneous interior department files have been translated and indexed up to 1866. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 45 Indexing of laws and newspapers is kept up to date, also the listing of all Territorial government publications. Legislative records and official correspondence are checked and filed as soon as received. A history of naturalization in Hawaii from earliest times to 1900, including chronological and alphabetical tables, has been compiled and is ready for publication. Board of industrial schools Following are statistics of the “reform schools” of the Territory of Hawaii: Kawailoa Training School for Girls: Girls in school July 1, 1933 _ 152 Number committed _ 55 Recommitted _ 1 On parole July 1, 1933 _ 27 Cared for during fiscal year _ 235 Released during fiscal year _ 67 Paroled during fiscal year _ 86 Returned from parole _ . . _ 41 Transferred to Territorial hospital _ 1 Transferred to Waimano Home _ _ 1 Transferred to Leahi Home _ 5 Died at Leahi Home _ 1 Girls in school June 30, 1934 _ 132 On parole, June 30, 1934 _ 38 Ages when committed: 12 years of age, 2; 13 years of age, 8; 14 years of age, 11; 15 years, 9; 16 years, 15; 17 years, 8; 18 years, 3; total 56. Table of girls’ committed , by race and offense Delinquent Immorality Incorrigible Wayward Immorality- Incorrigible Larceny Fornication Disobedient- insolent Alcoholic Assault and battery Total Hawaiian . . 5 3 2 1 11 Part Hawaiian _ 6 2 2 3 3 1 1 18 Filipino 5 1 6 Puerto Rican _ 1 1 1 3 Chinese _ _ 2 1 3 Spanish _ 1 1 Japanese _ _ 1 2 1 1 5 Portuguese _ 2 1 1 4 Korean.. _ . 1 1 Others _ _ _ 2 2 4 Total . 24 9 10 1 4 3 2 1 1 1 56 Waialee Training School for Boys: Total number of boys, June 30, 1933 _ 206 New commitments _ 88 Boys returned from parole _ 16 - 104 310 Boys discharged, terms expiring _ 51 Paroled _ 45 Transferred to Territorial hospital _ 1 - 95 Number of boys, June 30, 1934 _ 215 Ages when received: 12 years, 8; 13 years, 17; 14 years, 23; 15 years, 12; 16 years, 19; 17 years, 7; 18 years, 1; 19 years, 1; total 88. 90607—34 - 4 46 REPOET OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Racial classification of boys committed was: Hawaiian and part-Hawaiian, 28; Portuguese and part Portuguese, 22; Japanese, 11; Puerto Rican, 8; Filipino, 5; Chinese, 4; others, 10; total 88. Offenses: Burglary, 14; malicious conversion, 4; peeping Tom, 1; stealing, 6; larceny, 35; aided to rape, 4; gambling, 1; incorrigible, 15; petty theft, 1; indecent assault, 2; feeble-minded, 1; truancy, 3; receiving stolen money, 1; total 88. HAWAII NATIONAL GUARD The Hawaii National Guard consists of the Territorial (State) staff and detachment, the Two Hundred and Ninety-eighth Infantry (less inactive Third Battalion) and the Two Hundred and Ninety- ninth Infantry (less inactive Third Battalion). On February 28, 1934, headquarters, Two hundred and Ninety-ninth Infantry was transferred from Hilo to Honolulu. On March 31, 1934, headquarters company, Two Hundred and Ninety-ninth Infantry, and service company (including the band section), Two Hundred and Ninety-ninth Infantry, were disbanded in Hilo and reorganized in Honolulu. These two reorganized units received Federal recognition as of May 1, 1934, and May 2, 1934, respectively, from the Chief, National Guard Bureau. The Medical Detachment, First Battalion, Two Hundred and Ninety-ninth Infantry, stationed in Wailuku, Maui, was disbanded on March 31, 1934, and the detachment reorganized in Hilo as a part of the regi¬ mental medical department detachment, Two Hundred and Ninety- ninth Infantry, increasing the enlisted strength of that detachment from 23 to 30 enlisted men. The strength allotted the Hawaii National Guard by the National Guard Bureau has not been changed during the past fiscal year, and is set at 110 commissioned officers, 2 warrant officers, and 1,606 enlisted men. On June 30, 1934, there were 104 commissioned officers, 2 warrant officers, and 1,534 enlisted men, as follows: Two Hundred and Ninety- eighth Infantry Two Hundred and Ninety- ninth Infantry Terri¬ torial staff and detach¬ ment Total Officers _ _ _ _ _ _ - 51 45 8 104 Warrant officers (band leaders) 1 1 2 Enlisted men ----- - - _ _ _ _ _ _ ------ 757 775 22 1, 534 Total _ . . - _ 789 821 30 1, 640 Following is a nativity report of the Hawaii National Guard, as of June 30, 1934: Officers and warrant officers En¬ listed men Officers and warrant officers En¬ listed men Hawaiians. - _ - . 7 311 Japanese .. _ 58 Causasian-Hawaiian _ . 13 128 Koreans 25 Chinese-Hawaiian _ _ 8 111 Portuguese .. _ _ . 5 314 Japanese-Hawaiian. - _ 11 Puerto Rican 114 Portuguese-Hawaiian _ 2 27 Spanish . _ _ 17 Other part-Hawaiian. . . _ 18 Colored, and all others 21 American (other Caucasians) _ 64 182 Chinese 7 184 Total 106 1, 534 Filipino . . . 10 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 47 The following major nationalities have shown an increase as com¬ pared to last year: Americans (other Caucasians) _ 80 Portuguese _ 14 Puerto Ricans _ 15 The following major nationalities show a decrease as compared to last year: Hawaiian and part Hawaiian _ 99 Chinese _ 20 Japanese _ 13 The Armory drill attendance percentages for the units of the Hawaii National Guard during the fiscal year were as follows: Two Hundred and Ninety-eighth Infantry _ 72. 08% Two Hundred and Ninety-ninth Infantry _ 74. 42% Territorial (State) detachment _ 96. 08% Hawaii National Guard _ 74. 05% Funds expended by the United States property and disbursing officer, Hawaii National Guard, for the Federal Government in the support of the Hawaii National Guard during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1934j amounted to $42,099.47, the largest item being Expenses, camps of instruction, $39,609.31. Expenditures for the fiscal year 1934, from funds allotted to the commanding general, Hawaiian Department, for the support of the Hawaii National Guard, amounted to $93,954.37, the largest single item being armory drill pay (estimated) $75,000.00. Procurement of ammunition amounted to $10,297.95. Territorial funds expended during the fiscal year were $16,918.31. From the foregoing it will be noted that the Federal Government spent more than $8 for each dollar the Territory spent on its National Guard. BOARD OF HEALTH Under Act 32 of the special session of 1933, for the biennial period ending June 30, 1935, there was appropriated the sum of $1,360,615.60. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934, there was expended $656,341.94, leaving a balance of $704,273.66 for the remainder of the biennium. The revenues obtained during the fiscal year amounted to $38,971.95. Mortality: — The mortality rate for the Territory was 9.69 per thousand as compared to 9.59 for 1933. There were 3,679 deaths during the fiscal year, an increase of 33 deaths or 0.9 percent over 1933. Injant mortality: — From the standpoint of infant mortality, there were 728 deaths for 1934 as compared with 738 for 1933, a decrease of 10 deaths, or 1.4 percent. However, because of the decrease in the number of births for the year 1934 (the number of births being 9,431 as compared with 10,014 for 1933) the rate of infant mortality increased from 73.70 to 77.19 per thousand. Among the various racial groups, the Hawaiians again showed a decided increase in the number of deaths, from 72 to 91, an increase of 19. The Caucasian-Hawaiian, Portuguese, other Caucasian, Chinese, and Filipino, have shown a slight improvement over that of last year, whereas the Asiatic-Hawaiian, Puerto Rican, Japanese, and Korean did not do so well. 48 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII Births. — There were 9,431 births recorded during the year, a de¬ crease of 583, or 5.8 percent, from 1933, the birth rate per 1,000 of population being 24.85 as against 26.33 for 1933. Maternal mortality.- — Sixty mothers died from childbirth in 1934, as compared with 56 in 1933, an increase of 4 deaths, or 7.1 percent. An analysis of the data compiled by the bureau of vital statistics shows that this increased death rate was due to the relative increase experienced by two particular racial groups- — the Hawaiians and Portuguese. There were 11 deaths among the Hawaiians this year as compared with only 7 for 1933, an increase in rate from 18.05 in 1933 to 28.13 per 1,000 in 1934. The Portuguese group experienced an increase from 3.17 per 1,000 to 10.95 per 1,000 this year. Illegitimate births.- — There were 521 illegitimate births during the year, an increase of 53, or 11.3 percent, over the preceding year. The illegitimate birth rate for the Territory per 1,000 livebirths was 55.24. Marriages.- — Marriages recorded during the year totaled 2,764, an increase of 129, or 4.9 percent as compared to 1933. The marriage rate per 1,000 population was 7.28 as against 6.93 last year. Communicable diseases.- — There were 8,870 cases of communicable diseases reported during the year, a reduction of 2,622 cases as com¬ pared with last year. Tuberculosis: — There were 338 deaths from tuberculosis, all forms,, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934, a decrease of 42 deaths as compared with last year. As of June 30, 1933, there were 2,535 cases on the registry, new cases 727, and reentered cases 38, giving a total of 3,300. The number of deaths (current and intercurrent) was 367, while 625 cases were removed as apparently cured, arrested, and ap¬ parently arrested, unlocated or left the Territory, leaving on the regis¬ try as of June 30, 1934, a total of 2,308 cases. The death rate for 100,000 population was 89.19, as compared to 99.9 for the previous year. Territorial Hospital for the Insane. — In spite of economic conditions and curtailment of appropriations, the care* and well-being of the patients have been well maintained during the year. Under direction of the agricultural extension bureau of the Uni¬ versity of Hawaii, agricultural and livestock activities have made good progress, there being 41 acres under cultivation at the close of the year. There were 744 patients to be accounted for on June 30, 1933, while on June 30, 1934, the total was 761. The average daily number of patients actually in the hospital during the year was 728.24. The number of hospital days of both patients and employees was 303,528 and the per capita cost was $0.718846. The total expenditures of the Territorial Hospital for the fiscal year amounted to $219,684.51. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 49 Movements of 'patient population for the year ended June SO, 1934, Territorial Hospital for the Insane Male Female Total Patients on books of institution at beginning of year . - - 494 250 744 Admissions during the year: First admissions _ _ _ _ _ 140 68 208 27 15 42 Voluntary _ _ _ _ _ 1 1 2 Observation. _ _ 1 1 Total received during the year... . . . . 169 84 253 Total on books during the year... . . . ! 663 334 997 Discharged from books during year: As recovered.. . - . . . . . - . 60 16 76 Improved. _ _ _ _ -. -- _ 41 14 55 Unimproved _ _ ... _ _ _ _ _ _ 3 2 5 Died . . - . . 43 21 64 Not insane . - . . . . 7 1 8 Total discharged and died during year — . -.- . 154 54 208 Patients remaining on books at end of year - - 509 280 789 Absent from institution but still on books . . . . . 14 14 28 Actually in the institution at the end of the year . . 495 266 761 LEPROSY Despite the necessarily reduced budget the plant-rehabilitation pro¬ gram has made gratifying and substantial progress at both Kalau- papa Settlement and the Kalihi Hospital. At the former institution extensive repairs, extensions, and im¬ provements have been made during the year to the Bishop, Baldwin, McVeigh, and Bay View Homes, community hall, electric distributing system, and patients’ cottages, with work under way for the construc¬ tion of a new store building, post office, courthouse, service station, and an extensive road-improvement program launched. At the latter institution greatly needed betterments have been made to the observation unit, laundry, and shop building, all dormitories, and additions and improvements have been made to the grounds and fences, as well as in the electrical distributing system. During the year a milestone was reached in the progress of Kalau- papa by the opening of an airport at the settlement on August 2. The completion of this project facilitates transportation between Honolulu and the settlement. It also brought the inmates of the settlement closer immeasurably to the rest of the Territory, instilling a feeling that they really are a part of Hawaii as it is today. Since the formal opening of the airport, planes of the Inter-Island Airways, Ltd., have made frequent landings at Kalaupapa. The total number of persons under control of the board at the end of the year was 722 — active patients at Kalihi Hospital, 107; at Kalaupapa, 459; and patients on temporary release, 156. At the end of the previous year the total stood at 725. During the year 112 patients were transferred from Kalihi Hos¬ pital to Kalaupapa, a substantial number being by voluntary request. The policy of the board is to reduce the number to be maintained at Kalihi to about 110 patients. 50 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII There has been a substantial and encouraging increase in non- compulsory medical service rendered at the settlement, while various experiments and scientific examinations have continued at the Kalihi Hospital under the United States Public Health Service. Likewise has there been a healthy expansion of the activities of the Vineyard Street office and trips of board officials, physician, and parole officer to the other islands. The extent of the increased activities on the part of the board’s parole officer may be gaged by the fact that he conducted 2,007 examinations of suspects, patients on parole, and contacts during the year, as compared with a total of 1,019 contacts reached in the previous year. In accordance with the board’s policy to encourage the growth of local produce, particularly by patients at Kalaupapa, the board pur¬ chased a total of $7,300 worth of locally grown produce during the year. Of this amount $4,025 was paid to inmates for their produce. In this connection there has been a constant improvement throughout the year in the cattle herd at Kalaupapa, effected through a weeding out of the smaller and more undesirable animals. Also of prime importance in the general scheme of rehabilitation of the inmates, strengthening their morale and occupying their time gainfully, is the fact that 193 inmates of Kalaupapa earned a total of $43,023 for services rendered in the conduct of the settlement during the year, or an average earning of $18.50 monthly per patient. On the construction and plant-rehabilitation program, 23 inmates were employed and earned a total of $4,322, or $16 monthly per inmate working. At the Kalihi station, 31 patients received $3,479.74 during the year, or a monthly average of $9.45 per patient employed, for services rendered. The per capita cost per day for all inmates in the four institutions — Kalaupapa Settlement, Kalihi Hospital, Kapiolani Girls’ and Kalihi Boys’ Homes — was 49 cents for personal services during the 1933-34 period, as compared with 55 cents for personal services during the 1932- 33 period. The per capita cost per day for all inmates for current expenses was 93 cents, as compared with 99 cents in 1932-33, and the total per capita cost per day for all purposes was $1.42 during 1933- 34, as compared with $1.54 in the 1932-33 period, a reduction of 12 cents in the cost of maintenance per patient per day. FEDERAL PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE Quarantine inspection is conducted on all vessels arriving from foreign ports at the six ports of entry for such vessels in the Hawaiian Islands, but facilities for quarantine detention are maintained only at Honolulu. As part of the procedure for widening and improving Honolulu Harbor, an exchange of land was made by Executive Order No. 6584, which transferred the quarantine wharf site and road leading to it from the Treasury Department to the War Department. In exchange the Treasury Department was allotted approximately 9 acres con¬ tiguous to the southeast corner of the quarantine station, extending to the harbor line. There were no cases of quarantinable disease on any of the 199 vessels inspected at Hawaiian ports during the year, and only one vessel was fumigated as a quarantine measure. Ninety percent of REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 51 quarantine inspections were conducted at Honolulu, where the ma¬ jority of vessels from foreign ports are large passenger liners. There were 15 percent more vessels inspected this year than last, due to an increase in the number of freight vessels from foreign ports calling at Honolulu. SUMMARY OF STATISTICS On the 199 vessels inspected at quarantine, 43,940 seamen and 31,104 passengers were inspected; none was detained. Bills rendered for quarantine services totaled $3,933. Bills of health and port sanitary statements issued at Hawaiian ports during the year num¬ bered 1,126. A total of 2,596 alien passengers and 30,980 alien seamen were examined by Public Health Service medical officers for immigration purposes. None was deported, although 32 were certified for mental or physical defects, and 2 cases remain pending. In connection with relief-station activities, 125 patients were fur¬ nished 1,544 days’ hospital care, 868 outpatients were given 2,232 treatments, and 340 physical examinations were made. WAIMAN0 HOME FOR FEEBLE-MINDED The capacity of this home is 209 beds, and there are now 221 patients — 88 boys and 133 girls — being cared for, most of the extra patients being kept in the hospital building as hospital residents. There were only eight admissions during the year, owing to the fact that all the beds are occupied. There are now on file the applications of 21 boys and 21 girls who have already been committed by the court. The special session of the legislature, 1933, appropriated $125,000 for the erection of a new unit for boys of 156 beds, provided the Federal Government would make a direct grant of 30 percent of the cost of labor and materials. A request was made to the Federal Government through the Federal Emergency Administration of Pub¬ lic Works, and on June 28, 1934, notice was received that this request had been granted. The local department of public works is now working on plans and specifications for this project and will advertise for bids very soon. This project consists of an entire new unit of 156 beds for boys. There are now in the home 83 boys who will be transferred to this new unit so there will be available 73 beds for new male patients when the new unit is completed. The 83 beds now occupied by the boys on the present site when vacated will be filled with new female patients. With the completion of this new project, there will be available 377 beds, 161 for boys and 216 for girls. Racial classification of patients at Waimano Home: Hawaiian, 59; Puerto Rican, 21 ; Portuguese, 42; Chinese, 7; Filipino, 7; Caucasians, 5; part Hawaiian, 16; others, 20; total, 177. DEPARTMENT OF THE ATTORNEY GENERAL Legislative session : — On October 30, 1933, the legislature convened in special session, the session ending on January 11, 1934. During this session the attorney general’s department was busy with legis¬ lative matters, having prepared for the legislature 149 bills and 52 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII resolutions, which necessitated the almost constant attendance of the entire personnel of this department. Included among the bills pre¬ pared and enacted are the following: Act 9, tax on personal property; Act 24, excise tax on banking corporations, etc., and Act 26, regu¬ lating the sale, etc., of firearms. The subject of taxation was one of the most important subjects coming before the recent special session, and many different schemes of taxation were proposed for the pur¬ pose of producing revenue, as well as for remedying points of com¬ plaint and weaknesses in the tax structure. One of the members of this department was engaged almost constantly at hearings and con¬ ferences during this session of the legislature. Public Utilities Commission. — Recent legislation provided that the attorney general should act as attorney and legal adviser to the Public Utilities Commission in place of the private counsel which they had theretofore employed. During the period covered by this report this department has attended, when requested, many hearings, meetings, and conferences of the commission. It has been occupied in representing the commission upon hearings held to evaluate and determine the rate base of the following public utilities: Kona Light & Power Co., Ltd.; Waimea Garage & Electric Co., Ltd.; Kapaa Electric Co., Ltd.; and Waiahi Electric Co., Ltd. After a hearing before the commission in respect to the evaluation and rate base of the Honolulu Gas Co., Ltd., the case was appealed to the supreme court of the Territory of Hawaii by the utility, where it is now pend¬ ing. The commission is being represented upon the appeal by this department. Applications for loans or grants, National Industrial Recovery Act funds.- — Under Acts 12 and 23 of the special session of 1933, this department advised and assisted in preparing applications on behalf of the board of health for the Territorial Hospital, the board of prison directors for Oahu Prison, Waimano Home, board of regents of the University of Hawaii, and the Hawaiian Homes Commission for grants or loans of National Industrial Recovery Act funds to carry out projects of the institutions named. Banking situation.- — The depressed economic condition of the entire country was reflected during this period in the Territory by serious situations arising in respect to different financial institutions. This department, at the request of the treasurer of the Territory and pursuant to Act 177, session laws of 1931, applied for the appointment of a receiver for the Chinese American Bank. A receiver was ap¬ pointed and this department was almost continuously occupied thereafter in advising or representing before courts of competent jurisdiction the treasurer in regard to the preservation or liquidation of the assets of said institution, and in conferring with the treasurer and other interested parties in respect to the reorganization of this bank. Tax litigation. — The economic conditions and changes in the tax set-up of the Territory considerably increased the tax litigation before all courts and boards. The attorney general’s department has handled all of this litigation, disposing of many cases before the supreme court, and the tax-appeal court. In addition to this a repre¬ sentative of this department has sat as a member of the delinquent-tax adjustment committee. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 53 A comparison of the report of this department for the period ending June 30, 1933, with the within report discloses the following facts: Pending Finished 1933 1934 1933 1934 Ninth Circuit, Court of Appeals _ 1 Supreme court, Territory of Hawaii _ _ _ _ 3 9 2 12 Circuit courts . . . . . . . 39 50 31 28 Land court . . . . . 30 58 25 10 Tax-appeal court _ 6 25 District courts.. _ _ _ 7 3 United States district court _ 1 1 4 Miscellaneous (specific) . . . . . 8 11 17 9 Miscellaneous (general) _ _ 1, 256 962 Total . . . . . 81 116 1, 338 1,043 BOARD OF PRISON DIRECTORS One of the developments at Oahu Prison during the past year was the establishment of a school for the training of prison personnel. Great stress will be placed on this aspect of the work during the com¬ ing year on a curriculum applicable to our conditions, modeled on the lines followed by the Federal Government for the training of its officers. During the year, heretofore untilled areas of the prison farm were developed and put under cultivation and the needs of the prison as well as the outside island camps are now adequately supplied. Much surplus of vegetables has been furnished other institutions. Animal husbandry has been very successful, and the prison mess has been regularly supplied with fresh pork. Work will soon be started on the incorrigible unit and addition to the mess hall which was made possible by Act 23, special session laws 1933, and advices of the allocation of funds, not to exceed $28,500 from the Federal Emergency Administrator of Public Works. It is the opinion of the board that it should have the full power of fixing minimum sentences without review, an opinion that is also held by eminent students of penology. This is no reflection on the trial judges, who, under the present law, may modify or increase minimum sentences fixed by the board. The board in fixing the minimum sen¬ tences, has the benefit of not only the police and court records but sufficient time to make a searching investigation of each case and gather the personal history of the individual — social, physical, and mental — as well as other factors which may be pertinent. During the year just passed, out of 178 minimums fixed by the board, only 6 were modified by the trial judge. In accordance with the provisions of Act 87, session laws 1933, the board fixed minimum sentence in the cases of 21 life-termers who, prior to the enactment of this law, had no minimum sentence. It is gratifying to report that the percentage of failures in paroles granted during the year is very low considering our economic stress and unemployment situation. Out of a total of 161 paroles granted during the year, only 8, or 5 percent, had paroles canceled for violation. 54 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII The finding of employment for prisoners released on parole, even in normal times, is a difficult task. There is no phase of parole work that is as important as the securing of work and continuous employ¬ ment of the parolees. Without the economic security that comes from having a job and a regular income, the adjustment of a parolee to a normal social life is difficult, if not almost impossible. It has been a period of educating employers to hire parolees, yet the preju¬ dice against men with records is so deeply rooted that the parole offi¬ cers are confronted with almost insurmountable obstacles. Notwith¬ standing all this, seasonal and temporary employment has been found for 103 parolees during the fiscal year. With regard to aliens, the spirit of joint resolution no. 3, session laws 1933, pertaining to the release of aliens for return to their native country, is still adhered to. Fifty-one were returned during the year, 49 of whom were Filipinos and 2 Japanese. Oahu Prison. — At the beginning of the fiscal year the inmate popu¬ lation of Oahu Prison was 492 Territorial and 50 Federal prisoners, or a total of 542, the largest number ever to be confined in Oahu Prison. At the close of this fiscal year the inmate population was 484 Territorials and 37 Federal prisoners, or a total of 521, 72 of whom were assigned and quartered in two outside prison camps. There were nine prisoners who escaped during the year. Eight of these were Territorial prisoners and one a Federal prisoner. All of these prisoners except the Federal were retaken and returned to Oahu Prison within a short period of time following their escape. The Federal prisoner, who escaped in July 1933, has never been heard of since the day of his escape. Every effort has been made to appre¬ hend this man, including the writing of letters to sheriffs of all coun¬ ties within the Territory of Hawaii, and the chiefs of police of all sea¬ ports on the west coast of the United States. The Department of Justice, through their local agent, conducted an extensive examination into this escape, and has also endeavored through the United States Marshal and other agencies, to apprehend him. The initiation of an educational program, organization of a band, and additional athletic activities have all aided in the improvement of discipline during this year. During the past fiscal year the prisoners earned $3,569.29 and withdrew $6,902.85. The funds remaining from previous earnings are deposited as follows: To the credit of the prisoners in the Bank of Hawaii, $6,052.22, and $286.66 due from the Territorial auditor on the prisoners’ pay roll for the month of June 1934. The following table shows number of prisoners serving on June 30 1934, segregated as to race and crime: REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 55 Racial classification of crimes committed — Territorial prisoners serving June 30, 1984 Racial classification Assault with intent to commit murder Assault with weapon Burglary Carnal abuse Conspiracy Embezzlement Forgery Indecent assault Incest Larceny and mali¬ cious conversion Manslaughter 2 1 4 4 Chinese _ . __ _ . _ .. 1 9 1 2 1 2 14 19 20 l 1 7 4 3 6 1 36 2 4 4 2 6 6 19 4 2 1 2 1 12 2 3 3 1 1 23 1 5 1 1 1 4 10 1 1 2 1 1 10 2 2 1 6 3 18 6 1 i 2 1 German 1 1 2 Samoan _ _ . . . 1 All others... 3 1 l Held for hearing 1 Total . . . . . 4 19 165 30 2 15 22 16 10 34 20 be •3 8® I . 5 3 i _ 3 H 1 Racial classification Vi 3 O "cs Murder Procuring Robbery Rape Hit and ri 4391, R. L. p OJ m Sodomy Maiming Total American 1 3 1 16 Chinese . ... . . . . 1 1 1 1 18 Filipino 3 34 1 7 8 12 1 1 144 Hawaiian . 6 2 8 3 80 Caucasian-Hawaiian 1 3 2 2 44 Asiatic-Hawaiian . . . . 3 1 1 1 27 Japanese 1 6 4 1 3 52 Korean _ _ 3 1 1 20 Portuguese _ 1 5 1 2 31 Puerto Rican 2 3 1 35 .Spanish _ _ _ _ _ 1 4 German . 1 5 Samoan.. _ _ . .. .. _ 1 All others _ 1 6 Held for hearine 1 Total 5 58 1 20 27 2 28 5 1 484 Racial classification of crimes committed — Federal prisoners serving June SO, 1934 Total Territorial prisoners serving June 30, 1934 _ 484 Total Federal prisoners serving June 30, 1934 _ _ _ _ _ 37 Grand total. 521 56 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII TERRITORIAL COURTS The Territorial courts are composed of a supreme court of 3 mem¬ bers; 5 circuit courts, of which one has 4 members who sit separately and the others 1 member each; and 29 district courts. The supreme court and circuit court judges are appointed by the President and the district magistrates by the chief justice of the Territory. The circuit courts are the courts of general original jurisdiction, trying crimi¬ nal, law, equity, probate, and divorce cases. The first circuit court also acts as a court of land registration. The circuit and district courts also act as juvenile courts. The principal juvenile and divorce court is the court of domestic relations in Honolulu. The legislature of 1921 established this division of domestic relations in the first judicial circuit. Its judge is one of the four judges of the first circuit court and is known as the judge of the division of domestic relations. Court statistics, calendar year TOTAL CASES IN ALL COURTS 1931 1932 1933 Criminal cases _ _ _ 10, 451 9, 560 27, 709 9, 370 23, 484 8, 405 Civil _ _ _ Total _ _ _ . . _ . _ _ 20, 011 16, 823 50. 67 37, 079 15, 506 49. 70 i 31, 889 11, 044 40.67 Convictions in criminal cases _ Percentage of convictions _ CASES CLASSIFIED BY COURTS (CIVIL AND CRIMINAL) Supreme court _ _ _ _ _ 67 3, 541 16, 403 37 3, 177 33, 865 44 1, 902 29, 943 Circuit courts.. _ _ _ _ _ District courts _ Total _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 20, 011 37, 079 31, 889' CASES IN SUPREME COURT On appeal, error, exceptions, and reserved questions: Law _ _ _ 29 19 17 Equity _ _ _ 12 3 6 Probate _ _ _ _ _ 1 3 5 Divorce or separation . . . _ 2 3 Criminal _ _ _ _ 4 2 3 Miscellaneous _ _ _ 19 10 10 Total _ _ _ _ 67 37 44 CASES IN CIRCUIT COURTS Civil: Law _ 804 485 474 Equity _ _ _ _ _ 103 115 110 Probate _ _ _ 1, 301 1, 053 1,044 Divorce _ _ _ _ 871 764 701 Special proceedings _ 35 61 38 Total _ 3, 114 2, 478 2,367 Criminal _ . . _ _ _ _ 427 699 600 Total _ _ . _ _ 3, 541 3, 177 2, 967 Convictions in criminal cases _ _ _ 324 547 437 Percentage of convictions _ _ _ 65.72 67. 61 63. 24 i 163 insanity, 22 drug addicts, 690 juvenile cases, 36 bastardy, and 4 feeble-minded cases not included . REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 57 Court statistics, calendar year — Continued CASES IN DISTRICT COURTS 1931 1932 1933 Civil . . . . . . . . . 6, 383 10, 020 6, 855 27, 010 7, 103 24, 840 Criminal _ _ _ Total _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 16, 403 6, 499 49 33,865 14, 959 49. 22 29, 943 10, 607 40. 08 Convictions in crimal cases _ Percentage of convictions. . . . . . . CONVICTION IN CRIMINAL CASES, BY CLASSES OF CASES Offenses against property... . . . . . 411 507 497 Offenses against chastity. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 218 237 288 Offenses against peace _ _ _ _ _ 839 1,091 1, 106 Gambling . . . . 511 718 994 Liquor laws, violating . . . . . . . 641 737 650 Drunkenness. . . . . . 395 739 894 Homicide (manslaughter, 12; murder, 9) . . 10 17 21 Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . . 3, 798 11,460 6,157 Total . . . . 6,823 15, 506 10, 607 Nationality of persons convicted, 1983 Number Hawaiian and part Hawaiian _ 1, 304 Chinese _ 1, 042 Japanese _ 2, 269 Filipino _ 2, 135 Puerto Rican _ 371 Spanish _ 37 Korean _ 164 Russian _ 12 All other Caucasian _ 3, 160 All other _ 113 10, 607 A tabulation of divorce cases handled by the court of domestic relations is given below: Number of cases — Pending June 30, 1933 _ 199 Filed fiscal year 1934 _ 592 Reinstated on calendar _ 4 Total _ 795 Number of divorces — Granted _ 450 Refused _ 12 Cases — Discontinued _ 109 Pending June 30, 1934 _ 224 795 Principal grounds set forth included cruelty, husband, 95; cruelty, wife, 6; desertion, husband, 86; desertion, wife, 102; nonsupport, 171. Races involved in divorces granted included American and Euro¬ pean, 199; Hawaiian and part Hawaiian, 86; Japanese, 70; Filipino, 42; Chinese, 25; other, 21. 58 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII LAND COURT One of the judges of the first circuit court is assigned to land-court cases by the chief justice of the supreme court. Land-court cases Number of cases Assessed value Square feet Acres Applications pending June 30, 1933 ... 64 18 13 69 $6, 208, 517. 63 1, 570, 755. 65 366, 965. 03 7, 412, 308. 25 1, 600, 531. 48 354, 722. 00 176, 986. 00 1, 778, 267. 48 102, 455. 04 21, 444. 64 2, 434. 90 121, 464. 7& Applications filed during period of this report _ Decrees issued during period of this report. . . . Applications pending June 30, 1934 .. Petitions filed and granted for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1 934- Petitions for subdivision _ 134 Petitions for endorsements on certificates of title _ 20 Petitions for new certificates of title _ 46 FEDERAL COURT The Federal court located in Hawaii is a United States district court with the jurisdiction also of a United States circuit court. There are two district judges, a United States district attorney, and three assistant district attorneys affiliated with this court. Cases in Federal Court 1933 filed 1933 con¬ cluded 1934 filed 1934 con¬ cluded Bankruptcy. _ _ _ _ _ _ 228 241 156 169 Admiralty (United States not a party) _ _ . . . 3 3 6 5 Admiralty (United States a party) .. . _ _ 6 6- Civil (United States not a party) _ _ _ . 1 1 4 3 Civil (United States a party) 15 14 29 38 Equity (United States not a party) _ _ . _ 1 3 1 1 Equity (United States a party) _ _ _ . . 210 229 5 5 Deportation . .... ... _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 3 2 2 Habeas corpus ... _ _ .. .. _ _ _ 2 2 2 2 Criminal.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 447 449 163 172 Naturalization . .... — . - — 1 225 218 130 138 1933 1934 Aggregate amount of judgments obtained during the year in favor of the United States (Civil) . _ . _ _ _ _ $1, 128. 50 $730. 50 Amount realized from such judgments obtained during the year. . _ . 267. 25 730. 50 Aggregate amount of judgments obtained during the year against the United States _ - 4, 764. 14 Aggregate amount of fines, forfeitures, and penalties imposed during the year - Amount realized on fines, forfeitures, and penalties imposed during the year and former years _ _ 71, 622. 34 8, 477. 00 17, 574. 55 7, 961. 55 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 59 Classification of criminal cases 1933 filed 1933 con¬ cluded 1934 filed 1934 con¬ cluded 1 1 Assault on government reservation .. _ _ . _ _ ......... 2 2 2 1 1 Contempt of court: Violation temporary order and writ of injunction _ _ _ _ _ 7 7 5 7 1 Conspiracy: Violation of National Prohibition Act _ _ _ 2 6 5 4 1 Customs _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ .. 6 1 5 Government property, removing and stealing.. _ _ 1 2 1 Immigration.. . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ 1 1 1 3 2 Impersonating secret service agent. . _ _ _ _ 1 Impersonating prohibition agent 1 1 Internal Revenue Act: Possession of unregistered still, etc _ _ 5 5 1 48 47 Internal Revenue Act: Amusement and income taxes _ 6 2 Military reservation: Reentering against orders _ _ _ _ . 4 4 2 2 Robbery. .... _ . _ _ _ 1 1 Narcotic violations 42 40 24 28 National Prohibition Act. . . _ _ _ 346 350 64 1 67 1 Post office offenses: Embezzling postal funds 2 Using U. S. mails with intent to defraud _ _ _ _ _ 1 1 1 Forging and passing U. S. postal money order. _ _ _ 1 1 Mailing obscene letter _ _ _ _ . 1 1 1 Mailing demand letter.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4 4 1 1 Stealing parcel post packages 2 2 1 1 Private property, stealing on high seas.. _ _ _ 4 4 2 2 Uniform U. S. Navy, unlawfully wearing _ 1 1 U. S. veterans’ bonus certificate: Making false claim for _ .. . . 1 1 1 1 White slavery.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . 1 1 5 5 Total . . . _ _ _ 447 449 163 172 Comparison of the number of criminal cases, by defendants, concluded in the United States District Court for the Territory of Hawaii during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934 Convictions _ Acquittals _ Nolle prosequi and dismissals Total _ _ _ pending _ _ _ Total . . 510 8 99 617 16 633 180 4 41 225 7 232 O UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR HAROLD L. ICKES, Stcrdary THE VIRGIN ISLANDS PAUL M. PEARSON, Gocernor ANNUAL REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1934 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1934 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents CONTENTS Page National recovery program - 1 Financial phase - - 2 Relief phase - 3 Legislation _ 4 Internal-revenue taxes - 4 Budget for St. Thomas and St. John - 5 Regulations concerning alcoholic beverages - 6 Fiscal figures, St. Thomas', St. John, and St. Croix - 6 Federal appropriation - 7 Health _ 8 Health institutions - 10 Education _ 11 Public works _ 13 Police and courts - 13 Banking _ 14 Business and industry - 14 The Virgin Islands Company - 16 Handcraft _ 17 Agriculture _ 17 Homesteading _ 18 Public welfare _ 20 Public libraries - 22 hi . . *. . . ...J . *LH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS Government House, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands of the United States, August 31 , 193V The Secretary of the Interior, Department of the Interior , W ashington, D.C. Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report of the Governor of the Virgin Islands for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1934. The year just closed has brought to the Virgin Islands in miniature many of the most serious problems that have been dealt with in continental United States, and the same trying, exhilarating ex¬ periences in the attempt to find new methods to meet new conditions. Thanks to the generous provisions of the emergency agencies and the hearty cooperation of all activities of the Federal Government, conditions in the Virgin Islands are noticeably improved. Where a year ago desperation hung heavily over the several industries and over many groups of people, there is now some hope reflected in business, and large numbers of people have had a chance to work and have had more food than last year. There have been no busi¬ ness failures. At the peak of the unemployment about 50 percent of the popu¬ lation was affected, while at the peak of the employment there were few able-bodied adults who did not have at least part-time work. Besides the administrative work of the government of the Virgin Islands, the problems dealt with have included unemployment, food relief, taxation, change in currency, homesteading, housing, prohibi¬ tion repeal, malaria control, and retirement insurance, the results of which are set forth in the following report. The activities in connection with the National Recovery program have furnished the greatest single contribution to the solution of these problems, and claimed the largest share of attention from the Government. THE NATIONAL RECOVERY PROGRAM The National Recovery program has brought untold benefits to the Virgin Islands. The immediate result was that, for a period, em¬ ployment was given to practically every able-bodied man and woman in the islands; and, at the time of reporting, the employment situa¬ tion is much improved over last year. From an economic standpoint, the wide distribution of funds proved of inestimable help to all classes of business enterprises, so that the islands enjoyed a period of unusual business activity. Permanent improvement will result 1 2 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS from the fact that a large majority of the projects undertaken are such as will prove of lasting benefit to the islands. Direction of the program has been entrusted to the Governor of the Virgin Islands, as Public Works, Civil Works, and Emergency Relief Administrator. A summary of the most important phases of the program follows : THE PROJECTS The principal projects include road and street construction; re¬ pairs and renewals to public-school buildings and other government buildings ; reconstruction of the leper colony, St. Croix ; drainage of swamps and other projects for malaria and filariasis control and sanitation; typhus fever control; a Civil Works education project; aid to cooperatives; a housing program; construction of the Blue¬ beard Castle Hotel; and organization of the Virgin Islands Company. THE FINANCIAL PHASE The Federal Emergency Relief program . — This was inaugurated in the Virgin Islands with a grant from the Federal Emergency Relief Administration of $1,638, based on the relief expenditures from all sources in the Virgin Islands for the first quarter of the calendar year 1933. This initial grant, as well as two subsequent grants, based on local relief expenditures for the second and third quarters of 1933, were authorized pursuant to that provision of the Federal Emergency Relief Act of 1933 which authorizes grants of relief funds on the basis of $1 of Federal relief funds for every $3 expended by local governments for relief purposes. Thereafter, grants of Federal Emergency Relief funds were made pursuant to that provision of the act of 1933 which authorizes grants of funds when the combined moneys which can be made avail¬ able within any State, Territory, or insular possession would fall below the estimated needs for relief purposes. Similarly, the Civil Works program in the Virgin Islands was financed by grants of Federal Emergency Relief funds. The total of all grants from Federal Emergency Relief funds to the Virgin Islands for the fiscal year was $435,669. Of this amount, $267,049.76 was apportioned to the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John, and $168,619.24 to the municipality of St. Croix. The total expenditures to June 30, 1934, from these allotments, $384,431.63, are classified as follows: Object St. Thomas- St. John St. Croix Total Work relief . _ _ _ _ _ _ $155, 142. 49 5, 513. 04 5, 000. 00 71, 715. 24 $87, 949. 44 9, 493. 44 5, 000. 00 44, 617. 98 $243, 091. 93 15, 006. 48 10, 000. 00 116, 333. 22 Direct relief (emergency cash and food relief) _ Working capital for handcraft industries _ _ - Material _ Total _ _ _ _ _ 237, 370. 77 147, 060. 86 384, 431. 63 National Industrial Recovery program. — The Public Works Ad¬ ministration program in the Virgin Islands, financed from National Industrial Recovery funds, was inaugurated with a grant of $89,500 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 3 for road construction and repairs to buildings, and $25,000 for reconstruction of the leper asylum, St, Croix. This was followed by a grant of $50,000 for the construction of a tourist hotel at St. Thomas, which was subsequently increased to a revised total of $101,750. Later grants were made for the construction of low-cost houses; for further repairs, reconditioning and furnishing of public buildings, and for sanitation repairs, bringing the total to $302,850. A grant of $1,000,000 was made late in the fiscal year for the indus¬ trial rehabilitation program to be carried on by the Virgin Islands Company. Most of this sum is yet to be expended. Of the total Public Works Administration allotments of $1,302,850, there was expended to June 30, 1934, a total of $193,481.43, classified as follows : Labor _ $89,154.00 Material _ 104,327.43 Total _ 193,481.43 Summary of expenditures and money value of other benefits. — The actual cash expenditures and the money value of commodities used for food relief under the National Recovery program, total $667,792.42, classified as follows : Source Work relief and labor Direct relief Capital for coopera¬ tives Material Total Federal Emergency Relief _ National Industrial Recovery _ $243, 091. 93 89, 154. 00 $15, 006. 48 $10, 000. 00 $116, 333. 22 104, 327. 43 $384, 431. 63 193, 481. 43 Total cash expenditures. . . . . Money value of food furnished by Federal Surplus Relief Corporation (including freight) _ 332, 245. 93 15, 006. 48 89, 879. 36 10, 000. 00 220, 660. 65 577, 913. 06 89, 879. 36 Grand total . . . . 332, 245. 93 104, 885. 84 10, 000. 00 220, 660. 65 667, 792. 42 THE RELIEF PHASE As elsewhere, relief fell under two main headings — work relief and direct relief (emergency cash and food relief). Work relief. — Work relief was furnished, at the peak of the pro¬ gram, to 2,187 persons in St. Croix, 1,787 in St. Thomas, and 240 in St. John — a total of 4,214 persons. At the beginning of the pro¬ gram, 2,196 persons in St. Thomas registered as unemployed, and 240 in St. John. All registered in St. John received work. Of the 410 registered in St. Thomas who received no work relief, 70 came from families having members on work-relief rolls and a considerable number belonged to the casual labor group (coal workers, etc.) who have some income, though irregular. The registration figures for St. Croix are not available, but would show practically the same situation as in St. Thomas. Direct relief. — Emergency cash relief, totaling $1,300.58 was dis¬ tributed to 401 families (1,181 persons) in St. Thomas, and $1,308.39 to about as many families in St. Croix. Food relief. — After investigation by welfare department person¬ nel, 1,575 families (4,682 persons) in St. Thomas, and 6,213 persons in St. Croix, received food relief. There was distributed a total 4 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS of 1,298,150 pounds of foodstuffs, valued at $102,276.87 (approxi¬ mately 118 pounds or $9.30 per person aided), as follows: Estimated value (including freight charges) of 1,194,780 pounds foodstuffs furnished by the Federal Surplus Relief Corporation _ $89, 879. 36 Expended from Federal Emergency Relief funds for local purchase of 103,370 pounds fresh beef _ 9, 939. 43 Expended from Federal Emergency Relief funds for landing and cold-storage charges, and other distribution expenses _ 2, 458. 08 Total _ _ _ 102,276.87 LEGISLATION Change of currency. — By ordinances of identical tenor adopted by the Colonial Councils of the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John and of the municipality of St. Croix, and with the concurrence of the United States Treasury, United States currency became legal tender in the Virgin Islands, in lieu of the former Danish West Indian currency, on July 1, 1934, following the expiration of the charter of the National Bank of the Danish West Indies. The legal rate of conversion was declared to be 0.965 United States dollar for each Danish West Indian dollar and 0.193 United States dollar for each Danish West Indian franc. At the same time, the Coun¬ cils ordained that all laws, ordinances, and regulations of the Virgin Islands in which the designation Danish West Indian dollar, francs, or bit are used, are amended to substitute therefor designations in United States dollars and cents at the rate of one United States dollar for each Danish West Indian dollar. The Danish West Indian coins will continue to be legal tender in the Virgin Islands until 1 year after the Governor has proclaimed that the United States Government will exchange United States coin or currency for Danish West Indian coins at the legal rate of conversion. This proclamation was issued July 14, 1934. The United States Govern¬ ment has accepted the responsibility of retiring the Danish West Indian coin. INTERNAL-REVENUE TAXES On March 30, 1933, the Colonial Council of the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John passed an ordinance to provide additional revenues by levying certain internal revenue taxes. On the same date, there was passed by the Colonial Council, as companion legis¬ lation to the internal revenue ordinance, an ordinance to suspend temporarily the collection of certain ships’ dues. The purpose was to obtain additional revenue for the municipality from the operation of the internal revenue tax ordinance, and to permit the transfer of a portion thereof from the Colonial Treasury to the Harbor Treasury to reimburse the latter for the loss of revenue due to the suspension of the ships’ dues. The ships’ dues to be suspended con¬ sisted of what, is in effect a tonnage tax of 32 cents per ton on bunker coal and fuel oil imported into the island of St. Thomas for use in bunkering vessels. In a period of economic depression, it was the best judgment of leaders in the community and in the administra¬ tion that the suspension of these ships’ due would encourage more ships to visit the port of St. Thomas for bunkering and thus promote REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 5 greater activity in the harbor and enhance the general welfare of the island. On December 18, 1933, a new internal revenue ordinance was adopted by the Colonial Council for St. Thomas and St. John. With the consent of the department, this new internal revenue ordi¬ nance was approved by the Governor on January 19, 1934, and it became law 15 days thereafter, viz, February 3, 1934. On the same date, there was approved by the Governor the ordinance to suspend until June 30, 1934, the collection of certain ships dues, passed on March 30, 1933. This ordinance became law on February 18, 1934, 30 days after its approval by the Governor. It has recently been extended to June 30, 1935. The internal revenue ordinance levies, for 2 years, a flat 5 percent ad valorem tax on all articles manufactured, produced, or brought into the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John, with certain ex¬ ceptions, principal among the exceptions being bunker coal and fuel oil, samples and advertising matter, wines for sacramental purposes, articles for charitable purposes, bread, livestock, poultry, plants, fresh fruits, fresh vegetables, charcoal and firewood, bay rum, eggs, and fresh fish. The tax is collected on articles received through the post office with the cooperation of the postmaster, and on articles received by freight with the cooperation of the collector of customs. An internal revenue office was established in a convenient location in a building adjoining the post office. Shortly after this internal revenue tax became law, its validity was tested in the District Court of the Virgin Islands on motion of a local taxpayer on the ground that the Colonial Council of St. Thomas and St. John was without jurisdiction and authority to enact tax legislation of this nature. The administration was rep¬ resented in court by the Government attorney and Special Counsel Philip M. Glick of the Interior Department. The district court held that the Colonial Council of St. Thomas and St. John was within its jurisdiction and authority to enact the internal revenue ordinance. The internal revenue taxes yielded $13,695.86 from February 3, 1934, to June 30, 1934, and the estimate for the fiscal year 1935 is $30,000. ADMINISTRATIVE BUDGET FOR ST. THOMAS AND ST. JOHN The municipality of St. Thomas and St. John operated during the entire fiscal year on a budget which was promulgated by the Gov¬ ernor, with the approval of the President of the United States, in¬ stead of on a budget passed by the Colonial Council and approved by the Governor. This most unusual situation was created when the Colonial Council of St. Thomas and St. John was unable to agree on a budget on a modified basis clue primarily to a drastic reduction in the deficit to be paid by the Federal Government which had been made necessary by the operation of the National Economy program in the Virgin Islands. For the fiscal year 1935, however, a budget for the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John has been passed by the Colonial Council and approved by the Governor in usual form. 87862—34 - 2 6 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS REGULATION OF MANUFACTURE, SALE, AND EXPORTATION OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES The national prohibition laws in their application to the Virgin Islands were repealed by the Congress, effective March 13, 1934. On April 3, 1934, the Colonial Council of St. Thomas and St. John enacted an ordinance to regulate the manufacture, sale, and exporta¬ tion of alcoholic beverages and to provide for the taxation thereof. This ordinance created a Board of Control for Alcoholic Beverages consisting of the Governor as chairman, two members elected by the Colonial Council from the Colonial Council, and two members ap¬ pointed by the Governor. Under the exclusive control of the board is the production of rum for export and the export of rum produced in the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John. This enactment is in line with the general policy of the administration to control the manufacture of rum for export in order that Virgin Islands rum may not be exploited and in order that a profitable market may be secured and retained for quality rum from the Virgin Islands. A similar control board has been authorized for the municipality of St. Croix, in which municipality there will be Government- controlled retail liquor stores. FISCAL MUNICIPALITY OF ST. THOMAS AND ST. JOHN The actual revenues of the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John amounted to $105,898.76, as compared with $86,524.10 for the fiscal year 1933. The increase is accounted for principally by the new internal-revenue tax which yielded $13,695.86 from February to June 1934 and by a contribution from the harbor board as required by law, of $4,553.14, representing one-half of the net profit of the harbor board for the fiscal year 1933. A decline in certain other sources of revenue was offset by an increase in customs dues due to import duty on liquors and by an increase in income taxes. The cost of the municipal government of the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John was $182,740.19. The major departmental expenditures were : Education _ $48, 404. 54 Health _ 39, 523, 93 Public works _ 37, 014. 57 The Federal Government paid 42 percent and the local government paid 58 percent of the cost of operation of the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John during the fiscal year 1934, when the differ¬ ence of $76,841.43 between the local revenues and the cost of the municipal government was met by an appropriation made by Con¬ gress to defray the deficit in the Treasury of the municipal govern¬ ment. MUNICIPALITY OF ST. CROIX The actual revenues of the municipality of St Croix amounted to $119,663.25, as compared with $107,440.57 for the fiscal year 1933. A loss of $10,000 on export duty on sugar was offset by an increase in property and income taxes; by the new internal revenue taxes, REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 7 which yielded $2,898.17 for the year; and by an increase in import duty. The cost of the municipal government of the municipality of St. Croix was $194,579.88. The major departmental expenditures were: Health _ _ _ $45,795.50 Public works _ 41, 778. 08 Education _ 40, 714. 71 The Federal Government paid 38*4 percent and the local government paid 61 y2 percent of the cost of operation of the municipality of St. Croix during the fiscal year 1934, when the difference of $74,916.63 between the local revenues and the cost of the municipal government was paid by a deficit appropriation made by Congress. OBJECTS OF EXPENDITURES OF THE TWO MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENTS A study of the expenditures of the two municipal governments reveals the percentage of expenditure for health, education, public works, and welfare to the total revenues and to the total expenditures of the two municipalities, as follows : Object of expenditure Local revenue Expendi¬ tures 1. Education _ _ _ Percent 39% 37% 33 10 Percent 23% 22% 19% 6 2. Health . . . . . _ _ . _ _ _ 3. Public works _ _ 4. Welfare and poor _ _ _ __ THE FEDERAL APPROPRIATION The appropriation “ Temporary Government for the Virgin Islands ” for the fiscal year 1934, as contained in the Interior Department Appropriation Act, was as follows : Central administration _ $134, 750 Agricultural station and vocational school _ 25, 000 Deficit, municipality of St. Thomas and St. John _ 98, 500 Deficit, municipality of St. Croix _ 98, 500 Special projects _ 15, 000 Total _ • _ 371, 750 This appropriation was supplemented by $19,379.52 representing the unobligated balance of the 1933 appropriation. However, the total Federal funds available for expenditure during 1934 was reduced by the National Government, on a cash withdrawal basis to $347,804, which was later supplemented by $3,405 (to meet the reduction in compensation deduction from 15 to 10 percent) to a revised total of $351,209. THE ST. THOMAS HARBOR BOARD The St. Thomas Harbor Board, which is an independent, self- sustaining institution, reflected a healthy activity. With total col¬ lections of $28,018.58, as compared wfith $25,144.69 for 1933, there 8 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS was an operating surplus of $11,875.69 on June 30, 1934, as com¬ pared with $9,106.28 the previous year. By law, one-half of the surplus wdll be paid to the colonial treasury of St. Thomas and St. J ohn, and one-half to the harbor surplus fund. FISCAL SUMMARY The following is a summary of all expenditures in the Virgin Islands during the fiscal year: Municipality of St. Thomas and St. John _ $182, 740. 19 Municipality of St. Croix _ 194, 579. 88 St. Thomas Harbor Board _ 16, 142. S9 Federal appropriation _ _ _ 168, 585. 62 Federal Emergency Relief funds _ 384, 431. 63 National Industrial Recovery funds _ 193, 481. 43 Total. _ _ _ _ _ 1, 139,961. 64 The following is a summary of emergenc}^ allocations: National Industrial Recovery _ _ _ $1, 302, 850. 00 Federal Emergency Relief _ 435, 669. 00 Money value of commodities received from the Federal Surplus Relief Corporation (including freight) _ 89,879.36 Reconstruction Finance Corporation loan for capital stock for Virgin Islands National Bank _ _ _ 125, 000. 00 Total _ _ _ 1, 953, 398. 36 HEALTH The Health Department has done much successful work on the several major health problems of the Islands. MALARIA Malaria has been the outstanding problem. In St. Thomas and St. John, there were 263 cases during the first 3 months of the fiscal year, but prompt and continued treatment of cases, and careful con¬ trol of breeding places of the malaria carrier, the anopheles mos¬ quito, resulted in marked improvement in conditions, so that by the end of the year there were practically no cases — a total of only 18 during the least 3 months. In St. Croix, where there were 894 cases during 1931-32 and 234 cases during 1932-33, the total this year was 279, with a decided decrease in the number of cases during the last few months of the year. Not only the medical agencies, but all resources of the Government have been brought to bear on this problem. With special grants obtained under the National Recovery Program, the large La Grange swamp near Frederiksted and several smaller swamps in the vicinity of Chris- tiansted, St. Croix, and the Long Bay, Altona, and Lindbergh Bay swamps in St. Thomas, are being drained and oiled. For a permanent elimination of this menace to the health of the islands, the government secured through the Rockefeller Founda¬ tion the services of their malaria expert, Dr. Walter C. Earle, and Sanitation Drainage Engineer, Mr. E. H. Magoon, who made a sur¬ vey of the danger areas and made recommendations as to wdiat was needed to correct conditions. Following this survey, we secured REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 9 the cooperation of the engineering service of the United States Army, which sent two Army engineers to make plans and estimates for the drainage and filling required. On these plans, the Public Works Administration has granted an allotment of $109,200 for the purpose of filling the Long Bay and Lindbergh Bay swamps, and it is expected that the work will be begun shortly after this report is published. FILARIASIS According to the chief municipal physician of St. Croix, filariasis is the most prevalent disease in that island. Of 842 children ex¬ amined, 138 or 16.3 percent were found to have micro-filaria in their blood. Practically 100 percent of the old people of the island show infection. The deforming effects of elephantiasis, which is caused by filari¬ asis, and the incidence of which is likewise very high, make this disease a more serious disorder in many respects than is malaria. No satisfactory remedy for it has been found. Its prevention through mosquito control is the only effective means so far developed. With a view to effective control, much study has been made by the chief municipal physician of St. Croix to determine the carriers of this disease and their breeding habits. Large numbers of each variety of mosquitos found in the island have been hatched in laboratory, fed on patients with micro-filaria in their blood, and each mosquito dissected to determine if the micro-filaria would undergo develop¬ ment in his particular species. So far, four varieties have been found which are suitable transmitters of the disease. Two of these, the Anopheles albimanus and the Anopheles grabhami are also vectors of malaria. PUBLIC HEALTH ACTIVITIES The medical service has placed much emphasis during the year upon activities designed to “ keep well people well.” Through the generosity of the Rockefeller Foundation, Dr. Knud Ivnud-Hansen, commissioner of health for the Virgin Islands, undertook during the year extensive study and travel in the United States, visiting and studying public-health work in several important health centers. This has resulted in an awakened interest and a thoroughly modern approach to the problem. CHILD HEALTH The children of the Virgin Islands continue to suffer from mal¬ nutrition and undernourishment, and from very poor housing, un¬ desirable conditions that have existed for decades. “ Too many chil¬ dren are fed to survive rather than to live ”, reports the commis¬ sioner of health. “ The average home does not provide food with regard to its nutritive value but rather with a view to satisfying the appetite.” “ Overcrowded and poorly ventilated homes give excuses for children romping about until late at night at the expense of precious hours of sleep.” A medical examination of all school children showed that 46 percent were underweight. It revealed also the interesting fact that the sixth grade, which was found to have 10 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OE THE VIRGIN ISLANDS the greatest number of undernourished children, also made the poor¬ est showing in school work and the largest percentage of failures. Through the schools, strong efforts are being made to keep track of and give suitable treatment to defective children and to educate pupils and parents in the fundamentals of proper diet, sleep re¬ quirements, suitable recreation, etc. Through Federal food relief, school gardens, and the continued assistance of the Golden Rule Foundation, more and better food is being made available for the children, and they are being taught approved methods of prepara¬ tion so that the maximum nutritive value might be obtained. \ COMMUNICABLE DISEASES AND SANITATION Besides the major activities in connection with malaria and filari- asis already mentioned, much attention has been given to control of other communicable diseases through improved sanitary and health measures. Lav j were secured through the council for food inspection, improved handling of foodstuffs on sale, and control of garbage disposal. Earnest recommendations have been made for improvement in sewage disposal, flushing of gutters, street cleaning, etc., but the necessary funds are not yet available. Yaccination of school children against smallpox was continued, and over 600 persons were inoculated with typhoid antitoxin when a few cases of typhoid, believed to have been caused by imported infected fruit, were discovered. The result was that typhoid eases numbered only 14 during the entire year. MEDICAL SERVICE Through the three hospitals of the islands, and the several clinics in outlying districts, adequate medical service has been rendered to all seeking it. In St. Thomas alone, 24,404 consultations and treatments were given to out-patients, besides hospitalization total¬ ing 18,309 sick days. In addition, a special nursing service for aged indigents was carried on. HEALTH INSTITUTIONS The several health institutions in St. Croix (the leper colony, in¬ sane asylum, and poor farm) have functioned normally during the year. With funds made available by the Public Works Administra¬ tion, extensive repairs have been accomplished to the buildings of all these institutions. The leper colony has been given special attention. During the year a small chapel and recreation building was erected from funds made available by the American Mission to Lepers, and Dr. W. M. Danner, the general secretary, came to St. Croix for the dedication of the building. Just across the road, there has been erected a new and beautiful Catholic chapel. With grants from the Public Works Administration, repairs have been made to the old buildings and six new small buildings have been added, one a laboratory which was greatly needed for carrying on the work of the colony. The United States Public Health Service has made available Dr. L. B. Badger for a term to assist in investigation and treatment of leprosy in the Virgin Islands. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 11 INFANT MORTALITY For the first 6 months of the calendar year, infant mortality shows^ a rate of 89.1 per thousand, a reduction of 43 percent from the rate of 157 per thousand in the preceding year. This is the lowest infant mortality rate in the Virgin Islands on record, and compares with an annual average of 320 per thousand for the 7 years (1911-17) immediately preceding the transfer to United States sovereignty, and with an annual average of 183 per thousand during the period 1918-30. VITAL STATISTICS The birth rate in the Virgin Islands for the calendar year 1933 is 26.3, an increase of 15 percent over the preceding year. The death rate for the calendar year 1933, though influenced by the malaria epidemic during part of the year, was 21.9, an increase of only 1 percent over the preceding year. The provisional death rate for the first 6 months of the calendar year 1934, shows the lowest figure on record, 17.1 per thousand. This is less than half the annual average of 35.4 per thousand for the 7 years (1911-17) immediately preceding the transfer, and 26 percent decrease from the annual average of 23T per thousand during the period 1918-30. EDUCATION The valuable recommendations made by the Hampton Survey Commission in their Report of the Educational Survey of the Vir¬ gin Islands issued in 1929, have formed the basic principles of the administration’s educational program. During the past year, excellent progress has been made. Some of the outstanding activities under the general plan may be briefly reviewed. Improving qualifications of teachers. — As it is obvious that a school can be no better than its teachers, efforts have been continuous to raise the former low standards of teachers in the Virgin Islands. Salaries are improved, though not yet adequate. The 1918 average salary of teachers was $16.23, in 1934 it is $48.24, or 300 percent increase. Supervision of elementary schools by trained supervisors is result¬ ing in improvement in the work of elementary school teachers and pupils. The summer school, with instructors from the Progressive Educa¬ tion Association and an enrollment this year of 60 teachers, gave thorough training in modern pedagogical methods. A demonstra¬ tion school was conducted, wherein student teachers were given op¬ portunity to put the theories taught into actual practice, under supervision. Scholarships in several universities of the United States, secured through the generosity of these institutions and friends of the islands, have been granted each year to promising students and teachers on pledge to return to the islands to teach. During the past year, the number of scholarship students has increased to 11. Improving the training offered students. — The curriculum is being steadily improved, always with a view to meeting not only the edu- 12 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OE THE VIRGIN ISLANDS cational needs of the islands, but the economic as well. The voca¬ tional institute has carried on effective work furnishing training in agriculture and mechanical trades, besides an increasing amount of academic work. The high school in St. Thomas, while furnishing such complete academic training as qualifies its graduates to enter United States colleges, is devoting an increasing part of its time to cooking, sewing, and home economics in general, and to carpentry,, cabinet-making, and other manual arts. Courses in rug making ajid basketry have been added recently to assist these growing industries of the islands. Hitherto, scholarships have been secured for teachers only, and these through sources outside the islands. The Government is now recommending to the Colonial Councils of the islands that they vote funds to make available each year a limited number of scholarships for deserving islanders, not only for training as teachers, but in other desirable professions, such as medicine, law, engineering, etc. Increased inter st in the schools. — The increased attendance of children at high school beyond the compulsory school age evidences a very desirable increased interest in education. The enrollment in all public schools for the year totals 3,485, an increase of 74 over the preceding year and of 54 percent over the total enrollment of 2,267 in 1918, when the population was substantially the same as now. Attendance is 94.42 percent of enrollment. In the same period the number of teachers increased from 81 to 119, or by 47 percent. Improving school buildings. — With the Treaty of Session in 1917, the Danish State turned over 20 schoolhouses of various sizes, which were used to accommodate 2,267 pupils. In the first 16 years of United States sovereignty, no new buildings were erected and no major repairs made, though the number of pupils enrolled increased by 50 percent to a total of 3,411. To accommodate this increase of 1,144 pupils, there had been added two buildings which formerly housed United States marines, and a third, a former residence. With these additions, there was still much overcrowding. With grants from the Public Works Administration, repairs, re¬ newals, additions, and replacements are being made to 12 school buildings of the islands, so that adequate accommodations are now assured. Adult education. — With funds made available under the National Recovery Act, a program of adult education was carried out in the Virgin Islands with considerable success. The length of the term was 16 weeks. The enrollment in St. Thomas was 725, and in St. Croix 800, or a total of 1,525 — about 1 in 10 of the adult population. Sixteen courses were offered, including sewing, home management, selecting and packing vegetables, health and sanitation, auto me¬ chanics, music, geography, history, arithmetic, composition, and botany. Forty-one teachers were employed. The total cost per en¬ rolled pupil for the 16 weeks was $3.33. These figures show a lively interest, an inexpensive school, and a successful experiment. Con¬ tinuation and development of this program is earnestly recommended. One of the desirable results of the program has been the increased use of the schools as community centers. Nursery schools. — Also through aid from the National Recovery Administration, three experienced nursery school teachers were ob- REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 13 tained during the year to train islanders in nursery school work and to instruct parents in child care. Three schools were established, 1 in each of the 3 towns of the islands, and each with approximately 20 pupil children. Student teachers and parents viewed the demonstration work done by the training teachers, and both groups attended lectures on nursery school routine and technic of care and guidance of little children. The student teachers were later required to do practice teaching, under supervision. Fourteen student teachers satisfac¬ torily completed the course and are available for this work next year, when it is planned to establish five nursery schools. Health and welfare icork through the schools. — Hot lunches were continued for the children in all rural schools and in some of the town schools. School gardens furnished much of the vegetables needed for these lunches, and their preparation afforded an excellent opportunity for training the older children in approved methods of food preparation. Two Jeanes teachers on the staff of the Vocational Institute in St. Croix did valuable community work on the estate villages, im¬ proving home and village conditions and working toward much needed improvements in the diet of the people. Another Jeanes teacher carried on similar work in St. Thomas. The health and education departments have cooperated actively in a school health program which aims not only at the maintenance of such a degree of health as will enable the children to obtain full benefit from their school training, but which is designed as well to educate the children, and through them the homes, of the Virgin Islands, in improved living conditions. PUBLIC V/ORKS The public works departments in both municipalities have borne an unprecedented load in carrying, besides their regular functions, the extensive Public Works and Civil Works programs, which has meant many times the normal volume of work. The emergency projects have included road and street construction; repairs and renewals to public school buildings and other Government buildings ; reconstruction of the leper colony in St. Croix ; drainage of swamps and other projects for malaria and filariasis control and sanitation; construction of low-cost houses in connection with the homesteading program; and construction of Bluebeard Castle Hotel. POLICE AND COURTS The enviable reputation of Virgin islanders for respect for law and peaceable relations between the citizenry was well maintained throughout the year. Crimes of violence were rare, and the small police force (12 in St. Thomas, 21 in St. Croix, 2 in St. John) main¬ tained order without difficulty. There were no arrests for drunken¬ ness in the islands. Of the 508 police cases in St. Thomas, 171 were of people not born in the islands, and 89 percent of the total were for minor offenses such as disorderly conduct, violation of automo¬ bile and sanitary regulations, slander, etc. Of 364 cases in St. Croix, 14 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 91 percent were for minor offenses. In all 3 islands there were only 2 cases of manslaughter and 2 cases of assault with intent to kill. The district court and the police courts tried cases promptly, and there was no delay nor congestion in handling the dockets. Juris¬ diction over the district court of the Virgin Islands has been changed from the Department of the Interior to the Department of Justice. Under the direction of the government attorney, the work of translating and codifying the Danish statutes and land records made substantial progress. BANKING The National Bank of the Danish West Indies had the exclusive right to issue bank notes in the Virgin Islands of the United States for a period of 30 years from June 20, 1904, by virtue of a conces¬ sion granted by the Danish State and guaranteed by the United States Government at the time of the change of sovereignty. This concession expired June 20, 1934, and the change to United States currency was effected on July 1, 1934. It was hoped to have an American banking institution in operation in the Virgin Islands by that date. The Reconstruction Finance Corporation has pledged $125,000 toward the capital stock of a new bank on the condition that there shall be subscribed from local sources $50,000. This amount has been oversubscribed, but certain legal and technical difficulties have delayed the establishment of this new bank. BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY TOURIST TRADE Though the number of tourists visiting St. Thomas is still small, during the past year it was 3 or 4 times as great as in any preceding year. Organized taxi tours for several of the cruises brought addi¬ tional business to the island. For a substantial improvement in tourist trade, the government is undertaking to provide for hotel and recreational facilities : Bluebeard Castle Hotel. — With funds allotted by the Public Works Administration, the Bluebeard Castle Hotel is being constructed on a hilltop overlooking the city and harbor of St. Thomas and having an impressive view of the Caribbean. The round tower, reported to have been the fortress of the pirate Bluebeard, forms the central feature and keynote of a group of small modern buildings. Ample ground space will allow, and plans have been made, for expansion of this hotel on the unit plan as required. Recreational facilities. — Also with Public Works Administration funds, a beach house is being constructed at the government-owned Lindbergh Bay beach, one of the best in the world, where also golf will be available on the links on which Colonel Lindbergh landed his “ Spirit of St. Louis ” in 1928. On this same estate is reserved a site for another hotel when required, and the botanical garden nearby lends additional attraction to the vicinity. Automobile roads. — The route has been charted and plans drawn for an automobile road on the hilltops of St. Thomas, that would! REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 15 open up the beauties of the island to tourists. A bill to provide the necessary funds for construction of this road was introduced in Congress and passed the Senate, but failed in conference committee. Advertising. — The St. Thomas Chamber of Commerce, the St. Thomas Improvement Association, and the Government cooperated to produce an advertising booklet for promotion of tourist trade. Ten thousand copies were printed and distributed. The Department of the Interior has just completed a reprint of 20,000 of these folders. SHIPPING The total number of ships entering the harbor of St. Thomas for the year was 511, with a gross tonnage of 2,006,150 tons, which is 39 ships more than last year, and 6 ships more than the past 14-year average of 505. The port enjoyed its best year since 1931, showing an operating surplus of $11,875.69. The Department of the Interior and the Governor have been working for and expect before long to be able to report increased passenger service between New York and the Virgin Islands. Bunkering of ships. — The most important activity of the harbor of St. Thomas, showed a 10-percent improvement this year when 203 ships called for bunkers of coal and oil as compared with 182 the previous year and 185 in 1931-32. AIR SERVICE Pan-American Airways has continued a weekly service to St. Thomas, connecting the island by plane with the mainland, via San Juan, Puerto Rico, and with the islands to the south and the mainland of South America. BAY RUM Exports of bay rum from St. Thomas for the past year showed practically no change from the preceding year. The program of the newly organized Virgin Islands Co. includes reorganization of this industry and development of the bay oil industry of St. John. SUGAR INDUSTRY While the production of sugar in St. Croix has been less than m the 2 years previous, the actual production was greater if meas¬ ured by cane ground and juice extracted. The resumption of the distillation of St. Croix rum is consuming an increasing percentage of cane juice and of sirup, sugar, and molasses. The homestead projects have added to the cane acreage, and not only are these to be further extended, but the plans of the Virgin Islands Co. call for the planting of several thousand additional acres. RUM INDUSTRY The repeal of national prohibition has resulted in a tremendous revival of interest in the rum industry of the Virgin Islands, for which product St. Croix particularly has long been famous. Five 16 REPORT OF THE GOVERN- OR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS distilleries have been erected or rebuilt in St. Croix, and two in St. Thomas, with an annual total estimated capacity of 2,000,000 gallons. Distilling operations were commenced in the late spring, but no commercial shipments were made before the close of the fiscal year. Hearings were held in the Virgin Islands on June 9, 1934, by the Federal Alcohol Control Administration, for the purpose of deter¬ mining whether the Codes of Fair Competition for the Distilled Spirit Industry and the Distilled Spirits Rectifying Industry should be extended to the Virgin Islands, and also for the purpose of deter¬ mining whether, in order to meet the consumptive demand for rum, it is necessary to utilize plant capacity in the Virgin Islands acquired or constructed after November 27, 1933. The result of these hearings has not yet been announced. THE VIRGIN ISLANDS COMPANY On April 9, 1934, the Colonial Council of St. Thomas and St. John adopted an ordinance creating a body corporate to be known as the “ Virgin Islands Co.” to aid in effecting the economic reha¬ bilitation of the Virgin Islands. Hon. Harold L. Ickes, Hon. Oscar L. Chapman, and Hon. Paul M. Pearson, were the incorporators. The general plan is that certain sugar factories, cane lands, and rum distilleries in St. Croix ; a rum distillery, a hotel, and an office building in St. Thomas; and bay tree lands in St. John, are to be purchased from the appropriation of $1,000,000 made by the Public Work Administration, and these properties leased to the Virgin Islands Co. for operation for the industrial development of the islands, and the general welfare, economic as well as social, of their inhabitants. The Virgin Islands Co. is a partnership program by which the Government of the United States and the people of the Virgin Islands cooperate in a long-range social, economic, and industrial program, the profits being available in the islands for educational and social purposes. It will include a development of the winter vegetable crop during the off season for the United States, the improvement of handcraft industries, the development of tourist trade, the improvement of the educational system to provide for adults and children of preschool age, a system of old age and un¬ employment compensation somewhat along the lines of those dis¬ cussed by President Roosevelt, and extension of the homesteading and housing programs already initiated. The President of the United States appointed a board of direc¬ tors for operation of this company, consisting of Hon. Harold L. Ickes, Hon. Oscar L. Chapman, Hon. Paul M. Pearson, Hon. D. Hamilton Jackson, and Hon. Lionel Roberts. Advisory cov/ncil. — To advise on Virgin Islands policies, and in particular in connection with the development of the Virgin Islands Co., the President appointed an advisory council of leading men of the Nation, as follows: Hon. Harold L. Ickes, Hon. Henry A. Wal¬ lace, Mr. George Foster Peabody, Dr. Mordecai W. Johnson, Mr. Walter White, Mr. Charles W. Taussig, and Miss Joanna C. Colcord. REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 17 HANDCRAFT The handcraft cooperatives have enjoyed an exceedingly busy and successful year. With the aid of Federal Emergency Relief funds, its activities and effectiveness in furnishing part-time em¬ ployment for the people of St. Thomas and St. John have been tremendously increased. A flourishing tourist season and brisk trade in the United States have combined to make it possible for the cooperatives to find a ready market for all the goods the workers have produced during the year, despite the fact that production increased threefold. Sales were two and a half times those of the preceding year. Regular handcraft workers increased about 250 percent at the peak of the program financed by F.E.R.A. The increasing market for cooperatives products requires addition of new workers as fast as they can be trained. The increased outlet for Virgin Islands handcraft in the States is the result of aggressive sales promotion during the year. Exhibi¬ tions of our handcraft at the Century of Progress, the F.E.R.A. Self-Help exhibit at the Interior Department, the Philadelphia Art Alliance, and the Women’s Club, Rye, N.Y., resulted in almost complete sales of the exhibits, and in increased mail-order business. But the most important sales improvement came through develop¬ ment of the department-store and gift-shop trade in the United States. This was accomplished by an active selling campaign through a New York commission house, through which orders have come in faster than they can be filled. A start is being made in St. Croix on a similar industry under the self-help cooperative. During the year, the hooked-rug industry in St. Thomas (which began as a private concern in 1932 and failed the same year) was revived on a $5,000 revolving fund secured under F.E.R.A. Through a recently established connection in the States, sales possibilities are many times the local output, so that there is opportunity for exten¬ sive development in this industry, limited only by the difficulties of training labor and keeping production costs within the limit of what retail outlets will pay for our products. A home-work industry in local fruit jellies and preserves, just commenced, finds a market exceeding the supply, and a cabinet¬ making factory planned for next year seems assured of an outlet for its products. As a whole, the handcraft cooperatives have demonstrated excep¬ tional efficiency as an activity for relief of unemployment. With a monthly Federal pay roll of approximately $200 for administration, the cooperatives are disbursing now a monthly average of $1,207.99 for labor. In other words, every Federal dollar now being spent for administration results in $6 of work relief to the islanders. AGRICULTURE /St. Croix . — At the beginning of the year, a major problem faced the agricultural station in St. Croix in an epidemic among the ani¬ mals of that island. Of 1,760 mules, donkeys, and horses, 338 or 22 18 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS percent had been sick, in the first 6 months of 1933, with a kind of severe colic. Of these, 80 died. Dr. A. T. Kingsley, one of the fore¬ most veterinarians of the world, came to St. Croix to investigate. It was discovered that the sickness came from feeding the cut grass on manure piles, and that the prevention for this sickness is to feed animals from racks. Thirty pole feed racks were built as demonstra¬ tions on various farms of the island as object lessons in the control of parasites, or in prevention of infestation. Sugarcane breeding has been actively carried on, and 100 acres of the best varieties were planted to furnish seed for next year, when it is expected that increased acreage will be planted in sugarcane, to return the Virgin Islands to something like its former production Rum experiments were started to determine varietal differences in quantity, quality, and flavor as well as methods of fermentation. The sugar and rum industries are discussed earlier in this report. The tomato crop this year was not so satisfactory because of heavy rains during the weeks the crop was ripening. Much experimental work was carried on toward establishing this new industry on a firm basis, particularly with reference to the types of fertilizers and sprays that might prove most effective. A greatly increased acreage is being planted for the coming year. St. Thomas. — Agricultural activity in St. Thomas during the past year was the greatest it has been in generations. On the Lind¬ bergh Bay project, besides the homesteading development described under that heading, a substation of the St. Croix Agricultural Sta¬ tion has been established, where sugarcane and cotton quarantine plots have been planted and general demonstration work and seed propagation has been carried on for the benefit of local agriculture. To assist the farmers of the Baakero food gardens in getting their produce to market, the two main roads thereto have been recon¬ structed. Reforestation of the watershed area of Lindbergh Bay is planned, and a start has been made by vacating that section of the charcoal burners that had the land on lease. Thoroughbred goats and hogs were imported during the year in a program to improve the livestock of the island. HOMESTEADING St. Croix. — Homesteading has made most progress in St. Croix, where the land is best suited to agriculture and the people are experi¬ enced farmers. In 1930, more than 80 percent of the St. Croix land was owned by a score of men. Eighty percent was given over to grazing, which employs a minimum of labor, 10 percent was in bush, and 10 percent in cultivation. Of this 10 percent in cultiva¬ tion, about half was in cane cultivated by 600 renters, with plots of 1 to 5 acres each, paying from $7 to $12 an acre cash rental. Two large estates, Whim and La Grande Princesse in St. Croix, containing 2,125 acres, were secured with Federal funds, and home¬ steaded in plots averaging 6 acres each to 230 farmers. Roads were built, drainage installed, and the land was plowed for the home¬ steaders, when desired, the amount charged to be taken out of the REPORT OP THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 19 first crop. Contracts were made to amortize the purchase price plus 4 percent interest over 19 annual payments, the first due in July 1934. The change in the agricultural situation in St. Croix may best be stated in the following way : In 1930, 1,749 people were engaged in agriculture, 91 people owned the 193 •estates, 77 people owned farms of less than 10 acres each, 600 renters of 1-to- 5-acre plots paid $7 to $12 an acre cash rental. In 1934, approximately 1,900 people are engaged in agriculture, 320 people own the 425 farms, 310 people own farms of less than 10 acres each, renters of land have been reduced to 400, and the 230 homesteaders pay $2.50 to $5 an acre on an installment purchase plan. The homesteading plan has worked well. Less than 10 percent of the homesteaders have had to be replaced because of unsatisfac¬ tory work, and more than 90 percent made their first payment July 31 of this year from crops on their land. The records show a num¬ ber of cases in which the results far exceeded all expectations. How well the homesteaders managed and something of the progress made may be understood from the following instances : Antoinetta Douglas, a woman homesteader, delivered 125,367 pounds of •sugarcane from her S^-acre plot. After paying $13.24 land installment, she had $152.66 left over. In addition, she raised a large quantity of vegetables on her plot. Dolores Garcia, another woman homesteader, delivered 150,710 pounds of ■cane and had $180.51 left after paying her land installment. Julianne Barry delivered 139,675 pounds of cane, paid a land installment of $25.34, and had $161.14 left. Joe A. Benpamin paid $32.30 as installment on his land and had $114.59 left from the proceeds of his crop. Some of the homesteaders sold vegetables to the amount of more than $100 •each, in addition to supplying their own tables. The results of homesteading in St. Croix are: (а) The number of small farmers has increased more than 300 percent, so that there are about four times as many as in 1930. (б) The average cultivation has increased by nearly 50 percent. ( c ) The average annual purchase payment per acre is less than half the previous rental price. /St. Thomas. — Homesteading in St. Thomas, where few people know agriculture, has been less satisfactory, but is still encouraging. Over 60 families have been allotted homestead plots, varying from 3 to 8 acres, on approximately the same repayment conditions as in St. Croix. A loan fund gave much needed financial aid to these new farmers, but funds are not yet available for field equipment, which would add much to the success of the undertaking by reducing the cost of cultivation. The crops this year have been mostly vegetables and fruit for the local market, but plans are under way for planting about 100 acres of level homestead land in sugarcane to supply local rum distilleries and to plant 40 acres of hillside land in lime trees. /St. J ohm — In connection with the industrial development to be undertaken by the Virgin Islands Co., plans are made for a small homesteading development in St. John. Bay oil would be the principal crop, as now. 20 REPORT OP THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS HOMESTEAD HOUSING Any attempt to secure a permanent improvement in conditions in the Virgin Islands must include serious eiforts to improve the hous¬ ing situation. According to the 1930 census, percentages of families in the islands who owned their homes were as follows : Percent In St. Croix _ 11.2 In St. Thomas _ 28.7 In St. John _ 66 A housing survey in October 1933 in St. Croix, where the need is greatest, showed 2,623 one-room houses, with from 1 to 12 persons in each house. Perhaps half of them are relics of old slavery days, when one room was given over to a family. There is no privacy. There is no back door (indeed only one door), so that washing,, cooking, and living is within the few feet at the front of the house. A start in the program to correct housing conditions has been made in connection with the homestead plan. With a grant of $45,000 from the Housing Commission, more than 50 houses are being provided for farmers who have proven themselves to be reli¬ able and good workers (40 in St. Croix and 10 in St. Thomas). These are 3-room houses with a gallery and 1,200-gallon cistern,, and are built of concrete blocks with galvanized iron roofs. They are to be paid for in 19 years on a rental purchase plan. This plan has been eagerly welcomed by the islanders. On the success achieved from the initial allotment, the Subsistence Homesteads Corporation has authorized a loan of $242,000 with which to carry forward both homesteading and housing operations in the Virgin Islands. PUBLIC WELFARE Though overshadowed this year by the Federal Emergency Belief program normal welfare activities were carried on as usual. These consisted principally of aid to the poor in the form of pensions and emergency grants, totaling $7,351.15 in St. Thomas-St. John and a like amount in St. Croix; the care of aged poor at the King’s Hill Poor Farm, St. Croix; and general social welfare work. The Federal Emergency Relief program. — The volume of work carried by the public welfare department was multiplied several times this year by the activities incident to the Federal Emergency Relief program. This department carried on the necessary investi¬ gational work and the distribution of food relief and emergency cash relief, and functioned as an employment agency for registra¬ tion of the unemployed and the allocation of workers to the various departments expending relief funds. The details of this work are discussed under the section devoted to the Rational Recovery program. Housing survey. — A housing survey made by the welfare depart¬ ment in February 1934, covering the 6,319 persons residing in the town of St. Thomas, revealed challenging facts : ( 1 ) Forty percent live in one-room houses. (2) Twenty-one percent live in two-room houses. REPORT OE THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 21 (3) Fifty-four percent of those living in 1- and 2-room houses have families of more than 2 persons. (4) Twenty-eight percent of the occupied one-room houses were classified as to condition as “ Very Bad ” and only 53 percent as “ Good.” The study showed an appalling lack of decent housing for the low¬ est income groups. The majority of the population is still living in houses with an inadequate number of rooms per person, giving rise to a number of social problems, inadequate water supply for drinking and washing, antiquated and improper sanitary conveniences, and little or no play space for children except the public streets. No complete housing survey has been made in St. Croix, but the conditions are known to be even worse than in St. Thomas. An enu¬ meration in October 1933 showed 2,623 one-room houses in St. Croix, as compared with 1,256 in St. Thomas, with a population only 15 percent greater than St. Thomas. Correction of the housing situation is of paramount importance in any program attempting to raise the standards of living and morals of the people of the Virgin Islands. Incidentally, the building program involved would aid materially in solving unem¬ ployment problems. An authority on low-cost housing projects, Mr. W. Pope Barney of Philadelphia, was secured in March 1934 to plan a program of slum clearance and low-cost housing, and these plans are now being studied. Church membership. — It is of interest to note that in the munici¬ pality of St. Thomas and St. John, there are 12 denominations representing a total membership equalling practically the entire population as given in the 1930 census. Statements as to member¬ ship given by these 12 churches show 5 denominations as having memberships of 400 or more, and the remaining 7 with less than 100 each. Of the latter, 5 churches have memberships of less than 30. The condition in St. Croix is practically the same. The music committees. — The St. Croix Music Committee, organ¬ ized 3 years ago, has done excellent work in promoting musical activities in that island. This year, the St. Thomas Music Com¬ mittee was organized to carry on a similar program in St. Thomas. Both committees have done valuable work in promoting concerts by artists from the mainland (who came to the islands without fee and by courtesy of the Furness and Dawnic Lines), and in distrib¬ uting over 50 pianos secured this year for deserving people and institutions in the islands. The municipal beach house. — A long-standing need was filled during the year when a public beach house with 18 dressing-rooms, showers, toilets, and a refreshment stand, was constructed at Lind¬ bergh Bay as a Public Works Administration project. Its facilities are available to the public for a 5-cent fee. It seems certain that it will soon be paying its own maintenance charges. Botanical garden , St. Thomas. — Twenty-two acres of the Lind¬ bergh Bay estate are being developed into a park and botanical garden with funds contributed by a dozen public-spirited citizens. Mr. M. Petit, as a volunteer service, is giving full time and efficient 22 REPORT OP THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS direction to development of this plot into a beauty spot that should prove a great attraction to tourists and a delight to islanders. Tho municipality voted the funds for its maintenance for next year. PUBLIC LIBRARIES The growth in library service in the Virgin Islands may be under¬ stood from the following: In 1920, there were in the 3 towns of the Virgin Islands 3 library clubs, rather exclusive groups, with an aver¬ age number of books of 300 each. In the year ended June 30, 1934,. there wTere circulated in the Virgin Islands 75,085 books through the public libraries, which is 3.4 circulation per capita. This is 1 y2 times the 2.2 circulation per capita in the United States. In St. Thomas,, where library facilities are best, the rate is 4.6 circulation per capita. During the year, the high-school library was revived under the direction of the public librarians. A substantial increase in interest: in the libraries came through the adult education program conducted under the National Recovery program, from wThich came also aid for the repair of books. The supervising librarian points to the need of travel libraries for the rural districts in St. Croix and in St. J ohn. ASSIGNMENT OF COAST GUARD VESSEL TO THE VIRGIN ISLANDS Correspondence initiated by the local administration during the latter part of 1931, stressing the need for the assignment of a Coast Guard vessel at St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, has resulted in the stationing of the Coast Guard 125-foot patrol boat Marion with base at St. Thomas to afford coast-guard protection and service to the port of St. Thomas and in the waters adjacent to the Virgin Islands. The Marion , commanded by Lt. D. H. Dexter, arrived at St. Thomas on June 22, 1934. The stationing of this vessel in the harbor of St. Thomas has met a long-felt need and is a source of considerable gratification to the administration as well as to the people of the Virgin Islands. Paul M. Pearson, Governor. o 1 ..